Topley’s Top 10 – February 15, 2022

1. 2021 More Equity Inflows than Prior 25 Years Combined.

Zerohedge-2021 logged more equity inflows, $913 Billion, than the prior 25 years combined. 2022 is on pace to exceed this number by 45%.

Rubner writes that “in 2009, I officially retired the term “Great Rotation” or the movement of capital out of fixed income into equities, from my weekly emails and IB chat rooms. I switched this portfolio shift into the “Wedge”, which was the movement of capital into bonds and cash, and out of equities.”

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/money-flowing-stocks-record-pace-goldman-does-not-see-larger-correction-taking-place


2. Nasdaq Price to Sales Ratio…Lower but Still Double 10 Years Ago

@Charlie Bilello The question many are asking is how much lower can valuations go?

If we look at the Nasdaq 100 over the last 10 years, we find that even after the recent correction, the median Price to Sales ratio remains elevated at 6.4x. Ten years ago (in 2012) this multiple stood at 3x.  Powered by YCharts

What was the 10-Year Treasury yield and Fed Funds Rate back in 2012?

Exactly the same as they are today: 2.0% and 0-0.25% respectively.

Which means that a) multiples can certainly go lower and b) sentiment, much more than interest rates, are the primary driver of valuations.


3. Negative Returns Very Uncommon in Diversified Bond Portfolio

SCHWAB


4. S&P …What Matters is the Direction of Earnings Per Share….0.94 Correlation.

From Irrelevant Investor Michael Batnick

https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2022/02/12/time-to-buy-defense-stocks/


5. Geopolitical Events and Stock Market Reactions

LPL Research

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/what-a-russian-invasion-of-ukraine-would-mean-for-markets-as-white-house-warns-attack-could-come-any-day-now-11644624056?mod=home-page


6. 85% of Russian Natural Gas Goes to Europe.

WSJ-For now, the most likely energy disruption would be to Russia’s exports of natural gas, say analysts. Russia exports around 23 billion cubic feet of gas a day, about 25% of global trade, and 85% of that gas goes to Europe, according to Cowen. In particular, Russia’s flow of natural gas to Europe through a pipeline network in Ukraine could be disrupted during a conflict. The network transports about 4 billion cubic feet a day at full capacity to Europe but is currently flowing at about 50%, according to Cowen.   Approximately half of Russia’s federal budget is tied to oil and gas, according to investment bank Raymond James.

By 

Christopher M. Matthews Follow and Collin Eaton Follow  https://www.wsj.com/articles/why-russian-invasion-peril-is-driving-oil-prices-near-100-11644790004

 

Science Direct

Fig. 1. Russia’s natural gas production, consumption, and export [analysis based on 1].

Natural gas export occurs via pipeline systems and in the form of LNG. The Russian natural gas export geography for LNG includes Asia Pacific (Japan, South Korea, and Taiwan), Europe, and other countries (including the Middle East and Canada, with minor volumes), and for pipeline gas includes Europe and CIS countries, predominantly Belarus. Besides, Russia imports natural gas from Kazakhstan and Uzbekistan for further re-export [1]. Fig. 2 shows the main destinations of Russian natural gas export in 2018.

 

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2211467X2030064X


7. 30 Year Treasury Yield 2.29% Last….3.5% Level is High Going Back to 2014

30 year treasury yield…50day about to cross above 200day to upside (bullish)

30 Year Yield has been Below 3.5% Level Since 2014

www.stockcharts.com


8. Gold Sideways for 2021…Watch for Breakout

www.stockcharts.com


9. Sun Belt Rents Rise as Population Migrates

Bloomberg-Among the 50 largest metropolitan areas, Tampa ranked No. 1 with a 27% surge in rent in the 12 months through January, according to the Zillow Observed Rent Index. Rents also rose 27% in the Miami area, while they were up 26% in No. 3 Phoenix, the data show. According to LinkedIn data, Sun Belt cities such as Nashville, Tennessee; Austin and Tampa are among the largest per-capita recipients of net job migration. Miami didn’t make LinkedIn’s top 10 overall, but it has proved a popular destination for the emerging crypto economy, and has attracted some high-profile new finance and tech firms. By Jonathan Levin

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-02-14/miami-tampa-post-largest-jump-in-rents-as-sun-belt-prices-soar?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L

 

However…Inflation including rents is starting to flat Line


10. Why your high-performing employees may be slowly disengaging from work

BY WHITNEY JOHNSON5 MINUTE READ

We are experiencing an extraordinary socioeconomic upheaval the media calls the Great Resignation. Half the American workforce is looking for a new job. (I dislike this label and prefer to call the phenomenon the “Great Aspiration.”) Most people aren’t giving up, despite the significant workplace headwinds of the pandemic. Workers are looking for better work, higher compensation, greater purpose, more flexibility. Individuals want opportunities to grow. They are emboldened to make their own change.

To model human growth and help people see their progress and proactively direct their own growth, I use the so-called S curve to describe learning. Here’s the framework in summary: The base of the curve is the launch point. Growth is slow as competence is gradually acquired. It can be painful and discouraging and requires appropriate management.

As competence increases, we tip into the sweet spot up the steep back of the “S.” Growth is rapid, engagement and productivity are high. Again, well-informed management strategies can extend this valuable phase. The subject of this article is the final stage: mastery at the high end of the “S.” It’s a plateau that becomes a precipice; we’ve exhausted the growth experience available on a curve, and we’re getting bored. This is where an employee who is very, very good at what they do begins to feel they can’t do it anymore. They need a new S curve to climb.

Why is this so?

ADVERTISEMENT

Our enjoyment and engagement in any activity is driven by neuroscientific processes. Our brains are learning machines, with a default setting for growth. When we are learning, our brains are changing. This is called neural plasticity. Brain cells, the neurons, develop cell-to-cell connections called synapses. As we learn, new synapses form between cells not previously connected. Our synapses grow at a rate commensurate with the challenge level in our brains. Mental effort translates into faster growth of the neural network.

Additionally, our brains are continually running predictive models. When something is new to us, our predictions can be uninformed. When we get it wrong, dopamine in the brain drops. It feels bad. When we get what we expect dopamine levels are steady. When our expectations are exceeded, dopamine is released in high doses. Dopamine is a feel-good chemical; it makes us feel delight. We are naturally drawn to seek the dopamine reward of exceeding expectations.

Consider this analogy: In actual mountaineering, the summit is the goal. It’s the high end of that S curve. But stopping for very long at high altitude can be deadly. Elevation above 26,000 feet is considered the death zone. We consume oxygen faster than it can be replaced–a condition called anoxia. In a short time, bodies and brains start to die from oxygen deprivation. Even if supplemental oxygen is available, physical exhaustion and cognitive impairment can lead to serious accidents and death.

Learning—or rather, the brain activity and chemicals associated with learning—is the oxygen of human growth. At the high end of the S curve, where we are in mastery, our actions are automatic, our competence is high, but our brain rewards are low. We’re not getting dopamine doses delivered sufficiently to make us feel the involvement and delight that we once had. Our interest is dying. This results in stagnation, lower productivity, and disengagement. It becomes difficult to force ourselves to do things we do easily and well.

In his book Behavioral and Neural Plasticity, Michael M. Nikoletseas writes that habituation is an organism’s decremented response to environmental stimuli that it experiences repeatedly over time. Habituation leads to a behavioral plateau, where the organism responds minimally, if at all, to events that it has found to be predictable. “If we present a stimulus many times, the organism will either stop responding, or respond minimally at a lower level. Eventually, no matter how many more times we present the stimulus, we do not see any further change. The curve plateaus.” Nikoletseas adds that humans exhibit decremented responses to events that have become too familiar. We produce nothing but a reflexive response—no new learning—which is neural rigidity.

This is why top performing employees are often the biggest flight risk. It’s why the quality of their work may decline. They don’t just want a new job; they need one. Hopefully, informed leaders have the early, open, and regular conversations with their reports that help both manager and employee map this process. The S curve of the learning model provides a common language to facilitate this critical communication. Leaders can have their finger on the pulse of an employee’s perception of their progress, the most important indicator of when retention is going to become a challenge if a new in-house opportunity is not available. Proactive preparation can ensure that valuable human resources know that their growth is a high organizational priority.

The fascinating 2019 study titled The CEO Life Cycle illustrates this process at the highest level of organizations. It describes the pattern of growth, stagnation, and possible regrowth over time. Tracking the year-by-year financial performance of more than 700 S&P chief executives, the study reveals distinct phases of job performance, starting with the “honeymoon” and concluding with the “golden years.”

Those who last to year 11, when the golden years typically begin, must first survive the death zone of success. The peak of a CEO’s S curve is around year six. It is “often followed by a time of prolonged stagnation and mediocre results,” according to the report. The plateau is a precipice: Many CEOs quit or are fired. CEOs only reach the golden years if they deliberately and repeatedly reinvent themselves on new curves of learning: “CEOs who survive the complacency trap typically go on to experience some of their best value-creating years.”

Once valuable employees who are in decline can be valuable again. They may just need a new version of the curve to climb.


Whitney Johnson is CEO of the tech-enabled talent development company Disruption Advisors, an Inc. 5000 fastest-growing private company in America and one of the 50 leading business thinkers in the world as named by Thinkers50. She is a frequent lecturer for Harvard Business School’s Corporate Learning and she is the author of Smart Growth: How to Grow Your People to Grow Your Company.

https://www.fastcompany.com/90718635/why-your-high-performing-employees-may-be-slowly-disengaging-from-their-work?partner=inc&cid=sf01003

Topley’s Top 10 – February 14, 2022

1. SuperBowl Bets +78% Year Over Year…4 Years Since Legalization…Gambling Companies Revs +1,000%

Barrons-Bookmakers have always been busy on Super Bowl Sunday, but this year will be a bonanza like never before. Bettors are on track to wager $7.6 billion on the game, up 78% from last year, and it’s not because the office pool is getting bigger.

Legal sports gambling has now spread to 30 states and Washington, D.C.—home to more than 130 million. In the four years that it has been legal, both the amount of money bet on sports and the amount counted as revenue by gambling companies have risen nearly 1,000%, to $57 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, according to the American Gaming Association, or AGA.

In New Jersey, which led the way in allowing sports betting, $10.9 billion was wagered in 2021. That’s $1,200 for every man, woman, and child in the state.

The $22 Billion Wager: DraftKings and Others Are Reaching for a Piece of the Sports-Gambling Prize By

Avi Salzman Follow

https://www.barrons.com/articles/draftkings-mgm-online-sports-gambling-social-cost-51644628419?mod=past_editions


2. The Most Commodities in Backwardation Since 1997

Commodities: Many commodities are in backwardation amid tight supplies.

Source: Bloomberg Read full article

From The Daily Shot https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-february-10th-2022/


3. Timber eyed as a hedge against rising prices as inflation surges to 40-year highs

“Timber, historically, has been positively correlated with inflation fairly directly,” Joe Sanderson of Domain Timber Advisors told Insider, adding that this makes it a good hedge against the rising prices of goods and services.

Isabelle Lee 

https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/commodities/inflation-hedge-asset-timber-wood-lumber-hike-rates-fed-cpi-2022-2


4. TBF Short Bonds ETF….Rally but Still Well Below 2021 Levels

www.stockcharts.com


5. UBER Made More Money Delivering Food than People

Uber wrapped 2021 with strong revenue growth and greater adjusted profitability

Alex Wilhelm@alex /. Today after the bell, Uber reported its fourth-quarter financial performance. The company saw $25.9 billion in gross platform spend, up 51% compared to its year-ago result, and revenues of $5.78 billion, up 83% compared to Q4 2020. The company also reported GAAP net income of $0.44 per share, though that number did include non-operating items relating to investments.

Analysts had expected the company to report a per-share loss of $0.35 against revenues of $5.34 billion, according to estimates shared by Yahoo Finance. Shares of the American company are up just under 6% in the immediate aftermath of its earnings disclosure.

On a per-segment basis, here’s how Uber’s key business units performed in revenue terms:

Image Credits: Uber

The company’s diversification is in full-force in the above numbers, with ride-hailing posting the slowest growth of Uber’s core unit results, even losing the revenue crown to delivery. However, when it comes to generating heavily adjusted EBITDA, things are rather different:

Image Credits: Uber

Here we can see that Uber’s ride-hailing business remains utterly supreme when it comes to the creation of margin for the company’s corporate operations to charge against. In contrast, delivery and freight-focused operations effectively canceled out one another in the quarter. Still, for Uber, posting positive adjusted EBITDA is a useful indication that its business has matured into something less awash in red ink than it once was, helped in no small part by the company’s delivery work shifting its results into the green.

https://techcrunch.com/2022/02/09/uber-4q-earnings-strong-revenue-growth-greater-adjusted-profitability/?guccounter=1

Found at Chartr  www.chartr.com


6. 285 ETFs Hold TSLA….62.6m Shares

What’s one factor about our current markets that doesn’t get enough attention?

One factor about our current markets that doesn’t get enough attention, in my opinion, is the explosion in the number or ETFs over the past ten years and the huge volume traded there.

Tesla is a holding in over 200 different ETFs – when TSLA stock goes higher all these ETFs need to buy TSLA stock to match its weighting and performance. The same is true when TSLA stock goes lower; all the ETFs need to sell.

This is true of any major ETF held stock: when it goes higher, more funds need to buy it (and need to sell it when its going lower). All this is fine when the markets are functioning normally, but in moments of inefficiency, when liquidity dries up, this can lead to huge volatile moves.

So, blame the algos, blame the ETFs, blame the Fed, but this is how fear and selling in a few of the markets’ mega-caps can quickly cascade into a waterfall.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/selling-few-mega-caps-can-quickly-turn-waterfall-former-cboe-floor-trader

www.stockcharts.com


7. 50% of Nasdaq and 45% of Small Cap Russell 2000 -20% from Highs.

Schwab-Liz Ann Sonders–Deteriorating breadth was an issue in 2021 but has become more acute in 2022. For example, more than 40% of the stocks on the Russell 2000 index have experienced a drawdown of a least 20% from a recent peak so far this year. For the Nasdaq index, the total is closer to half. These stealth bear markets are having an effect at the index level, with the Nasdaq recently experiencing a maximum drawdown of 17% from its November 2021 peak and the Russell 2000 down (at its worst point) 21% this year from its November 2021 peak.

Bear markets are getting less stealthy

Source: Charles Schwab, Bloomberg, as of 2/4/2022. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

https://www.schwab.com/resource-center/insights/content/market-perspective


8. BlackRock Planning to Offer Crypto Trading, Sources Say

Clients would be able to trade crypto through the firm’s Aladdin investment platform, said one of the sources.

By Ian Allison

BlackRock headquarters in New York (Jeenah Moon/Bloomberg via Getty Images)

BlackRock, the world’s largest asset manager, is preparing to offer a cryptocurrency trading service to its investor clients, according to three people with knowledge of the plans.

The New York-based company, which manages over $10 trillion in assets for institutions, plans to enter the cryptocurrency space with “client support trading and then with their own credit facility,” one of the people said. In other words, clients would be able to borrow from BlackRock by pledging crypto assets as collateral.

One of the people said BlackRock will allow its clients – which include public pension schemes, endowments and sovereign wealth funds – to trade cryptocurrency through Aladdin (short for “Asset, Liability, Debt and Derivative Investment Network”), the asset manager’s integrated investment management platform. The timetable for unveiling the service is unclear.

BlackRock declined to comment.

The asset manager may have been telegraphing its intentions as early as June when it began hiring for an Aladdin blockchain strategy lead. These days it’s taken as known that Wall Street banks and large financial institutions are edging into crypto, with the likes of Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley and Citi carefully choosing strategies.

Read more: BlackRock Wants a Blockchain Strategy for Aladdin, Its Investments Engine

BlackRock has already sent some positive signals to the market regarding crypto, including trading CME bitcoin futures, as per a filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The company also has plans to launch the iShares Blockchain and Tech ETF, an exchange-traded fund tracking an index composed of companies involved in crypto technologies in the U.S. and abroad.

BlackRock also owns 16.3% of MicroStrategy, whose CEO, Michael Saylor, regularly trumpets news about his firm’s bitcoin holdings.

A second person with knowledge of the plans said BlackRock was “looking to get hands-on with outright crypto” and was “looking at providers in the space.”

A third person referred to a working group of “approximately 20 or so” inside BlackRock that is evaluating crypto, adding, “They see all the flow that everyone else is getting and want to start making some money from this.”

https://www.coindesk.com/business/2022/02/09/blackrock-planning-to-offer-crypto-trading-sources-say/


9. New FDA-approved eye drops could replace reading glasses for millions: “It’s definitely a life changer”

A newly approved eye drop hitting the market on Thursday could change the lives of millions of Americans with age-related blurred near vision, a condition affecting mostly people 40 and older.

Vuity, which was approved by the Food and Drug Administration in October, would potentially replace reading glasses for some of the 128 million Americans who have trouble seeing close-up. The new medicine takes effect in about 15 minutes, with one drop on each eye providing sharper vision for six to 10 hours, according to the company.

Toni Wright, one of the 750 participants in a clinical trial to test the drug, said she liked what she saw.

“It’s definitely a life changer,” Wright told CBS News national correspondent Jericka Duncan.

Before the trial, the only way Wright could see things clearly was by keeping reading glasses everywhere — in her office, bathroom, kitchen and car.

“I was in denial because to me that was a sign of growing older, you know, needing to wear glasses,” she said.

It was in 2019 that her doctor told her about a new eye drop with the potential to correct her vision problems, temporarily. The 54-year-old online retail consultant, who works from her farm in western Pennsylvania, instantly noticed a difference.

“I would not need my readers as much, especially on the computer, where I would always need to have them on,” she said.

Vuity is the first FDA-approved eye drop to treat age-related blurry near vision, also known as presbyopia. The prescription drug utilizes the eye’s natural ability to reduce its pupil size, said Dr. George Waring, the principal investigator for the trial.

“Reducing the pupil size expands the depth of field or the depth of focus, and that allows you to focus at different ranges naturally,” he said.

A 30-day supply of the drug will cost about $80 and works best in people 40 to 55 years old, a Vuity spokesperson said. Side effects detected in the three-month trial included headaches and red eyes, the company said.

“This is something that we anticipate will be well tolerated long term, but this will be evaluated and studied in a formal capacity,” Waring said.

Vuity is by no means a cure-all, and the maker does caution against using the drops when driving at night or performing activities in low-light conditions. The drops are for mild to intermediate cases and are less effective after age 65, as eyes age. Users may also have temporary difficulty in adjusting focus between objects near and far.

As of now, the drug is not covered by insurance. Doctors who spoke with CBS News said it’s unlikely that insurance will ever cover it because it’s not “medically necessary,” as glasses are still a less expensive alternative.

For Wright and millions just like her, the new drug is an easy backup solution — with a clear advantage.

“Just a convenience to have that option of putting the drops in and being able to go,” she said.

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/vuity-eye-drops-presbyopia-reading-glasses-vision-fda-approved/


10. The Power of Regret Found at Abnormal Returns Blog

Daniel Pink is the author seven books about business, work, creativity, and behavior, including the #1 New York Times bestsellers Drive and To Sell Is Human. He is also one of our curators here at the Next Big Idea Club.

Below, Daniel shares 5 key insights from his new book, The Power of Regret: How Looking Backward Moves Us Forward. Listen to the audio version—read by Daniel himself—in the Next Big Idea App.

1. Regret is universal.

“No regrets.” We hear it everywhere—in hit songs, on tattoos, in celebrity interviews. The message booms from every corner of the culture. Forget the past, seize the future, bypass the bitter, savor the sweet. A good life has a singular focus (forward) and an unwavering valence (positive).

This philosophy makes intuitive sense, but there’s just one problem: It’s dead wrong. Regret is not dangerous or abnormal, a deviation from the steady path to happiness; it is healthy and universal, an integral part of being human. Everyone has regrets. In one study from the 1980s, regret was the second most-common emotion expressed in interviews, trailing only love. In 2008, social scientists found that among negative emotions, regret was both the most experienced and the most valued. And in my own survey of nearly 4,500 Americans, 99 percent of people admitted that they do at least occasionally experience this emotion.

Regret is a universal human experience. The only people who don’t have regrets are five-year-olds, people with brain damage and neurodegenerative disorders, and sociopaths.

In other words, the inability to feel regret—in some ways the apotheosis of what the “no regrets” philosophy encourages—isn’t a sign of psychological health. It’s the sign of a grave disorder.

2. Done right, regret makes us better.

Why is regret hard to take and harder to avoid? Why is it so prevalent? Are we all masochists? No. Well, at least not all of us. Instead, we are wired for survival. Regret makes us feelworse, but it can make us do better. Indeed, the way it makes us do better is by making us feel worse. A half-century of research shows that dealing with our regrets properly—not ignoring them, but not wallowing in them either—delivers at least three benefits.

“Regret makes us feel worse, but it can make us dobetter.”

First, it can sharpen our decision-making. In one study, negotiators fared better on subsequent interactions if they considered previous negotiation regrets. Reflecting on prior regrets can help us avoid cognitive biases, like escalation of commitment to a failing course of action.

Second, regret can elevate our performance on a range of tasks. People who regret their performance on problem-solving tasks do better on their next attempts to solve problems. Even hearing about other people’s regrets can change our thinking for the better. People who heard a story about a woman who narrowly missed out on winning a trip to Hawaii because she switched seats scored 10 points higher on the LSAT, the law school admission test.

Third, regret can strengthen our sense of meaning and connectedness. People who think counterfactually about pivotal moments in their lives experience greater meaning than those who think explicitly about the meaning of those events. Likewise, when people consider counterfactual alternatives to life events, they experience higher levels of religious feeling and a deeper sense of purpose than when they simply recount the facts of those events.
This way of thinking can even increase feelings of patriotism and commitment to one’s organization.

In short, regret can make us better by improving our decisions, boosting our performance on problem-solving tasks, and deepening our sense of meaning.

3. To understand what people regret, look beneath the surface.

Beginning with George Gallup in 1949, pollsters and professors have tried to determine what people regret. Do they have career regrets, education regrets, romance regrets, health regrets, family regrets, financial regrets? And since the mid-20th century, their answer has been unsatisfying.

“People seem to express the same four core regrets, irrespective of the domain of their life.”

People regret a lot of stuff. No domain predominates. But I think I figured out the riddle. What’s visible and easy to discover—the realms of life, such as family, school, and work—is far less significant than a hidden architecture of motivation and aspiration that lies beneath it. In analyzing 15,000 regrets from people in 105 countries, I’ve found that people seem to express the same four core regrets, irrespective of the domain of their life.

One is foundation regrets. Many of our education, financial, and health regrets are actually different outward expressions of the same core regret: our failure to be responsible, conscientious, or prudent. Our lives need some basic level of stability.

The second category: boldness regrets. A stable platform for our lives is necessary, but not sufficient. One of the sturdiest findings in academic research and my own is that over time, we are much more likely to regret the chances we didn’t take than the chances we did.

Third: moral regrets. Most of us want to be good people, yet we often face choices that tempt us to take the low road. When we behave poorly or compromise our belief in our own goodness, regret can build and then persist.

Finally, connection regrets. Our actions give our lives direction, but other people give those lives purpose. Many human regrets stem from our failure to recognize and honor this principle. Connection regrets arise anytime we neglect the people who help establish our sense of wholeness. When those relationships fray, disappear, or never develop, we feel an abiding loss.

Foundation regrets, boldness regrets, moral regrets, connection regrets—these are the four core regrets that people express.

“We are much more likely to regret the chances we didn’t take than the chances we did.”

4. Science offers a systematic way to deal with our regrets.

So, what can we do to turn our existing regrets into engines of progress? Science suggests a three-step process.

First, look inward through self-compassion. Self-compassion, pioneered by Kristin Neff at the University of Texas, begins by replacing searing judgment with basic kindness. It doesn’t ignore our screw-ups or neglect our weaknesses; it simply recognizes that being imperfect, making mistakes, and encountering life difficulties is part of the shared human experience. By normalizing negative experiences, we neutralize them. Self-compassion encourages us to treat ourselves with kindness rather than contempt so that we can move on.

Second, express outward through self-disclosure. We’re often skittish about revealing negative information about ourselves to others. But an enormous body of literature makes clear that disclosing our thoughts, feelings, and actions by telling others—or simply writing about them—brings an array of physical, mental, and professional benefits. Disclosing regret lifts the burden, and by converting the blobby, amorphous negative emotion into concrete words, we make the threat less menacing and can begin making sense of what happened.

Third, move forward through self-distancing. When we’re beset by negative emotions, including regret, one response is to immerse ourselves in them, but immersion can catch us in the undertow of rumination. A better, more effective, and longer-lasting approach is to move in the opposite direction—not to plunge in, but to zoom out and gaze upon our situation as a detached observer. Self-distancing helps you analyze and strategize, examine the regret dispassionately, and then extract a lesson from it that can guide your future behavior.

“Self-compassion encourages us to treat ourselves with kindness rather than contempt so that we can move on.”

5. Anticipating our regrets is useful, but this medicine should come with a warning label.

We often think about regret through the rearview mirror, but it’s also well worth our time to consider it through the front windshield.

Anticipating regrets can often work to our advantage. It slows our thinking. It taps our cerebral breaks, allowing us time to gather additional information and to reflect before we decide what to do. Anticipated regret is especially useful in overcoming regrets of inaction. For example, one well-regarded British study showed that people prompted to agree with the simple statement “if I do not exercise at least six times in the next two weeks, I will feel regret” ended up exercising significantly more than people who did not have regret on their minds.

Anticipating our regrets is often useful, but it should come with a warning label. One problem with using anticipated regrets as a decision-making tool is that we’re pretty bad at predicting the intensity and duration of our emotions, and we’re especially inept at predicting regret. Anticipating regret can sometimes steer us away from the best decision and toward the decision that most shields us from regret.

The best advice, then, is not to avoid all regrets, but rather to optimize them. We know that people tend to regret the same four things, so anticipate those regrets. Do everything you can to build your foundation. Take a sensible risk. Do the right thing. Reach out. But for other possible regrets, chill out. Good enough is often good enough.

Our everyday lives consist of hundreds of decisions, some crucial to our well-being, many inconsequential. Understanding that difference can make all the difference. If we know what we truly regret, we know what we truly value. Regret—that maddening, perplexing, and undeniably real emotion—points the way to a life well-lived.

To listen to the audio version read by author Daniel Pink, download the Next Big Idea App today:

https://nextbigideaclub.com/magazine/power-regret-looking-backward-moves-us-forward-bookbite/32395/

Topley’s Top 10 – February 11, 2022

Good Riddance Ben…The Passed Up Dunk that Ended It All

1. Warren Buffett Returns….BRK/B +7% vs. QQQ -10% Year to Date

This chart shows Berkshire vs. QQQ….50day thru 200day to upside

www.stockcharts.com

2.Energy is Back…….6 Months-XLE Energy ETF +40% vs. ARKK -40%

www.yahoofinance.com

3.Tech Stocks vs. Utilities Ratio Eclipsed 20 Year High

Bespoke Investments–The S&P 500 Technology (XLK) to Utilities (XLU) ratio is another interesting sector ratio chart.  This ratio exploded higher during the late 1990s Tech Bubble, but then it plunged from the peak in early 2000 and continued lower right through the Financial Crisis that ended in early 2009.  After hitting 2.5 at the peak of the Dot Com Bubble, the ratio got all the way down to 0.5 at its low.  Just recently, the ratio briefly ticked above 2.5, eclipsing its prior high made more than 20 years ago.  While the Tech sector has struggled over the last couple of months as the prospect of higher interest rates has weighed on growth stocks, this ratio shows that there is still A LOT to unwind if a new secular shift has begun.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/sector-and-index-ratios

4.Interest Rates and Inflation….Disconnect Takes Another Leg Up

Morningstar-Even as many in the markets continue to expect inflation to begin heading lower over the course of 2022, bond prices fell after the CPI data, sending yield on the widely-followed U.S. Treasury 10-year note toward 2%, its highest level since July 2019. Short-term bond yields also rose.

https://www.morningstar.com/articles/1078786/7-charts-on-the-big-cpi-rise-fed-rate-hike-outlook

5.Next Watch is Inverted Yield Curve

Zerohedge

The yield curve is collapsing (2s10s)…

And 7s10s briefly inverted…

The last time 5s30s spread was this low, The Fed folded on its policy tightening stance…

https://www.zerohedge.com/economics/rate-hike-odds-spike-after-hottest-cpi-40-years

6.Michael Batnick with a Hard to Believe Chart….You Can’t Buy a Home if You Make $75k-$100k

Irrelevant Investor Blog….

https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2022/02/09/animal-spirits-inflation-at-disney-world/

7. Crypto M&A volume jumped nearly 5,000% in 2021 with the average deal size tripling in value, PwC says

 

Fernando Gutierrez-Juarez/picture alliance via Getty Images

  • The total volume of crypto M&A deals skyrocketed nearly 5,000% in 2021, according to PwC.
  • The average transaction size tripled in value from $52.7 million to $179.7 million.
  • PwC also found that deals shifted back to the Americas with 51% of them occurring in the region.

Business Insider…The total volume of cryptocurrency mergers and acquisitions skyrocketed nearly 5,000% in 2021, mirroring the stunning rally in the price of digital assets, according to PwC.

In a report published in early February, the Big Four accounting firm revealed that the number of deals surged by 4,846% in 2021 with the average transaction size tripling in value from $52.7 million to $179.7 million.

This was boosted by a number of blank-check deals worth billions of dollars. The top 10 deals, in fact, were all well above that level, led by Bullish Limited, which was acquired for $8.1 billion.

Top 10 crypto M&A deals in 2021 by deal size PwC Analysis, MergerMarket, Capital IQ, Crunchbase, Pitchbook, CoinDesk, CoinTelegraph

Meanwhile, the total value of crypto fundraising deals leapt 645% to $34.3 billion in 2021, with the average fundraising amount up 143% to $26.3 million. The previous year also saw players tap into the SPAC boom.

Below is a the top five investors by deal count in 2021, according to PwC.

Rank Investor Name Selected Investments
1 AU21 Capital Chainflip, DEIP, Arcana Network, reBaked, Decentral Games
2 Genesis Block Ventures Highstreet, Coin98 Finance, Pyth Network, Calaxy, Dex Lab
3 Genblock Capital NearPad, Biconomy, ClayStack, DexLab, Unbound Finance
4 Coinbase Ventures Chainflip, MobileCoin, CoinDCX, Liquality, Pintu
5 Moonwhale SoldexAI, Beyond Finance, DeepDAO, Chronicle, Panther Protocol

The firm also found that transactions shifted back to the Americas, with 51% of deals occurring in the region, up from the previous year’s 41%.

However, the Europe, Middle East, and Africa region saw total deal value of $25.5 billion, slightly surpassing that of the Americas despite comprising only 33% of the deals globally. The Asia Pacific region garnered 16% of the total deals at $5 billion.

Digital assets exploded in the past year with various cryptos, from bitcoin to dogecoin, hitting their all-time-highs. The market capitalization of the ecosystem even hit $3 trillion at one point in November, roughly the size of the entire UK economy, amid a broader rally. It has since cooled off and now stands at $2 trillion.

Check out: Personal Finance Insider’s picks for best cryptocurrency exchanges

https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/currencies/crypto-merger-acquisition-volume-jumped-nearly-5000-percent-pwc-2022-2

FTX Chief Reminds Congress That 95% of Crypto Volume Is Offshore–Yueqi Yang

(Bloomberg) — Sam Bankman-Fried, the chief executive officer and co-founder of cryptocurrency exchange FTX, said 95% of crypto trading volume occurs offshore and urged for greater regulatory clarity to attract businesses to the U.S.

“Despite the majority of the intellectual property for the digital asset industry originating from the United States, 95% of volume occurs offshore,” Bankman-Fried told members of the Senate Agriculture Committee during a hearing Wednesday on crypto assets. “The majority of assets are not accessible at all from the United States. It would be great to be able to move that liquidity, that business back on shore.”

Bankman-Fried cited the number as he made his requests for clarity of federal oversight over the digital assets industry. He supported expanding the jurisdiction of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, which currently regulates the crypto derivatives market, to include spot digital commodity transactions. He also suggested the U.S. create a process to allow digital tokens to be registered in the country, and asked for greater clarity over licensing requirements.

The messages are in line with the request of CFTC Chairman Rostin Behnam, who urged lawmakers during the hearing to give his agency more authority and a bigger budget to oversee trading in the fast-growing cryptocurrency market.

The international FTX.com exchange has seen around $15 billion of assets traded daily on the platform this year, which now represents approximately 10% of global volume for crypto trading, according to Bankman-Fried’s testimony.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/ftx-chief-reminds-congress-95-183325577.html

Russia to Regulate Crypto, Dispelling Fears of Ban–Anna Baydakova, Tracy Wang

Instead of banning cryptocurrencies, the Russian government has decided to regulate them, legitimizing a $2 trillion asset class in the world’s 11th-largest economy.

A document setting the principles for the regulation of cryptocurrencies appeared on the government’s official website on Tuesday night. Notably, the plan has the support of the central bank, which had called for a ban on crypto mining and trading.

This is the second major regulatory cloud to have been lifted from the global crypto market in a month. India last week took a step toward legalization with a tax on digital asset transfers. While it carries a hefty rate (30%), the tax was seen by many as putting the fifth-largest economy on track toward legitimizing crypto.

In Russia (population 144 million), residents own over 12 million cryptocurrency accounts and about 2 trillion rubles ($26.7 billion) worth of crypto, according to the government’s document (PDF in Russian).

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/russia-license-crypto-exchanges-tax-101022637.html

8. U.S. Mortgage Rates Surge to the Highest Level in More than Two Years….4% ?

9.Electric Vehicles Hit 9% of New Cars Sold….Total Cars on Road 6.6m out of 1.4B

CHARTR

Change: fast, but slow

Almost 9% of all new cars sold last year were electric, according to a new report from the International Energy Agency, more than double the 4% that were electric the year before.

That’s a big leap forward in relative terms, but a more modest one in absolute size. The 9% market share figure represents about 6.6 million actual new electric cars, a tiny, tiny fraction of the 1.3-1.4 billion cars that are estimated to be on the road around the world.

Tesla leads, just

The other interesting data point from this report is that Tesla still leads on electric car deliveries, selling 936k cars last year. That’s ahead of VW Group’s 763k and BYD’s 598k (all of which came in China alone).

Recommended reading: The long road to electric cars.

www.chartr.com

10.The 6 Most Passive-Aggressive Email Phrases You Use Without Thinking, According to a Recent Study

An ounce of prevention will keep you from sending the wrong message when you hit ‘Send.’

BY SCOTT MAUTZ, KEYNOTE SPEAKER AND AUTHOR, ‘FIND THE FIRE’ AND ‘MAKE IT MATTER’@SCOTT_MAUTZ

Getty Images

Ahh, the art of the email. I’ve always found it to be a terrible medium for communicating--so much can be misconstrued from an unintentionally curt sentence, a light-hearted capitalization–heck, even an emoji that doesn’t convey your mojo the way you meant.

These are the three biggest problems we create for ourselves with email:

1.     We don’t communicate enough to get the point across (the biggest problem with communication in general is the illusion that it has actually taken place)

2.     We’re not clear enough with the communication

3.     Our communication is taken the wrong way (with irritation or offense)

This last one most often happens when we use terms in email that are, in reality, seen as passive-aggressive by the recipient. A recent 1,000-person study by the email platform GetResponse revealed the top 6 phrases perceived as the most passive-aggressive by the receiver.

I’ll reveal them from the least offensive to the most offensive. You can decide to use this information to help you avoid coming across as passively aggressive, or the opposite, depending on your mood.

6. “Going forward I’d prefer…”

Guess what? Going forward the person who reads this line would prefer you not use it again. The “going forward” part is super passive aggressive because it assumes that what happened in the past didn’t work. The reader reads, “Look, what happened in the past is the past, but you can, and will, correct it in the future.” It’s assumptive and dismissive. Even the “I’d prefer” part is weak; it’s language someone uses when they’re beating around the bush on something.

An alternative (and, again, all alternatives that follow are based on the assumption you actually don’t want to come across passive-aggressive, but if that really is your intent, fire away): The alternative here is a good ol’ fashioned face-to-face conversation. When it comes to behavior changes that need to happen, don’t do it over email. Asking change of someone involves emotions, which are always better handled in person.

5. “According to my records…”

Ugh–so formal and uptight sounding. Is this a cross-examination or an email?

An alternative: “I honestly could have this wrong, but from what I think I know…,” or, “The way I see it is…” Fellow columnist Carmine Gallo wrote a great piece on how Tim Cook uses the power of these 5 words, “The way I see it…”

4. “Any updates on this?”

When I read this, I can’t help but picture the sender standing there by my cubicle, peering over the top of it with arms crossed, feet tapping, and a resting jerk face painted on. Try this test: Say “Any updates on this?” out loud to yourself without sounding snippy. Impossible.

An alternative: “I’m guessing you’re swamped–so, sorry to bug you, but what’s the latest on… It would help to know because…” Being brief in email is key so I’m not preaching verbosity here, but this one requires a bit more couching.

3. “Please let me know if I’ve misunderstood.”

What you’re really saying here is “We both know you’ve got this wrong.” This one is the most disingenuous of the lot because the recipient knows that you do not think you have it wrong in any way, shape, or form.

An alternative: If you actually do suspect you got something wrong, pick up the phone for this one. Misunderstandings tend to get more tangled when not ironed out in person. But if you do use email, consider, “I honestly could have this wrong, but…”

2. “Just a friendly reminder…”

It’s not friendly. You know it and I know it.

An alternative: “I honestly hate when people bug me about something, but I’m forced to be ‘that guy/girl’ here in reminding you that… because…”

1. “As per my last email…”

You may as well say, “You obviously didn’t read my last email, so let me try again, dummy.” This one is just plain rude and smacks of the assumption that the recipient has nothing better to do than to sit around waiting for your email to flow into their inbox like gorgeous salmon swimming upstream.

An alternative: “If you don’t mind my reinforcing a point I made before, only because it’s so important…”

We all get enough emails. No one wants more than they need, nor do they want them peppered with what more or less amounts to sass. You can still get your point across by using alternatives.

So, before you hit send, think of the message you’re sending.

https://www.inc.com/rebecca-deczynski/employee-satisfaction-pulse-surveys-great-resignation-how-to-retain-employees.html?cid=sf01003

Topley’s Top 10 – February 10, 2022

1.Earnings Guidance has Turned Most Negative Since 2009

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab

https://twitter.com/LizAnnSonders


2.S&P Forward P/E Correction So Far….31x to 24x

Bloomberg


3.Commodities Rally…DBC ETF Still Needs to Double to See 2008 Highs

www.stockcharts.com


4.Commodity Returns During Past Rate Hike Cycles.


5.The Leader of Zero Interest Rate Policies Japan Sees Positive 10 Year for First Time Since 2016

Jim Bianco Research–Japan started yield curve control (YCC) in Sept 2016 = 10-yr JGB at 0%. In July 2018 the BoJ widen the “band” for YCC to +/- 20bps Today is the highest yield since YCC began, and the first time the 10-yr JGB has been above to top of their band.

https://twitter.com/biancoresearch


6.Oldie but Goodie Chart Now that Rates are Rising.

But we must unfortunately watch the money losing zombies…Just too many firms out there that are not able to service their debt with yesterday’s low rates. What will happen when they need to refinance? They will need to get their capital structures in place now.

Deutsche Bank

361 CAPITAL BLAINE ROLLINS, CFA HTTPS://SNIPPET.FINANCE/THE-10-BEST-FINANCIAL-BLOGS/


7.”Disruptor” Stocks vs. 2 Yr. Treasury

ARKK vs 2-Yr Treasury Yield

Sumit Roy

https://www.etf.com/sections/features-and-news/high-growth-interest-rate-relationship-weakens


8.80% of Americans 18-34 Said Now was a BAD TIME to Buy a House

From Morning Brew.

REAL ESTATE

Young Americans shun the housing market

 

More than 80% of Americans ages 18–34 said now was a bad time to buy a house, according to a Fannie Mae survey released yesterday. Their gloomy outlook is shared by the broader population: A record-low proportion of Americans—just 25%—said it was a good time to buy a house right now.

It’s not a good time if you can’t afford it

The median home-sale price reached a record high of $365,000 in January, according to Redfin. That’s a 16% jump from the previous January and a 28% increase from January 2019.

Skyrocketing home prices highlight the severe demand–supply imbalance that emerged in the housing market over the pandemic.

  • Interest in buying homes soared thanks to historically low interest rates and the desire to avoid your trumpet-playing neighbor at all costs.
  • But the supply of available houses has not kept up—not even close. In fact, the 910,000 homes for sale at the end of December was the lowest since the National Association of Realtors began keeping track in 1999.

It all amounted to January being the most competitive month in US housing market history, Redfin said.

But young people are getting squeezed harder than most

Among the reasons why…

  1. The disappearing starter home: The US’ supply of properties 1,400 square feet or smaller (the ones ideal for your first home) has fallen to its lowest level in 50 years. Starter homes accounted for just 7% of construction in 2019, compared to 40% in 1980.
  2. Battle for the suburbs: Home prices are rising the fastest in suburbs with a higher share of children—neighborhoods where millennials are most interested in buying homes.

Big picture: Millennials like to think they’re the main character in every story, but in this case…they actually are. Many of them are about to hit 32, which is the median age of first-time home buyers in the US. Therefore, “As millennials go, so goes the housing market,” said Zillow economist Nicole Bachaud.—NF

         

 

https://www.morningbrew.com/daily


9.31M Americans to bet on Super Bowl, gambling group estimates

By WAYNE PARRYyesterday

 

ATLANTIC CITY, N.J. (AP) — A record 31.5 million Americans plan to bet on this year’s Super Bowl, according to estimates released Tuesday by the gambling industry’s national trade group.

The American Gaming Association forecasts that over $7.6 billion will be wagered on pro football’s championship game set for Sunday.

Both the amount of people planning to bet (up 35% from last year) and the estimated amount of money being bet (up 78% from last year) are new records.

Bettors include people making casual wagers with friends or relatives, entries into office pools, wagers with licensed sportsbooks, and bets placed with illegal bookmakers.

“Americans have never been more interested in legal sports wagering,” said Bill Miller, the group’s president and CEO. “The growth of legal options across the country not only protects fans and the integrity of games and bets, but also puts illegal operators on notice that their time is limited.”

When the Los Angeles Rams and Cincinnati Bengals begin the game Sunday evening in the Rams home stadium, 30 states plus Washington D.C. will offer legal gambling.

Since last year’s game, 45 million additional people will be able to bet on the Super Bowl because their states have legalized sports betting over the past year: Arizona, Connecticut, Louisiana, Maryland, North Carolina, North Dakota, South Dakota, Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.

The association predicted that:

— 18.2 million American adults will place traditional sports wagers online, at a retail sportsbook or with a bookie, up 78% from 2021.

— 18.5 million plan to bet casually with friends or as part of a pool or squares contest, up 23%. The association said there is some overlap among those two groups.

— 76% say it is important for themselves to bet through a legal operator, up 11% from last year.

— 55% plan to bet on the Rams, with 45% backing the Bengals. That contradicts data from numerous individual legal sportsbooks that shows more bets and total money being wagered on Cincinnati thus far.

FanDuel, the official odds provider for The Associated Press, says 59% of spread bets are on Cincinnati to cover the 4-point spread as an underdog. Among moneyline bets that do not involve a points spread, 76% of bets predict the Bengals will win the game outright. Other sportsbooks report similar breakdowns on bets received thus far.

The Super Bowl is also one of the most perilous times of year for people with a gambling problem.

Harry Levant, a public health advocate from Philadelphia and a recovering gambling addict, is an official with the group Stop Predatory Gambling. He said the ongoing wave of sports betting advertising, and numerous incentives to get people to bet, is reminiscent of the tobacco industry’s efforts to get people to smoke and continue to do so.

ADVERTISEMENT

He said legal sports betting is increasing a public health crisis in America involving problem gambling.

“One out of two people struggling with a gambling problem contemplates suicide, and one out of five will attempt suicide,” he said. “I am one of those one out of five.”

Levant said the rapid rise of in-game betting feeds into a compulsive gambler’s desire for more and faster opportunities to bet.

“No longer is gambling limited to who’s going to win the game,” he said. “Now gambling is on every play. Keep them gambling, keep chasing action.”

There is a national help line for people with a gambling problem, or who think they might have one: 1-800-GAMBLER.

___

Follow Wayne Parry on Twitter at @WayneParryAC

https://apnews.com/article/super-bowl-nfl-sports-business-gambling-industry-988b31c7a80f31c3fe79c706415e8cab


10.Some Things I’ve Learned About Money….Daniel Crosby

https://www.linkedin.com/in/danielcrosby/

Topley’s Top 10 – February 07, 2022

1.Global Negative Yielding Debt -50% in 7 Days 40 Year Bond Bull Market Over?

Zerohedge

 

https://twitter.com/zerohedge

2.2022 has Already Equaled Worst Year Ever for Bonds

The Worst Year for Bonds in History? @Charlie Bilello

Entering this year, 1994 was the worst year ever for the bond market, with a loss of 2.9%.

But in a little over a mh, US Bonds are already down over 3% year-to-date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.Energy Prices Approaching Historical Levels that are Negative for Economy

From Michael Arouet

https://twitter.com/MichaelAArouet

4.Nasdaq Cheapest its been in 2 Years. But Still Most Expensive Since 2007

Bloomberg–Valuation doesn’t help greatly at times like this. After such a sharp move, what happens next will depend more on trading or technical factors than any measure of long-term value. This hasn’t stopped one statistic gaining currency, which is that the Nasdaq 100, after its selloff, was at its cheapest in almost two years. This was true, but misleading, as I hope this chart demtrates:

5.Facebook Holds 200day for Now on Long-Term Weekly Chart.. Buybacks History

FB chart last 200day break was Covid lows

1999-2022 StockCharts.com All Rights Reserved

www.stockcharts.com

Facebook huge buybacks in 2021 at highs. low buybacks during 2020 Covid lows

https://ycharts.com/companies/FB/stock_buyback

6.Three Mhs Ending Jan 31st. Nasdaq Emerging Cloud Index -33% vs. S&P -3.5%

Cloud Computing ETF vs. S&P Chart

1999-2022 StockCharts.com All Rights Reserved

www.stockcharts.com

Capital Group

https://www.capitalgroup.com/advisor/insights/articles/cloud-software-turbulence.html?sfid=1988901890&cid=80650654&et_cid=80650654&cgsrc=SFMC&alias=D-btn-LP-6-A1cta-Advisor

7.An electric-plane pioneer has a plan to transform package delivery.

Washington Post-By Steven Zeitchik

 With milli of packages clogging highways, start-ups are asking if there’s a better way. But their plans face some headwinds.

SOUTH BURLINGTON, Vt.  One of the first packages in this country to cross state lines did so in 1913, when a farmer in southwest Iowa sent two dozen eggs 60 miles to a post office in Omaha. Most of them didn’t make it.

Today’s package is likely to traverse hundreds of miles and pass through an elaborate transit system (and arrive intact). But a few entrepreneurs say it could be made far more efficient with an innovation currently in development in this unassuming northwestern Verm suburb.

They are speaking of an airplane, a sleek electric craft that can whisk packages directly between warehouses without the need for runways or the hassle of highways. The plane offers a high-tech solution to a granular problem: a $5 million futuristic machine that can make that new shirt arrive a lot sooner. If it works, our package world, supercharged by the pandemic, would be greener and speedier. But problems ranging from scale to safety to Federal Aviation Administration certification mean plenty of eggs could also get broken along the way.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

https://www.washingtonpost.com/technology/2022/01/31/innovati-evtols-electric-planes-packages/

8.Where Rents Bounced Back the Highest

 Michael Kolomatsky

https://www.nytimes.com/2022/02/03/realestate/where-are-rents-rising-the-most.html

9.2022 Set for Record Wedding Year 2.5m

The Wedding Report

https://wedding.report/index.cfm/action/blog/view/post/pid/1606/title/2021_Covid_19_Wedding_Market_Update

10.The Dangers of Wanting to Finish a Task 

Eva M. Krockow Ph.D.–The human desire to finish what you started can have dangerous cequences. 

KEY POINTS

  • Most people experience disproportionate pleasure when completing a task. 
  • This so-called “completion bias” can impair decision-making. 
  • A common cequence is to focus on completing trivial tasks instead of tackling bigger problems. 

At what point does the pursuit of challenging goals turn into a dangerous obsession?

I have been asking myself this question ever since watching the mountaineering documentary “14 Peaks: Nothing is Impossible.” The programme follows Nepalese adventurer Nirmal Purja as he embarks on a wild mission to climb all 14 mountains of 8,000 metres or higher in less than seven mhs. Having no experience of mountaineering apart from the occasional recreational hike, I watched the documentary with fascination. I admired the strength, stamina, and tenacity of Purja and his team as they set out to change history with a daring new world record.

Not long into the programme, however, my admiration began to wane. On a journey that Purja called a mission possible, he fought brutal weather condition and almost lost his life in a 100-metre fall. Pushed for time, he continued despite avalanche warnings and life-threatening storms. He encountered fellow mountaineers dying in his arms and others surviving by the skin of their teeth. Not even his mother;s deteriorating health and subsequent hospitalisation could distract Purja from his all-important mission. He pursued the completion of his task with unrelenting determination, no matter the cost.

The documentary celebrated Purja’s perseverance, suggesting you can achieve anything as long as you persist. However, the more dead mountaineers Purja passed on the way, the more I began to question this message. By the end, his quest appeared dangerous, unnecessary, and plain reckless. While I was relieved to see him survive the difficult journey, I couldn’t help but think that he was lucky to tell the tale.

Why did an able mountaineer put his (and other people’s) lives at risk to complete an uncalled-for goal?

What Is Completion Bias?

Human culture values the completion of tasks. Students wouldn’t receive a certificate if they dropped out of university before sitting their final exams. Athletes would be met with disappointment if they aborted a run close before the finish line. (Also, dare I suggest that you, dear reader, would be frustrated if I had stopped writing this post halfway through?)

The importance of getting things done is deeply engrained in most people’s mindsets. Do you enjoy ticking items off your to-do list, and struggle to abandon tasks once you have started them? This phenomenon is called completion bias. Indeed, it appears that the bias is rooted in neurobiological mechanisms of the brain, with the experience of task completion leading to a release of the pleasurable chemical dopamine.

While completion bias can serve as a powerful motivator that may drive people to overcome difficult obstacles, it is important to beware of its dangerous side effects.

What Are the Dangers of Completion Bias?

What appears to be a useful driver of human behaviour and achievement can have surprisingly detrimental effects on daily decision-making. Examples include:

1.       Avoidance of big tasks: With people constantly striving to get things done, many have a natural preference for focusing on easy tasks whose completion offers quick rewards. Recent studies found that people enjoy being able to tick trivial items off their to-do lists. Examples include sending a quick email or meeting invitation at work. And while it’s nice to keep a tidy inbox, this focus on mundane jobs can easily come our time. Ultimately, it may prevent us from tackling bigger challenges and tasks that really matter. 

2.       Irrational completion of tasks: In some cases, completion bias may go as far as driving people to finish futile endeavours that hold no personal benefits. A study on interactive decision-making found that some people were striving to reach the end of a task even though terminating early would have meant receiving bigger financial rewards. One of the participants explained her reasoning as follows: “My aim is to try and get all the way to the end just to feel like I’ve finished.” 

3.       Disproportionate risk-seeking: Thinking back to the mountaineering example from the beginning, a different danger is the compulsive pursuit of goals at all costs. People may lose sight of the negative cequences entailed in cinuing with a task and categorically reject the possibility of “giving up” or “quitting.” Indeed, this is such a common phenomenon in the context of mountaineering that the obsessive desire to reach the mountain peak has received a term in its own right: “summit fever.”

4.       Losing sight of the journey: “It’s the journey, not the destination.” This famous quote by philosopher Ralph Waldo Emerson highlights another danger of completion bias. An obsession with the final goal may distract from valuable experiences along the journey. Personally, I have to remind myself of this fact when working towards mastering a new yoga pose. By blindly pursuing the final, perfect outcome, it is easy to miss out on the enjoyment of learning experiences along the way.

Can You Harness the Power of Completion Bias?

The human desire to get things done is not inherently problematic as long as we know how to manage it. One way to harness the bias is to learn from the results of behavioural studies and structure your to-do lists more efficiently. Research on task selection in office environments suggests that scheduling a few easy tasks for the beginning of the working day may help to boost motivation for bigger tasks to follow. This strategy may even increase personal satisfaction and overall performance. So why not start your day by getting some quick emails out of the way before moving on to tougher challenges?

If struggling to approach bigger, long-term goals, it may help to break them up. This could involve creating smaller and more manageable sub-tasks. As a result, you’d be able to tick off individual task components throughout your journey towards the larger goal. This is likely to leave you feeling more accomplished and motivated at every step of the challenge.

Finally, it is always worth remembering that abandoning a task does not equate to failure. Often, the deliberate choice to discontinue a mission can be a braver action than pushing through and continuing on a misguided quest.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/stretching-theory/202201/the-dangers-wanting-finish-task?collection=1171581

Topley’s Top 10 – February 02, 2022

1. Energy Sector Outperformance vs. S&P in January Widest Ever

2. S&P Companies Have Record Cash and Low Debt Ratios

Bloomberg ByMichael P. Regan Yet help could come from somewhere else. Call it the “CFO put,” as in chief financial officer. Many American corporations, especially the big ones, are in dazzling financial health. S&P 500 companies had about $2.4 trillion in cash and short-term securities on their balance sheets at the end of the third quarter of 2021, compared with $1.6 trillion at the same time in 2019, according to Bloomberg Intelligence. Google parent Alphabet Inc. alone had $142 billion going into its final quarter of 2021. Microsoft Corp. had $131 billion as of its most recent quarterly report; Amazon.com Inc. had $79 billion.

S&P 500 Cash and Equivalents Per Share

Companies also have surprisingly low debt in relation to how much income they are bringing in. The ratio of net debt to Ebitda—or yearly earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization—was barely above 1 at the end of 2021 for S&P 500 companies, a record low, according to Bloomberg data dating from 1990. Compare that with a ratio of 4.25 in 2007, before the global financial crisis, and 3.88 in 1999, ahead of the collapse of the dot-com bubble.

S&P 500 Net-Debt-to-Ebitda Ratio

Market Turmoil Is Ultimate Test of What’s Real and What’s Not

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-01-26/is-the-stock-market-crashing-2022-stress-test-has-companies-crypto-scrambling?sref=GGda9y2L

3. American Possible Sanctions on Russia

NYT–American Sanctions on Russia seek to cutoff

  1. foreign lending
  2. sales of sovereign bonds
  3. technologies for critical services
  4. assets of elite citizens
  5. Possible “game over” sanctions on Russian banks…Foreign entities around world would stop doing business with Russian banks

By Michael Crowley and Edward Wong https://www.nytimes.com/2022/01/29/us/politics/russia-sanctions-economy.html

www.stockcharts.com

4. 50 Day Change Russell 1000 Value vs. Growth

Tadas Viskanta

@abnormalreturns

https://buff.ly/3AOUIye

5. Is the Big Rotation Underway?

Callum Thomas-Great Rotation: A great rotation has already been underway for several years – out of old energy and financials and into tech. Big rotations like this can get unwound quickly/disruptively, certainly something to be mindful of.

Source: @t1alpha https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/weekly-sp500-chartstorm-23-january-2022-callum-thomas/?trk=eml-email_series_follow_newsletter_01-hero-1-title_link&midToken=AQFjhnSMpoKQvw&fromEmail=fromEmail&ut=0Y1KTh8yEe3q81

6. Muni Bonds has Worse Month in 30 Years

MUB-Muni Bond ETF

www.stockcharts.com

7. Number of 10% Corrections in the Big 4 Since 2007

Capital Group

Corrections and results from select big tech companies from 2007 to 2021

Sources: Capital Group, Morningstar Direct. As of December 31, 2021. Corrections defined by share price decline of 10% or greater. Based on daily returns from 2007 to 2021.

8. The Share of Stock Trading by ETFs has Remained Constant

As a share of total US stock trading, ETF secondary trading has remained almost constant at 25% since 2011. This despite thousands of new products and trillions more in assets under management (AUM).

What about the primary market activity that occurs when ETF shares are created or redeemed by the associated participants? In this case, the underlying stocks are bought or sold, so there is a direct market impact.

Again, since 2011, as a share of total US stock trading, ETF primary market activity has barely budged. ETFs account for an insignificant 5% of this trading.

Myth-Busting: ETFs Are Eating the Worldby Nicolas Rabener of FactorResearch, https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2022/01/28/myth-busting-etfs-are-eating-the-world

9. Crypto-Top 20 Coins 2017 vs. Today….Only 6 on both Lists

PANTERA THEN & NOW :: 2017 RALLY VS. THIS RALLY

Bitcoin peaked in 2017 at $19,783.21. It’s amazing how much everything else has changed since then. This graphic has the top-20 coins at the peak of the 2017 bubble vs. today. Bitcoin is the only constant. Everything else has changed. Only six are in both lists (shown in gold). The majority of coins in the top-20 today didn’t even exist in 2017! They are shown in gray. Fourteen of the previous top-20 fell out – and fell a long way. The average position of those 14 is #90.

The Year Ahead In Crypto | Pantera (panteracapital.com)

10. People Who Use These 7 Key Rules in Conversations Have Very High Emotional Intelligence

Remember: Goals, attention, responses, design, emotions, nonverbal communication, and summations.

BY BILL MURPHY JR., WWW.BILLMURPHYJR.COM@BILLMURPHYJR

Getty Images

This is a story about communication, emotional intelligence, and how to get what you want in business and in life. If you find it valuable, I hope you’ll also download my free e-book, Improving Emotional Intelligence 2021, which you can find here.

It’s about seven key rules that make for better conversations, based on some compelling research and advice, and the ways that people with high emotional intelligence learn to use them in conversations that matter most.

These are compiled in such a way that you can use a mnemonic device — “GARDENS” — to remember it all: goals, attention, responses, design, emotions, nonverbal communication, and summations.

But let’s not get too hung up on these individual words yet; instead, we’ll go through all the rules below.

1. Goals: Think ahead of time about your ideal outcome.

Whether they admit it to themselves or not, everybody has a goal for the outcome of every conversation in which they engage.

  • It might be an important, strategic goal: “My goal is to convince this employee that taking on the new challenge I want her to tackle will be as good for her as it is for the company.”
  • It might be an emotional goal: “I want this prospective hire to walk away with a good feeling about us, even if he doesn’t match the requirements for the specific job we have open right now.” (You never know what the future brings!)
  • Or, it might be a purely defensive goal: “No matter what else happens in this conversation, I do not want to commit to any new obligations for this client.”

Of course, there might be multiple goals.

Let’s use a personal example: “I really want to go out to dinner tonight, but I also don’t want my partner to feel as if she has to say yes, if she would rather do so another night.”

Emotionally intelligent people understand how valuable it is to take a moment before almost any conversation and think through what your goals are, so that the conversational decisions you make don’t lead you away from them unintentionally.

Sometimes it’s helpful even to put things on the table, and communicate them explicitly: “Here’s what I’d like us to decide or do.”

Imagine if everyone in your life were that straightforward.

2. Attention: Stay focused, and also look like you’re focused.

We live in an addled time, a society of short attention spans.

Add to that the fact that we’ve just endured nearly two full years of constant distraction and danger, from the pandemic to the political climate, and I’m confident that entire academic careers will be made studying what we’ve all seen and done.

As Jeni Stolow, an assistant professor at Temple University’s College of Public Health, put it: “It’s this cognitive impairment that the whole world has been going through.”

Thus, people with high emotional intelligence recognize two things when they begin conversations:

  • First, like everyone else on the planet, they need to make an extra effort to focus and pay attention now.
  • Second, also like everyone else on the planet, the people they are talking with likely need added reinforcement that suggests others are actually paying attention to them.

In practical terms, what does this mean? It means blocking out short bits of time for only the conversation you’re having. It means, physically removing other distractions — putting your phone face down on a desk, or shutting your laptop, for example.

It means not multitasking–and during video calls, making your environment appear conducive to one-on-one conversations.

Strive to be focused, but don’t make it look easy; make it obvious to the other people in your important conversations that they, and your discussion, are the only things you are paying attention to.

3. Responses: Think hard about how you look and sound to the other side.

In any exchange during any conversation, there are really only three classes of things you can say: the right thing, the wrong thing, or nothing.

Saying nothing is often awkward, and while sometimes you can use awkwardness to your tactical advantage, emotionally intelligent people understand the power of another option: mirroring back to the other person the things they’ve said to you.

Basically, any statement that begins with something like “So, it sounds as if you are saying …” or “Let me just clarify what I’ve heard, please …” or the like, will probably lead you to mirroring.

Mirroring also has to do with body language. In study after study, researchers have found that salespeople who mimic their customers’ speech and posture sell more products, and that people in negotiations who mirror the other side reach agreements five times as often.

However, an important caveat is to mirror without looking like you’re doing so intentionally, which makes you look fake, and undermines the whole thing. That can be hard, so perhaps the emphasis is to be both authentic and subtle.

“We tend to like people who imitate us, as long as we don’t notice that they’re doing it,” Chris Frith, an emeritus professor of neuropsychology at University College London, told The Wall Street Journal in a report on the phenomenon.

4. Design: Pay attention to the structure, timing, pacing, and length of the discussion.

Here’s a question that almost no two people will answer the same way: How long do you want this conversation to last?

Earlier this year, researchers published the results of a study of 932 one-on-one conversations, after which participants were asked if they thought the conversations had gone on too long, had not been long enough, or had been just right.

Result: Only about 2 percent of conversations ended around the time when both participants wanted them to.

Another study: Across all cultures, according to researchers, the average socially acceptable time for one person to talk in a conversation is roughly two seconds, while the average time between two participants speaking is just 200 milliseconds.

The practical result that emotionally intelligent people take from all of this is to talk a bit less, and to err on the side of brevity. Far better for others to leave most conversations with you feeling as if they’ve had the chance to have their say — and even wishing they’d had even more time to hear you out.

That’s accomplished by paying close attention to the structure and design of your conversations, almost as much as the substance.

5. Emotions: Be aware of and leverage the emotions on both sides.

Emotional intelligence for our purposes is the practiced awareness of how emotions affect your communications and efforts, coupled with strategies that you develop to leverage your emotions and other people’s emotions in order to help you achieve goals.

We should juxtapose this with what emotional intelligence does not mean.

For example, it does not mean stripping all emotion out of a situation, and it also doesn’t always mean striving for empathy and kindness. Those can be positive by-products, but they are not the key goals.

So, how about some examples? Let’s consider an emotion like excitement.

  • You might be able to leverage your excitement to convey to another person that they should also be excited about whatever it is that has you so eager.
  • Or, you might find that your excitement clouds your thinking and that you should be aware of it and tone it back.
  • Likewise, you might realize that excitement on the part of another person in a conversation leads you to reach an agreement more quickly, or simply to get along better.

Step one in these situations is to be aware of the emotion. Step two is to seek control over them. And step three is to think about how you can use them to help reach your ultimate conversational goal.

6. Nonverbal communication: Be aware of and leverage the communication that occurs in nonverbal dimensions.

Here’s an exercise. Next time you’re in a serious conversation and you have an important goal, imagine afterward that you had to write a screenplay about the discussion.

This seems daunting, so let me make it easier by letting you skip all the dialogue. Instead, imagine a script that contains only stage directions and descriptions. Example:

INT. CONFERENCE ROOM — DAY
JANE and JIM sit across from each other at a big table, which is cluttered with papers and leftover coffee cups from the last meeting. Jane rolls her eyes at Jim–she can’t believe they have to be here. Jim suddenly looks worried.

Jim softly begins to speak, but as he does, Jane’s cell phone buzzes. She seems to forget about him as she picks up the phone to see who has called …

OK, it’s been a long time since I was a screenwriter, but I hope you’ll see the point: A huge percentage of what we communicate comes from things other than the words we use. (One controversial study famously said that only 7 percent of communication is actually verbal.)

The facial expressions, the fact that Jane and Jim are holding this meeting in a cluttered room, the ease with which Jane is distracted from the conversation — all these things send messages that might or not be consistent with the verbal messages and goals each person wishes to communicate.

Emotionally intelligent people are highly aware of all of this, and they react and adjust accordingly.

7. Summations: Think hard about what you want the other side to remember.

I think there are two nearly universal things we can say about how good conversations end.

First, they involve some sort of summation and next step, or a promise for the future.

  • “We’re all set! We’ll start the project on Monday.”
  • “I don’t think we’ve found agreement here, but I’m happy to talk more tomorrow.”
  • “I had a really nice time. I hope I can call you again.”

Second, they involve a positive articulation of emotion — and most universally, an expression of gratitude.

In fact, an easy trick that the most emotionally intelligent people try to use is to find something to say thank you for toward the end of every conversation, so that the person you’re talking with remembers your gratitude.

Bonus tip on that one: Express gratefulness for something incontrovertible, rather than debatable.

  • In other words, say “Thank you for meeting with me today” or “Thank you for taking the time to talk.”
  • But avoid things like “Thank you for understanding” or “Thank you for coming around to my way of thinking.”

The first examples are gratitude for facts; the second examples are things that the other side might or might not agree with; thus, they can end the conversation with the other person thinking about the disagreement rather than the gratitude.

Don’t forget to break the rules

Pablo Picasso once said: “Learn the rules like a pro, so you can break them like an artist.”

That applies here as well. Even though we’ve organized these conversational rules to be memorable (remember: “GARDENS”), and even though it’s worth reflecting on them, it would be the very rare person with sufficient emotional intelligence to apply them all, all the time.

But, if you’re able remember at least some of them, you’ll likely be amazed at how your subconscious mind works to keep your conversations on track, and more likely to lead to the results you seek.

Let me know how it works for you. And don’t forget the free e-book: Improving Emotional Intelligence 2021, which you can find here.

https://www.inc.com/bill-murphy-jr/people-who-use7-these-key-rulesin-conversationshave-very-high-emotional-intelligence.html?cid=sf01003

Topley’s Top 10 – January 31, 2022

1. The Yield Curve is Flattening Quickly

Barrons-Ben Levisohn Follow

The yield curve is flattening quickly. On Friday, the two-year Treasury yield closed at 1.17%, while the 10-year closed at 1.779%, putting the gap between them at 0.61 of a percentage point. On Dec. 31, that gap was 1.069 points. Since 1955, the yield curve has flattened about 0.8 of a point a year during the first year of a tightening cycle, which would mean the curve would invert sometime in the first half of 2023, says Jim Reid, global head of credit strategy at Deutsche Bank. 

Recessions usually follow in eight to 19 months, which would put the next one in the middle of 2024. If the current market follows the historical path, the current upheaval, though painful, should simply mark a tantrum in risk markets that will pass. “The playbook is consistent with history,” he says.

https://www.barrons.com/articles/when-is-the-next-recession-coming-heres-how-to-time-it-51643417919?mod=past_editions


2. High Yield Bonds Calm During Stock Sell-Off

Bloomberg-Credit market’s reputation as a leading indicator has diminished at a time when even the Federal Reserve is having trouble anticipating where a highly volatile economy is heading. So if the economy experiences a significant slowdown, don’t look to corporate credit to send a signal, even if that part of of the debt market gets caught up in the fallout.

This month has been a good example of this changing dynamic. The U.S. stock market has suffered the worst start to a year since 2009 after waking up to the possibility that the Fed might tighten monetary policy much more than investors thought just a few months ago. And after the Fed’s monetary policy meeting on Wednesday and Chair Jerome Powell’s press conference afterward, money market traders were pricing in almost five rate increases in 2022, with Bank of America Corp. economists led by Ethan Harris seeing the possibility for seven. The S&P 500 Index is down 7% this year and the Nasdaq Composite Index has plunged 12%. 

And yet, the corporate bond market has been relatively calm. Yes, yields have risen substantially along with U.S. Treasury securities, but what we’ve seen this month has not been a 2013-style “taper tantrum.” That is seen in the premium investors demand to compensate against the risk of default. That so-called spread on corporate bonds rated below investment-grade, or junk, have remained below levels reached late last year. Investment-grade rated companies have kicked off the year selling dollar-denominated bonds at a record pace, issuing 10% more such securities this month than a year earlier, according to data compiled by Bloomberg.

https://www.bloomberg.com/opinion/articles/2022-01-30/credit-traders-lack-edge-in-fed-s-new-regime?sref=GGda9y2L


3. Small Cap Value -6% vs. Small Cap Growth -19%

VBR Vanguard Small Cap Value vs. IWM Small Cap Growth YTD

www.yahoofinance.com


4. Warren Buffett Overcomes ARRK…Very 1999 Like Event.

https://www.linkedin.com/in/jameseagle/ James Eagle


5. Break-Even for Crypto Miners 27,000

MARA $85 to $19.50

RIOT $46 to $13

www.stockcharts.com


6. China No Bounce.

China: The stock market selloff continues, …

Source: Daily Shot

… as Hong Kong and international investors pulled capital out.

Source: Daily Shot

 https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-january-28th-2022/


7. Doctors Most Trusted…Politicians Least Trusted

From Barry Ritholtz Blog

https://ritholtz.com/2022/01/eliminate-childhood-vaccinations/


8. Global Defense Spending

www.chartr.com


9. Housing Traditional Response to Surging Interest Rates.

John Burns Real Estate

https://www.linkedin.com/in/johnburns7/


10. Hard work vs. Long work

Seth Blog

Long work is what the lawyer who bills 14 hours a day filling in forms does.

Hard work is what the insightful litigator does when she synthesizes four disparate ideas and comes up with an argument that wins the case–in less than five minutes.

Long work has a storied history. Farmers, hunters, factory workers… Always there was long work required to succeed. For generations, there was a huge benefit that came to those with the stamina and fortitude to do long work.

Hard work is frightening. We shy away from hard work because inherent in hard work is risk. Hard work is hard because you might fail. You can’t fail at long work, you merely show up. You fail at hard work when you don’t make an emotional connection, or when you don’t solve the problem or when you hesitate.

I think it’s worth noting that long work often sets the stage for hard work. If you show up enough and practice enough and learn enough, it’s more likely you will find yourself in a position to do hard work.

It seems, though that no matter how much long work you do, you won’t produce the benefits of hard work unless you are willing to leap.

https://seths.blog/2011/05/hard-work-vs-long-work/

Topley’s Top 10 – January 27, 2022

1. Small Cap Top to Bottom Full -20% Correction

Russell 2000 $240 to $192 yesterday’s low.

www.stockcharts.com

2. Worse First 16 Days for S&P Ever

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-01-24/the-market-has-never-plunged-10-this-fast-to-start-a-year?srnd=premium-europe&sref=ZVajCYcV&sref=GGda9y2L

3. Stocks Average One 10% Correction Per Year

LPL Research

https://lplresearch.com/2022/01/26/all-you-wanted-to-know-about-stock-market-corrections/

4. BUZZ -Chat Room MEME Stock ETF…-35%

Fund Description

VanEck Social Sentiment ETF (BUZZ) seeks to track, as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the price and yield performance of the BUZZ NextGen AI US Sentiment Leaders Index (BUZZTR), which is intended to track the performance of the 75 large cap U.S. stocks which exhibit the highest degree of positive investor sentiment and bullish perception based on content aggregated from online sources including social media, news articles, blog posts and other alternative datasets. https://www.vaneck.com/us/en/investments/social-sentiment-etf-buzz/

Gamestop -64% correction before bounce last couple days

AMC -72% from highs at low this week

www.stockcharts.com

5. Number of Big Insider Sales Had Record Year 2021

Jonathan Barird–A long-time investment maxim is that it pays to watch the stock transactions of company insiders, for they are in the best position to know the future earnings prospects of their company’s. Indeed, academic studies have confirmed that extremes of insider buying or selling are a useful leading indicator of share prices. Various services exist that provide such data to sophisticated investors. https://www.linkedin.com/in/jonathanbaird88/

6. Bill Ackman Buys NFLX on Pullback Close to Covid Lows.

NFLX pulls back close to March 2020 lows.

www.stockcharts.com

Marketwatch By Jon Swartz

Billionaire hedge fund manager Bill Ackman on Wednesday said his firm has purchased more than 3.1 million shares of Netflix Inc. NFLX, -1.83%, making it a top-20 holder. “The opportunity to acquire Netflix at an attractive valuation emerged when investors reacted negatively to the recent quarter’s subscriber growth and management’s short-term guidance. Netflix’s substantial stock price decline was further exacerbated by recent market volatility,” said Ackman, who is chief executive of Pershing Square Capital Management. He announced the investment on his Twitter account and in a press release. Netflix was not immediately available for comment.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/bill-ackman-says-his-hedge-fund-just-bought-31-million-shares-of-netflix-2022-01-26?mod=home-page

7. Amazon to launch larger suburban Go stores

By Tonya Garcia

Amazon recently announced a high-tech clothing store in California

Larger-format Amazon Go stores are planned for suburban areas, with the first coming to Washington state

Amazon.com Inc. has announced plans to launch larger-format Go stores in suburban areas, starting with Mill Creek, Wash. in the coming months.

The Mill Creek Go store will cover 6,150 square feet, with the front area of the store spanning 3,240 square feet. The store will be equipped with Just Walk Out technology that allows customers to bypass a checkout line. Food and beverages, including beer and wine, will be available.

Amazon AMZN, 1.57% already has plans to open another Go store following the new format in the Los Angeles area.

The news comes shortly after Amazon announced plans for high-tech clothing store that will launch in Southern California.

And The Wall Street Journal reported last year on plans for larger stores that resemble department stores.

See: Kohl’s soars after takeover offer, but skeptical analysts question the retailer’s real-estate value

“We expect Prime member growth to continue with members spending more across additional categories,” wrote Stifel analysts in an earnings preview.

“Amazon continues to invest in developing and expanding Prime benefits, including Same-Day delivery expansion, video content and gaming. We expect Online Stores
sales growth to continue to decelerate in 4Q as the company compares against Prime Day in 4Q:20.”

Amazon will report fourth-quarter results on Feb. 3, according to the FactSet calendar.

Amazon stock has tumbled 15.8% over the past year while the S&P 500 index SPX, 1.63% has gained 13.2%.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/amazon-to-launch-larger-suburban-go-stores-11643123478?mod=home-page

8. A Record 559 Newly Scripted TV Shows Hit Last Year

Can’t find something good to watch in the evenings? That’s on you, unfortunately.

According to the latest data from FX Networks, there have never been more new original scripted series, with 559 hitting the small screen last year across cable, streaming services and broadcast TV in the US.

Death by choice

In 2010, there were just 216 new original scripted series, meaning that in just the last decade, your options for viewing have almost tripled (presuming you can access them all, which admittedly is a different question altogether). Overwhelmed by options? You’re probably not alone.

9. Open Table Reservations 2019-2022

Dan Stratemeier

Managing Director

Equities, Event Driven Strategies

10. How to Optimize Your Default Decisions

Here are a few strategies I have found useful when trying to design for default in my life:

Simplicity. It is hard to focus on the signal when you’re constantly surrounded by noise. It is more difficult to eat healthy when your kitchen is filled with junk food. It is more difficult to focus on reading a blog post when you have 10 tabs open in your browser. It is more difficult to accomplish your most important task when you fall into the myth of multitasking. When in doubt, eliminate options.

Visual Cues. In the supermarket, placing items on shelves at eye level makes them more visual and more likely to be purchased. Outside of the supermarket, you can use visual cues like the Paper Clip Method or the Seinfeld Strategy to create an environment that visually nudges your actions in the right direction.

Opt-Out vs. Opt-In. There is a famous organ donation study that revealed how multiple European countries skyrocketed their organ donation rates: they required citizens to opt-out of donating rather than opt-in to donating. You can do something similar in your life by opting your future self into better habits ahead of time. For example, you could schedule your yoga session for next week while you are feeling motivated today. When your workout rolls around, you have to justify opting-out rather than motivating yourself to opt-in.

Designing for default comes down to a very simple premise: shift your environment so that the good behaviors are easier and the bad behaviors are harder.

Designed For You vs. Designed By You

Default choices are not inherently bad, but the entire world was not designed with your goals in mind. In fact, many companies have goals that directly compete with yours (a food company may want you to buy their bag of chips, while you want to lose weight). For this reason, you should be wary of accepting every default as if it is supposed to be the optimal choice.

I have found more success by living a life that I design rather than accepting the standard one that has been handed to me. Question everything. You need to alter, tweak, and shift your environment until it matches what you want out of life.

Yes, the world around you shapes your habits and choices, but there is something important to realize: someone had to shape that world in the first place. Now, that someone can be you.

If you want more practical ideas for breaking bad habits and creating good habits, check out my book Atomic Habits, which will show you how small changes in habits can lead to remarkable results.

https://jamesclear.com/design-default

Topley’s Top 10 – January 25, 2022

1. For Traders….Oversold Short-Term

Technicals still negative intermediete term but short-term  RSI 22 getting well oversold

QQQ-Short -term RSI 22

www.stockcharts.com


2. Plus….Nasdaq Investor Sentiment Lower than Covid

Dave Lutz Jones Trading–Mark Hulbert Noted Friday Nasdaq investor sentiment is worse now than it was in March 2020 – “That’s an extremely aggressive bearish posture.” (Bottom 1.8% of ALL days since 2000) – “Minus 67.2%, which means that the average Nasdaq-focused stock market timer is recommending that clients allocate two-thirds of their equity trading portfolios to going short”


3. History of Rough Starts for the Nasdaq

www.dorseywright.com


4. Crypto Universe Valuations Cut in Half.

@Charlie Bilello


5. This is a Big Year for Crypto Regulation

White House Is Set to Put Itself at Center of U.S. Crypto Policy Jennifer Epstein, Jenny Leonard & Allyson Versprille 04:00 AM IST, 21 Jan 2022 05:09 AM IST, 22 Jan 2022 Save (Bloomberg) — The Biden administration is preparing to release an initial government-wide strategy for digital assets as

Read more at: https://www.bloombergquint.com/business/white-house-is-set-to-put-itself-at-center-of-u-s-crypto-policy
Copyright © BloombergQuint


6. MSTR $1200 to $350…-36% YTD.

MSTR actually hit $2000 back in 2001

www.stockcharts.com


7. Fund Managers Allocation to Commodities the Highest Ever

Commodities: Fund managers are very long commodities.

Source: BofA Global Research

The Daily Shott


9. U.S. Political Party Preferences Shifted Greatly During 2021

BY JEFFREY M. JONES

  • Preferences shifted from nine-point Democratic advantage to five-point GOP edge
  • Average party preferences for all of 2021 similar to past years
  • Largest percentage of U.S. adults identify as political independents

WASHINGTON, D.C. — On average, Americans’ political party preferences in 2021 looked similar to prior years, with slightly more U.S. adults identifying as Democrats or leaning Democratic (46%) than identified as Republicans or leaned Republican (43%).

However, the general stability for the full-year average obscures a dramatic shift over the course of 2021, from a nine-percentage-point Democratic advantage in the first quarter to a rare five-point Republican edge in the fourth quarter.

Line graph. Quarterly averages of U.S. party identification and leaning in 2021. In the first quarter of 2021, 49% of U.S. adults identified as Democrats or leaned Democratic, while 40% identified as Republicans or leaned Republican. In the second quarter, 49% were Democrats or Democratic leaners, and 43% were Republicans and Republican leaners. In the third quarter, 45% were Democrats and Democratic leaners, and were 44% Republicans and Republican leaners. In the fourth quarter, 42% were Democrats and Democratic leaners, and 47% were Republicans and Republican leaners.

These results are based on aggregated data from all U.S. Gallup telephone surveys in 2021, which included interviews with more than 12,000 randomly sampled U.S. adults.

Gallup asks all Americans it interviews whether they identify politically as a Republican, a Democrat or an independent. Independents are then asked whether they lean more toward the Republican or Democratic Party. The combined percentage of party identifiers and leaners gives a measure of the relative strength of the two parties politically.

Both the nine-point Democratic advantage in the first quarter and the five-point Republican edge in the fourth quarter are among the largest Gallup has measured for each party in any quarter since it began regularly measuring party identification and leaning in 1991.

  • The Democratic lead in the first quarter was the largest for the party since the fourth quarter of 2012, when Democrats also had a nine-point advantage. Democrats held larger, double-digit advantages in isolated quarters between 1992 and 1999 and nearly continuously between mid-2006 and early 2009.
  • The GOP has held as much as a five-point advantage in a total of only four quarters since 1991. The Republicans last held a five-point advantage in party identification and leaning in early 1995, after winning control of the House of Representatives for the first time since the 1950s. Republicans had a larger advantage only in the first quarter of 1991, after the U.S. victory in the Persian Gulf War led by then-President George H.W. Bush.

https://news.gallup.com/poll/388781/political-party-preferences-shifted-greatly-during-2021.aspx


10. Quotes on Courage

By Z. Hereford

When it comes to why I so enjoy reading the quotes of others, here is yet another quote to explain why:

“I quote others only the better to express myself.” Montaigne

Please enjoy these quotes on Courage.

The Quotes

It is better to live one day as a lion, than a thousand days as a lamb. Roman Proverb

You don’t develop courage by being happy in your relationships everyday. You develop it by surviving difficult times and challenging adversity. Epicurus

It is curious-curious that physical courage should be so common in the world, and moral courage so rare. Mark Twain

Everyday courage has few witnesses. But yours is no less noble because no drum beats for you and no crowds shout your name. Robert Louis Stevenson

Moral excellence comes about as a result of habit. We become just by doing just acts, temperate by doing temperate acts, brave by doing brave acts. Aristotle

Without courage, wisdom bears no fruit. Baltasar Gracian

He who loses wealth loses much; he who loses a friend loses more; but he that loses his courage loses all. Miguel de Cervantes

Clear thinking requires courage rather than intelligence. Thomas Szasz

We could never learn to be brave and patient if there were only joy in the world. Helen Keller

Courage is going from failure to failure without losing enthusiasm. Winston Churchill

The greatest test of courage on the earth is to bear defeat without losing heart. R. G. Ingersoll

Courage is not defined by those who fought and did not fall, but by those who fought, fell and rose again. Anonymous

Take a chance! All life is a chance. The man who goes farthest is generally the one who is willing to do and dare. Dale Carnegie

Life shrinks and expands in proportion to one’s courage. Anais Nin

One man with courage makes a majority. Andrew Jackson

Courage is not the towering oak that sees storms come and go; it is the fragile blossom that opens in the snow. Alice M. Swaim

Courage is reckoned the greatest of all virtues; because, unless a man has that virtue, he has no security for preserving any other. Samuel Johnson

Sometimes even to live is an act of courage. Lucius Annaeus Seneca

Courage is the power to let go of the familiar. Raymond Lindquist

True courage is not the brutal force of vulgar heroes, but the firm resolve of virtue and reason. Alfred North Whitehead

There is no such thing as bravery; only degrees of fear. John Wainwright

Courage is the fear of being thought a coward. Horace Smith

Have the courage to live. Anyone can die. Robert Cody

We can easily forgive a child who is afraid of the dark; the real tragedy of life is when men are afraid of the light. Plato

Courage is the ladder on which all other virtues mount. Clare Booth Luce

The world is in a constant conspiracy against the brave. It’s the age-old struggle-the roar of the crowd on one side and the voice of your conscience on the other. Douglas MacArthur

It is only through labor and painful effort, by grim energy and resolute courage, that we move on to better things. Theodore Roosevelt

Be courageous! Have faith! Go forward! Thomas Alva Edison

He conquers who endures. Persius

Keep your fears to yourself but share your courage with others. Robert Louis Stevenson

Fear is the father of courage and the mother of safety. Henry H. Tweedy

It takes courage to grow up and turn out to be who you really are. e.e.cummings

The first of all qualities of a general is courage. David McCullough

Courage is nothing less than the power
To overcome danger, misfortune, fear, injustice,
While continuing to affirm inwardly
That life with all its sorrows is good;
That everything is meaningful even if in a sense
Beyond our understanding;

https://www.essentiallifeskills.net/quotesoncourage.html

Topley’s Top 10 – January 24, 2022

1. S&P and Nasdaq Close Below 200 Day Moving Averages.

S&P below 200 day but above October 2021 lows

©1999-2022 StockCharts.com All Rights Reserved

Nasdaq closes well below 200 day and sinks below October 2021 lows

©1999-2022 StockCharts.com All Rights Reserved

www.stockcharts.com

2. FANG Index Closes Below 200 Day…-13.5% from Highs

©1999-2022 StockCharts.com All Rights Reserved

Long-Term Weekly Chart closes below 50day moving average for first time since March 2020

©1999-2022 StockCharts.com All Rights Reserved

www.stockcharts.com

3. Nasdaq -1%+  4 Days in a Row…First Time Since Dot-Com Bust

Nasdaq 100’s Unrelenting Declines Ring a Dot-Com Bust Alarm Bell

Lu Wang(Bloomberg) — Bulls should be glad there were only four days this week instead of five.

To wit, the Nasdaq 100 just did something it hasn’t done since the aftermath of the internet bubble: fall more than 1% in every session of a week. It doesn’t count as a superlative because Monday was a holiday. But for investors caught up in the selloff, it felt like something shifted.

A full week of big down days hasn’t happened since the dot-com bubble burst, first in April 2000 and then in September 2001. Back then, the Nasdaq went on to fall another 28% before the market bottomed roughly a year later.

“If you just look at those two prior instances, right after 9/11 was a brutal market, while the other was the first leg down in the collapse of the tech bubble,” said George Pearkes, a strategist at Bespoke Investment Group. “It’s certainly ominous, isn’t it?”

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/nasdaq-100-unrelenting-drops-ring-214018521.html

4. FANG Stocks Overlay with Central Banks Balance Sheets

Barrons-By

Randall W. Forsyth

This Fed Meeting Is Crucial. Future Rate Hikes Are Just the Start. https://www.barrons.com/articles/stock-market-fed-meeting-rate-hikes-51642784589?mod=past_editions

5. IPO ETF -41% from Highs.

IPO ETF 50 day thru 200 day to the downside on chart

This chart compares IPO ETF to S&P 500 index….The ratio has traded back to Covid 2020 bottom

6. XLE Energy ETF Break-Out.

Energy ETF opposite of broad markets…..50 day thru 200 day to upside…new highs

©1999-2022 StockCharts.com All Rights Reserved

www.stockcharts.com

7. If Bitcoin Gets No Bounce Early this Week….Next Technical Support $30,000

Error! Filename not specified.

1 / 3

BlackRock Plans ‘Blockchain and Tech’ ETF Amid Crypto Meltdown

 

BlackRock Plans ‘Blockchain and Tech’ ETF Amid Crypto Meltdown

Katie Greifeld

(Bloomberg) — BlackRock Inc. is stepping into the arena of cryptocurrency-flavored exchange-traded funds in the midst of a $1 trillion wipeout.

The iShares Blockchain and Tech ETF would invest in companies involved in the “development, innovation, and utilization of blockchain and crypto technologies,” according to a Friday filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. If launched, it would be the first crypto-adjacent fund in the largest ETF issuer’s lineup.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/blackrock-plans-blockchain-tech-etf-220719372.html

8. China Demographic Destruction Happening in Real Time

The GRID-Surveys reveal some of the reasons behind the decline. To begin with, fewer young people, particularly women, even want to get married. In a recent survey of urban Gen Zers conducted by a research institute affiliated with the Communist Youth League, 44 percent of women said they either didn’t want to get married or weren’t sure if they would. The men and women surveyed cited difficulty finding the right partner and a lack of time and energy as reasons for not wanting to marry.

Meanwhile, many married couples are choosing not to have kids for the same financial reasons that worry Liu. In a survey conducted by the China Youth Daily, millennials cited a lack of child care options and financial pressures as their top reasons for not having a second child.

https://www.grid.news/story/global/2022/01/12/what-happens-when-the-worlds-most-populous-country-starts-to-shrink/

Found at Barry Ritholtz Blog https://ritholtz.com/2022/01/weekend-reads-504/

9. The Top 10 and Bottom 10 States for Rearing Children

NY Times

ttps://www.nytimes.com/2022/01/20/realestate/the-best-place-to-raise-a-family.html

10. 6 reasons knowledge is true power!

I’m sure you’ve come across the famous saying ‘knowledge is power!’. Knowledge is so precious that it enriches you in diverse ways. Read my blog post to find 6 key ways you should take full advantage of this opportunity in life or else you’ll miss out on them!

While I strongly believe that ongoing learning is vital, I also find that knowledge is a true blessing and that it should be accessible easily. Learning can also be fun if you choose what to learn correctly and also find the methods that suit you best. So let’s dive into it.

1. Self-esteem

Your self-esteem, self-respect and self-confidence are all reinforced when you’re well-informed. In many life circumstances, being knowledgeable will give you additional power. It gives you the confidence you need!

2. Self-reliance

When you’re proficient, you have the freedom to make decisions on your own. You’re not dependent on others for guidance. You know that you can stand on your own feet.

3. Informed decisions

When you’ve got a good grasp, you’re more apt to take risks as well! You use your knowledge for your full benefit, so you can take calculated risks. Those with less understanding, are likely to be risk-aversive in life.

4. Learn from experts

While you learn from failures and use them to improve yourself, do learn from the experts as well! They’re the ones who are leaders in their respective fields. You’ll find out what works and what doesn’t, based on their experience and teachings.

5. Learn what’s proven

Find the best practices in your professional industry. Learn how to achieve what you truly want in your personal life. Follow hobby courses and much more… The point is that you can see what works best (from others) and save yourself precious time and money.

6. Success

Last but not least, with the knowledge you’re more likely to succeed. Success means different things to different people. However, set the right life goals for yourself, have an action plan to achieve them and learn the skills that will empower you!

Conclusion

Knowledge is indeed power… You cannot fool or take advantage of someone who is accomplished or has access to information. Make the most of learning experiences to make the most of your life! Do you have any tips to share? Please post a comment below. If you know anyone who could benefit from my blog post, please share it. Thank you!!

Photo/Image courtesy: Canva

https://tipsfromsharvi.com/2019/11/22/knowledge-true-power/

Topley’s Top 10 – January 21, 2022

1. 25 Million New Brokerage Accounts ..Retail Goes All In…

Michael Batnick Points Out the Retail Frenzy …2020 and 2021 Flows Dwarf 2018-2019

https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2022/01/19/animal-spirits-25-million-new-brokerage-accounts/


2. After Record S&P vs. Emerging Gap in 2021…..Emerging Markets Outperform to Start 2022

Emerging markets at record low fundamental valuations vs. U.S. ….Bounce to start year.

www.stockcharts.com


3. Short-Term Bonds Not So Safe….Inflation Adjusted Yields -6-7%

How Safe Assets Became Investors’ Biggest Risk–ByAllison Schrager  https://www.bloomberg.com/opinion/articles/2022-01-18/how-safe-assets-became-investors-biggest-risk?sref=GGda9y2L


4. Bond Bombs.

AGG…50day thru 200day to downside….gap down on price.

BSV Short-Term Bond Index…


5. TIPS-Inflation Not Helping

TIPS Roll Over

Corporate Investment Grade….50day thru 200day to downside.

www.stockcharts.com


6. Long Gold vs. High Yield?

“Dave Lutz at Jones The biggest ETF tracking junk bonds suffered the third-largest daily outflow in its 15-year history as credit markets sold off amid prospects for higher interest rates. Investors pulled $1.3 billion from HYG Tuesday, the most since February 2020 – It has tested the $85.25 support level 4x in the last month, going to be very key for a hold there.”

This chart shows Gold versus High Yield Bonds reversing in December…Watch for breakout.


7. The only time in its history NFLX has been cash flow positive is when Covid shut down everything. And now it has pulled 5 years of demand forward

Zerohedge

https://twitter.com/zerohedge/status/1484277160026255364/photo/1


8. Brevan Howard “Massive Crypto Push”

Brevan Howard Launches First Digital Assets Fund in ‘Massive’ Crypto Push

The firm’s inaugural crypto strategy started trading earlier this month with a sizeable amount of internal capital

By Michael Bodley/January 18, 2022, 4:00 pm EST

  • The firm’s co-founder, Alan Howard, has made crypto investments with his personal wealth for several years
  • BH Digital, the asset manager’s crypto division, has 25 employees and continues to grow

Hedge fund firm Brevan Howard has launched its first dedicated crypto fund with 10 teams of portfolio managers and bold fundraising aspirations, according to two people familiar with the matter.

The flagship vehicle, BH Digital Multi-Strategy Fund, started trading earlier this month with a sizable amount of internal capital, sources said. The plan is to start broadly raising outside money in the second quarter — and expectations are that fundraising haul would amount to at least several hundred million dollars and perhaps more than $1 billion.

Sources were granted anonymity to discuss sensitive business dealings. A spokesperson for Brevan Howard declined to comment.

The fund is the inaugural vehicle of BH Digital, the new Brevan Howard unit dedicated to the global macro firm’s crypto investments. The division now has 25 employees overall and is scaling. It represents one of the largest — if not the largest — commitments by a legacy asset manager to digital assets.

“Brevan is making an absolutely massive push into crypto,” one source said.

https://blockworks.co/sources-brevan-howard-launches-first-digital-assets-fund-in-massive-crypto-push/


9. Coffee ETF +100% From Dec. 2020

www.stockcharts.com


10. The Do’s and Don’ts of Tough Conversations

By Sarah Clark | September 20, 2017 | 0 

Imagine for a moment that you’re about to sit down with an employee to discuss exciting new changes to your company. Perhaps you’re bubbling with enthusiasm, sure that she’ll feel the same as you. Then you break the news and you’re met with a blank stare, a passive sigh or even an angry rebuttal.

No matter how prepared you might think you are, some conversations just won’t go the way you think they will. But that doesn’t mean you should give up and leave all tough conversations to work themselves out. After all, in an online survey of 1,000 employees, 91 percent said that communication issues drag executives down. The data revealed that most leaders were missing critical opportunities to engage that could position them as more trustworthy to their employees.

As someone who’s been managing others for more than 25 years, I’ve seen the value of honest, open communication between an employee and employer, but I’ve certainly stumbled along the way. Although these communication mishaps aren’t my proudest moments, they’ve taught me valuable lessons as a manager, including how to repair relationships and have more constructive conversations. I’ve picked up on a few important do’s and don’ts on my journey, such as:

1. Do throw the script away.

Preparing for a tough conversation is imperative to its success. There’s a big difference between jotting down notes and drafting a script, though. The latter won’t do you any good.

“A difficult conversation tends to go best when you think about it as just a normal conversation,” says Holly Weeks, author of Failure to Communicate. Because your counterpart doesn’t know his or her lines, the conversation can become awkward and artificial. For a more natural, productive conversation, opt for a few bullet points to address, and be flexible about the ensuing conversation.

2. Don’t dance around the issue.

It is important for you, as a manager, to be as explicit as possible during difficult conversations. Begin by declaring what you hope to achieve during this meeting and asking the employee to do the same. Then tackle the topic at hand, as well as the thought process behind it.

3. Do put yourself in the other person’s shoes.

As humans, we all possess preconceived notions, but holding onto those assumptions during tough conversations is a mistake. For example, a few years ago, I led a team that we needed to restructure. We needed to go much deeper in areas where we were the best and for which we were known as the experts, but this also meant letting go of some things that weren’t as important. So I had to have several conversations with employees on how their roles would shift. One conversation was a huge learning experience for me.

I was so confident in the direction of our group that I failed to explain fully one employee’s role and how it was changing. I assumed she would understand the importance of the shift because she was a senior leader, but I failed to articulate how she fit into the bigger picture specifically. Because of this, she didn’t understand her importance to the company and the value she added.

It takes two people to have a conversation, so consider your counterpart’s perspective. Think through the issue at hand from your point of view. Then reflect on what your employee thinks the issue is. If you can’t answer the second question, ask him or her directly. When you work to empathize with your employee, she’ll be more open to having a productive conversation.

After speaking with my employee about the structural changes, I picked up on her social cues and asked her to tell me about how she was feeling. That’s when I realized I needed to put myself in her shoes. So I explained how shifting some of her workload would actually allow her to dive deeper into her area of expertise. After I did so, she became one of the biggest champions in the department for these changes.

4. Don’t get defensive.

It might be tempting to act defensively or even make yourself the victim during a difficult discussion, but you should avoid both of these tactics at all costs. Deflecting blame or making statements such as, “This is really difficult for me!” or “I feel terrible about this!” during a difficult conversation only makes you appear dismissive of your employee’s needs. Instead, acknowledge your role in the discussion and how you’ll work through the issue in collaboration with your employee.

5. Do show a little compassion.

Difficult conversations might not be pleasant, but compassion helps you deliver difficult news in an honest, fair manner. Ultimately, my restructuring conversation was successful because I responded to the employee’s needs with compassion. Once I understood why she was concerned, I was able to sympathize and respond accordingly. Keep in mind that it’s important to not only respond to employees’ concerns as they crop up, but also to stay ahead of them to reassure your employees that they’re valuable teammates.

Having a tough conversation with your employee is never easy or fun—especially when that employee reacts differently than you’d anticipated. But it’s still important to reflect on these experiences. After a draining conversation, take some time to consider what went well and what did not, as well as what you can do differently in the future. In conjunction with transparency, active listening and the right attitude, self-reflection will help you tackle difficult conversations head-on.

Sarah Clark

https://www.success.com/the-dos-and-donts-of-tough-conversations/

Topley’s Top 10 – January 20, 2022

1. S&P 500 correction now 5.5%, biggest since November 2020.

Jim Bianco Research

https://twitter.com/biancoresearch

2. Small Cap -16% from Highs

IWM small cap 50day going thru 200day to downside on chart

www.stockcharts.com

3. Short-Treasury ETF Only Back to October Highs

TBF ETF hit resistance at October high

4. Here’s what surging bond yields say about S&P 500 returns in next 6 months

William Watts–Marketwatch

“We have found that the current yield as a percentile of its recent range, along with the pace, or rate of change it has shown over the recent path has a big impact on the forward returns” for the S&P 500 SPX, -0.97%, wrote Jeff deGraaf, founder of Renaissance Macro Research, in a Wednesday note (see chart below).

RENAISSANCE MACRO RESEARCH

“The lower the level of rates and the faster the collapse in those rates, the better for stocks out [six months] forward. The higher the level and the faster the surge in rates, the worse the returns for the SPX going out” six months, deGraaf wrote.

With the 10-year yield having broken above resistance at 1.77%, the pace of the advance has pushed RenMac’s yield impact model into its highest historical decile, “and one that pressures forward equity returns historically,” he said, as shown in the bottom third of the chart.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/heres-the-warning-signal-that-surging-bond-yields-are-sending-stock-market-investors-11642608225?mod=home-page

5. Peloton Insiders Dump Half A Billion Dollars In Stock Before Crash

BY TYLER DURDEN-ZEROHEDGE

Company executives and insiders unloaded $496 million worth of stock in 2021, right before and during the decline that began in early 1Q21. The stock sales mainly were done above $100 and were part of 10b5-1 plans.

Insider selling began as Peloton became a household name during the pandemic as millions of people canceled their gym memberships and bought a bike or treadmill. Growth prospects looked great during the first year of the pandemic as demand was pulled forward. Executives and insiders knew demand would not last forever as shares traded at rich multiples, even at one point trading at $170 per share in early 2021.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/peloton-insiders-dump-nearly-half-billion-dollars-stock-crash

PTON $180 to $31

www.stockcharts.com

6. Grayscale Bitcoin and Ethereum Trusts -50% Corrections from Highs

GBTC Bitcoin Trust

ETHE Ethereum Trust

www.stockcharts.com

7. Traders Bet That Oil at $100 Is a Question of When, Not If

Bloomberg Andrew Janes and Serene Cheong

Demand is roaring, with spot market cargoes being snapped up at sharply higher premiums. It’s the same in the product space. Middle-distillate stockpiles at the Asian energy hub of Singapore have fallen to the least since 2013. The world is short of diesel, and even jet fuel — the oil product hit hardest by the pandemic — is coming back strong as long-distance air travel starts to resume. With the exception of a major virus outbreak in China (see below) or a scary new strain emerging, it’s hard to see a demand reversal.

No Supply Buffers

Global crude stockpiles finally fell back to pre-pandemic levels in early-January, according to oil analytics firm Kayrros, with drawdowns led by sharp declines in China and the U.S., where inventories are at the lowest since late-2018. The tightening supply backdrop has pushed oil’s market structure deeper into backwardation, where prompt oil costs more than longer-dated contracts, further reducing the incentive to store crude for later sales.

The market currently has no supply buffers, making it more susceptible to price spikes driven by supply shocks, according to Amrita Sen, chief oil analyst at industry consultant Energy Aspects Ltd. “When you have buffers, small outages like what we have seen over December and January matter a lot less,” she said in a Bloomberg TV interview. “But we don’t have that luxury.”

See also: Dwindling OPEC+ Spare Capacity Sets Oil Up for Sizzling Summer

OPEC+ Struggles to Pump More

OPEC+ has officially been restoring output at the rate of 400,000 barrels a day each month. But in reality, the alliance isn’t managing to get close to that target. African members, in particular, are struggling to ramp up production, with OPEC only adding 90,000 barrels a day in December as a supply boost by Saudi Arabia was offset by losses in Libya and Nigeria. Even Russia, part of the wider alliance, has said it may only be able to deliver about half of its scheduled supply increases over the next six months.

Those supply issues look set to be a major factor pushing oil toward the $100-a-barrel mark. Iran could prove to be a wildcard, however, if the long-running nuclear talks come to fruition and pave the way for a resumption in official crude exports. But the market impact might not be that large, given that a lot of shipments from the Islamic Republic — as well as Venezuela — are already finding their way to China despite American sanctions.

U.S. Shale Response

While U.S. oil output has been increasing it’s still not enough to cool the price rally. Supply from the Permian Basin — American’s most prolific shale patch that spans Texas and New Mexico — rose to a record in December. Low production costs make the Permian the most appealing to drillers eager to cash in on rising prices, but higher overheads in other areas and supply-chain snarls have so far stifled a faster ramp-up in activity.

The number of working oil rigs in the U.S. has climbed back close to 500 from below 200 in the second half of 2020, according to data from Baker Hughes, but is still more than 200 below levels in March of that year. Shares of U.S. energy companies are surging as oil rallies, but the big question — which will be critical in determining if crude gets to three figures — is whether shale drillers will use the extra cash to boost production this year.

https://ca.news.yahoo.com/only-china-virus-outbreak-shale-084115815.html

8. New Business Applications Have Been Unprecedented Since Start of Pandemic

United States: New business applications have been unprecedented since the start of the pandemic.

https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-january-19th-2022/

9. Scientists find potential cure for arthritis pain — by using electricity to regrow cartilage

STORRS, Conn. — A new method of regrowing cartilage by zapping the bone could bring pain relief to millions of people who suffer from arthritis. The technique, which researchers at the University of Connecticut have successfully tested on rabbits, uses small electric shocks to stimulate cartilage growth.

Normally, pads of cartilage cushion these areas, but they can become worn with age or through injury, causing the bones to rub and making everyday activities like walking incredibly painful. Currently, treatments involve replacing damaged cartilage with a healthy piece taken from elsewhere in the patient’s body or from a donor.

However, healthy cartilage is in short supply and removing it from other parts of the body could cause more problems. To address this, scientists have explored ways of getting the body to regrow its own healthy cartilage, but attempts have failed so far.

Now, scientists have discovered the missing ingredient for the cartilage to grow back properly — electricity.

“The regrown cartilage doesn’t behave like native cartilage. It breaks, under the normal stresses of the joint,” says co-author Dr. Thanh Nguyen in a university release.

Building a new ‘scaffold’ for arthritis patients
The researchers designed a “scaffold” — a technique doctors commonly use to repair or reconstruct missing or injured body tissue.

The new scaffold is made of a biodegradable material doctors use to stitch up surgical wounds, called poly-L lactic acid (PLLA). The substance is piezo-electric, meaning it produces a little burst of electricity when squeezed.

This way, when the patient starts walking and the joint moves, the movement generates a weak but steady electrical field, encouraging cells to grow into cartilage.

“Piezoelectricity is a phenomenon that also exists in the human body. Bone, cartilage, collagen, DNA and various proteins have a piezoelectric response. Our approach to healing cartilage is highly clinically translational, and we will look into the related healing mechanism,” says lead author Dr. Yang Liu.

Healthy cartilage started growing back and the test subjects did not need any other ingredients or stem cells, which can cause nasty side-effects. The team recently tested the scaffold in the knee of an injured rabbit, who could then exercise on a treadmill.

“This is a fascinating result, but we need to test this in a larger animal,” Dr. Liu says.

The researchers are hoping to study animals treated with the scaffolding for up to two years to make sure the cartilage is durable. Dr. Liu adds that young animals heal more easily than older ones. If the piezoelectric scaffolding helps older patients heal as well, their invention will truly be a bioengineering breakthrough.

The findings are published in the journal Science Translational Medicine.

South West News Service writer Tom Campbell contributed to this report.

https://www.studyfinds.org/arthritis-pain-regrowing-cartilage/

10. How to Get (and Stay) Focused

Nir Eyal-Psychology Today
Here’s how to make the most out of your time and life.
KEY POINTS

  • Stop focusing on the problem and focus on finding a solution.
  • Learn to indulge in moderation.
  • Understand your triggers in order to get and stay focused.

This post is part 2 of a two-part series. You can read the first article here. Now that you have a clear picture of what causes people to lose focus, it’s time to learn the tools to overcome distraction. The following three tools can be used to help you regain your focus:

Complain Better

Emotional Intelligence 2.0 author, Dr. Travis Bradberry, argues that frequent complaining is a detrimental habit that can – and should – be broken. Complaining releases the stress hormone cortisol which negatively affects mood, reduces energy levels, and can ironically lead to more of the uncomfortable emotions we seek to escape through distractions.10

It’s time to learn how to complain better. Instead of complaining by focusing on the problem, Bradberry suggests adopting a “solution-oriented” approach.

Next time you feel the urge to complain about a looming deadline or difficult task, stop to consider the real source of the problem. For instance, ask yourself whether a solution to the problem of not wanting to do a task can be found in changing your perception of the work. If so, changing your mind proves much easier and healthier than trying to avoid it. A little self-awareness through introspection can go a long way.

Schedule Your Indulgences

In a 1992 study, researchers found that participants who cited being unable to lose weight despite dieting underestimated their daily caloric intake by 47%.11 These same participants overestimated their daily activity level by 51%. This study suggests that we have a tendency to overestimate behaviors we know to be good for us – how much we exercise, how healthy we eat, how often we clean our homes. We do the opposite when it comes to behaviors we know have detrimental effects – alcohol consumption, sugar intake, and monthly entertainment spending.12 While frivolous indulgences are satisfying in the short-term, they tend to move us away from what we really want. An episode of TV can feel relaxing and satisfying. But what happens after one, two, three…? One episode feels good. A whole series can fill you with regret. When it comes to indulgences, there’s nothing wrong with enjoying yourself. However, the key to moderation is intent. By setting aside time for the things likely to distract you, you ensure to control them instead of letting them control you. Instead of watching television or scrolling social media whenever the urge strikes, put that activity on your calendar, just as you would timebox any task. By planning ahead, you give yourself the peace of mind knowing you’ll soon have time for something fun, without being taken off track when you want to stay focused.

Master Your Triggers

In a George Mason University study, researchers found that distractions have a negative impact on the quantity and quality of our work.13 During the study, 54 participants were asked to outline and write essays on three different topics. Researchers found that interruptions negatively affected both the quality and quantity of work produced. This study supports research that distractions eat up time as well as decrease quality of work. According to one University of California study, it takes approximately twenty-three minutes to get back on track after being distracted.14 Triggers to distraction come in two categories – Internal Triggers and External Triggers. Getting and staying focused requires understanding and mastering both.

External Triggers: Cellphones, work colleagues, and even our kids, can all take us off track when we planned to focus. These triggers in our environment are called “external triggers.” External triggers are relatively easy to control – turn your phone off, logout of social media, put a sign on your computer monitor telling colleagues you’re busy, and so on. Internal triggers, on the other hand, are more difficult to recognize and correct. Internal Triggers: Internal triggers come from within. They are uncomfortable emotional states you seek to escape. Understanding the internal triggers driving you to distraction is critical to staying focused. When do you feel the urge to check your phone? Do you check it when you feel lonely? Bored? Anxious? Overwhelmed? If so, what’s the source of these negative emotions? Reflecting on why you get distracted and learning healthier ways to respond is an integral part of developing sustained focus. While you may be unable to control what you feel, you are able to put practices in place to help guide what you do in response to the desire to escape into distraction. Is your habit of falling out of focus when you feel a negative emotion helping or hampering your ability to stay focused? If you are honest about why you become distracted and understand your negative emotions, you can respond in a healthier way in line with your values and goals.

Becoming indistractable requires an understanding of why you lose focus and learning the skills to do as you say. Establishing healthy habits, breaking out of your unproductive routines, and making time for what matters help you stay focused. By learning not to complain, scheduling indulgences, and understanding your internal triggers, you can harness the power to stay focused.

Nir’s Note: This article was written in collaboration with the NirAndFar.com team.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/automatic-you/202110/how-get-and-stay-focused?collection=1170955

Topley’s Top 10 – January 19, 2022

1. History of Nasdaq -10% Pullbacks

Dorsey Wright–There have been a total of 177 pullbacks for NDX since the end of 1992 (not including the current drawdown). The average peak to trough drawdown for those instances sits at -10.66% with a median of -9.68%. It took the Nasdaq 100 Index just over 19 days on average from each peak to reach the trough. Less than half of the pullbacks ultimately led to a 10% correction, with the average decline from the date of each pullback to each trough sitting at -4.53%. The index averaged just under 60 days between each 5% pullback, which would lead to six such events each year.


2. What Did 1999-2002 Internet Bubble Crash Look Like?

I don’t think we are in internet 1999 crash situation but interesting stuff from Barry Ritholtz

Barry Ritholtz–One of the things that made the March 2000-October 2002 period so pernicious was that the recoveries that followed every single drop subsequently failed. Starting in December 1999, there were drops of 15.5%, 10.7%, 31.6%, 21%, 13.9%, 26.8%, 27.1%, 28.2%, 48.9%, 44.8%, and 50%. Each one of these moves lower led to buyers jumping in to take advantage of discounts, only to see the a subsequent rally that failed. New lower lows occurred, with fewer dip buyers each time. This is how we eventually work our way towards what technicians call a sellers’ exhaustion.

https://ritholtz.com/2022/01/living-through-a-crash/


3. Investors Buying Banks and Commodities

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading

POSITIONING– Latest BofA Fund Manager Survey highlights that investors have dipped into cash to up allocation to commodities (ATH) & equities; investors shifted from credit to commodities, growth to value, tech to banks.

Banks OW surges to highest since Oct’17.  Investors are very long equities, particularly in the EU, as well as cyclical banks, commodities, and industrials while they shun bonds, defensives (utilities, staples), and EM. Tech OW slumps to lowest since Dec’08, ACC to latest BofA Fund Manager Survey.


4. RPV Pure Value vs. RPG Pure Growth YTD 2022

Before Tues…RPG +7% vs. RPG -7%

www.stockcharts.com


5. Retail Sales Inflation Adjusted -2.5%….Inflation Kicking in to Consumer Spending?

@Charlie Bilello Free Money Lessons

US Retail Sales ended the year on a weak note, falling 2.1% in December before adjusting for inflation and -2.5% in inflation-adjusted terms. This was likely due in no small part to reduced travel and leisure activity from the exponential spread of the Omicron variant. But there are also signs that consumers may be starting to hold off on discretionary purchases given the sharp rise in prices and wages that are now failing to keep pace with inflation.

​Powered by YCharts


6. Retailer ETF Fails to Make New Highs.

RTH ETF 3 attempts at new highs fail

www.stockcharts.com


7. Top 10 Mega Cap Names 34% of S&P

“Passive ETFs” Are Hiding The Bear Market by Lance Roberts of Real Investment Advice, 1/18/22

https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2022/01/18/passive-etfs-are-hiding-the-bear-market


8. Artificial Intelligence in Healthcare Growing 41% CAGR

GraphicalResearch.com

North America AI in Healthcare Market size exceeded USD 1.15 billion in 2020 and is predicted to witness over 44.2% CAGR from 2021 to 2027.

Artificial intelligence (AI) is the broad-ranging division of computer science involved in developing smart machines competent in executing tasks that ordinarily need human intelligence. AI technologies are enhancing ongoing developments in the medical field, modern business, and everyday life practices in healthcare. Artificial intelligence in healthcare can support healthcare providers in multiple sectors of patient care and organizational management processes. Different applications of healthcare AI such as early diagnosis, lessen therapeutic errors, increase patient safety, and decision support are accelerating the market demand.

https://www.graphicalresearch.com/industry-insights/1778/north-america-artificial-intelligence-ai-in-healthcare-market


9. Fear and Greed Index Only Neutral So Far……..

https://money.cnn.com/data/fear-and-greed/


10. Absolute Success vs. Relative Success

written by JAMES CLEAR

LIFE LESSONS

One way to answer this question is to say: Luck matters more in an absolute sense and hard work matters more in a relative sense.

The absolute view considers your level of success compared to everyone else. What makes someone the best in the world in a particular domain? When viewed at this level, success is nearly always attributable to luck. Even if you make a good initial choice—like Bill Gates choosing to start a computer company—you can’t understand all of the factors that cause world-class outcomes.

As a general rule, the wilder the success, the more extreme and unlikely the circumstances that caused it. It’s often a combination of the right genes, the right connections, the right timing, and a thousand other influences that nobody is wise enough to predict.

As a general rule, the wilder the success, the more extreme and unlikely the circumstances that caused it.

Then there is the relative view, which considers your level of success compared to those similar to you. What about the millions of people who received similar levels of education, grew up in similar neighborhoods, or were born with similar levels of genetic talent? These people aren’t achieving the same results. The more local the comparison becomes, the more success is determined by hard work. When you compare yourself to those who have experienced similar levels of luck, the difference is in your habits and choices.

Absolute success is luck. Relative success is choices and habits.

There is an important insight that follows naturally from this definition: As outcomes become more extreme, the role of luck increases. That is, as you become more successful in an absolute sense, we can attribute a greater proportion of your success to luck.

As Nassim Taleb wrote in Fooled by Randomness, “Mild success can be explainable by skills and labor. Wild success is attributable to variance.”

Both Stories are True

Sometimes people have trouble simultaneously holding both of these insights. There is a tendency to discuss outcomes in either a global sense or a local sense.

The absolute view is more global. What explains the difference between a wealthy person born in America and someone born into extreme poverty and living on less than $1 per day? When discussing success from this angle, people say things like, “How can you not see your privilege? Don’t you realize how much has been handed to you?”

The relative view is more local. What explains the difference in results between you and everyone who went to the same school or grew up in the same neighborhood or worked for the same company? When considering success from a local viewpoint, people say things like, “Are you kidding me? Do you know hard I worked? Do you understand the choices and sacrifices I made that others didn’t? Dismissing my success as luck devalues the hard work I put in. If my success is due to luck or my environment, then how come my neighbors or classmates or coworkers didn’t achieve the same thing?”

Both stories are true. It just depends on what lens you are viewing life through.

The Slope of Success

There is another way to examine the balance between luck and hard work, which is to consider how success is influenced across time.

Imagine you can map success on a graph. Success is measured on the Y-axis. Time is measured on the X-axis. And when you are born, the ball you pluck out of Buffett’s Ovarian Lottery determines the y-intercept. Those who are born lucky start higher on the graph. Those who are born into tougher circumstances start lower.

Here’s the key: You can only control the slope of your success, not your initial position.

In Atomic Habits, I wrote, “It doesn’t matter how successful or unsuccessful you are right now. What matters is whether your habits are putting you on the path toward success. You should be far more concerned with your current trajectory than with your current results.”

You can only control the slope of your success, not your initial position.

With a positive slope and enough time and effort, you may even be able to regain the ground that was lost due to bad luck. I thought this quote summarized it well: “The more time passes from the start of a race, the less the head-start others got matters.”

This is not always true, of course. A severe illness can wipe out your health. A collapsing pension fund can ruin your retirement savings. Similarly, sometimes luck delivers a sustained advantage (or disadvantage). In fact, one study found that, if success is measured by wealth, then the most successful people are almost certainly those with moderate talent and remarkable luck.

In any case, it is impossible to divorce the two. They both matter and hard work often plays a more important role as time goes on.

This is true not only for overcoming bad luck, but also for capitalizing on good luck. Bill Gates might have been incredibly fortunate to start Microsoft at the right time in history, but without decades of hard work, the opportunity would have been wasted. Time erodes every advantage. At some point, good luck requires hard work if success is to be sustained.

How to Get Luck on Your Side

By definition, luck is out of your control. Even so, it is useful to understand the role it plays and how it works so you can prepare for when fortune (or misfortune) comes your way.

In his fantastic talk, You and Your Research, the mathematician and computer engineer Richard Hamming summarized what it takes to do great work by saying, “There is indeed an element of luck, and no, there isn’t. The prepared mind sooner or later finds something important and does it. So yes, it is luck. The particular thing you do is luck, but that you do something is not.”

You can increase your surface area for good luck by taking action. The forager who explores widely will find lots of useless terrain, but is also more likely to stumble across a bountiful berry patch than the person who stays home. Similarly, the person who works hard, pursues opportunity, and tries more things is more likely to stumble across a lucky break than the person who waits. Gary Player, the famous golfer and winner of nine major championships, has said, “The harder I practice, the luckier I get.”

In the end, we cannot control our luck—good or bad—but we can control our effort and preparation. Luck smiles on us all from time to time. And when it does, the way to honor your good fortune is to work hard and make the most of it.

HTTPS://JAMESCLEAR.COM/LUCK-VS-HARD-WORK

Topley’s Top 10 – January 17, 2022

1. 2021 State of Venture Capital…VC Funding Jumps 106%

by Barry Ritholtz

I have noted that it seemed like VC money was everywhere, and now we have the data to confirm that. According to CBI’s State Of Venture 2021 Report, global venture funding was up 111% in 2021 hitting $620.8B. As the chart above shows, the US accounted for more than half of that, growing 107% in 2021 to reach $311.2B in investments.

We looked at fintech companies in Faster / Better / Cheaper, and as it turns out, that sector accounted for the largest amount of those VC dollars globally at $132B, or 21% of total venture funding. (This is an all-time high).

Not surprisingly, Silicon Valley led the US in VC funding in 2021, with more than $100B invested (Q4’21 was a record $29.3B); New York was 2nd at $65 billion, followed by Boston ($31B), L.A. ($24B), Seattle (~$7B), D.C. (~$5B), and Denver (~$5B). The U.S. led in global exits in 2021, followed by Europe and Asia.

If you are interested in these sorts of things, the rest of the deck is worth checking out . . .

Source:State Of Venture 2021 Report Chris BendtsenCB Insights January 12, 2022https://bit.ly/3npfVtg https://ritholtz.com/2022/01/2021-state-of-venture-capital/

2. Commodities ETF Breaking Out.

COMT Commodity ETF New Highs…50day thru 200day to upside back in Sept.

www.stockcharts.com

3. Did you know that 22% of all U.S. Dollars were created in 2020 alone? Read that again. 1/5th of all U.S. Dollars were created in 2020.

The Free Press Report-On December 2020 there were $15.4 trillion dollars in the world. At today’s date, there are $20.9 trillion dollars. In layman’s terms this is described as printing money.

In practice the Fed creates digital dollars to buy government bonds in the secondary market, known as quantitative easing. The buying of government bonds keeps bond prices high and yields low.

Assuming the interest payment on the $28.5 trillion of Federal debt is 0.07% this implies the yearly interest payment is $18.9 billion. But what if we assumed the interest rate started to move? We mapped the potential annual interest obligations out below:

  • 1% – $270 billion
  • 2% – $540 billion
  • 3% – $810 billion
  • 4% – $1.08 trillion
  • 5% – $1.35 trillion
  • 6% – $1.62 trillion
  • 7% – $1.89 trillion
  • 8% – $2.16 trillion
  • 9% – $2.43 trillion
  • 10% – $2.70 trillion
  • 15% – $4.05 trillion
  • 20% – 5.40 trillion

The United States is in big trouble if interest rates move. A move to a measly 3% interest rate implies the yearly interest payable would be around $810 billion — a 4,185% increase from the current rate.

But what if inflation gets out of control, bonds are sold off and interest rates move back to the levels we saw in the 80s? Annual interest payable on $28.5 trillion in debt would be in the trillion dollar range.

https://patriotone.substack.com

4. Inflation and Biden (or any President)

Dan Stratemeier

Managing Director-Equities, Event Driven Strategies-Jefferies LLC

6. Russell 2000 Small Cap and Nasdaq 100 Experience Record High Correlation to Start the Year

Dorsey Wright–The Russell 2000 (RUT) and Nasdaq 100 (NDX) are experiencing their highest correlation since 2012. In fact, with a current correlation (through 1/12) of 0.76, it ranks in the 98th percentile of all (daily) observations going back to 1994.

7. 60 Day Returns Nasdaq 100…Mega Cap -.38% vs. Smallest Stocks -14%

The image below shows the 60-day returns of Nasdaq-100 stocks by market cap. We can see that there is a clear performance bias favoring the largest stocks in the index. The 10 largest stocks are down -0.38% on average over the period while the 10 smallest stocks are down -14%. Meanwhile, the top half of stocks by market cap have outperformed the bottom half by nearly 5%

There has been an even more pronounced relationship between recent performance and earnings. Stocks with lower price-to-earnings (PE) ratios have outperformed those with high PE ratios or negative earnings. The chart below groups the stocks in the Nasdaq-100 by PE. The 10 lowest-PE NDX stocks, which have an average PE ratio of 13, have gained an average of 4.47% over the last two months while the 10 highest-PE stocks, with an average PE ratio of 382, are down more than 13% over the same period

https://oxlive.dorseywright.com/research/bigwire/2022/01/11/01-11-2022

8. Netflix -26% from Highs…Trades Back to August 2020 Levels.

www.stockcharts.com

9. Bets against Beyond Meat have made the plant-based food company the most shorted stock on the Russell 1000 Index

Natasha Dailey

Getty Images

  • About 37% of Beyond Meat’s available shares are shorted, new data show.
  • That makes the plant-based food maker the most heavily shorted company on the Russell 1000 Index.
  • Short sellers made $735 million in 2021 betting against Beyond Meat as the stock sank.
  • Bearish bets against Beyond Meat stock are piling up, with famed short-seller Jim Chanos also reportedly joining in.

According to the latest data from financial analytics firm S3 Partners, short interest in the plant-based food company is now about 37% of available shares, or $1.38 billion. That up from 26% in early October, and it means Beyond Meat is the most shorted company on the Russell 1000 Index, according to Bloomberg.

Betting against the company was a profitable position last year, considering short sellers made $735 million in profits, Ihor Dusaniwsky of S3 Partners told Insider in an email. In the new year though, short sellers so far have lost $126 million as Beyond Meat stock has rallied 10%.

Now Chanos, the short seller best known for predicting Enron’s collapse, is betting against Beyond Meat because he said it’s stopped being a growth company, he told The Financial Times. His firm, Kynikos Associates, did not immediately respond to Insider’s request for comment.

In 2019, Beyond Meat became the first plant-based meat startup to go public, and it had an explosive IPO. Last year, the meat-alternative company briefly became a meme stock as it rallied alongside other popular retail-trader names like AMC and GameStop.

But while shares have risen so far in 2022, the stock price has lost about 43% of its value in the last 12 months. Meanwhile, the Russell 1000 Index, which includes the top 1,000 US companies by market value, rose 20% over the same time period.

Beyond Meat stock sank 20% in November after posting a wider-than-expected loss for the third quarter and issuing a weak sales outlook. The company predicted continued labor problems and caution among customers amid the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Beyond Meat did not immediately respond to Insider’s request for comment for the story.

Bets against Beyond Meat have made the plant-based food company the most shorted stock on the Russell 1000 Index | Markets Insider (businessinsider.com)

10. Design Your Environment

Farnam Street Tiny Thought

Environment is the hidden force that guides behavior. One reason it’s so effective is that it speaks to your subconscious mind and not your conscious mind.

Default behaviors love the path of least resistance. Not only does our environment choose that path but it pushes us in that direction.

Most of the time when we think of ‘environment’ we think only of our visible environment. Consider your house. Seeing a bag of chips on the counter makes eating healthy harder. In the same way, removing chips from the house altogether makes eating them harder. To get a bag of chips you have to get in your car and go to the store.

If we limit our understanding of environmental influences only to what we can see, we miss a large part of its powerful force. Let’s look at hidden environmental forces that shape our behavior.

We become what we consume. What you read today becomes the raw material of your thoughts tomorrow. High-quality inputs offer high-quality raw materials to assemble in the future. A person with an environment with rich sources of information makes better choices than someone consuming low-quality sources of information. Not only do they have better raw material, but they also have a broader perspective and a calmer mind. The same applies to food. What we eat today is what we become tomorrow. All things being equal, the person that eats healthier will live longer and avoid more problems than someone who does not.

Who we spend time with matters. My grandfather, like many, used to tell me you are the average of the five people you spend the most time with. A lot of wisdom, like this, gets easily dismissed because it’s not entirely accurate. That’s unfortunate because it’s very useful. By choosing who you spend time with today, you change your trajectory tomorrow.

Another bit of wisdom hiding in plain sight is that people tend to hang around people like themselves. That explains why if your friends watch TV every night, you eventually will too. You can take this in all sorts of directions. If you spend a lot of time with people who are kind and thoughtful, you will act that way too. If you spend time with people who share a certain politics, you eventually see things similarly. It also explains why, if you start spending time with people who are unlike you in certain ways you want to cultivate, you will become like them. All of this happens without conscious awareness.

By choosing who you spend time with you are also choosing who you want to be. This is the environmental force at work on your subconscious and your biological instincts.

Here are three lessons you can take from this:

1. Curate your information diet to be rich and diverse. Follow people who think differently than you. Read old books. Remember that what you put into your mind today is the raw material you have to work with tomorrow.

2. Surround yourself with people whose default behavior is your desired behavior. If you want to run more, join a group that runs every day. Spend less time with people whose default behavior isn’t your desired behavior.

3. Design your environment knowing it will influence your future self. You can easily make undesired behaviors harder and desired behaviors easier.

Understanding the invisible influence of your environment allows you to turn your desired behaviors into your default behaviors.

https://fs.blog

Topley’s Top 10 – January 13, 2022

1. Last Time Fed Raised Rates….2 Double Digit Corrections

Ben Carlson A Wealth of Common Sense

The Fed. In 2018 we had two double-digit corrections in the U.S. stock market:

On Christmas Eve of that year we were basically in bear market territory. At the time no one really knew why the market was falling. There wasn’t a good reason.

After the fact most people agreed it was the Fed hiking rates:

The 3 Biggest Risks to the Market Right Now https://awealthofcommonsense.com/2022/01/the-3-biggest-risks-to-the-market-right-now/

2. Equity is Expensive but Cheaper than Bonds…Gundlach

From Dave Lutz at Jones

3. Where Does a Rise in Real Yields Start to Hurt Stock Investors?

Market watch The chart

Where does a rise in real yields start to hurt stock investors? A team of strategists at UBS, led by Bhanu Baweja, said that when yields rise more than 40 basis points over three months, “the impact on the market becomes material and goes nonlinear.”

“This is the range we regard as the rough threshold of real-rate pain
for the market. An incremental 10bp rise in real yields from here causes
the market to drop by about 0.8%, ceteris paribus. But what if other
things are not equal? A 5.2-point rise in PMIs will negate the hit to the
market from a 50bp rise in real yields,” said the strategists in a note to clients.

By

BY Barbara Kollmeyer

Follow

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/watch-out-for-stock-headwinds-and-recessionary-pressures-warns-bond-king-jeffrey-gundlach-11641989734?siteid=yhoof2

4. Bitcoin and Stocks are Increasingly Correlated

https://www.barrons.com/ Barrons

https://www.barrons.com/

5. Covid Favorite Carvana 54% From Highs

New Lows and 50 days through 200 days to downside

WSJ GM Takes Aim at Carvana, Vroom With Used-Car Website By

Mike Colias Follow

The Detroit auto maker is rolling out CarBravo, a new business that helps dealers put their used-car lots online

https://www.wsj.com/articles/gm-takes-aim-at-carvana-vroom-with-used-car-website-11641929229?mod=itp_wsj&ru=yahoo

6. The Video Game Industry Dwarfs the Box Office

Video games vs. the box office

The chart above gives some context on just how big the video game biz is. Last year the video game industry was pegged at somewhere around $180bn by Newzoo. That’s roughly ten times what the global movie industry brought in at the box office last year. Ten times. Admittedly last year the movie industry was still dealing with a pandemic hangover, but even in its best ever year the box office only brought in $39bn.

Video games may not carry the cultural impact of movies yet, but as a market they are in a completely different league.

Mobile making moves

Mobile games, that is games played on a smartphone or tablet, have grown so quickly over the last decade that they are now bigger than console and PC games combined.

Zynga’s pivot to mobile is a great example of a company that’s been flexible to its rapidly changing surroundings. Mobile games almost killed the company off, now they’re the reason it just got bought for $12.7bn.

www.chartr.com

7. The Housing Shortage Explained in One Chart

Steve Tuttle Fox Homes https://www.linkedin.com/in/steve-tuttle-871a3015a/

8. Lowest Apartment Vacancy Rate in 4o Years

From Zerohedge

Most new tenants are locked into a multi-year lease and have no intention of moving. Another issue for renters is the low housing supply, and surging prices have kept them on the sidelines. Prices are expected to continue rising in 2022.

In a separate report, Pew Research Center found rental homes and apartments across the country are experiencing the lowest vacancy rates in four decades. Despite the Covid-fueled migration patterns, a record low number of households moved between March 2020 and March 2021 because of low housing inventory.

“Rents are rising, and the discounts and concessions of 2020 are likely a thing of the past. Moreover, demand for housing continues to outpace the supply,” Bloomberg said.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/us-apartment-occupancy-hits-record-high-after-covid-Fueled-migration

9. Tuning out! Viewership at scandal-plagued CNN plummets by as much as 90% from last year in both overall audience and in advertiser-coveted 25-to-54 demographic.

  • CNN saw a sharp decline in viewership the first week of 2022 with a nearly 90% drop both overall and in the critical demographic coveted by advertisers
  • The network averaged just 548,000 viewers during the week of January 3, a precipitous drop to the nearly 2.7 million viewers from the same week in 2021
  • CNN in the last year has been plagued by high-profile scandals, most notably the firing of its top-rated prime time star Chris Cuomo
  • Critics have slammed network boss Jeff Zucker over the declining ratings, which began in 2021, with some accusing him of ‘protecting perverts and pedophiles’

By NATASHA ANDERSON FOR DAILYMAIL.COM

PUBLISHED: 14:07 EST, 12 January 2022 | UPDATED: 17:49 EST, 12 January 2022

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-10394997/CNN-loses-nearly-90-advertiser-coveted-demographics-overall-total-audience.html

10. A Super Reader Who Gets Through Hundreds of Books a Year Explains How to Read Way More

Economist, blogger, and super reader Tyler Cowen’s advice on how to get smarter by reading way more.

BY JESSICA STILLMAN, CONTRIBUTOR, INC.COM@ENTRYLEVELREBEL

How to get smarter isn’t mysterious and it isn’t complex. The answer has been the same for millennia. Read more (though it’s true these days we do now have lots more delivery methods for insightful words). The trick isn’t in figuring out what you need to do–it’s in actually managing to do it.

Which is why I’m always on the lookout for great, unexpected ideas to squeeze more reading into our lives. Previously, I’ve uncovered ideas like hijacking your impulse to check social media to advance your reading goals, shaming yourself with a little math, and letting your book-buying impulses run wild. But when I came across a recent Financial Times article by Pilita Clark promising tips from “super readers,” my ears perked up in anticipation of more good advice.

Is it possible to read hundreds of books a year? Apparently, yes.

The whole article is worth checking out if you’ve vowed to read more in 2022. But one particular “super reader” Clark spoke to stuck out. “All pale before Tyler Cowen,” she writes. The economist, blogger, and author “has claimed that on a good night he can get through ‘five whole books.'”

That sounds impossible, but if you’re familiar with Cowen’s blog Marginal Revolution, which offers an absolute avalanche of wildly eclectic book recommendations and commentary, you know that it appears to actually be true. How does Cowen manage to get through hundreds of books a year? Another blog, Driverless Crocodile, has done us all the favor of gathering up much of what Cowen has publicly said about his reading habits.

While it’s unlikely us mere mortals will manage three digits’ worth of titles in 2022, here are some of Cowen’s best tips to at least significantly increase the pace you get through books this year.

· Be ruthless. Not captivated by a particular book at a particular time? Then on to the next. “Just stop reading, put them down,” Cowen advises. A boring intro, bad design, or hard-to-read font is enough to persuade Cowen to chuck a book. There are countless amazing books out there. Don’t settle for less than good.

· Go ahead and skim. At least in the case of nonfiction, if you already know the material, feel free to skip ahead. “When you go to read actual books you’re like, ‘I know that, I know that, I know that,’ and you keep on going, and you read much more quickly. And that’s really the way to read a lot,” says Cowen. (This also creates a virtuous cycle in which the more you read, the more you’ll know, and the more you can skip.)

· Read to solve problems. “The best reading is focused reading, when you’re trying to solve some kind of problem,” Cowen believes. You could aim to answer a specific question, investigate a given author, or scratch an itch of curiosity. “You want to start with a problem or question when you’re reading,” he insists.

· Read in clusters. This naturally follows on from the point above. If you arrange your reading around questions or areas of exploration, you’ll end up reading multiple books about the same topic. That allows you to “do a kind of cross-sectional mental econometrics and see which pieces start fitting together,” says Cowen.

· Read fiction. Gathering a stack of non-fiction titles to explore a topic is great, but don’t neglect fiction. “Reading fiction is important to understand the cross-sectional variation in humanity, to understand how difficult generalizations can be, to just get a sense of how different social pieces fit together, and to get a sense of different historical eras — and plus, reading fiction is often just plain flat-out fun,” explains Cowen. Amen to that.

· Read books about topics you know nothing about. “Every area you don’t give a damn about you probably should read at least one book in. Because the very best book in that area is superb, and you’re not going to know what it is. So if tennis is something you don’t know anything about, well, read Andre Agassi’s memoir. That’s a wonderful book. You don’t have to know about or care about tennis,” claims Cowen.

· Have fun. “Take reading seriously, develop a passion for it, and view it as part of your practice as a knowledge worker to get ahead, but along the way, having fun doing so,” Cowen concludes.

Happy (and bountiful|) 2022 reading!

https://www.inc.com/jessica-stillman/books-reading-intelligence-tyler-cowen.html?cid=sf01003

Topley’s Top 10 – January 11, 2022

1. Fang Plus Index Holds 200 Day Moving Average.

FANG fails to top November highs….trades below 200 day most of yesterday but rallies to close above….

www.stockcharts.com


2. Nasdaq Comp Same Story….

Never breaks above November highs….holds 200day yesterday on afternoon rally.

www.stockcharts.com


3. MGC-MegaCap Tech ETF did Break November Highs.

MGC-made new highs and pulled back less than FANG and Naz Comp


4. ARKK Almost Cut in Half Mark.

ARKK approached the -50% from highs levels intra-day yesterday.

www.stockcharts.com


5. Nasdaq Averages Four 5% Pullbacks Per Year Going Back to 1972

Dorsey Wright–The Nasdaq Composite NASD has had a rocky start to 2022, with the index posting its fourth consecutive daily loss on Friday. In fact, the NASD has seen a decline in eight out of the last ten trading days. With Friday’s decline, the Composite has now pulled back over 5% from its closing value on December 27. There were a total of four 5% pullbacks in the NASD during 2021, which is right at the annual average dating back to 1972. There was only a 37-day gap between the last 5% pullback at the beginning of December and the most recent one, which is much quicker than the 92-day average gap between prior pullbacks. This also marks the swiftest 5% pullback since June 2020 at just eleven calendar days.

www.dorseywright.com


6. Pure Growth Factor Had Its Worst Week Ever Relative to Pure Value.


7. This Chart Shows KRE-Regional Bank Stocks vs. S&P to Start 2022 Massive Spike in Outperformance.

Jan 1. 2022 Bank Spike Vs. S&P

www.stockcharts.com


8. Gold and Warren Buffett Even 10 Year Performance.

@Charlie Bilello Same Outcome, Different Paths

It’s no secret that Warren Buffett is not a fan of Gold, having denounced the metal as an investment on numerous occasions.

While there’s no denying Buffett’s huge long-term outperformance versus Gold, over the last 20 years they look exactly alike, with a return of +548%. Same end point, but very different paths getting there (first 10 years belonged to Gold, and the last 10 years to Buffett).

​Powered by YCharts


9. Suburban Housing Seeing Favorable Polls

Pew Research-Americans Are Less Likely Than Before COVID-19 To Want To Live in Cities, More Likely To Prefer Suburbs

https://www.pewresearch.org/social-trends/2021/12/16/americans-are-less-likely-than-before-covid-19-to-want-to-live-in-cities-more-likely-to-prefer-suburbs/


10. The Best Job Candidates Are the Best Storytellers

HBR by Kelsey Schurer

Summary.   A successful job interview hinges on a great story. A great story takes the audience on a journey. It has a clear beginning, middle, and end. The “before” version of you was met with a challenge that forced you to learn, grow, and ultimately do something differently. You…more

Where your work meets your life. See more from Ascend here.

Before the pandemic, and I do mean way before, I bought a beautiful suit — deep charcoal gray with a soft silk lining. It was my interview suit.

I’d just graduated from my Master of Fine Arts program and believed that first impressions were all about how we presented ourselves. This, to a degree, is true. But in the interview room, that presentation tends to stay on the surface. Of course, you need to speak intelligently and concisely, and you need the skills and experience to qualify for the roles you’re applying for. Still, as I stared at myself in my nice suit in the mirror, I naively forgot that first impressions extend far deeper.

First impressions are meant to impress. The word “impress” has more than one meaning; the most common is to gain admiration or interest. But to impress also means to imprint, or to apply so much pressure or intent upon something that you leave a permanent mark behind.

If you think about it, the pandemic applied that pressure, imprinting us with the desire to reexamine what’s important in our lives — especially our work lives. Some of us were left with more than just a need to switch jobs, but also a radical wish for more flexibility, money, and happiness in our careers.

If you’re one of the people seeking a new work opportunity, then you’re probably prepping for a job interview (or a few).

Here’s what not to do:

  • Spend all your time memorizing facts about the company and role: Learning as much as you can about the company you’re interviewing with is smart, but everyone does this. The interviewer knows what their company already has, and they’re looking for what you can add.
  • Stay up late considering how you might respond to expected questions: Are you Googling “tips for a successful job interview” and reading the top articles? Rehearsing “your greatest strengths and weaknesses?” Yawn. Instantaneous boredom.
  • Only share the facts of your résumé: Without the context of how you show up when it counts, you won’t impress the interviewer. Your impression will stay at the surface level, leaving the interviewer with no emotional reaction to compel them to take a deeper look at you.

A successful interview hinges on a great story.

We’re all familiar with the most popular interview questions:

  • “Can you tell me about yourself?”
  • “What are your greatest strengths and weaknesses?”
  • “Can you explain a challenge you overcame?”

Every situational question your interviewer asks you can benefit from a great story. And understanding how to tell an authentic story about yourself in a way that leaves a permanent mark — in a way that allows your prospective employer to really see you — is the key to standing out. We all have a story to tell. Whether we’ve overcome an obstacle or learned through a mistake, our work forces us to reach within and surface our inner heroes.

But how do you paint that picture for your interviewers? As a book-writing coach who specializes in the business storytelling realm, my job is to help other people share their authentic stories (and I’ve gone through a fair number of job interviews myself).

What have I learned? A great story takes the audience on a journey. It has a clear beginning, middle, and end. The “before” version of you was met with a challenge that forced you to learn, grow, and ultimately do something differently (the beginning). You made a decision you never would have made before (the middle). Sometimes you succeeded. Other times you failed. Either way, you walked away with a lesson. You survived a challenge and emerged as a more powerful version of yourself (the end).

The Beginning: Choose a story that left a lasting imprint on you.

Every one of us has faced challenges at work. Your task is to unpack some of those moments — something few of us have taken the time to do — and practice relaying them in a compelling and authentic way.

Maybe you saved the day by speaking up when you saw something unjust. Maybe you salvaged a client account with a fantastic idea. Maybe you supported your coworker through a difficult day. Or maybe from time to time you’ve failed, walked away recognizing your mistakes, and are a stronger and more strategic performer as a result.

Remember that we’re all human, and sometimes we don’t always slay the monster — that doesn’t mean we aren’t heroes. Telling our interviewers stories of both successes and failures helps us stand out as emotionally intelligent and self-aware candidates. We each have ways, big and small, in which we’ve grown through difficult times.

To begin telling your story, start by outlining one of these instances, and do your best to choose a moment that connects to the question at hand.

For example, put yourself in the interviewer’s shoes. Pretend you have just asked me the question: Can you talk about a time when you had to overcome a challenge? Let’s say I’ve done my research and I know that “resilience” and “emotional intelligence” are qualities that your company values. To answer your question in a compelling way, I would choose a story that displays those skills and begin by explaining the obstacle I had to overcome:

During my first summer as a journalist at a local newspaper, I was assigned to photograph a festival. You should probably know now that I’m not a very good photographer, nor have I taken many photographs in my career. But I was a good field journalist, and I had proven to my editor that I could get a story from a crowded event.

The festival was guaranteed to be front-page news for the paper — which meant we needed high-quality photos and coverage. That was my job.

Talking to strangers about all the fun they were having? Piece of cake. Handling a professional-grade camera with a long, heavy lens that was such a big deal it had its own dust cloth and carrying case? That was my worst nightmare.

https://hbr.org/2021/12/the-best-job-candidates-are-the-best-storytellers?utm_campaign=hbr&utm_medium=social&utm_source=linkedin

Topley’s Top 10 – January 10, 2022

1. Marijuana ETFs -50% on Average from Highs.

MSOS-The Largest Weed ETF back to Covid lows

www.stockcharts.com


2. Market Rotation Out of Non-Profit Tech Stocks.

Investors dash out of US tech stocks in powerful market rotation

Source: Financial Times

From The Big Picture Blog

https://ritholtz.com


3. 10 Year Treasury Yield Broke Out of Short-Term Range…..Is 30 Year Next?

30 Year Treasury Yield

www.stockcharts.com


4. Unemployment Rate Drops to 3.9% Pointing to March Rate Hike

Strange Jobs Report Opens Door for March Rate Hike
The headline nonfarm payroll number was a big miss at 199,000 (vs. 450,000 expected). Seasonal adjustment problems may be partly to blame for the payrolls miss, but we expect the December release will also see upward revisions, as alternative data sources report much stronger job growth last month.
Despite the payrolls miss, the rest of the report points to a hot labor market. Most notably, the unemployment rate dropped by 30 basis points to 3.9 percent, which is just 40 basis points above where the Federal Reserve (Fed) expects unemployment to be in the fourth quarter of 2022. We could reach that level as early as this spring with the possibility of reaching 3 percent by December. The tight labor market will increase wage pressure, making a March increase in the overnight rate more likely.
The drop in the unemployment rate was due to a gain of 651,000 people working in the household survey, while the labor force participation rate was unchanged. The unchanged participation rate will add weight to Fed Chair Powell’s comments that a good portion of the participation shortfall is voluntary at this point, meaning that the labor market may already be at or beyond full employment.Most of Remaining Labor Force Shortfall is People 55+ Who Don’t Want to WorkNot in Labor Force by Age and Reason: Dec. 2021 Compared to 6M Pre-Covid Avg.

Source: Guggenheim Investments, Haver Analytics. Data as of 12.31.2021.

 

In another sign of how tight the labor market is, average hourly earnings rose 0.6 percent month over month, 20 basis points higher than expected, and November wage growth was also revised up. This wage data corroborate other data we’re seeing on worker bargaining power, with both the quits rate and small business wage plans at record highs. Powell has repeatedly cited strong wage growth as an upside risk to inflation.

 

Wages Are Booming with Business Signaling More Ahead

Source: Guggenheim Investments, Haver Analytics. Data as of 12.31.2021.

With the unemployment rate likely to reach the Fed’s end of 2022 target within the next few months, and with rising risks of soaring wage growth exacerbating inflation, a March rate hike is increasingly likely.

By the Macroeconomic and Investment Research Group

  • Brian Smedley, Chief Economist and Head of Macroeconomic and Investment Research
  • Matt Bush, CFA, CBE, U.S. Economist, Macroeconomic and Investment Research

https://www.guggenheiminvestments.com/perspectives


5. For Short-Term Traders…Bitcoin the Most Oversold on RSI Since 2020 Crash.

Zerohedge-Bitcoin be the most oversold since the March 2020 crash, surpassing even the furious liquidations observed during the May 2021 crash.

Waiting for the institutional bitcoin inflow?

Looks like you have to wait a bit longer. BTC has several problems when it comes to attracting the “real” institutional flow (we are not talking MSTR nor El Salvador). BTC lacks a shorter term trend and volatility continues to be huge. This is not what institutions are looking for…

Source: JPM

https://www.zerohedge.com/the-market-ear/daretobuy


6. History of Bitcoin Corrections

@Charlie Bilello

Small Coins Crushed

https://twitter.com/charliebilello


7. Crypto Fear and Greed Index at “Extreme Fear” Levels

https://news.bitcoin.com/crypto-fear-and-greed-index-score-hits-5-month-low-analyzed-sentiment-points-to-extreme-fear/


8. States and Local Governments Running Healthy Surpluses.

Barrons-While the U.S. economy is expected to cool in 2022 after a pandemic resurgence, there’s a largely untapped source of hundreds of billions of dollars in potential stimulus that could keep inflation elevated for longer—and it’s sitting with state and local governments. 

State budgets are flusher than ever, benefiting from a Covid-driven combination of an estimated $885 billion in direct federal stimulus, soaring tax revenue, and curbed costs as some state and local services shifted online. State and local receipts were 16% above the prepandemic trend in the third quarter of 2021, according to an analysis by the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget. State and local noninterest spending, meanwhile, was up just 5%. 

States Could Drive Rising Prices Even Higher. Here’s How.By

Megan Cassella

https://www.barrons.com/articles/inflation-risk-states-stimulus-51641431634?mod=past_editions


9. Half of the U.S. Could Need Glasses by 2050

Myopia, or short-sightedness, is on the rise.

Data from the BHVI predicts that by 2050 almost half of the global population could be affected by Myopia — more than a doubling of the rate from the year 2000.

Has the pandemic made it worse?

With increased amounts of screen-time, it feels intuitive that our eyes might have been put under more strain in the last two years — and there’s a decent amount of scientific evidence to back that up, as myopia has long been associated with spending more time indoors.

Although there haven’t been any conclusive studies in adults since the pandemic, a study of children in Hong Kong from 2021 found that “the rate of nearsightedness that developed during the pandemic more than doubled what was found in a pre-pandemic study of children the same age”. Good time to be a glasses maker.

www.chartr.com


10. Turning Goals into Results

How high achievers attain their goals. 

Posted January 9, 2022 |  Reviewed by Kaja Perina

KEY POINTS

  • Not knowing, not doing, and the knowing-doing-gap keeps us from achieving our goals.
  • A desire-fueled approach enables us to turn our goals into results.
  • Track the percentage of time spent doing focused, productive work towards your goals.

At the start of a new year, we typically take account of what we have accomplished and what we would like to accomplish in the current and coming year(s). We find new determination to set and achieve our goals.

Yet many struggle to achieve the goals they so resolutely desire. We may fall into the blame game – blaming our situation or ourselves for not achieving them. Living through the challenges of the pandemic can make achieving our goals more daunting.

Learning to turn goals into results is important.

Having and achieving goals leads to having and living a life of meaning and purpose. Of the many hurdles that can get in the way of our achieving our goals, broadly speaking they fall into four areas.

Not knowing Sometimes the problem is that we are not clear about what we want. We don’t know what success would look like. So we meander in our efforts. In the absence of clarity, efforts are less directionally focused.

Not doing. Analysis paralysis is the swamp that can suck anybody in, but it is a special hazard for the more intellectually inclined. As they try to maximize and optimize choices, they incur the costs of indecisiveness and inaction. A mindset of risk aversion and reluctance to act leads to the next cause of failure to turn goals into results.

The knowing-doing gap. We know what our goals are at this point, and we often know what to do. But for many reasons, prominent of which is fear, we don’t do the needful. We may not know how to do what is required.

Circumstances change. Sometimes, however, extraneous circumstances beyond our control limit what we can do and force us to change our goals and how to achieve them. Buffeted by circumstances, our priorities change. We encounter losses – health, finances, and relationships – that narrow or close options, forcing us to accept what is, adjust accordingly, and accommodate the new normal.

How to turn goals into results 

There is a straightforward approach to turning our goals into results. It’s much like embarking on a road trip. It starts with having the desire to visit a destination. That leads to doing the required planning and preparation before setting off on the journey. Acknowledging the possibility that we may encounter road closures and detours that delay us can help us focus on reaching our destination. We can apply the same principles at scale to achieve our short-term and long-term goals.

Turning Goals into Results

Source: Rahul Bhandari

Desire is a powerful force of human nature. Advertising, branding, and marketing professionals harness it effectively. You, too, must tap into the power of desire to help you accomplish your goals. Generate within you a burning desire to achieve specific goals. Thinking of this process as strategic intent gives you the heuristic to align all you think and do towards achieving your goal(s). Shift your mindset from resisting what is required to the opportunity and ability to do it. This subtle shift from “I must do this” to “I get to do this” will allow you to take pleasure in and derive additional benefit beyond the task—giving you an added boost to do what is required.

Strategic intent in Sanskrit is known as sankalpa, a heartfelt desire, a solemn vow, an intention, determination, or a one-pointed resolve to do something. A sankalpa is a tool meant to harness the will, and to focus and harmonize mind and body on a specific goal. Your sankalpa is not just your intention. It’s your heartfelt desire: What you are meant to do in the world.

Planning is essential to achieving goals. An effective way of planning is to analyze, prioritize, and develop an operational plan. An excellent place to start is by taking an inventory of where you’re spending your time.

Over 13 weeks, track where you’re spending your time at 15-minute intervals. Then analyze the data by simply grouping the specific activities into types of activity. For example, a senior executive discovered she is spending 30% of her time in meetings she initiates, of which 80% are one-on-one meetings and 20% involve teams of people. Another 20% of her time goes into performance reviews. And so on.

\What percentage of your time are you spending doing focused, productive work towards your goals? This simple analysis gives you insights into what to stop doing, what to prioritize, and when to spend time aligned with fulfilling your desires. You can use the insights to then create a plan–for the year, quarters, months, weeks, and down to what you will accomplish each day and where you’d spend your time in 15-minute blocks. Bringing this intentionality alone provides the nudge to keep you focused on working towards achieving your goals.

Doing what is required is at the heart of achieving your goals. Three capabilities help. First, learn to manufacture time. Focus on the 20% of the effort that will get you 80% of the results. Don’t do that which you can have others do. Delegate. Second, build a team to help you in your journey. Think of elite athletes: They have an entire team of coaches, nutritionists, sports psychologists, and friends helping them prepare for and achieve their goals. Lastly, you don’t have to do everything all at once. Activate the power of compounding. Doing tasks incrementally but consistently over time accrues tremendous outcomes. This is the secret behind overnight success, which takes years of consistent and directionally focused effort.

The power of intentional living

Even the best-laid plans can sometimes be ineffective in helping us achieve our goals. The beauty of intentional living is that we can be agile – we can change our goals, come up with new plans, and take the required action to achieve them. Knowing what your goals are, planning and preparing to achieve them, and then doing what is required consistently is a proven recipe for success.

You’ve got this.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/turning-adversity-advantage/202201/turning-goals-results

Topley’s Top 10 – January 07, 2022

1. The Stock Market was Up Big Last Year From Legit Huge Profit Margins.

Negative Manipulationby Michael BatnickOne more thing that stands out in the chart above is margin expansion. Bottom lines were hit last year as the shutdown put the squeeze on businesses. But as the economy reopened, companies found ways to improve their earnings. And that, my friends, is what ultimately drives the market.

https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2022/01/04/negative-manipulation/

2. Meanwhile if you own a Nasdaq Stock without High Margins…..4 in 10 Nasdaq Composite Names Down -50% from Highs

“Massive Meltdown”: 40% Of Nasdaq Companies Are Down More Than Half From Their HighsBY TYLER DURDEN

In a testament to the narrow breadth of the Nasdaq, and the broader market in general, where as a reminder 51% of all market gains from April through December were just from the five most popular tech names – AAPL, MSFT, NVDA, TSLA, GOOGL – Sundial Research notes that a near-record number of tech stocks have plunged by some 50%, a number that was only surpassed by the March 2021 crash and the global financial crisis.

Roughly four in every 10 companies on the Nasdaq Composite have seen their market values cut by 50% or more from their 52-week highs, while a vast majority of index constituents are mired in bear markets, according to Jason Goepfert, chief research officer at Sundial.

“Whatever the fundamental and macro considerations, there is no doubt that investors have been selling first and trying to figure out the rest later,” Goepfert said in a note and first noted by Bloomberg.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/massive-meltdown-40-nasdaq-companies-are-down-more-half-their-highs

3. Gold Less Volatile than Most Alternative Investments

Advisors Perspectives-Frank Holmes

The Great Gold Love Trade Is Alive And Well, As India Buys A Record Amount https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2022/01/06/the-great-gold-love-trade-is-alive-and-well-as-india-buys-a-record-amount

4. Bitcoin Next Support Technically $40,000

Ines Ferré https://finance.yahoo.com/news/bitcoin-will-see-its-dot-com-moment-over-next-year-or-two-charts-technician-193524135.html

5. Netflix -22% from Highs and Closes Below 200 Day Moving Average.

www.stockcharts.com

6. Summary of Bond Index Returns 2021

https://www.morningstar.com/articles/1073817/8-charts-on-2021-market-performance

7. Household Net Worth 20+ Year Record Gain Last Year

From Advisor Perspectives https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2022/01/06/growth-cycle-outlook-2022-will-not-be-2021

8. Great Resignation in Healthcare

9. Change the Color of Your Car in the Flick of a Button

BMW just unveiled its first color-changing car, and you have to see it to believe it

BMW’s color-changing concept car is known as the “iX Flow featuring E Ink.” It was shown off at the Consumer Electronics Show in Las Vegas, Nevada this week. BMW

  • BMW unveiled a wild new concept at this year’s big tech trade show: A color-changing car.
  • Drivers can change the color of the car at the touch of a button, instantly, the automaker said.
  • Videos depicting the car changing color in real time are stunning.

Get the latest tech news & scoops — delivered daily to your inbox.

Luxury German carmaker BMW debuted a fascinating and futuristic new concept at this year’s Consumer Electronics Show: A car with the ability to change colors on-the-fly.

Rather than standard metal panels, the concept car features e-ink technology — the same tech that’s used to power Amazon’s wildly popular e-reader, the Kindle — as a means of changing colors in an instant.

The concept was shown off in real time with a modified version of the BMW iX, the company’s new flagship electric SUV, during CES this week in Las Vegas.

Attendees captured stunning videos of the car changing color in real time:

And a few media outlets got a closer look at the vehicle going through all sorts of wild color changes, which demonstrate a variety of different patterns that could be applied:

Beyond the car’s panels, there are also e-ink panels in the wheels that enable those to change as well.

“In the future, BMW customers may change the color of their car with the push of a button,” BMW project lead Stella Clarke said in a video announcing the new prototype.

When that future is remains to be seen: BMW didn’t say when the “Flow” technology it debuted this week is coming to any of its cars, but it stands to reason that it would arrive on the upcoming BMW iX model first.

The company’s first all-electric SUV is scheduled to begin arriving to pre-order customers this March.

Check out the full presentation from BMW right here:

https://www.businessinsider.com/bmw-just-unveiled-first-color-changing-car-video-2022-1

10. 3 Fundamentals of Marketing You Must Understand to Reach the Hearts and Minds of Your Customers

Marketing isn’t a panacea for your business, but it can help you grow bigger than you ever imagined.

By Scot Chrisman June 7, 2021

Opinions expressed by Entrepreneur contributors are their own.

Many “influencers” and self-proclaimed guru’s on the internet would have you believe that marketing is the solution to all of your issues in business. Unfortunately, the marketing industry is full of under-educated media buyers who are after your money because their “guru” told them they could make $10k a month by selling you ads on an open-source platform.

These platforms are created with the ability to hyper-target who sees your ads and when. It allows you to place ads in front of a demographic of people that could be your ideal customer based on their(the advertising platform’s) psychographic data, and the hope is that you’ll get leads.

By: JobsOhio

While, in theory, this sounds like a magic pill… a panacea for all of your business problems, it’s not quite how the world of marketing works. A majority of the prospects who will buy your product won’t do it the first time they see it.

Use these three marketing fundamentals to guide your marketing decisions and create marketing campaigns that convert customers into lifetime fans.

1. Marketing is about finding and understanding a market in need

Many marketing agencies would have you believe that your ideal customers are always on the platform that they happened to be best at ad buying on. That “Facebook has billions of users, so your ideal client is definitely on there.” While it might be, many people ignore ads on Facebook and are afraid of their data and privacy. For many people who may be your ideal customer, clicking on Facebook advertisements isn’t even a risk they’re willing to take.

Finding a market in need involves these things:

  • Understanding who the ideal customer is for your product or service
  • Understanding where those people spend time and how they choose to spend their money
  • Understanding how to place educational content in front of those people to help them understand why you’re the best option for them.

Marketing is not advertising. Ensure you understand the market before you spend your money on advertising with the assumption that it will be a magic bullet for your business. Look at where your competitors are advertising and how they’re doing it. Examine where your customers are spending their time and what their spending habits are. Research how they make their buying decisions. Utilize this information to create a true marketing strategy instead of guessing and wasting your valuable capital on guesswork and loose principles.

2. Marketing is about communicating with your potential customers

Marketing is a process of communication more than anything. Communication is about understanding each other’s point of view, not telling the other party why you’re right. Many companies will assume marketing is about telling their customers exactly why to buy their product or service… and it is, but it’s about more than that. It’s about communicating with your customers to ask what they want. It’s about learning about how you can serve them better.

Once you’ve found your market, find ways to communicate with them. This is a two-way street; offer a lead magnet, ask for direct feedback on that lead magnet, and ask them how they would ideally see their problems solved. Utilize both means of communication as a company, tell them about what you offer as well as asking for their input.

The more you can show your customers that your care about who they are and how they would like to be treated(within reason), the more you’ll earn their trust and word of mouth promotion. Utilize the channels of communication that you have to gain valuable insight and information about your customers.

See your customers as human beings with real needs and real struggles. They need empathy. They’re not just potential dollar signs. They’re people who deserve to be seen, heard, and valued. Understand and implement this, and you’ll stand head and shoulders above the crowd of other companies vying for their attention and money.

3. Marketing is a process of education

Many marketing agencies would have you believe that if you can just show your prospects the right offer, you’ll get leads. This is true but a giant waste of marketing dollars and effort if you’re not in a hot market. Often as entrepreneurs, we’re not selling a revolutionary product. We’re able to take an existing product or service and make it a little bit better.

This is at the heart of entrepreneurship, making things better… But it can make finding a hot market harder than those who have a truly revolutionary product. Entrepreneurs and businesses compete for the attention of their customers and clients. It’s once you’ve gained their attention that you can also earn their trust.

Consumers buy from people and companies that they know, like, and trust. Just like you, it’s hard to trust the stranger on the street trying to sell you… anything, so why would you expect yourself to be different? Certainly, you’d trust the food truck with great branding and a welcoming face if you’re hungry and leaving the bar, right? They’ve done their research and have placed themselves in a hot market with a professional presence.

Would you buy the same food from a stranger on the street with no food truck or professional presence after walking out of Chipotle? Not likely. But if they handed you a small flyer about who they are, why they do what they do, how they source all of their ingredients locally, and how they give back to the community, would you be intrigued to check it out next time instead of Chipotle? If you’re the right prospect, the answer would be yes.

If you’re in the wrong market or miss the timing, it’s not likely that your customers will want to buy from you at that very moment. That said, you can still educate them as to why you might be a better choice next time.

Use education to draw your ideal customers closer to a decision to buy. Don’t just throw your offer in front of them every time you get the chance. Spend time educating your prospects and allow them to make a new choice once they’ve learned why it’s advantageous for them.

Marketing is something that takes research, time, and understanding. It requires patience, compassion, and empathy. And it’s not about forcing or willing your product into the hands of your customers. It’s about understanding what they truly need and giving it to them in a way they admire and respect. Use these fundamentals to guide your next marketing campaign and see what new doors it opens up for your business.

https://www.entrepreneur.com/article/369736

Topley’s Top 10 – January 05, 2022

1. New Mayor in New York City…..NYC REIT Index Doubles +100% in a Month

America Needs NYC..Good Luck Mayor Adams

Dave Lutz Jones Trading Eric Adams declared New York City “open and alive” despite a record-breaking viral surge, in his first address as the city’s 110th mayor.  “I take this important office at a time of great challenges for our city,” Adams said Saturday in an inaugural speech at City Hall. He said he’d been sworn earlier in at Times Square because he “wanted New Yorkers and the world to be reminded of two things.”  The NYC REIT was on fire the last 2 days of 2021


2. Tech Software ETF -15% Correction.

www.stockcharts.com


3. 10-Year Treasury Yield 1.35% to 1.63% Since December 1

The most watched chart for 2022….

www.stockcharts.com


4. Bitcoin to U.S. Dollar Chart

Bitcoin trading straight down vs. U.S. dollar since November 2021

www.stockcharts.com


5. Bitcoin Now 20% of the “Store of Value Market”

Goldman estimates that Bitcoin’s float-adjusted market capitalization is just under $700 billion. That accounts for 20% share of the “store of value” market which it said is comprised of Bitcoin and gold. The value of gold that’s available for investment is estimated at $2.6 trillion.

Yahoo Finance Anchalee Worrachate https://finance.yahoo.com/news/goldman-says-bitcoin-100-000-201521761.html


6. Byron Wien’s Famous Ten Surprises for the Year….

Business Wire  https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20220103005259/en/Byron-Wien-and-Joe-Zidle-Announce-the-Ten-Surprises-of-2022

More Important…How did last year’s predictions turn out?

Marketwatch While the pair have published their list of 2022 surprises, it might be more informative to review last year’s surprises.

  • “Former President Trump starts his own television network and also plans his 2024 campaign.” He certainly seems to be gearing up for a 2024 run. As for the TV network, there’s none in existence as yet, though the Trump Media & Technology Group has been formed on paper at least, hired Rep. Devin Nunes to be its chief executive, and has agreed to be acquired by special-purpose acquisition company Digital World Acquisition Company DWAC, +1.03%.
  • “Despite the hostile rhetoric from both sides during the U.S. presidential campaign, President Biden begins to restore a constructive diplomatic and trade relationship with China. China A shares SHCOMP, -0.20% lead emerging markets higher.” The diplomatic mending is still in its infancy, though what Wien and Zidle didn’t seem to account for was China derailing its own stock market with aggressive regulation.
  • “The success of between five and ten vaccines, together with an improvement in therapeutics, allows the U.S. to return to some form of ‘normal’ by Memorial Day 2021.” Mostly correct, even if some of the details, like spectators at the Olympics, didn’t materialize.
  • “The Justice Department softens its case against Google GOOGL, -0.41% and Facebook FB, -0.59%, persuaded by the argument that the consumer actually benefits from the services provided by these companies.” No sign of that, and many expect tougher action by U.S. authorities this year.
  • “The economy develops momentum on its own because of pent-up demand, and depressed hospitality and airline stocks become strong performers.” Right on the economy, mixed on stocks — the JETS JETS, +1.47% exchange-traded fund, for instance, peaked in March, while leisure stocks PEJ, +0.28% enjoyed strong gains but did underperform the S&P 500 SPX, -0.06%.
  • “The Federal Reserve and the Treasury openly embrace Modern Monetary Theory as their accommodative policies continue.” The rise of inflation stamped this trend out.
  • “Even as energy company executives cut estimates for long-term growth, near-term opportunities are increasing. The return to ‘normal’ increases both industrial activity and mobility, and the price of West Texas Intermediate oil rises to $65/bbl.” A good call here, with WTI CL.1, +1.49% surging 55%.
  • “The equity market broadens out. Stocks beyond health care and technology participate in the rise in prices.” Participate, yes, but the market was still overwhelmingly tech-focused.
  • “The surge in economic growth causes the 10-year Treasury TMUBMUSD10Y, 1.652% yield to rise to 2%.” Directionally correct, though a half-point off.
  • “The slide in the dollar turns around.” It sure did, with the WSJ dollar index BUXX, 0.01% jumping 5%.
This investing legend has been predicting surprises for the last 37 years. Here’s how he did last year — and what he’s forecasting now
https://www.marketwatch.com/story/this-investing-legend-has-been-predicting-surprises-for-the-last-37-years-heres-how-he-did-last-year-and-what-hes-predicting-now-11641292134?siteid=yhoof2

7. Surgical Robotics Market 21.6% CAGR 2021-2028

Grand View Research-The global surgical robots market size was valued at USD 2.3 billion in 2020 and is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 21.6% from 2021 to 2028. Growing adoption and acceptance of Minimally Invasive Surgeries (MIS) owing to benefits, such as shorter hospital stays, and the introduction of cost-effective & flexible surgical robots by new players are some of the key factors driving the growth of this market. In addition, the increasing penetration of international players is positively impacting the market growth. Furthermore, the rising number of knee and hip replacement surgeries performed due to the high prevalence of arthritis, bone-degenerative diseases, osteoporosis, and related injuries is projected to drive the market growth.

https://www.grandviewresearch.com/industry-analysis/surgical-robot-market


8. Mercedes says its electric concept has 620 miles of range and seats made with mushrooms

Found at Morningbrew https://www.morningbrew.com/daily

Peter Valdes-Dapena, CNN Business

The new Mercedes-Benz EQS is a game changer

(CNN)Mercedes has unveiled a new all-electric concept car, the EQXX, that the company claims can go 620 miles on a single charge. The futuristic luxury car is also made with a host of innovative recycled and sustainable materials including mushroom fibers, ground up cacti and trash such as food scraps.

A rendering of the Mercedes-Benz Vision EQXX.

Mercedes’ range claim for this concept vehicle is based on computer simulated testing, not actual driving, the company said. If the claim is accurate, though, the EQXX would be able to drive farther on a single charge than a Toyota Prius hybrid can travel on a full tank of gas, according to United States Environmental Protection Agency estimates. The Prius can only manage 588 miles. It’s nearly as far as the 644 miles that a diesel-powered Chevrolet Suburban can go on a 28-gallon tank of fuel. It’s also much farther than any other electric car currently available in the United States, according to the EPA.

Mercedes plans to demonstrate the car’s range in an actual driving test this spring, the company said.

Mercedes has said it intends for half its sales to be electric cars by 2025 and, by 2030, for the brand to be virtually “ready to go all electric.” Mercedes referred to the EQXX as a “technology blueprint for series production.” Mercedes plans to put a car with the EQXX’s battery and electric motor technology, as well as some of the car’s other features, into production in 2024, said Markus Schäfer, chief technology officer of Mercedes’ parent company Daimler.

The Mercedes-Benz Vision EQXX concept car lacks the traditional grille seen on Mercedes cars today.

The EQXX achieves its remarkable range with a battery pack that is half as large and 30% lighter than the one in the Mercedes EQS, the German automakers current fully electric sedan, while storing the same amount of energy, according to Mercedes. At 620 miles, or 1,000 kilometers, the EQXX would provide about 133 miles more driving distance on a charge than the EQS based on European range estimates for that car.

The EQXX gains those extra miles largely through efficiency, according to Mercedes. Mercedes claims the EQXX can travel more than 6 miles per kilowatt hour of electricity. That’s almost three times farther per kilowatt hour than a Tesla Model S Long Range, according to US EPA estimates. A kilowatt-hour is a unit of electrical energy stored in a car’s battery so miles per kilowatt hour is like miles per gallon for a gasoline car. The figures are much lower, though, because a gallon of gasoline contains almost 34 kilowatt hours of energy.

To reach that level of efficiency, Mercedes designers focused on aerodynamics. The EQXX has a drag coefficient of just 0.17, which is sightly more aerodynamic than a properly thrown football. It’s also more aerodynamic than today’s Mercedes EQS which, while still very aerodynamic, has a drag coefficient of 0.20. A Porsche 911 Turbo has a drag coefficient of 0.33, according to Porsche.

The car is also designed to be as light as possible, according to Mercedes. Besides the relatively light battery pack it has wheels made from magnesium, and aluminum brakes. Springs in the EQXX’s suspension are made from glass-fiber reinforced plastic instead of metal.

 

Much of the Mercedes-Benz Vision EQXX’s extreme efficiency comes from attention to aerodynamics.

The EQXX’s body includes a web-like subframe designed to have metal only where it’s actually needed for structural integrity and crash safety. Empty spaces in the frame are filled in with a material called UBQ, created by an Israeli startup. UBQ is made from landfill waste that can include things like mixed plastics, cardboard, gardening waste and even diapers, according to Mercedes-Benz. Solar panels in the roof supply supplemental energy for things like air conditioning, lights and the car’s touchscreen systems reducing demands on battery power.

Besides the UBQ filler material in the body, the EQXX also utilizes sustainable materials in other parts of the car. A leather-like material made from mycelium, the underground root-like structures of mushrooms, is used in the seat cushions. Another leather substitute, made from pulverized cactus fibers, is used elsewhere in the interior. The carpets are made entirely of bamboo fiber, according to Mercedes.

Inside, the EQXX has an enormous touchscreen that stretches all they way across the dashboard. Unlike the ultra-wide “screen” in the EQS, which is actually three smaller screens under a single sheet of glass, the one in the EQXX really is a single four-foot wide screen. To save energy, unused portions of the screen dim.

Mercedes engineers and designers have also tried to give the car’s voice-control system more personality with a lifelike voice that’s more emotionally expressive. The system is represented by a human-shaped avatar made up of tiny stars. The figure is modeled on the young Mercedes Jellinek, the daughter of Emil Jellinek, an early (and particularly demanding) customer of Daimler, now Mercedes’ parent company.

In 1900, he commissioned a new sports car model that he insisted be named after his daughter. The car was such a success that her name later became attached to every car the company made.

Mercedes says its electric concept has 620 miles of range and seats made with mushrooms – CNN


9. OSU research finds way to scrub carbon dioxide from factory emissions, make useful products

Found at 1440 blog https://join1440.com/

CORVALLIS, Ore. – Carbon dioxide can be harvested from smokestacks and used to create commercially valuable chemicals thanks to a novel compound developed by a scientific collaboration led by an Oregon State University researcher.

Published in the Journal of Materials Chemistry A, the study shows that the new metal organic framework, loaded with a common industrial chemical, propylene oxide, can catalyze the production of cyclic carbonates while scrubbing CO2 from factory flue gases.

Carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas, results from burning fossil fuels and is one of the primary causes of climate change. Cyclic carbonates are a class of compounds with great industrial interest, meaning the findings are a boost for green-economy initiatives because they show useful products such as battery electrolytes and pharmaceutical precursors can be derived from the same process deployed to clean emissions from manufacturing facilities.

The new, three-dimensional, lanthanide-based metal organic framework, or MOF, can also be used to catalyze cyclic carbonate production from biogas, a mix of carbon dioxide, methane and other gases arising from the decomposition of organic matter.

A catalyst is a substance that increases the rate of a chemical reaction without itself undergoing any permanent chemical change, and lanthanides are a group of soft, silvery-white metals whose applications range from night vision goggles to flints for cigarette lighters.

Examples of lanthanides include cerium, europium and gadolinium.

“We’ve taken a big step toward solving a crucial challenge associated with the hoped-for circular carbon economy by developing an effective catalyst,” said chemistry researcher Kyriakos Stylianou of the OSU College of Science, who led the study. “A key to that is understanding the molecular interactions between the active sites in MOFs with potentially reactive molecules.”

A MOF is an inorganic-organic hybrid, a crystalline porous material made up of positively charged metal ions surrounded by organic “linker” molecules, in this case lanthanide metals and tetracarboxylate linkers.

The metal ions make nodes that bind the linkers’ arms to form a repeating structure that looks something like a cage; the structure has nanosized pores that adsorb gases, similar to a sponge. MOFs can be designed with a variety of components, which determine the MOF’s properties.

Lanthanide-based materials are generally stable because of the relatively large size of lanthanide ions, Stylianou said, and that’s true as well with lanthanide MOFs, where the acidic metals form strong bonds with the linkers, keeping the MOFs stable in water and at high temperatures; that’s important because flue gases and biogas are hot as well as moisture rich.

The lanthanide MOFs are also selective for carbon dioxide, meaning they’re not bothered by the presence of the other gases contained by industrial emissions and biogas.

“We observed that within the pores, propylene oxide can directly bind to the cerium centers and activate interactions for the cycloaddition of carbon dioxide,” Stylianou said. “Using our MOFs, stable after multiple cycles of carbon dioxide capture and conversion, we describe the fixation of carbon dioxide into the propylene oxide’s epoxy ring for the production of cyclic carbonates.”

Cyclic carbonates have a broad range of industrial applications, including as polar solvents, precursors for polycarbonate materials such as eyeglass lenses and digital discs, electrolytes in lithium batteries, and precursors for pharmaceuticals.

“These are very exciting findings,” Stylianou said. “And being able to directly use carbon dioxide from impure sources saves the cost and energy of separating it before it can be used to make cyclic carbonates, which will be a boon for the green economy.”

David Le, Ryan Loughran and Isabelle Brooks of the College of Science collaborated on this research, as did scientists from Columbia University and the University of Cambridge.

The College of Science and the OSU Honors College funded the study.

About the OSU College of Science:  As one of the largest academic units at OSU, the College of Science has seven departments and 12 pre-professional programs. It provides the basic science courses essential to the education of every OSU student, builds future leaders in science, and its faculty are international leaders in scientific research.

https://today.oregonstate.edu/news/osu-research-finds-way-scrub-carbon-dioxide-factory-emissions-make-useful-products?utm_source=join1440&utm_medium=email


10. 10 Ways That a Sense of Purpose Can Change Your Life

Better health, higher life satisfaction, and greater resilience.– Elaine Shpungin Ph.D.

KEY POINTS

  • One of the best predictors of happiness is having a purpose in life.
  • Sense of purpose may improve resiliency, life satisfaction, health, academic and work success, and even longevity.
  • Seeking our purpose may change our trajectory.

This season we are tackling the four pillars of resilience:

  • Purpose and Meaning
  • Beliefs and Mindset
  • Habits and Practices
  • Relationships and Supports

In the last post, we examined the protective power of traveling back in time to assign strength-based meaning to past struggles. In this post, we will take a look at the importance of cultivating purpose in both our daily interactions and larger life pursuits.

Anthony Burrow, the author of “The Ecology of Purposeful Living Across the Lifespan,” describes purpose as the why that propels us forward, the reason we do what we do, the inspiration we have for being in this world. The John Templeton Foundation gives this fancy definition: Purpose is a stable and generalized intention to accomplish something that is at once personally meaningful and at the same time leads to productive engagement with some aspect of the world beyond the self.

Purpose combines the why behind what we do with a long-term desire to make a dent in the world.

Source: Elaine Shpungin (Conflict 180)

Let’s say you are a teacher. To “be a teacher” would not be your purpose but a vehicle for your purpose. The answer to “Why do you want to teach?” combined with “How might that make a positive contribution to the world?” would begin to give us hints about your purpose. For instance:

  • To inspire kids to read, which might open up new horizons in their lives.
  • To help kids enjoy math, which may help create more math-savvy citizens who don’t get exploited.
  • To expose kids to Spanish, so they can be better neighbors and global citizens.
  • To instill a life-long commitment to health by making exercise fun.

Having a sense of purpose predicts a multitude of positive outcomes that allow us to overcome obstacles, thrive in tough situations, and live healthier lives.

Below is a list of some of these outcomes, arranged in a Top 10 Countdown (though many of them were a tie for me). Some references are included within each section; others can be found in the larger summaries found at the bottom of this post.

article continues after advertisement

Top 10 Ways Purpose Can Change Your Life

10. May be related to higher income over time. A nine-year study of 6,000 American adults showed that people who rated themselves as having higher sense of purpose had higher incomes at the start of the study and increased their income more over time, compared with their peers who said their life felt more “aimless.” (However, we also know that higher income leads to increases in wealth through other pathways, such as investments, avoidance of fees, and less participation in predatory practices.)

9. Makes us more likable. A 2010 study showed that people who self-reported a more meaningful life were rated by others as more likable, more desirable conversation partners, more attractive, and having more “friend” potential.

8. Helps us be more even-keeled. Having a sense of purpose seems to help us stay off the emotional roller coaster of despair and joy caused by outside events, potentially creating more equanimity and peace in our lives.

7. Helps our brains resist aging and dementia. A 2015 study of 453 seniors in their 80s found that, after they died, those who had “a strong sense of life purpose were 44 percent less likely to have suffered major brain tissue damage, infarcts visible to the naked eye.” A series of studies by Patricia Boyle’s team at the Rush Alzheimer’s Disease Center also found astounding effects of Purpose in Life (PIL) on dementia symptoms. “After following more than 900 older people at risk for dementia for seven years, they found that those with a high PIL were only half as likely to develop Alzheimer’s disease than those with a low PIL. And were 30 percent less likely to develop mild cognitive impairment.”

6. Helps us live longer. Several studies suggest that a sense of purpose is related to longevity. For instance, one five-year longitudinal study found that older adults with a higher sense of purpose had a “substantially reduced risk of mortality,” even after controlling for differences in previous conditions, depression symptoms, and income.

5. Improves our health. Related to #6 above, purpose in Life (PIL) has been shown to dramatically lower the risk of heart attack, stroke, and cardiovascular diseases, and reduce the likelihood of developing a sleep disorder. In a correlational study, older women who scored higher on a measurement of purposeful well-being (sense of purpose, autonomy, environmental mastery, and other constructs) had lower levels of daily cortisol (a stress hormone) and lower inflammatory responses.

article continues after advertisement

4. Improves academic success. Students who rate themselves as having more purpose have better outcomes including increased persistence, a sense of self-efficacy, time spent studying, and satisfaction with school. Students who felt more connected to their purpose at the beginning of a college semester were more likely to exhibit “grit” or stick with it when things became difficult.

3. Increases work satisfaction and success. For instance, hospital custodians who believed they were an integral part of the hospital’s mission of saving lives and improving people’s health, had greater work satisfaction than those who believed they were doing a menial or technical job. A 2016 international study of over 26,000 LinkedIn members found that employees with a higher sense of purpose had more satisfaction, self-efficacy, and leadership opportunities.

2. Protects us from some of the negative effects of stressful events such as COVID-19, cancer treatment, bereavement, financial recession, surgery, daily stressors, looking at upsetting pictures, stressful social situations, and being the only minority in a majority group. On the flip side, people with low sense of purpose have been found to be more likely to experience depression, addiction, anxiety, loneliness, and boredom (see Templeton review below).

1. Helps us experience more hope, optimism, and life satisfaction. According to the extensive Templeton Foundation report on the Psychology of Purpose, “Purpose is a central component of most leading conceptions of optimal human development and psychological well-being (Bronk, 2013).” The report summarizes numerous studies showing that being connected to one’s purpose increases satisfaction in life, sense of efficacy, self-esteem, and hope in both adults and youth. Sense of purpose (especially with a prosocial focus) may be particularly potent in changing the trajectory of young people’s lives. Youth from low-income backgrounds experience similar levels of purpose and positive outcomes as youth from higher-income backgrounds, and can find meaning in their hardships. Teens who pursued meaningful lives “beyond self-gratification” experienced less depression a year later than those who were not connected to a sense of purpose. However, research also shows that purpose is important in midlife as well.

As stated by the Templeton report, although there are some exceptions, “Researchers have found that across the ages, one of the best predictors of happiness is having a purpose in life.”

Facebook image: Alliance Images/Shutterstock

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/peacemeal/202110/10-ways-sense-purpose-can-change-your-life?collection=1122097

Topley’s Top 10 – January 04, 2022

1. During the Entire History of the United States 70% of its Current Debt was Added in the Last 14 Years

https://twitter.com/NorthmanTrader


2. With Debt So High …Interest Rates Staying Low….The Short Bonds Trade Still Has Not Worked.

TBF short the 20 year treasury thru ETF back to 2020 lows.

www.stockcharts.com


3. Asian High Yield Market Detaches from Rest of World.

Guggenheim

Are High-Yield Markets Misjudging Evergrande Risk? | Guggenheim Investments


4. Energy Inventories are at Lowest in 5 Years but Intensity of Consumption has Slowed.

Blackrock-Energy prices are high, or at least higher than consumers have been used to in many years. Supporting prices into 2022 are inventories that are the lowest in five years, corporate capital expenditures that are at their lowest levels in 15 years, and spare capacity that is also relatively low. But spare capacity doesn’t need to be as high in a world that is unlikely to return to pre-Covid demand trends due to demand substitution (see Figure 9). The 1970s-style right tail in oil is capped by some structural forces, meaning energy prices aren’t likely to spiral out of control. We showed in a recent commentary (Halloween and Christmas for Markets) how the energy intensity of consumption has slowed, such that consumption, particularly in the form of retail sales, can continue displaying broad-based strength (as it has) without influencing, or being influenced by, oil prices.

Supply is tight, but global oil demand is struggling to return to its pre-Covid trend

Rieder- Investing as monetary policy evolves | BlackRock

XLE Energy ETF broke above 2019 levels…Now making another run at new highs

www.stockcharts.com


5. Speculative Indexes Underperformance

The Daily Shot Blog Equities: Speculative stocks favored by the Reddit crowd have underperformed sharply in recent weeks (2 charts).

https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-january-3rd-2022/


6. Twitter Stock Chart -45% from Highs.

TWTR Technical levels– hits 200day moving average on long-term weekly chart last time it broke thru to downside was Covid

www.stockcharts.com


7. Global Value Stocks Sink Again to Well Below 1999 Internet Bubble Days.

Bloomberg

By Abhishek Vishnoi—

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-01-03/cheap-stocks-to-finally-have-their-day-in-2022-investors-say?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L


8. Hydrogen Stock Returns 2020 vs. 2021

WSJ

WSJ By 

Rochelle Toplensky Follow

https://www.wsj.com/articles/a-bad-year-for-hydrogen-stocks-was-a-good-year-for-hydrogen-companies-11640865603


9. Be on the lookout for these fitness trends in 2022

NY Times

In 2021, New York’s Housing Market Made a Stunning Comeback- By Stefanos Chen  In 2021, New York’s Housing Market Made a Stunning Comeback – The New York Times (nytimes.com)


10. Ryan Holiday-9 Rules for a Better Life

https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryanholiday/

Topley’s Top 10 – January 03, 2022

1. Semiconductor Index -SOX is now trading at 7.9 times estimated next 12 months sales—more than double its historical 10-year average.

 

SOX +200% from Covid lows

www.stockcharts.com

By

Connor Smith

https://www.barrons.com/articles/cheap-chip-stocks-global-shortage-51640299331?mod=past_editions


3. Cathie Wood’s ARKK vs. S&P Chart

This chart is comparing ARKK ETF to S&P Index…..See straight down sell-off starting Feb 21

www.stockcharts.com


4. Emerging Market Internet ETF Cut in Half from Highs.

We have been showing KWEB China Internet ETF….Emerging Market Internet ETF -50%

www.stockcharts.com


5. Most Up Days Since 1945…

Bespsoke Investment Group–With this year’s 56%+ winning percentage, the last three years rank as just the second time since 1945 that the S&P 500 was up on more than 55% of all trading days for three straight years.  The only other similar streak was from 2004 to 2006 (55.56%, 55.95%, and 55.78%), but during that streak, not one of the three years was as consistent to the upside as any of the last three years.  Outside of one of the most tumultuous five weeks in history back in early 2020, for most of the last three years, the market has been on cruise control.  Hopefully, it doesn’t run into any speed traps in 2022.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/bespokes-morning-lineup-12-31-21-like-shooting-fish-in-a-barrel-sort-of


6. Only One 5% Pullback in 2021….S&P Averages 3 Per Year

LPL Research

Every Month in 2021 was a New High

https://Iplresearch.com/2021/12/29/charts-of-the-year/


 

7. Walmart 25% of Click and Pick Up at Store Model

CNBC-Click and collect — also called buy online, pick up in store — is now a key sales driver for pandemic-era retailers to deliver a safe, fast way to buy goods and limit person-to-person interactions. Consumers order groceries, sweatpants, lightbulbs, etc., online and then pick up their purchases in the parking lot or at a designated store counter.

Melissa Repko@MELISSA_REPKO

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/12/30/walmart-drew-one-in-four-dollars-on-click-and-collect-market-researcher.html


8. Huge Spike in Home Equity…Families De-levered After 2008…Now the Home Price Spike.

Ben Carlson A Wealth of Common Sense Just look at the spike in home equity:

https://awealthofcommonsense.com/2021/12/my-favorite-charts-of-2021/


9. Be on the lookout for these fitness trends in 2022

Steve Dorfman

Palm Beach Post

View Comments

From how, where — and even when — we exercise to how we manage our stress and diet, COVID-19 and its multiple variants have necessitated we all make adaptations in our fitness and wellness routines.

But as we’ve also learned, the fitness industry is ever evolving to meet the needs of those of us determined to stay in shape in this brave new world.

So, as we embark on Year 3 of a global pandemic, let’s take a quick look at what experts believe will be some of the most prominent fitness trends in 2022.

Quality over quantity 

There’s an old weight-training mantra that applies here: “Don’t count the reps — make the reps count.”

Now that so many people are working remotely full- or part-time, gone are the days when they had to set aside a one- or two-hour block of time to exercise.

Instead, two or three brisk five- to 15-minute sessions that have some component of endurance, strength-training, mobility and/or flexibility can add up over the day to really improve one’s fitness.

And really any activity — gardening, walking up and down the stairs with groceries, working around the house, etc. — can qualify as exercise if you do it vigorously enough.

A 2016 study in England found that a brisk 10-minute workout with just one minute of high-intensity training had the equivalent benefits of 45 minutes of steady cycling.

“I’m a huge fan of short workouts,” health and fitness coach Ariel Belgrave recently said on NBC’s “Today.” “A mantra I live by is ‘a workout is better than no workout. It’s not about how long you exercise, it’s about how hard you exercise.”

Hybrid gym memberships and smart home gyms 

After gyms closed at the beginning of the pandemic in March 2020, we all missed going to them. But then many of us began to realize that there were other ways and places to exercise — namely, outdoors and/or in our own homes with virtual personal trainers.

And now that we’ve been exposed to these options, they’re not likely to go away anytime soon.

As fitness and retail analyst Randy Konik told CNBC, “People are going to realize they can work out at a gym three days a week, and then three or four days a week just do something at the house. It’s all about convenience.”

Indeed, that’s certainly why Belgrave told “Today” that hybrid gym memberships are on the rise as “many brick-and-mortar gyms are already finding that members have a preference for a hybrid experience of being able to attend classes in person and virtually.”

Your stories live here.

Fuel your hometown passion and plug into the stories that define it.

Create Account

In terms of mixing both the in-person and virtual experience, Konik noted “what’s likely going to happen is demand for gyms will accelerate pretty dramatically but demand for [at-home] fitness equipment is likely to stay somewhat strong.”

And when folks do spend that money on at-home exercise equipment — be it yoga mats, adjustable dumbbells, resistance bands, jump ropes or more expensive machines like those from Peloton and NordicTrack — they’re making an investment in their own self-care, according to personal trainer Brady Dougherty.

As she told NBC’s TMRW, “The pandemic shined a light on how important it is to prioritize our health,” she said. “I think purchasing fitness equipment is another way to invest in our health just like we would go to an annual physical or get a massage.”

Wearable wellness technology 

Fitness trackers have been around for awhile but they’re now exponentially more advanced.

James Shapiro, a sports performance coach at Sports Academy, recently told Bustle, “Whichever wearable tech you’re into, you’ve probably noticed updated versions this year that have included more information on your resting heart rate, heart rate variability, skin temperature, alerts if there’s an irregular heart rate, activity detection, and respiratory rate, just to name a few. Expect more people being interested in these metrics for more wellness monitoring rather than just logging in your calories from a recent workout.”

‘Gamification’ for a new generation of gymgoers

As the oldest members of Generation Z enter early adulthood and, presumably, purchase gym memberships, they’ll bring their sensibilities to the fitness world.

And experts believe that means they’ll want more activities that are fun and bring them joy.

Colette Dang is a personal trainer and owner of a New York City fitness studio that specializes in beat-based trampoline cardio and sculpting workouts with a digital platform. As she told Bustle, “As younger generations start to engage with the fitness industry and explore what wellness means to them, there is going to be a big shift to an intuitive movement and workout approach,” she says. “There will be less pressure on changing the body and using fitness as punishment in lieu of approaching a workout as a form of joy, grounding, and mental stability.”

A holistic approach 

Many of today’s fitness influencers on social media are trying to get their followers to embrace the beauty in their own bodies and enjoy their fitness journeys rather than simply making their goal losing weight or transforming how they look.

Cassey Ho is a fitness influencer and creator of the Blogilates lifestyle space on Instagram. She recently told The Zoe Report, “If you’re too focused on the vanity of fitness (getting a bigger butt, a six pack, or thinner thighs) the experience becomes hollow. From personal experience, [I can say that] focusing too hard on physical achievements only can lead to body dysmorphia. It becomes a much more meaningful journey when you can shift your focus to finding the joy in your workout and finding the joy in making your healthy meals.”

In other words, forget the “no pain no gain” fitness mantra that baby boomers learned in the 1980s-90s.

Pursuing your fitness goals should be fun — and nourish your mind and soul as much as it does your body.


10. Do Less But Better

Farnam Street Tiny Thought

Do less but do better.

Any energy that goes into what doesn’t matter comes at the expense of what does.

With a little extra time, you can raise the standard from good enough to great.

Narrow the focus. Raise the standard. And set yourself apart.

https://fs.blog/newsletter/

Topley’s Top 10 – December 29, 2021

1. Gold vs. Bitcoin

Excellent Full Read from State Street

https://www.ssga.com/us/en/intermediary/etfs/insights/gold-versus-bitcoin-not-apples-to-apples?WT.mc_id=social_etf-wgc_gold-web_us_lkdin_img_n_n_n_nov21launch&spi=61956d36e1e8207b28fe9c4a

2. Crypto 2021 Best Performers…Bitcoin Last

Irrelevant Investor Blog

https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2021/12/24/how-to-learn-about-crypto/

3. Over 340 US startups became unicorns in a record-breaking 2021.

340+ companies with $1B valuation in U.S. 2021

https://theworldstockmarkets.com/index.php/2021/09/03/unicorns-of-tomorrow-zilingo-mobile-premier-league-rebel-foods-are-top-3/

4. Electric Vehicles are Good for Car Industry Jobs….10 Year Increase in Jobs.

Blomberg- I highlighted how electric vehicles are now 10% of global passenger vehicle sales, up from 0.002% at the start of 2010. It’s a dramatic ramp-up in sales, with major implications for the millions of people working for motor vehicle dealers and parts suppliers (2 million of whom are in the U.S. alone). By

Nathaniel Bullard

+Follow

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-12-23/ten-year-end-charts-part-2?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L

5. All ARKK Innovation Fund Outperformance Gone vs. QQQ

Zerohedge

https://cms.zerohedge.com/s3/files/inline-images/shed.png?itok=0RJnfYTr

6. Latest Covid Surge Topping End of 2020 Numbers

Barrons

https://www.barrons.com

7. Large Caps Beat Mid/Small Again 2021

WSJ-By Justin Baer

8. Botox sales erupt with younger patients

Bob Herman AXIOS

Jared Whalen/Axios

Botox sales have never been higher.

The big picture: The pandemic drastically reduced the number of people getting cosmetic skin treatments. But the rollout of the COVID vaccines and a larger, younger crowd willing to try Botox injections have led to swelling demand in dermatology offices and medical spas.

By the numbers: U.S. sales of Botox — just the cosmetic version that is used to smooth out face wrinkles and not the version that is used to treat conditions like migraines and neck spasms — surpassed $1 billion in the first nine months of 2021, compared with $600 million in the first nine months of 2020.

  • The revenue jump stems from “brand investment and strong recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic,” according to financial filings from AbbVie, which bought the company that makes Botox in 2020.
  • China is the second-biggest Botox market after the U.S., driving total international sales to $579 million in the first nine months of this year.

What they’re saying: “At this point, we’re not seeing [growth] driven by pent-up demand as much as just fundamental demand,” Carrie Strom, a senior vice president at AbbVie who oversees the company’s cosmetic drugs, said at an investment bank conference this month.

  • Patients getting Botox are now younger on average. “And by younger I mean closer to 40 versus 50,” Strom said.
  • Influencers promoting Botox and other cosmetic procedures on TikTok and Instagram and new Botox ads also have attracted and retained more people.

Follow the money: AbbVie charges $622 for a 100-unit vial of cosmetic Botox.

  • Dermatologists and plastic surgeons then charge $15-$20 on average per unit — the forehead, glabella and crow’s feet each require a certain number of Botox units — with the average procedure costing $466.
  • The huge demand is driving sales, but AbbVie suggested higher prices are coming because of the ubiquitous brand power and because inflation is giving the company cover: “We command a clear leadership position. And along with that comes premium pricing,” Strom said at the conference. “Our customers can also command that premium pricing when they’re treating their patients.”

What to watch: Whether the Omicron variant leads to more people deferring non-urgent care again.

https://www.axios.com/botox-sales-pandemic-younger-7c5c2520-2418-40a4-a8a7-7df2dcae6d9d.html?utm_source=twitter&utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=editorial&utm_content=health-botox

9. Regions with Greatest Drops in Housing Affordability.

Marketwatch-This Sun Belt city has seen the U.S.’s sharpest decline in housing affordability over the past year By Jacob Passy

Affordability has dropped to the lowest level since 2008 nationwide, amid rising interest rates and home prices

Looking for an affordable housing market? You may not find it in the Sun Belt anymore.

Title insurance company First American FAF, -0.24% released the latest edition of its monthly Real House Price Index, which gauges housing affordability nationwide.

As opposed to other home-price indexes that only look at changes to nominal prices, First American’s index put home-price fluctuations in context alongside changes in interest rates and household income.

‘The challenge for home buyers in 2022 will mirror 2020 and 2021.’

— Mark Fleming, First American’s chief economist

The latest index showed that housing affordability had fallen to the lowest level since 2008 in October, largely due to a rise in mortgage rates.

Across the markets that First American studies, Phoenix experienced the greatest decline in housing affordability. Buying a home there is now nearly 34% less affordable than it would have been a year ago.

“Robust investor activity and strong net in-migration to Phoenix has fueled soaring demand for homes against a limited supply of homes for sale,” Mark Fleming, First American’s chief economist, wrote in the report.

Here are the five markets that witnessed the greatest decline in housing affordability over the past year, as of October:

  1. Phoenix (33.7%)
  2. Charlotte, N.C. (32.3%)
  3. Tampa, Fla. (30.9%)
  4. Jacksonville, Fla. (29.3%)
  5. Memphis, Tenn. (27.5%)

“Higher mortgage rates decrease affordability equally in each market as mortgage rates are generally similar across the country,” Fleming added. “However, household income growth and nominal house prices vary by market, creating the market-level variance in affordability.”

At the other end of the spectrum, the markets where housing affordability worsened the least were a mix of Midwestern locales (Milwaukee, Chicago and Minneapolis) and pricey coastal cities (Boston and Washington, D.C.).

Looking to 2022, buyers shouldn’t expect much relief when it comes to rising housing costs. Mortgage rates are expected to increase, though most economists expect them to remain below 4%. Yet a limited supply of homes for sale will ensure fierce competition and continued home-price growth.

“The challenge for home buyers in 2022 will mirror 2020 and 2021 — you can’t buy what’s not for sale even if you can afford to,” Fleming wrote.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/this-city-is-where-housing-affordability-worsened-the-most-and-its-not-in-california-11640690905?mod=home-page

10. 8 Signs to Immediately Recognize Someone With the Gift of Leadership

In ‘Servant Leadership in Action,’ best-selling author Raj Sisodia details the rare qualities of great leaders.

 

BY MARCEL SCHWANTES, FOUNDER AND CHIEF HUMAN OFFICER, LEADERSHIP FROM THE CORE@MARCELSCHWANTES

In Servant Leadership in Action, a collection of essays from 44 renowned servant leadership experts, Raj Sisodia, co-founder of the Conscious Capitalism movement and best-selling author, details the qualities of great leaders using the fitting acronym “Selfless”:

  • Strength
  • Enthusiasm
  • Love
  • Flexibility
  • Long-term orientation
  • Emotional intelligence
  • Systems intelligence
  • Spiritual intelligence

Sisodia says the Selfless approach to “conscious leadership” reflects a blend of mature masculine and mature feminine qualities. He writes, “Too many leaders today manifest only immature hypermasculine qualities such as domination, aggression, hypercompetitiveness, winning at all costs, etc. They view every leadership challenge through the lens of war — a mindset that is at best win-lose, and usually lose-lose.”

Without further ado, here’s how Sisodia defines each letter of the acronym.

Strength

The strength of conscious leaders is resolute and unshakable in standing up to those who get in the way of their convictions. They are confident without being arrogant, and “draw on the strengths of their teams without depleting the power of those teams.” Strength, writes Sisodia, is exercised as “power with, not power over, those they seek to lead.”

Enthusiasm

Because of their commitment to moral authority, integrity, and a higher purpose, conscious leaders generate great energy and enthusiasm, not to be confused with the social traits of extroverted and gregarious people. “When you’re aligned with your purpose, you can’t help but be enthusiastic,” writes Sisodia. “That is hard to fake if you don’t have it.”

Love

The opposite of love is fear, and when fear permeates an organization, it stifles creativity and innovation. Love here is actionable and noble: creating psychological safety, connecting with employees, and caring for their well-being, and not just managing their work performance.

Flexibility

Leaders must be agile, adaptable, open, and able to switch modes and make swift changes while taking into consideration all the moving parts of the business. Sisodia offers up a great metaphor: “Conscious leaders are like golfers with a full set of clubs; they know how to select and implement the right approach for each situation.”

Long-Term Orientation

This is leading with an eye toward the future, beyond your tenure with the company, and even beyond even your lifetime. Conscious leaders gauge success by what happens to their businesses after they’re long gone. They ensure that the business will continue to operate wth the high principles and purpose it was founded on, a century from now.

Emotional Intelligence

Emotional intelligence (EQ) is a force to be reckoned with when it shows up with self-awareness (understanding oneself) and empathy (the ability to feel and understand what others are feeling) in day-to-day interactions and decision-making. Research, however, paints a different picture. “The higher the position in the organization, the lower the level of EQ, with the CEO typically having the lowest level,” writes Sisodia.

Systems Intelligence

Systems intelligence is thinking systemically about how each part of the business interrelates within the context of the larger organization. Conscious leaders “understand the roots of problems and how the problems relate to organizational design and culture,” writes Sisodia.

Spiritual Intelligence

This is the moral intelligence with which conscious leaders access their deeper meanings, values, purposes and higher motivations. It’s where the ability to distinguish between right and wrong, and right from left, comes from. It’s discerning at our core when things are beginning to go off track from our intended purpose. From this intelligence, we exercise our goodness, truth, beauty, and compassion.

https://www.inc.com/marcel-schwantes/8-signs-to-immediately-recognize-someone-with-gift-of-true-leadership.html?cid=sf01003

Topley’s Top 10 – December 28, 2021

1.The Market Can’t Keep Rising Because of National Debt.

Charlie B–Stock market ignores debt


2.Second Most All-Time Highs in S&P Ever.

From Cal THomas The Weekly Chart Storm

All-Time Highs:  Not quite a new ATH in ATH’s but pretty close to it — the year 2021 is in second place at an updated 68 new All-Time-Highs.

Source:  @drtimedwards

https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/weekly-sp500-chartstorm-26-december-2021-callum-thomas/?trk=eml-email_series_follow_newsletter_01-hero-1-title_link&midToken=AQFjhnSMpoKQvw&fromEmail=fromEmail&ut=2kcMsQJEVseG41


3.Strongest Increase in 17 Years for Retail Sales.

US retail sales up 8.5 percent this holiday season

US consumers were in the mood to spend this holiday season, with retail sales soaring 8.5 percent over last year, a study released Sunday showed.

Online sales were up 11 percent and in-store sales up 8.1 percent between November 1 and Christmas Eve, according to the Mastercard SpendingPulse study.

The increase, which was the strongest in 17 years, does not reflect automobile sales.

“Consumers splurged throughout the season,” said Steve Sadove, senior advisor for Mastercard and former CEO of Saks Incorporated.

The boom saw “apparel and department stores experiencing strong growth as shoppers sought to put their best dressed foot forward,” he said.

Americans flocked to clothing, which experienced a 47.3 percent increase in sales year-to-year as well as jewelry, with a 32 percent increase.

The period included several weeks before the Omicron Covid-19 variant spread widely in the United States.

Department store sales were up 21.2 percent, while electronic products experienced 16.2 percent growth.

“It’s been a resurgent season for retailers as consumers stocked their carts with gifts and gadgets,” Mastercard said.

The study also indicated that US households made their purchases earlier than in years past, including to lock in “guaranteed by Christmas” delivery.

vmt/bfm/leg

https://news.yahoo.com/us-retail-sales-8-5-013714626.html

https://fred.stlouisfed.org/series/RSXFS


4.China Update

China Large Cap-Nowhere for 5 Years

China small cap -27% correction

China Internet Stocks break all support now below Covid lows -62% from highs

www.stockcharts.com


5. Real Yields Went from +1% to -1%….Growth Stock PE’s went from 17x to 33x

Cameron Dawson Fieldpoint–As real yields have gone from +`1% in late 2018 to -1% today, Growth PE valuations have gone from 17x to 33x today. Value has been left out of this re-rating, only increasing from 14x in 2018 to 17x today. The last time real rates rose meaningfully was 1Q21, increasing 50 bps. That quarter Growth underperformed Value by 10%. The underperformance was brief, though, as real rates resumed their decline and Growth valuations started to expand again through the summer of 2021 https://twitter.com/CameronDawson

https://twitter.com/CameronDawson/status/1475589446481465353/photo/1


6.77% of Investors Have Never Experienced Inflation

https://twitter.com/MacroAlf


7.Personal Savings Rate Dips from Covid Highs but Household Excess Savings are Massive.

The Daily Shot Blog United States: Savings as a share of disposable income are now at the low end of the pre-COVID range.

But cumulative excess savings remain massive.

Source: Patrick Zweifel, Pictet Wealth Management

But cumulative excess savings remain massive.


8.Boosted by Private Sales and NFTs, Christie’s Brought in a Total of $7.1 Billion in 2021—Its Best Results in Five Years

Christie’s came in second behind Sotheby’s in overall results, but private sales surged.

Eileen Kinsella, December 20, 2021

Christie’s New York on November 9. Photo: Katya Kazakina.

As end-of-year results roll in for more and more art businesses, it’s clear that the surge in global wealth is having a major impact on the demand for blue-chip art and luxury goods. And of course, no recap of 2021 would be complete without discussion of digital art and NFTs, or non-fungible tokens, the latter of which has taken off with considerable force this year.

This morning, Christie’s reported its 2021 sales at $7.1 billion, calling it the highest total in the last five years. This included projected private sales of $1.7 billion, which the house also said was a record high.  Private sales saw an increase of 12 percent over 2020, and 108 percent over 2019, with four individual sales bring in more than $50 million each. The auction house, which sold the first major and arguably market-verifying NFT—Beeple’s $69 million Everydays: The First 5000 Days this past March—also said it took in $150 million from sales of the digital art form this year.

Calling the results “exceptional,” Christie’s CEO Guillaume Cerutti said the house “made a breakthrough  in new sales formats and categories, NFTs in particular.” Cerutti, along with numerous other Christie’s executives, hosted an in-depth Zoom call with media this morning to discuss the results and field questions. In a statement, Cerutti said the new sale formats “have allowed us to showcase works by new, emerging and under-represented artists, and to reach out to a new audience of younger clients.”

Further, he noted serious progress in other recent initiatives including investments in Asia, and commitments to becoming carbon net zero by 2030.

Meanwhile, auction sales totaled $5.4 billion, up significantly from last year’s reported total of $4.4 billion. (That result was a 25 percent drop from 2019, attributed chiefly to the decrease in live auctions and a shutdown-induced shock of supply). Christie’s also cited an historic sell-through rate at auction of 87 percent, which it said “demonstrates depth of demand and performance.”

Christie’s is still a notch behind its main competitor Sotheby’s, however, which reported its totals for 2021 to date at $7.3 billion last week, also a record for the house. This marked the second consecutive year in which Sotheby’s overall total edged it out. But Christie’s private sales results outpaced the $1.3 billion that Sotheby’s reported in this category last week.

After a rocky year in 2020, all of the major auction houses skillfully pivoted in 2021 to embrace hybrid models for their sales that are heavy on technology and online bidding. They have disrupted the traditional seasonal schedule but also allowed for flexibility by holding major sales that are not tied to strict calendar dates. That trend is expected to continue moving forward.

Among its biggest bragging rights, Christie’s could claim the two most expensive works of art sold at auction this year: Picasso’s Femme assise près d’une fenêtre (Marie-Thérèse) (1932), for $103.4 million, and Jean-Michel Basquiat’s In This Case (1983), for $93.1 million, both in May.

Another highlight of the year was the auction house’s November sale of Impressionist works  amassed by the late Texas oil magnate Edwin Cox. The sale pulled in a total of $332 million with premium, surpassing the $267.6 million high estimate. According to Christie’s, just over half the works went to collectors based in the Americas, 35 percent went to Europe, and 13 percent went to Asia.

At that event, the Getty Museum in Los Angeles acquired one of one of the star lots, Gustave Caillebotte’s Jeune homme à sa fenêtre (1876), a rare and imposing painting of the artist’s brother gazing out a window from the family’s residence in Paris. Expected to bring in more than $50 million, it sold for $53 million including buyer’s premium, shattering the artist’s existing auction record of $22 million.

Beeple, HUMAN ONE(2021). Courtesy of Christie’s.

And as for those omnipresent NFTs, Christie’s said sales of the digital art form made up eight percent of its contemporary art total for the year and attracted younger buyers, 74 percent of whom were new to Christie’s. Beeple’s Everydays – The First 5000 Days accounted for a major portion of that $150 million total, and the artist’s HUMAN ONE hybrid NFT sculpture achieved just under $30 million in November ($28,985,000). Other NFT sale highlights included Larva Labs’ Cryptopunks, which brought in $17 million, and a digital artwork by FEWOCiOUS, which made $2.16 million.

Follow Artnet News on Facebook:

Want to stay ahead of the art world? Subscribe to our newsletter to get the breaking news, eye-opening interviews, and incisive critical takes that drive the conversation forward.

https://news.artnet.com/market/christies-reports-2021-results-best-five-years-2052122


9.Multifamily Apartments–The ‘5 Ps’ Shaping Function and Livability in Today’s Home Design

By: Quinn Purcell, Utopia Associate Editor, Nov. 11, 2021

National design firm Mary Cook Associates published its third white paper in a series on the fundamentals of interior design. Here’s how the increase in working from home and other lifestyle changes have affected the multifamily and single-family development process, and what designers can do to adapt.

 

Multifamily and single-family housing developments benefit from various recreational spaces, according to Mary Cook Associates. Photo by Pixabay from Pexels

Design firm Mary Cook Associates (MCA) recently released its third white paper dedicated to interior design methodology and fundamentals. This eight-part series from MCA highlights the ways developers and builders of multifamily and single-family units can respond to recent shifts in home life.

The paper, ‘Living It Up’, develops ‘Five Ps’ recharacterizing livability in single-family and multifamily interiors since the COVID-19 pandemic. These are factors that were not only relevant a year ago, but remain as mainstays for many design projects.

THE ‘5 PS’ IMPACTING HOME DESIGN IN THE AGE OF ‘WORK FROM HOME’

Packages

The increase in delivery-based consumerism—a pre-COVID-19 trend that went into overdrive, with 77% of people saying they changed the way they shop during the pandemic—is directly impacting design. Making spaces that accommodate packages of all shapes and sizes has become a major new priority.


‘Twenty-five years ago, nobody dreamed that one of the largest logistical challenges for multi-family developments would be how to handle all those Amazon deliveries. Now, delivery processing is as vital as plumbing!’ — Mary Cook, Founder and President of MCA


Pets

With the increase in pet adoption and ownership during the pandemic—an all-time high of 70% of U.S. households, according to the American Pet Products Association—functionality is vital for the wellbeing of pet and owner alike.

Communities and homes with interior and exterior pet-friendly spaces and functional amenities, from dog wash areas to feeding and sleeping stations, is a significant draw for pet lovers.

Plug-ins

As highlighted in Utopia’s ‘Top 10 Business and Technology Systems’ report on multifamily housing in 2021, the work-from-home societal shift comes with necessary changes to our tech and internet usage.

The evolving work-from-home (WFH) lifestyle has set new technology standards. Multifamily residents seek collaborative workspaces, strong WiFi, and well-thought-out places to plug in devices, while adaptable spaces are key for supporting WFH in single-family homes.

Play

Data shows that most U.S. adults (66%) are concerned with the pandemic interfering with their healthy habits. Coping with the challenges of the pandemic amplified almost everyone’s need for play, driving demand for recreational spaces and those that promote fitness and healthy habits, including curated space that fosters activity transitions.


‘We’re seeing burgeoning demand for varied uses of recreational space.’ — Mary Cook


Personal Space/Privacy

With the increase in remote work and learning during the pandemic, so arose the need for personal space and privacy. Separate areas of the home should be designed with this desire in mind, especially when an increasing lack of privacy has been linked to mental health issues in recent years.

Remote work, virtual school, more family members at home and changing quarantining restrictions have created the need for more personal space and privacy within the home, with “pocket spaces” that create mini-territories for specific activities emerging as a design solution.

KEY TAKEAWAY

The ‘5 Ps’—Packages, Pets, Plug-ins, Play, and Personal space/Privacy—are mainstays shaping function and livability in today’s residential interiors, according to MCA. Designs that take into account these factors impact residents’ well-being, inspiring positive moods and motivation.

“Long before we start thinking of color, pattern, and ornament, we have to start with something more basic,” Mary Cook says. “What should the space be? How should it work? What are the needs of the people using it?”

When we live in the era of ‘work from home’—including online teaching and learning as well—it’s important that home design match our increasingly complex necessities. A well-designed interior space may just turn someone’s simple home into an oasis.

To download the report or read more about how Mary Cook Associates uses psychographics, an understanding of target markets, and insights into shifting lifestyle needs, check out the full white paper on Mary Cook’s website.

https://www.constructutopia.com/5-ps


10. Rohn: A Good Life Contains These 6 Essentials

Success.com By Jim Rohn | September 9, 2014 | 0 

 

The ultimate expression of life is not a paycheck. The ultimate expression of life is not a Mercedes. The ultimate expression of life is not a million dollars or a bank account or a home. The ultimate expression of life is living a good life.

Here’s what we must ask constantly, What, for me, would be a good life? And you have to keep going over and over the list—a list including areas such as spirituality, economics, health, relationships and recreation.

So, what would constitute a good life? Here is a short list:

1. Productivity

You won’t be happy if you don’t produce. The game of life is not rest. Yes, we must rest, but only long enough to gather strength to get back to productivity.

What’s the reason for the seasons and the seeds, the soil and the sunshine, the rain and the miracle of life? It’s to see what you can do with it—to try your hand to see what you can do.

2. Good Friends

Friendship is probably the greatest support system in the world, so don’t deny yourself the time to develop it. Nothing can match it. It’s extraordinary in its benefit.

Friends are those wonderful people who know all about you and still like you. I lost one of my dearest friends when he was 53—heart attack. As one of my very special friends, I used to say that if I was stuck in a foreign jail somewhere accused unduly, and, if they would allow me one phone call, I would call David. Why? He would come and get me. That’s a real friend—somebody who would come and get you.

And we’ve all got casual friends, friends who, if you called them, they would say, “Hey, if you get back, call me and we’ll have a party.”

You’ve got to have both real friends and casual friends.

3. Your Culture

Language, music, ceremonies, traditions, dress. All of that is so vitally important that you must keep it alive. The uniqueness of all of us, when blended together, brings vitality, energy, power, influence, and rightness to the world.

4. Spirituality

It helps to form the foundation of the family that builds the nation. And make sure you study, practice and teach—don’t be careless about the spiritual part of your nature because it’s what makes us who we are, different from dogs, cats, birds and mice.

5. Don’t Miss Anything

My parents taught me not to miss anything, not the game, the performance, the movie, the dance. Just before my father died at 93, if you were to call him at 10:30 or 11 at night, he wouldn’t be home. He was at the rodeo, he was watching the kids play softball, he was listening to the concert, he was at church—he was somewhere every night.

Go to everything you possibly can. Buy a ticket to everything you possibly can. Go see everything and experience all you possibly can.

Live a vital life. If you live well, you will earn well. If you live well, it will show in your face; it will show in the texture of your voice. There will be something unique and magical about you if you live well. It will infuse not only your personal life but also your business life. And it will give you a vitality nothing else can give.

6. Your Family and the Inner Circle

Invest in them, and they’ll invest in you. Inspire them, and they’ll inspire you. Take care of the details with your inner circle.

When my father was still alive, I used to call him when I traveled. He’d have breakfast most every morning with the farmers at a little place called The Decoy Inn out in the country where we lived in Southwest Idaho.

When I was in Israel, I’d have to get up in the middle of the night, but I’d call Papa. I’d say, “Papa, I’m in Israel.” He’d say, “Israel! Son, how are things in Israel?” He’d talk real loud so everybody could hear. I’d say, “Papa, last night they gave me a reception on the rooftop underneath the stars overlooking the Mediterranean.” He’d say, “Son, a reception on the rooftop underneath the stars overlooking the Mediterranean?” Now everybody knew the story. And giving my father that special day only took five or 10 minutes.

If a father walks out of the house and he can still feel his daughter’s kiss on his face all day, he’s a powerful man. If a husband walks out of the house and he can still feel the imprint of his wife’s arms around his body, he’s invincible all day. It’s the special stuff with your inner circle that makes you strong and powerful and influential. So don’t miss that opportunity.

The prophet said, “There are many virtues and values, but here’s the greatest: one person caring for another.” There is no greater value than love.

So make sure in your busy day to remember the true purpose and the reasons you do what you do. May you truly live the kind of life that will bring the fruit and rewards that you desire.

Related: Rohn: 13 Ways to Improve Your Life

https://www.success.com/rohn-a-good-life-contains-these-6-essentials/

Topley’s Top 10 – December 23, 2021

1.December Sector Performance…Defensive Lead

www.dorseywright.com

2.Performance Difference 2020-2021 Between Non-Profitable and Profitable Stocks.

From Irrelevant Investor Blog

https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2021/12/20/animal-spirits-massive-etf-inflows/

3.Private Markets Surpass $10 Trillion…Tons of Dry Powder on Sidelines.

Some extra trillions in buying power

In 2021, private markets (mainly PE) have surpassed the $10tn threshold. In 2021, a substantial increase in allocated capital took place as dealmaking was difficult in 2020. The fundraising in 2021 also caused the dry powder to remain high despite large commitments. Most of the assets are managed by the private equity industry and other types of assets.

https://www.zerohedge.com/the-market-ear/frustrating

4.Biggest Spread in U.S. Outperformance vs. International Since….You Guessed IT……1999

Just to put things into perspective: US stocks beating rest of world by most in 2 decades. The S&P 500 has surged 25% YTD compared w/3% gain from the MSCI All-Country World ex-US Index, BBG has calculated.

Holger Zschaepitz

https://twitter.com/Schuldensuehner

5.$119,717,895,834,140

Bloomberg That’s the total value of global equity markets, which reached a record of $120 trillion and has doubled from the low point reached at the start of the pandemic in March 2019. The rise has been relentless.

By

Mark Gilbert and

Marcus Ashworth

https://www.bloomberg.com/opinion/articles/2021-12-20/what-eight-charts-are-telling-us-about-markets-in-2022?utm_content=view&utm_medium=social&cmpid=socialflow-facebook-view&utm_campaign=socialflow-organic&utm_source=twitter&fbclid=IwAR1zhXoVA-TStrCMD1s0bizGkK1xjymLHFUYUN49meMYmAzvXR5e4Qa-lrU&cmpid%3D=socialflow-twitter-view&sref=GGda9y2L

6. Global oil consumption is expected to return to an average of 99.5 million barrels per day in 2022, about the same level it was at in 2019.

https://www.reuters.com/markets/commodities/global-oils-comeback-year-presages-more-strength-2022-2021-12-23/

7.Methane Gas Breakdown.

Found at 1440 Digest Letter https://join1440.com

McKinsey The Year in Charts

https://www.mckinsey.com/featured-insights/2021-year-in-review/2021-the-year-in-charts?utm_source=join1440&utm_medium=email&utm_placement=newsletter

8.Faster NFL Wide Receivers Doesn’t Mean Better

Five Thirty Eight Blog

https://fivethirtyeight.com/features/faster-nfl-prospects-arent-always-better/

9.The U.S. city where 1-bedroom rents rose the most since 2020 isn’t in California or New York

“The issue of affordability issue has been mounting for decades.”

Shawn M. Carter@SHAWNCARTERM

Share Article via FacebookShare Article via TwitterShare Article via LinkedInShare Article via Email

Twenty/20

After a slowdown during the beginning of the pandemic, rent prices are bouncing back big time. The median monthly cost for a one-bedroom apartment rose 11.6% over the course of the year, according to Zumper’s 2021 National Rent Report, and some cities have risen well beyond that.

While most people may think one-bedrooms have surged most in expensive states like California or New York, they’re actually rising faster in Florida.

Here are the 10 U.S. cities where costs have jumped the most.

10. St. Petersburg, Florida

Median one-bedroom rent: $1,580
Year-over-year growth: 24.4%

9. Mesa, Arizona

Median one-bedroom rent: $1,210
Year-over-year growth: 24.7%

8. Boise, Idaho

Median one-bedroom rent: $1,410
Year-over-year growth: 24.8%

7. Henderson, Nevada

Median one-bedroom rent: $1,590
Year-over-year growth: 25.2%

6. Jacksonville, Florida

Median one-bedroom rent: $1,220
Year-over-year growth: 27.1%

5. Glendale, Arizona

Median one-bedroom rent: $1,200
Year-over-year growth: 27.7%

4. New York, New York

Median one-bedroom rent: $3,190
Year-over-year growth: 32.4%

3. Orlando, Florida

Median one-bedroom rent: $1,620
Year-over-year growth: 32.8%

2. Tampa, Florida

Median one-bedroom rent: $1,630
Year-over-year growth: 38.1%

1. Miami, Florida

Median one-bedroom rent: $2,280
Year-over-year growth: 38.29%

https://grow.acorns.com/cities-where-rents-have-jumped-the-most-since-2020/?utm_source=join1440&utm_medium=email&utm_placement=newsletter

10.Some Stoic End of the Year Thoughts-Ryan Holiday

Here we are at the end of the year once again. It’s ironic to me that sandwiched at the completion of one year and the beginning of another, we have two vastly different rituals.

On the one hand, we have Christmas, which has for too many of us, become so materialistic and gluttonous. We expect gifts and good food and overindulge in both. On the other hand, we have the “New Year, New You” mentality which promotes ambitious new resolutions in which we commit to utterly change ourselves in the upcoming twelve months (or until we abandon these inconvenient goals).

It all seems to be all so misguided. In a way, one creates the problems that the other attempts to solve.

New Year’s resolutions can however be a useful way to reflect on your bad habits.

For example, one of my friends recently managed to give up smoking after first making the switch to vaping. This time last year, he bought an e-cigarette and some e-liquid from the Air Factory range and slowly but surely began to suppress his nicotine addiction. It’s no secret that vaping is claimed to be a safer alternative to regular cigarettes, so resolutions such as this can certainly have a positive impact on our lives and well being.

Furthermore, the Stoics provide good advice here, as always. These two thousand year old, pre-Christian philosophers offer us a clearer way to live–without the ups and downs and extra helpings of self-loathing.

Let’s look at three quick insights for the holiday season:

First, practice your “contemptuous expressions.” I know contempt seems like a weird emotion to bring to Christmas but stay with me. As you look out over the bountiful offering of Christmas–the presents, the food, the lights–remind yourself what this stuff really is: a bunch of stuff. As Marcus Aurelius once wrote, sounding like he was almost describing a Christmas dinner:

“Like seeing roasted meat and other dishes in front of you and suddenly realizing: This is a dead fish. A dead bird. A dead pig. Perceptions like that—latching onto things and piercing through them, so we see what they really are. That’s what we need to do all the time.”

What’s important are the people and the thoughts. Don’t let yourself get distracted from them.

Second, live in the present moment. That is, don’t obsess over what has happened in the past or lose yourself in visions of the future. Focus on what is right here, right in front of you. Make the most of it, and enjoy yourself. This moment could be all you have after all–it’s so much better to think that 2015 is not a guarantee and then to be grateful for all of it, then to have expectations and entitlements that go unfulfilled.

As Marcus Aurelius reminded himself:

“Don’t let your imagination be crushed by life as a whole. Don’t try to picture everything bad that could possibly happen. Stick with the situation at hand.”

What matters right now is right now. Enjoy it.

Third, if you are going to try to improve in the next year or you do have some regrets about the previous year, don’t just hope that this will happen. That’s not how it works. As Seneca wrote to a friend who’d asked for advice, you need to pick a person or a model to hold yourself against.

“Choose someone whose way of life as well as words, and whose very face as mirroring the character that lies behind it, have won your approval. Be always pointing him out to yourself either as your guardian or as your model. There is a need, in my view, for someone as a standard against which our characters can measure themselves. Without a ruler to do it against you won’t make crooked straight. ”

So, who will it be for you this year?

**

Stoicism is not something you “believe”, it’s something you do. It’s a practical philosophy. The more you work it, the more it will do for you. So why not start now? There isn’t a better time.

As a final parting thought, remember that we choose whether this was a good year or a bad year. We choose whether everything is good or bad. As Seneca said, “a good person dyes events with his own color…and turns whatever happens to his own benefit.”

This is the attitude for success and optimism in all situations. By controlling our perceptions, we create a reality in which every situation, no matter what it is, provides us with a positive, exposed benefit we can act on, if only we look for it.

With this in mind, I hope you enjoy the holidays and consider the Stoics when you can.

For more on Stoicism visit The Daily Stoic.

https://ryanholiday.net/some-stoic-end-of-the-year-thoughts/

Topley’s Top 10 – December 22, 2021

1. 2021 1000 IPOs

Overall, 2021 marked the strongest year for IPO listings and volumes in history, with the barrier of 1,000 offerings being hit in the last month of the year, according to Dealogic data, which showed a record $315 billion raised when that total had never before hit $200 billion in a year. More than half of those deals were SPACs, as 606 blank-check companies went public in 2021, with most of them heavily frontloaded into the beginning of the year — 298 of the SPACs that went public were in the first quarter of 2021, according to Dealogic.

There were 1,000 IPOs in 2021 for the first time, but there may be some problems under the hoodBy 1.

Emily Bary https://www.marketwatch.com/story/there-were-1-000-ipos-in-2021-for-the-first-time-but-there-may-be-some-problems-under-the-hood-11640115839?mod=home-page

2. More Global Money Still Flowing into Bonds than Stocks….Savings Glut Holds Rates Down.

A Global Savings Glut Is Set to Anchor U.S. Yields Below 2%

Garfield Reynolds and Michael MacKenzie

(Bloomberg) — Anyone gearing up for bond yields to surge in 2022 should think again. A global glut of saved cash has the potential to restrain an increase in rates, even as central banks dial back their pandemic stimulus.

The strength of demand for bonds even in the face of deeply negative real returns underpins the broad consensus that 2% may act as a ceiling for U.S. 10-year yields in the coming year. Hedge funds have built up the biggest short positions in 11 months with rates expected to climb in 2022 thanks to both inflation and expectations that the Federal Reserve will respond. But strategists expect the advance to be gradual and top out in negative territory on an inflation-adjusted basis.

Fed Chair Jerome Powell highlighted the role of deep-pocketed foreign investors in repressing longer-dated yields just after this month’s final policy meeting for 2021. The way that dynamic is expected to keep anchoring yields helps explain why U.S. policy makers mostly seem relaxed about flattening yield curves, rather than fretting over whether they signal that aggressive rate hikes could kill off economic growth.

“Deep pools of savings in Europe, Japan and north Asia broadly are going to continue to underpin demand for bonds, hence the persistence of negative and ultra-low yields,” said Martin Whetton, head of fixed-income and foreign-exchange strategy at Commonwealth Bank of Australia, the nation’s largest lender. “These investors will always be attracted to positive yields, be they outright or FX-hedged, and so we expect 10-year Treasuries will find demand around the 2% mark.”

The global savings glut is set to come roaring back as a major driver in bond markets, offsetting a retreat from the Fed and other central banks as they end bond buying and start hiking rates in an attempt to cool off the strongest inflation readings in decades. While that may be bad news for bond bears, it could offer a sunnier path for equities and other risk assets by signaling that low longer-term yields don’t necessarily translate to a downbeat economic outlook.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/global-savings-glut-set-anchor-010154421.html

3. Chart Comments.

CNBC-Cramer-One piece of technical data that Garner is considering is the S&P 500′s longer-term monthly chart, according to Cramer. After breaking through the trendline ceiling of resistance roughly a year ago, Cramer said it is now very far above trend.

“Historically, these types of breakouts almost always see a retest of the previously broken trendline,” Cramer said. “In other words, she’d expect the S&P to pull back near the trendline, which …would put it around 4,000. People, that’s down almost 14% from here. … If we get a close below 4,000, she thinks that would pave the way for a much larger correction.”

In Garner’s view, other worrisome signs include the momentum indicator Relative Strength Index sitting in overbought territory on a monthly chart basis, Cramer said. “When you look at the action over the last 20 years, a reading this high can open the door to some nasty declines,” he said.

Charts suggest the S&P 500 may not be as strong in 2022 as

Kevin Stankiewicz@KEVIN_STANK https://www.cnbc.com/2021/12/21/jim-cramer-charts-suggest-sp-500-may-not-be-as-strong-in-2022.html

4. Five Stocks Driving the Market

WSJ-One measure of market breadth compares the performance of the market-cap weighted S&P 500 with an equal-weighted version. The latter usually outperforms the former when a greater number of stocks are rising; that happened between November 2020 and April 2021, when the equal-weight benchmark outpaced its counterpart by 7 percentage points. Over the past six months, the S&P 500 has outpaced the equal-weight index by nearly 4 percentage points.

WSJ-Michael Wursthorn

https://www.wsj.com/articles/five-big-tech-stocks-are-driving-markets-that-worries-some-investors-11640060038?mod=itp_wsj&ru=yahoo

5. Euro Gas Prices 2021

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading–Lower supplies into Germany will force Europe to keep withdrawing gas at high rates from its already depleted storages. As freezing temperatures spread across the continent this week, more gas will be needed to keep the lights on as Europe’s vast network of renewable sources also can’t fill the gap, with German wind output at the lowest in five weeks, Bloomberg reports.

6. What is Web 3.0?

Zerohedge–So what form might “Web 3.0” take? We lay out a few key principles:

  • Likely more control by the user of their data (including data residing on-device);
  • Likely a more micro focus – a mean reversion on scale (either in end market being tackled or in relationship between the platform and the user);
  • The rise of individual as creator & creator monetizing their content more directly with “fans”;
  • Increasingly decentralized (with the possible breakdown of the mobile operating system/app store distribution model over the next 5-10 years ); &
  • Flexibility (if not innovation) on payment mechanisms aimed at a mix of themes, including decentralized privacy and anti-establishment.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/jack-dorsey-elon-musk-slam-web-30-what-it

7. Crypto Poaching Silicon Valley Tech Talent.

By Daisuke Wakabayashi and Mike Isaac

OAKLAND, Calif. — When Sandy Carter left her job as a vice president of Amazon’s cloud computing unit this month, she announced in a LinkedIn post that she was joining a crypto technology company. She included a link for open positions at the start-up.

Within two days, she said, more than 350 people — many from the biggest internet companies — had clicked the link to apply for jobs at the firm, Unstoppable Domains. The start-up sells website addresses that sit on the blockchain, the distributed ledger system that underpins cryptocurrencies.

“It’s the perfect storm,” Ms. Carter said. “The momentum we’re seeing in this space is just incredible.”

Ms. Carter is part of a wave of executives and engineers leaving cushy jobs at Google, Amazon, Apple and other large tech companies — some of which pay millions of dollars in annual compensation — to chase what they see as a once-in-a-generation opportunity. That next big thing is crypto, they sasoared around 60 percent this yearid, a catchall designation that includes digital currencies like Bitcoin and products like nonfungible tokens, or NFTs, that rely on the blockchain.

Silicon Valley is now awash with stories of people riding seemingly ridiculous crypto investments like Dogecoin, a digital coin based on a dog meme, to life-changing wealth. Bitcoin has , while Ether, the cryptocurrency tied to the Ethereum blockchain, has increased more than fivefold in value.

But beyond that speculative mania, a growing contingent of the tech industry’s best and brightest sees a transformational moment that comes along once every few decades and rewards those who spot the seismic shift before the rest of the world. With crypto, they see historical parallels to how the personal computer and the internet were once ridiculed, only to upend the status quo and mint a new generation of billionaires.

Investors, too, have flooded in. They have poured more than $28 billion into global crypto and blockchain start-ups this year, four times the total in 2020, according to PitchBook, a firm that tracks private investments. More than $3 billion has gone into NFT companies alone.

“There is a giant sucking sound coming from crypto,” said Sridhar Ramaswamy, chief executive of search engine start-up Neeva and a former Google executive, who competes with crypto companies for talent. “It feels a bit like the 1990s and the birth of the internet all over again. It’s that early, that chaotic and that much full of opportunity.”

“There is a giant sucking sound coming from crypto,” said Sridhar Ramaswamy, chief executive of Neeva, outside the company’s office in Mountain View, Calif.Credit…Jessica Chou for The New York Times

Crypto, which has also been rebranded as the less foreboding web3, may be no different from past speculative bubbles like subprime mortgages or the tulip craze of the 17th century, skeptics said. Much of the mania, they said, is being driven by a desire to get rich quick by trading an asset class that often seems based on internet jokes.

https://www.nytimes,com/2021/12/20/technology/silicon-valley-cryptocurrency-start-ups.html

8. Here Are the 10 Trendiest Cities in America Where You Can Still Afford To Buy a Home

Realtor.com By Sara Ventiera

https://www.realtor.com/news/trends/where-the-cool-kids-are-10-trendy-u-s-metros-you-can-still-afford-to-buy-a-home/

9.Top 6 Wealth Killers

Peter Mallouk

@PeterMallouk

Top 6 Wealth Killers:

#1 by a landslide: credit card debt

2. High student loans without a high earning degree

3. House(s)/car(s) beyond needs and with a higher carrying cost than you can afford

4. A partner that encourages excessive spending

5. Lifestyle creep

6. Divorce

https://twitter.com/PeterMallouk/status/1473453913894436875

10.Are You Developing Skills That Won’t Be Automated?

by

Harvard Business Review Stephen M. Kosslyn

Summary. The future of work looks grim for many people. A recent study estimated that 10% of U.S. jobs would be automated this year, and another estimates that close to half of all U.S. jobs may be automated in the next decade. The jobs that are likely to be automated are…more

The future of work looks grim for many people. A recent study from Forrester estimated that 10% of U.S. jobs would be automated this year, and another from McKinsey estimates that close to half of all U.S. jobs may be automated in the next decade.

The jobs that are likely to be automated are repetitive and routine. They range from reading X-rays (human radiologists may soon have much more limited roles), to truck driving, to stocking a warehouse. While much has been written about the sorts of jobs that are likely to be eliminated, another perspective that has not been examined in as much detail is to ask not which jobs will be eliminated but rather which aspects of surviving jobs will be replaced by machines.

For example, consider the job of being a physician: It is clear that diagnosing illnesses will soon (if not already) be accomplished better by machines than humans. Machine learning is spectacularly effective when data sets are available for training and testing, which is the case for a wide range of diseases and ailments. However, what about sitting with a family to discuss treatment options? This is far less likely to be automated in the foreseeable future.

Now consider a profession at the other end of the status spectrum: barista. In San Francisco, Cafe X has replaced all baristas with industrial robot arms, which entertain customers with their antics as they make hot beverages. However, even Cafe X employs a human, who shows customers how to use the technology to order their drinks and troubleshoots problems that arise with the robot barista.

Contrast being a barista with being a bartender. People often strike up a conversation with the bartender. This job clearly is about more than just mixing drinks. Like the physician, we can easily parse this job into two components: the repetitive and routine one (actually mixing and serving the drinks) and the more interactive, unpredictable one that involves listening to and talking with customers.

After reflecting on characteristics of numerous jobs and professions, two non-routine kinds of work seem to me to be particularly common, and difficult to automate:

First, emotion. Emotion plays an important role in human communication (think about that physician sitting with the family, or that bartender interacting with customers). It is critically involved in virtually all forms of nonverbal communication and in empathy. But more than that, it is also plays a role in helping us to prioritize what we do, for example helping us decide what needs to be attended to right now as opposed to later in the evening. Emotion is not only complex and nuanced, it also interacts with many of our decision processes. The functioning of emotion has proven challenging to understand scientifically (although there has been progress), and is difficult to build into an automated system.

Second, context. Humans can easily take context into account when making decisions or having interactions with others. Context is particularly interesting because it is open ended — for instance, every time there’s a news story, it changes the context (large or small) in which we operate. Moreover, changes in context (e.g., the election of a maverick President) can change not just how factors interact with each other, but can introduce new factors and reconfigure the organization of factors in fundamental ways. This is a problem for machine learning, which operates on data sets that by definition were created previously, in a different context. Thus, taking context into account (as a congenial bartender can do effortlessly) is a challenge for automation.

Our ability to manage and utilize emotion and to take into account the effects of context are key ingredients of critical thinking, creative problem solving, effective communication, adaptive learning, and good judgment. It has proven very difficult to program machines to emulate such human knowledge and skills, and it is not clear when (or whether) today’s fledgling efforts to do so will bear fruit.

And in fact, these are the very skills that employers across industries consistently report seeking in job candidates. For example, in one survey, 93% of employers reported that “a candidate’s demonstrated capacity to think critically, communicate clearly, and solve complex problems is more important than his or her undergraduate major.” In addition, employers seek candidates who have other sorts of “soft skills,” such as being able to learn adaptively, to make good decisions and to work well with others. These sought-after abilities, of course, fit perfectly with the sorts of things that people can do well, but are and will continue to be difficult to automate.

All of this suggests that our educational systems should concentrate not simply on how people interact with technology (e.g., by teaching students to code), but also how they can do the things that technology will not be doing soon. This is a new approach to characterizing the underlying nature of “soft skills,” which are probably misnamed: These are the skills that are hardest to understand and systematize, and the skills that give — and will continue to give —humans an edge over robots.

Read more on Automation or related topics Technology and analytics, Careers, Managing yourself and Business education

SK

Stephen M. Kosslyn is President and CEO of Foundry College; former Chief Academic Officer of the Minerva Schools at KGI, and former John Lindsley Professor, Department Chair, and Dean of Social Science, Harvard University. He’s the author of Building the Intentional University: Minerva and the Future of Higher Education.

https://hbr.org/2019/09/are-you-developing-skills-that-wont-be-automated?utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=hbr&utm_source=linkedin&tpcc=orgsocial_edit

Topley’s Top 10 – December 21, 2021

1.Top Weighted Stocks in S&P 500-Performance Since May…AMZN and Facebook Lowest Performers.

www.dorseywright.com


2.Nasdaq 100 Headed for One of the Most Volatile Decembers in 20 Years

Naz 100 Average Daily Moves ..From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading

Santa has packed some Volatility in his bag for Christmas.


3.Global M&A Volume Doubles….$5.63 Trillion.

Reuters

  • Global M&A jumps 63% to $5.63 trillion
  • U.S. dealmaking nearly doubled to $2.61 trillion
  • Europe up 47% to $1.26 trillion, Asia Pacific up 37%
  • Private equity buyouts at record $985.2 bln
  • CEO confidence and cheap financing among key drivers

Global M&A activity smashes all-time records to top $5 trillion in 2021By Anirban Sen and Pamela Barbaglia, Kane Wu https://www.reuters.com/markets/europe/global-ma-activity-smashes-all-time-records-top-5-trillion-2021-2021-12-20/

Found at Crossing Wall Street Blog https://www.crossingwallstreet.com/


4.Marging Debt Post-Covid Spike

And margin debt, after its historic spike? Stock market margin debt in November fell by $17 billion, from the tip of the spike, to a still monstrous $918.6 billion, still up year-over-year by $197 billion, or by 27%, and up from January 2020 by $357 billion, or by 64%, for one doozie of a spike:

https://wolfstreet.com/2021/12/17/stocks-dont-need-more-alarm-bells-theyre-already-clanging-and-jangling-all-over-the-place-but-here-we-are-leverage/


5. Another Covid Stock Favorite….Teladoc Cut in Half and Back to January 2020 Levels

www.stockcharts.com


6.Lumber Spiked 95% in 5 Weeks.

Lumber Prices still well below 2021 Highs

https://tradingeconomics.com/commodity/lumber

Lumber prices have spiked 95% in 5 weeks as supply issues arise following Canadian floods while demand stays strong

Carla Mozée

  • Lumber prices have nearly doubled over the past five weeks, staying above $1,000 per thousand board feet. 
  • Floods last month in the key lumber export hub of British Columbia have contributed to price gains. 
  • US home building activity also rebounded strongly in November. 

https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/commodities/lumber-prices-rally-supply-shortages-commodities-markets-demand-housing-2021-12


7.New Research 0.01% of Bitcoin Holders Control 27% of Currency in Circulation.

WSJ-Bitcoin’s ‘One Percent’ Controls Lion’s Share of the Cryptocurrency’s Wealth

New research shows that just 0.01% of bitcoin holders controls 27% of the currency in circulation

The costs of mining bitcoin have become so high that only a small group of enterprise-level firms can afford to do it.

By 

Paul Vigna Follow

It’s good to be the bitcoin 1%. The top bitcoin holders control a greater share of the cryptocurrency than the most affluent American households control in dollars, according to a study by the National Bureau of Economic Research.

The study showed that the top 10,000 bitcoin accounts hold 5 million bitcoins, an equivalent of approximately $232 billion.

With an estimated 114 million people globally holding the cryptocurrency, according to crypto.com, that means that approximately 0.01% of bitcoin holders control 27% of the 19 million bitcoin in circulation.

By comparison, in the U.S., where wealth inequality is at its most extreme in decades, the top 1% of households hold about a third of all wealth, according to the Federal Reserve.

Markets

A pre-markets primer packed with news, trends and ideas. Plus, up-to-the-minute market data.


The study, conducted by finance professors Antoinette Schoar at MIT Sloan School of Management and Igor Makarov at the London School of Economics, for the first time mapped and analyzed every transaction in bitcoin’s more than 13-year history.

The ramifications of that centralization are mainly twofold, the paper argues. First, it makes the entire bitcoin network more susceptible to systemic risk. Second, it means the majority of the gains from the rising price and increased adoption go to a disproportionately small group of investors.

“Despite having been around for 14 years and the hype it has ratcheted up, it’s still the case that it’s a very concentrated ecosystem,” Ms. Schoar said about Bitcoin.

https://www.wsj.com/articles/bitcoins-one-percent-controls-lions-share-of-the-cryptocurrencys-wealth-11639996204


8.Inflation Adjusted Wages Negative

When Does Inflation Become a Problem?

Charlie Bilello–@charliebilello  Why is inflation increasingly being viewed as a problem? Workers are starting to notice that the rise in their earnings is failing to keep up with the rise in consumer prices. When real wage growth turns negative as it has today, that translates into a decline in your standard of living.

​Powered by YCharts​https://compoundadvisors.com/about


9.3 Reasons Why You Should Buy Property in the Metaverse

For information purposes only…

Nasdaq Kristi Waterworth  The Motley Fool

Investing is a huge give and take between risk and potential reward, but sometimes it feels a little bit more like gambling, especially when you’re reaching into new and uncharted territory. Take, for example, the metaverse. Virtual real estate is the newest buzzworthy investment right now, but it’s not new, nor is it without merit. In fact, if you have the stomach for it, I firmly believe you should be putting some money in well-chosen metaverse real estate.

If you know anything about me, you know I’m a cryptocurrency skeptic and a reasonably cautious investor by nature. I buy stocks in grocery store chains and food manufacturers but also in aerospace and electric vehicles. All of this is stuff that’s reasonably grounded in known quantities and has enough data to provide predictable, long-term outcomes (even if some of the projects are a bit unproven).

So, when I’m telling you to buy real estate in the metaverse, it means something. Maybe it means that my cheese has slid off my cracker entirely, or maybe it means that it’s not as speculative as it looks. There are a number of reasons I think that metaverse properties are where it’s going to be at for investors in the next five years.

Image source: Getty Images.

1. Commercial names are jumping feet-first into the metaverse

Nike (NYSE: NKE) is the latest in a string of big name brands that are stepping into the metaverse (no pun intended). Just this month, it announced a purchase of a company that makes NFT sneakers called RTFKT. Yes, that’s correct. It makes sneakers that only exist in the metaverse.

Sponsored Links

Video from our partnersBrought to you by Taboola

Take This Quiz To See If You Can Retire ComfortablySmartAsset

Nike wants to make sure that every avatar in the metaverse is wearing Nike shoes, and it’s going to go in big and fast. It’s not waiting to see what other companies are doing because it has a solid understanding of what’s driving these platforms and how it can reap the benefits.

For example, Gucci, a division of Kering, ran a limited promotion this summer where it created a digital version of the Gucci Garden exhibit and gave away and sold metaverse versions of popular bags and other limited-edition items on Roblox (NYSE: RBLX). Items were initially priced between $1.20 to $9 each, but some resold for as much as $4,100 of Robux, demonstrating both a primary market need and a secondary market interest in branded products.

2. Real estate developers are dumping millions into the metaverse

Virtual real estate developer Republic Realm just set a record by purchasing a $4.3 million piece of land in metaverse platform The Sandbox, breaking a record set a week prior by Tokens.com for a $2.5 million purchase of land in Decentraland. That’s some walking-around money.

Given that these companies fully intend to create spaces like virtual malls and other rentable properties (where, for example, Nike might set up shop), and that both gave very serious consideration to how to determine the value of metaverse property, I have a hard time laughing this off as a weird kind of publicity stunt. These guys are serious as cancer — and have the business plans to prove it.

They foresee a world where they can rent storefronts to companies who want to sell merchandise but not maintain any virtual real estate; rent virtual condos to people who want to visit the metaverse but not drop $12,000 on a lot of their own; or even design and build custom homes for celebrities who feel like a metaverse presence is good for their brand image but don’t have the time to muck around with the messy bits.

3. Metaverse real estate isn’t new

Although the hottest platforms in the metaverse are fairly new, they’re far from the earliest examples of people getting into virtual real estate and making an absolute killing. Bloomberg covered Second Life’s first millionaire, Ailin Graef, in 2006. She got in to Second Life early, spent two years building up virtual land holdings and developing custom avatars, and now invests heavily in technology groups with a fortune made in a virtual world.

Just this year, Second Life (started in 2003) reported a GDP equivalent to $600 million and over $80 million in cash outs to creators based on their investments in the community. The Second Life Marketplace offers a wide range of rentals but rarely any real estate for sale. Presumably, owners are making enough on those rentals, even at $4 or $5 a week, that they have no desire to sell. These transactions are largely handled through real estate groups native to the platform.

If a platform that almost no one has heard of from a time before social media has captured the hearts and minds of about 70% of Americans and can continue to bring in this kind of money this long after it debuted, surely a platform that’s been built with all the lessons from Second Life in mind can be just as stable — and potentially at least as profitable.

10 stocks we like better than Walmart
When our award-winning analyst team has an investing tip, it can pay to listen. After all, the newsletter they have run for over a decade, Motley Fool Stock Advisor, has tripled the market.*

They just revealed what they believe are the ten best stocks for investors to buy right now… and Walmart wasn’t one of them! That’s right — they think these 10 stocks are even better buys.

See the 10 stocks

Stock Advisor returns as of 6/15/21

Kristi Waterworth has no position in any of the stocks mentioned. The Motley Fool owns and recommends Nike and Roblox Corporation. The Motley Fool has a disclosure policy.

https://www.nasdaq.com/articles/3-reasons-why-you-should-buy-property-in-the-metaverse


10. 3 Things You Should Know About Every Person You Manage

There is no such thing as a good or a bad personality type. What’s important is understanding the way that someone tackles challenges and sees the world.

 

BY DAVID FINKEL, AUTHOR, ‘THE FREEDOM FORMULA: HOW TO SUCCEED IN BUSINESS WITHOUT SACRIFICING YOUR FAMILY, HEALTH, OR LIFE’@DAVIDFINKEL

A large number of entrepreneurs and business owners start their businesses not because they’re fantastic managers, but because they have the vision and drive to put a new product or service out into the marketplace. Most learn very quickly, however, that the ability to manage and coach their employees is a challenging yet important one and it takes a lot of effort and practice to be proficient at it. Many seek out help from those, like me, who specialize in business coaching for growth. And one of the first things I cover with a new coaching client is the set of three things that I think they should know about every person they manage.

These three things will not only help them get to know their employees better, but will give them the opportunity to meet them where they are in their career journey and help them grow and develop into leaders down the road.

1. Personality Style

There are a number of different “personality assessments” out there, from the Kolbe to Myers-Briggs to the MMPI to the Enneagram, etc. And all personality assessments have their strengths and weaknesses. So find one you’re comfortable with and go with what you know. Keep notes of where your team members fall in the different categories, paying attention to which team members share similar or complementary traits.

There is no such thing as a good or a bad personality type; it is simply the way that they tackle challenges and see the world. Remember, any assessment is simply a quick way to help you better understand and effectively interact with each team member.

2. Areas to Coach Around

The next thing you need to know about your team members has to do with their coachable areas. What are the key strengths this team member brings to the table? What are the areas this person needs to develop in order to progress in his or her career with your company? What areas of deficit are likely always going to be a deficit for this person? Knowing all of this helps you put this person in the right roles and assign them the most appropriate projects.

You want to leverage their strengths, give them opportunities to develop their key skills, and avoid placing them in a role that is one of their likely permanent deficit areas. And this will also help you develop a long-term coaching plan to help them mature as leaders themselves.

3. Performance Enhancers

The last thing you want to know about your team members is how to help them do their very best work. To bring out his or her best performance, consider these questions.

·         What three things do you need to remember to help bring out the best performance in this team member?

·         Does she thrive in novel, challenging roles but get bored with repetitive assignments?

·         Does he need projects that he’s done successfully before or else his anxiety overwhelms his performance?

While there likely could be a dozen or more ideas for each key team member that you can focus on, pick the three most important reminders to yourself to get the best performance from him or her.

Get Inc.’s top posts straight to your inbox. Sign up here and you’ll receive Today’s Must Reads before each day is done.

SEP 14, 2021

The opinions expressed here by Inc.com columnists are their own, n

https://www.inc.com/david-finkel/3-things-you-should-know-about-every-person-you-manage.html?cid=sf01003

Topley’s Top 10 – December 20, 2021

1.Hedge Funds Favorite Longs and Shorts Selling Off Together.

Zerohedge–Laggards: hedge fund concentration

If a stock is either on the “VIP” list, which means that a lot of hedge funds own it, or on the “Most shorted” list, which means that a lot of hedgies hate it – it has performed very poorly lately.

Source: Goldman https://www.zerohedge.com/the-market-ear/chaselaggards


2.U.S. Price to Sales Ratio 2x the Rest of World.

From Callum Thomas Chart Storms.

https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/weekly-sp500-chartstorm-19-december-2021-callum-thomas/?trk=eml-email_series_follow_newsletter_01-hero-1-title_link&midToken=AQFjhnSMpoKQvw&fromEmail=fromEmail&ut=2wihcLZ8jP3G41


3.Investments in Global Blockchains Startups +384% from 2020

WSJ-Globally, investment in blockchain startups in 2021 has shattered all previous records, topping $15 billion so far this year, a 384% increase from total investment in all of 2020, according to CB Insights.

By Christopher Mims https://www.wsj.com/articles/jack-dorsey-and-the-unlikely-revolutionaries-who-want-to-reboot-the-internet-11639803654?mod=itp_wsj&ru=yahoo


4.AAPL is 50% of Berkshire Portfolio

Bespoke Investment Group-Quarter-to-date, Berkshire’s portfolio (as it stood on 9/30/21) would be up 13.9%, and that’s due largely to Apple’s 28.5% gain so far in Q4.  Seven of Berkshire’s twenty largest holdings are in the red so far this quarter, with Charter (CHTR) down the most at 17.2%.

AAPL now makes up almost half of the overall Berkshire equity portfolio (and a quarter of the company’s market cap), which means that Berkshire Hathaway should be correlated to the performance of AAPL. Although the two equities have a semi-strong relationship over the last year with a correlation coefficient of 0.46, the correlation in Q4 has dramatically decreased. Since 9/30, the correlation coefficient is only 0.12, which implies only a very small correlation. Whereas AAPL has traded over 28.5% higher in Q4, BRK/B has only appreciated by about 6.5%. While AAPL shareholders have been rewarded so far in Q4, the stock of one of AAPL’s largest holders has lagged the S&P 500.  \

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/berkshires-apple-aapl-weighting-swells-to-nearly-50


5. History of Last 6 Rate Cycles….Sector Performance.

Materials Best….Tech Lags….Utilities Worst.

https:://Iplresearch.com/2021/12/17/sector-playbook-for-fed-rate-hikes-favors-value


6.2022 Will Tell the Story….How will rising rates affect risk taking? How dependent is risk on negative real rates?

Global Developments: Risk-taking has been supported by extraordinarily accommodative monetary conditions.

The Daily Shot Blog https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-december-17th-2021/


7.The Biggest Companies in the World in 2021

Jenna Ross
The Top 100, Ranked

PwC ranked the largest publicly-traded companies by their market capitalization in U.S. dollars. It’s also worth noting that sector classification is based on the FTSE Russell Industry Classification Benchmark, and a company’s location is based on where its headquarters are located.

Here is the top 100 ranking of the biggest companies in the world, organized from the biggest to the smallest.

Search:

Rank

Company name

Location

Sector

Market Capitalization

1

APPLE INC

🇺🇸 United States

Technology

$2.1T

2

SAUDI ARAMCO

🇸🇦 Saudi Arabia

Energy

$1.9T

3

MICROSOFT CORP

🇺🇸 United States

Technology

$1.8T

4

AMAZON.COM INC

🇺🇸 United States

Consumer Discretionary

$1.6T

5

ALPHABET INC

🇺🇸 United States

Technology

$1.4T

6

FACEBOOK INC

🇺🇸 United States

Technology

$839B

7

TENCENT

🇨🇳 China

Technology

$753B

8

TESLA INC

🇺🇸 United States

Consumer Discretionary

$641B

9

ALIBABA GRP

🇨🇳 China

Consumer Discretionary

$615B

10

BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY

🇺🇸 United States

Financials

$588B

A Sector View

Across the 100 biggest companies in the world, some sectors had higher weightings.

Sector

Total Market Cap in Top 100

% of Top 100 Market Cap

Number of Companies in Top 100

Technology

$10.5T

33.0%

20

Consumer Discretionary

$6.0T

18.9%

17

Financials

$3.4T

10.8%

14

Health Care

$3.3T

10.5%

16

Energy

$2.7T

8.5%

5

Consumer Staples

$2.0T

6.4%

9

Industrials

$2.0T

6.4%

9

Telecommunications

$1.3T

4.1%

7

Basic Materials

$0.3T

1.0%

2

Utilities

$0.1T

0.5%

1

Technology had the highest market capitalization and was also the most common sector, with Big Tech dominating the top 10. Companies in the consumer discretionary, financials, and health care sectors also had a strong representation in the ranking.

Despite having only five companies on the list, the energy sector amounted to almost 10% of the top 100’s market capitalization, mostly due to Saudi Aramco’s whopping valuation.

https://www.visualcapitalist.com/the-biggest-companies-in-the-world-in-2021/

From Barry Ritholtz Blog www.ritholtz.com


8.Housing prices are up, home equity is through the roof and mortgage rates have fallen:

by Ben Carlson

https://awealthofcommonsense.com/2021/12/inflation-in-the-housing-market/


9.Artificial intelligence can now predict who will develop DEMENTIA with 92% accuracy, breakthrough study reveals

  • AI can now predict whether someone will develop dementia within two years 
  • Data from 15,300 patients in the US was used to train the artificial intelligence 
  • The technique works by spotting patterns linked to dementia outcome in data
  • It can also be used to detect wrong diagnosis to improve patient outcomes 

By RYAN MORRISON FOR MAILONLINE 

Artificial intelligence systems have been developed to predict whether someone will develop dementia within two years, with 92 per cent accuracy, its developers claim.

Data from 15,300 patients in the US was used to train the AI by researchers from the University of Exeter, teaching it who would and wouldn’t go on to develop dementia. 

The technique works by spotting patterns in the data and learning who is most at risk, with researchers hoping it could cut the number of people wrongly diagnosed. 

 

Artificial intelligence systems have been developed to predict whether someone will develop dementia within two years, with 92 per cent accuracy, its developers claim

WHAT IS DEMENTIA? 

Dementia is an umbrella term used to describe a range of progressive neurological disorders (those affecting the brain) which impact memory, thinking and behaviour. 

There are many different types of dementia, of which Alzheimer’s disease is the most common.

Some people may have a combination of types of dementia.

Regardless of which type is diagnosed, each person will experience their dementia in their own unique way.

Dementia is a global concern but it is most often seen in wealthier countries, where people are likely to live into very old age.

Currently there is no cure for dementia.

But new drugs can slow down its progression and the earlier it is spotted the more effective treatments are.

 Source: Alzheimer’s Society  

Professor David Llewellyn, an Alan Turing fellow based at the University of Exeter, who oversaw the study, said the machine learning algorithm can predict who will develop dementia within two years.

‘We’re also excited to learn that our machine-learning approach was able to identify patients who may have been misdiagnosed,’ he said.

‘This has the potential to reduce the guesswork in clinical practice and significantly improve the diagnostic pathway.’

Prof Llewellyn added that it would help ‘families access the support they need as swiftly and as accurately as possible.’

Between 2005 and 2015, one in 10 attendees (1,568) at a memory clinic received a new diagnosis of dementia within two years of their visit.

The researchers found that around eight per cent (130) of the dementia diagnoses appeared to be made in error, as the diagnosis was subsequently reversed.

According to the study, published in JAMA Network Open, machine-learning models accurately identified more than 80 per cent of these inconsistent diagnoses.

The research suggests AI can not only accurately predict who will be diagnosed with dementia, but has the potential to improve the accuracy of the diagnoses.  

Machine learning works by using patient information routinely available in the clinic, such as memory and brain function, performance on cognitive tests and specific lifestyle factor

The team plans follow-up studies to evaluate the practical use of the machine-learning method in clinics, to assess whether it can be rolled out to improve diagnosis, treatment and care.

The researchers analysed data from people who attended a network of 30 National Alzheimer’s Coordinating Centre memory clinics in the US.

The attendees did not have dementia at the start of the study, though many were experiencing problems with memory or other brain functions.

Dr Janice Ranson, Research Fellow at the University of Exeter, involved in the study, said ‘we know that dementia is a highly feared condition.’ 

 

Data from 15,300 patients in the US was used to train the AI by researchers from the University of Exeter, teaching it who would and wouldn’t go on to develop dementia

‘Embedding machine learning in memory clinics could help ensure diagnosis is far more accurate, reducing the unnecessary distress that a wrong diagnosis could cause,’ she added. 

Dr Rosa Sancho, head of research at Alzheimer’s Research UK, which funded the research, said it has a huge potential for improving disease detection.

He said: ‘Artificial intelligence has huge potential for improving early detection of the diseases that cause dementia and could revolutionise the diagnosis process for people concerned about themselves or a loved one showing symptoms.

‘This technique is a significant improvement over existing alternative approaches and could give doctors a basis for recommending lifestyle changes and identifying people who might benefit from support or in-depth assessments.’

The findings have been published in the journal JAMA Network Open. 

AI systems rely on artificial neural networks (ANNs), which try to simulate the way the brain works in order to learn.

ANNs can be trained to recognise patterns in information – including speech, text data, or visual images – and are the basis for a large number of the developments in AI over recent years.

Conventional AI uses input to ‘teach’ an algorithm about a particular subject by feeding it massive amounts of information.   

  •  

AI systems rely on artificial neural networks (ANNs), which try to simulate the way the brain works in order to learn. ANNs can be trained to recognise patterns in information – including speech, text data, or visual images

Practical applications include Google’s language translation services, Facebook’s facial recognition software and Snapchat’s image altering live filters.

The process of inputting this data can be extremely time consuming, and is limited to one type of knowledge. 

A new breed of ANNs called Adversarial Neural Networks pits the wits of two AI bots against each other, which allows them to learn from each other. 

This approach is designed to speed up the process of learning, as well as refining the output created by AI systems. 

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-10317707/AI-accurately-predict-develop-dementia-two-years-study-suggests.html


10. 10 Qualities of a Good Listener

Susan Krauss Whitbourne Ph.D. Psychology Today


These ten qualities fall into the two categories of verbal and nonverbal behaviors and are as follows along with explanations of each: 

Verbal: Showing that you understand what the person is saying.

1.   Reflections: Paraphrase what the other person is saying to show you get the meaning.

2.   Open question: Ask questions that don’t have a simple “yes” or “no” answer to keep the conversation flowing.

3.   Validation: Reinforce what the person is saying by indicating you understand.

4.   Utterances: Use simple words that encourage the other person to keep speaking (e.g., uh-huh, okay).

5.   Use the speaker’s name: help the person feel more valued by repeating their name at various points in the conversation or when you want to show you hear them.

Nonverbal: Behaviors that indicate you’re paying attention.

1.   Facial expressions: Allow your face to convey interest, empathy, and curiosity.

2.   Head nodding: Occasionally nod along with what the person is saying, especially at important points in the conversation.

3.   Body posture: Orient your position to show you’re paying attention by allowing your body to turn towards the other person.

4.   Gaze: Maintain eye contact with the speaker and don’t look distractedly elsewhere.

5.   Silence: Stay quiet and don’t interrupt the other person or seem too eager to break in.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/fulfillment-any-age/202112/10-ways-become-great-listener

Topley’s Top 10 – December 15, 2021

1.Bonds Worst Inflation Adjusted Returns Since 1980

The federal government’s debt has already lost about 2% outright over the past year as the Federal Reserve started removing pandemic-era stimulus from the economy and inched closer toward raising interest rates. But on top of that, the consumer price index has surged 6.8%, putting investors even deeper in the hole.

Taken together, that’s resulting in the worst real returns — or those adjusted for inflation — since the early 1980s, when then Fed Chair Paul Volcker was in the midst of fighting a wage-price spiral. What’s more, the dynamic isn’t expected to change: The bond market is projecting that 10-year Treasury yields will hold below the inflation rate for the next decade, meaning any investment income will be more than wiped out by the rising cost of living.

Bond Traders Stare at Worst Real Returns Since Volcker Era

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-12-13/bond-traders-stare-at-worst-real-returns-since-paul-volcker-era?sref=GGda9y2L

2.Charts from 2 Big Insider Sales TSLA and MSFT

Musk Sold Shares….Tesla clean close below 200 day after failing to make new highs.

Microsoft CEO sold large stake-Fails to make new high approaching 50 day.

www.stockcharts.com

3.Hong Kong Market Trading Below Book Value.

Hong Kong’s main stock benchmark is trading below book value. Yup, the entire index. @DavidInglesTV

https://twitter.com/DavidInglesTV

4.Fund Managers at 5.1% Cash….10 Year High

Fund managers dashed for cash in anticipation of more aggressive Federal Reserve policy, according to the latest survey conducted by Bank of America.

The allocation to cash rose to 5.1% in December from 4.4% in November, the survey of 371 panellists running $1.1 trillion in assets under management found. The survey was conducted between Dec. 3 and 9.

Fund managers dash for cash ahead of Fed decision https://www.marketwatch.com/story/fund-managers-dash-for-cash-ahead-of-fed-decision-11639485080?mod=bnbh_mwarticle&link=sfmw_tw

5.AAPL, MSFT, NVDA,TSLA, GOOGL Have Contributed 51% of S&P Returns Since April

Goldman Rings The Alarm On Collapsing Market Breadth: 51% Of All Market Gains Since April Are From Just 5 Stocks-BY TYLER DURDEN Goldman then calculates that just the five most popular tech names – AAPL, MSFT, NVDA, TSLA, GOOGL – have contributed 51% of S&P 500 returns since April. After contributing over double their starting weight to the index’s return, these stocks now make up 22% of the S&P 500 by market cap, a 4% increase from the start of the year.

Outside of these 5, the table below shows the 25 S&P 500 stocks that made the largest absolute contributions to the index YTD.

Good Full Read Below

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/goldman-rings-alarm-collapsing-market-breadth-51-all-market-gains-april-are-just-5-stocks

6.It’s 5 Tech Stocks and Defensive Consumer Staples Leading Since November

Chart-Consumer Staples Breaking Out vs. S&P…..Megacap tech and consumer staples lead.

https://lplresearch.com/2021/12/14/record-high-for-the-consumer-staples-sector/

7.Lithium Benchmark +240% YTD

WSJ–By Amrith Ramkumar

https://www.wsj.com/articles/lithium-prices-soar-turbocharged-by-electric-vehicle-demand-and-scant-supply-11639334956?mod=itp_wsj&ru=yahoo

8.Population Growth of Prime Age Workers is Set to Slow thru 2025

John Burns Real Estate-Today’s labor shortage was perfectly predictable.
So is tomorrow’s labor shortage.
Immigration policy can move the needle, but the growth of the 80s, 90s and early 2000s will almost certainly not return.

https://www.linkedin.com/in/johnburns7/

9.Omicron 3% of Cases in U.S. Last Week.

Barrons

https://www.barrons.com

10.How to turn the 2 fears that most often lead to failure into strengths, according to a successful entrepreneur

Daniel Cáceres and Nathan Rennolds ,

There are ways to turn your fears into motivation. PeopleImages/Getty Images

  • Fear is natural. It often just means you’re stepping out of your comfort zone.
  • If you let it to get the better of you, though, it can stop you getting ahead — in and out of work.
  • The founder of a professional development program, Raul Villacis, gave his tips to beat two fears.

Get a daily selection of our top stories based on your reading preferences.

Fear is a natural way of telling you that you’re leaving your comfort zone and you should pay more attention to what you’re doing.

It can become a major problem, however, if it starts to dominate your mind — it can lead you to make bad decisions, both in daily life and at work.

You may find that you’re too afraid to ask for a raise or that you’re too scared to start the business you’ve always dreamed of starting.

In situations like this, fear causes you to fail. Fortunately, there are ways to turn your fears into motivation.

Raul Villacis, entrepreneur, investor, and motivational speaker, explained in a video for Entrepreneur the two most dangerous types of fear in the workplace and how to use them as motivation.

Fear of not being good enough

The first fear is the fear of not being good enough. Villacis explained that this fear stems from our ancestors, who had to hunt for their survival.

“The fear that if they were not good hunters, they would die,” he said.

That same fear still exists today, even though we no longer have to go out and hunt for our food.

Overcoming this fear is all about understanding that you’re working towards a better future.

“Yes you’re going to mess up, yes you’re not going to be perfect, but at the same time find the edge, meaning can you create progress every day?” Villacis said.

“Your job is not to be the best today. Your job is to create progress,” he added.

Fear of not being liked

The second fear that can harm your career is the fear of not being liked.

The good news is that this fear can motivate you to be a good person or a good worker.

However, it’s also easy to fall into the trap of constantly seeking appreciation, and this will always leave you feeling that you’re not good enough.

According to Villacis, the trick here is to understand that the most important thing is that you like yourself.

“The most important person that you have to be one with, that you have to love, is yourself,” he said.

The key is to truly realize and accept one thing.

“I am not perfect. But I am a work in progress,” he said.

for the virtual world

Read the original article on Business Insider España. Copyright 2021.

This post has been translated from Spanish.

Follow Business Insider España on Twitter.https://www.businessinsider.com/two-fears-that-can-make-you-fail-in-your-job-2021-12

Topley’s Top 10 – December 14, 2021

1.Probability of 3 Rate Hikes in 2022-96%

https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-december-10th-2021/


2.Small Cap Russell 2000

Small caps below 200day…held support here 4x since Summer.

www.stockcharts.com


3.Elon Musk Person of the Year..Jeff Bezos Won in 1999

@donnelly_brent

https://twitter.com/donnelly_brent


4.Highly valued S&P 500 index is ‘near the top of its 85-year trend channel,’ says Deutsche Bank

MarketwatchChristine Idzelis

www.marketwatch.com


5.Follow Up to Yesterday’s Top 5 Stocks……NASDAQ WOULD HAVE FALLEN OVER 20% IN 2021 WITHOUT ITS 5 BIGGEST STOCKS!

Jonathan Baird–Only the most casual investors will be unaware that the gains accrued by U.S. equity markets in recent years have been driven by a small number of stocks that continues to diminish in size.
While the S&P 500 is typically the subject of the most discussion, consideration of the Nasdaq index is important because its behaviour tends to lead other markets in both bull and bear markets. It is for this reason that the accompanying chart should raise eyebrows.

The 5 biggest weightings (sic 5) have produced more than 100% of the appreciation seen by the Nasdaq thus far in 2021. Without the fabled 5, the Nasdaq would be down more than 20%!

https://www.linkedin.com/in/jonathanbaird88/


6.The Big Positive is Still Earnings….Positive Revisions Beating Negative

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab

https://www.schwab.com/resource-center/insights/content/moving-stereo-churn-and-rotations-causing-swings-sentiment


7.Growth in Uses of Cash by Public Companies….Buybacks +194%

Sober Look Blog–The Carlyle Group summarizes the use of corporate cash in Chart 5. Since 2009, share buybacks have increased at enormous rate of 194% ; dividends have grown by 67%; and, business investment expanded a modest 43%. Rewarding shareholders with higher dividends and propping up share prices at the expense of investment in new plant, equipment and technology is a serious misallocation of resources at a time when the economy is experiencing slow growth and very poor productivity performance. It also represents serious short-sightedness on the part of management who feel so beholden to shareholders that they risk the longer term health of their companies.

http://soberlook.com/


8.Worker pay isn’t keeping up with inflation

Kate Marino-For all the hype that wage growth has received this year, pay isn’t keeping up with price growth. Real earnings, or wage growth less inflation, turned sharply negative the last two months, after eeking out gains over the summer, consumer price data out Friday show.

Why it matters: That’s an erosion of spending power, which is a bummer. But for time being, it takes the edge off worries of a wage-price spiral, which happens when higher wages fuel inflation, which fuels the need for even higher wages — and so on.

  • The most recent data, of course, doesn’t tell us where we’re headed. “But you can try to extrapolate based on trends … and it seems like this fear of a wage-price spiral might not play out if wages aren’t actually keeping up with inflation,” Megan Greene, chief economist at the Kroll Institute and senior fellow at Harvard Kennedy School, tells Axios.

The big picture: Wage growth and price inflation are closely intertwined, but like the proverbial chicken and egg, experts have different views on what causes what.

  • Up to a certain point, wage growth is generally viewed as a good thing, especially when it flows to workers on the lower end of the income spectrum.
  • But corporate leaders and investors often view strong wage growth as a risk to company profits and, in times like this, a driver of inflation.
  • “It’s hard to know what’s leading and what’s lagging in that scenario,” Yung-Yu Ma, chief investment strategist at BMO Wealth Management, tells Axios.

The bottom line: A seemingly tight labor market means workers have power to demand pay increases — and there’s no reason they shouldn’t try to grab their piece of the pie.

  • If wages make gains in keeping up with inflation, we’ll probably argue about the chicken and egg regardless.

https://www.axios.com/wages-inflation-economic-data-c912afdb-b950-4183-8283-50afff593576.html


9.16% of Americans Have Earned Money in Gig Economy.

Pew Research

https://www.pewresearch.org/internet/2021/12/08/the-state-og-gig-work-in-2021/pi_2021-12-08_gig-work_0-01


10.Make Learning a Part of Your Daily Routine

by

Summary.   In our increasingly “squiggly” careers, where people change roles more frequently and fluidly and develop in different directions, the ability to unlearn, learn, and relearn is vital for long-term success. It helps us increase our readiness for the opportunities that change…more

Our capacity for learning is becoming the currency we trade on in our careers. Where we once went to work to learn to do a job, learning now is the job. Adaptive and proactive learners are highly prized assets for organizations, and when we invest in our learning, we create long-term dividends for our career development.

Reid Hoffman, the founder of LinkedIn, shared that when assessing founders of potential investments, he looks for individuals who have an “infinite learning curve”: someone who is constantly learning, and quickly. Satya Nadella, the CEO of Microsoft, echoed the importance of learning when he said, “The learn-it-all will always do better than the know-it all.”

However, it’s not as simple as acquiring new knowledge. In our increasingly “squiggly” careers, where people change roles more frequently and fluidly and develop in different directions, the ability to unlearn, learn, and relearn is vital for long-term success. Based on our experience designing and delivering career development training for over 50,000 people worldwide, working with organizations including Virgin, Unilever, and Microsoft, we’ve identified several techniques and tools to help you make learning part of your day-to-day development.  

Learning

Since we spend so much of our time, energy, and efforts at our day jobs, they provide the most significant opportunities for learning. The challenge is that we don’t invest intentionally in everyday development — we’re so busy with tasks and getting the job done that there’s no space left for anything else. Deprioritizing our development is a risky career strategy because it reduces our resilience and ability to respond to the changes happening around us. Here are three ways to take ownership of your learning at work.

Learn from others

The people you spend time with are a significant source of knowledge. Creating a diverse learning community will offer you new perspectives and reduce the risk that you’ll end up in an echo chamber. Set a goal of having one curiosity coffee each month, virtually or in person, with someone you haven’t met before. This could be someone in a different department who could help you view your organization through a new lens or someone in your profession at another company who could broaden your knowledge. You can extend your curiosity even further by ending each conversation with the question: “Is there anyone else you think it would be useful for me to connect with?” Not only does this create the chance for new connections, but you might also benefit from a direct introduction.

Experiment

Experiments help you test, learn, and adapt along the way. There are endless ways you can experiment at work — for example, using different tools to increase the interactivity of your virtual presentations, exploring the impact of camera-on versus camera-off meetings, switching from video to phone calls, or even trying out new negotiation tactics.

For an experiment to be effective, it needs to be a conscious choice and labeled as an opportunity for learning. Keep a learn-it-all log where you track the experiments you’re running and what you’re learning along the way. It’s important to remember that you should expect some experiments to fail, as that’s the nature of exploring the unknown.

Create a collective curriculum

In a squiggly career, everyone’s a learner and everyone’s a teacher. As a team, consider how you can create a collective curriculum where you’re learning from and with each other. We’ve seen organizations effectively use skills swaps where individuals share one skill they’re happy to help other people learn. This could look like a creative problem-solver offering to share the processes and tools they find most helpful, or someone who has expertise in coding running beginner lunch-and-learn sessions. Skills swaps are a good example of democratized development where everyone has something to contribute and is learning continually.

Unlearning

Unlearning means letting go of the safe and familiar and replacing it with something new and unknown. Skills and behaviors that helped you get to where you are can actually hold you back from getting to where you want to be. For example, a leader might need to unlearn their default of always being the person who speaks first in meetings. Or a new manager might need to unlearn always saying “yes” as their workload increases.

During the pandemic, we were all forced to unlearn some aspects of our lives, like how we collaborated on work or what school looked like for our kids. Unlearning feels uncomfortable, but the past couple of years have reminded us how adaptable we can be. Here are three ways to make unlearning an active part of how you work.

Connect with challengers

We unlearn when we look at a problem or opportunity through a new lens. This is more likely to happen if we’re spending time with people who challenge us and think differently than we do. The purpose of connecting with challengers is not to agree or debate but to listen and consider: What can I learn from this person?

Seek out people who have an opposite experience from you in some way. For example, if you’re in a large organization, find someone who has only ever worked for themselves. If you have 25 years of experience, find someone just starting out. People who have made different choices and have different areas of expertise than you are a good place to discover a new source of challenge. Asking people, “How would you approach this challenge?” or “What has your experience of this situation been?” is a good way to explore an alternative point of view.

Identify habits and hold backs

We all have habits that helped us get to where we are today. However, habits can create blind spots that stop us from seeing different ways of doing things or new approaches to try out. Our brains use habits to create mental shortcuts that might make us miss out on opportunities to reflect on and unlearn our automatic responses.

Create a habit tracker by writing down all the actions and activities you do by default over the course of a week. Pick three habits to consciously unlearn and try out a new way of working. For example, if you habitually set up meetings, see what happens when you leave it to someone else. If you habitually problem solve, try out asking for other people’s perspectives first. Testing your habits helps increase your awareness of your own actions.

Ask propelling questions

Propelling questions reset our status quo and encourage us to explore different ways of doing things. They often start with: How might we? How could I? What would happen if? These questions are designed to prevent our existing knowledge from limiting our ability to imagine new possibilities. They fast-forward us into the future and prompt positive action in the present.

To put propelling questions into practice, it’s helpful to pair up with someone else and take turns asking and answering questions. These five peer-to-peer propelling questions can get you started:

  1. Imagine it’s 2030. What three significant changes have happened in your industry?
  2. How might you divide your role between you and a robot?
  3. Which of your strengths would be most useful if your organization doubled in size?
  4. How could you transfer your talents if your industry disappeared overnight?
  5. If you were rebuilding this business tomorrow, what would you do differently?

Relearning

Relearning is recognizing that how we apply our strengths is always changing and that our potential is always a work in progress. We need to regularly reassess our abilities and how they need to be adapted for our current context. For example, collaboration remains as important as ever, but maybe you’re relearning how to do it in a hybrid world of work. Or maybe you’ve made a career change and you’re relearning what it looks like to transfer your talents to a new setting. Here are three ways to use relearning to stay nimble in the face of change.

Stretch your strengths

One of the ways to make your strengths stronger is to use them in as many different situations as possible. If you become too comfortable applying them in the same way, your development stalls. Strengths solving involves relearning how to use your strengths to offer support and solve problems outside of your day-to-day work. This could be in your networks, organizations you volunteer for, or even side projects you’re involved in. For example, one of our workshop participants is a commercial marketing director who applies her creativity not only in her day job, but also in the successful brownie business she started during lockdown.

Get fresh-eyed feedback

Looking at your skills from someone else’s perspective will help you identify opportunities to relearn. Asking for feedback can help open your eyes to your development blind spots and take back control of your growth. When your objective is to relearn, we find that presenting people with even-better questions works particularly well to provide them with the safety to share candid feedback. For example: How could I make my presentations even better? How could I make our team meetings even better? What’s one way I could do an even better job of progressing my performance?

Relearn resilience

Relearning takes resilience, and if you feel pessimistic about the progress you’re making, you might be tempted to give up. Refocusing on what’s working well can help you continue to move forward.

Try writing down three very small successes at the end of each day for two weeks. Your successes can come from your personal or professional life, and though it can be hard to spot them at first, the more you do this, the easier it gets. A very small success could include asking one person for feedback, helping a colleague prepare for a presentation, or even encouraging your toddler to eat a vegetable! At the end of two weeks, you’ll have 42 very small successes, creating the motivation and momentum to continue investing in your development, even when it feels hard.

* * *

We can’t predict how our careers will develop or what the world of work will look like in the future. Investing in our ability to learn, unlearn, and relearn helps us increase our readiness for the opportunities that change presents and our resilience to the inevitable challenges we’ll experience along the way.

Helen Tupper is the cofounder and CEO of Amazing If, a company with an ambition to make careers better for everyone

Sarah Ellis is the cofounder and CEO of Amazing If, a company with an ambition to make careers better for everyone.

https://hbr.org/2021/11/make-learning-a-part-of-your-daily-routine

Topley’s Top 10 – December 01, 2021

1.American’s Cash in Bank Has Never Grown This Fast Before.

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading


2.Fundamental Measure-The Buffett Indicator Hits Nosebleed Levels.

As shown below, never before in the post-WWII era have stocks been as richly valued relative to the size of the economy. This relates back to our concern that the next serious correction or bear market in stocks could have an outsized impact on both confidence and the economy.

by Liz Ann Sonders, Kevin Gordon of Charles Schwab, 11/30/21

Buffett Indicator in Stratosphere

Source: Charles Schwab, Bloomberg, as of 6/30/2021.

Advisor Perspectives https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2021/11/30/2022-u-s-market-outlook-under-pressure


3.Brent Crude Oil -15% Correction But Holds 200 Day for Now

www.stockcharts.com


4.Natural Gas -20% in 3 Days

Natural Gas Tanks

Bespoke Investment Group–Since Friday’s close, US natural gas future prices have declined 16.4% as of 11:00 AM on Tuesday, but there have been price discrepancies across the globe. We discussed these differences between natural gas prices in the US versus Europe in today’s Morning Lineup. In the US, natural gas prices have not seen a two-day decline in excess of 15% since 12/31/18 and going back to 2000, two-day pullbacks of this magnitude have only occurred 12 other times, four of which occurred within a month and a half time period (12/13/2000 – 1/30/2001). Heading into the current decline, the speculator net position was in a normal range, so dramatically offsides positioning from futures traders is likely not the driving factor behind this move. For more information on that positioning data, check out Monday’s Closer.

Looking ahead, forward returns of natural gas after a two-day pullback of more than 15% (without another occurrence in the prior three months) tend to be negative (which can be seen as a positive for consumers as it translates to lower energy costs).  The day after the six prior periods shown, the average next-day performance for natural gas was a decline of 0.7% (median: -2.9%).  Over the next week, the average decline was just 0.4% but the median decline was much greater at 6.1%.  Looking out over the next one and three months, performance continued to weaken with average declines of 8.8% (median: 9.2%) and 4.9% (median: -8.7%), respectively.  Downside momentum in natural gas was also pretty consistent across as natural gas was only positive across all the time windows shown one-third of the time.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/natural-gas-tanks


5.Bond Yields Move Lower Highest Since Covid.

https://iplresearch.com/2021/11/30/thoughts-on-fridars-treasury-market-rally/


6.Beyond Meat -56% from Highs…Approaching Covid Levels $60

For expensive names to really break…buyers on the dips need to get wiped out

www.stockcharts.com


7.The Robots Invade Private Equity

Bloomberg–The robot at Stripes enjoys reading. From the investment firm’s Manhattan offices, it consumes everything it can on the 13 million private companies it tracks. When it finds one it likes, about 0.006% of the time, human co-workers start the often years-long process of relationship building.

High frequency trading this isn’t. But the unusual marriage of algorithms and shoe leather has scored Stripes some big wins. Now, it’s getting closer to perfecting the art of not losing.

Cookies, Underwear

By modern private equity standards, Stripes isn’t big. The New York-based firm had $7.5 billion of assets under management as of June and staff of less than 70, only a handful of whom are investors.

Still, since launching in 2008, Stripes has generated an aggregate internal rate of return, net of fees, of 46%. Its fourth fund was running at more than 62% as of June 30, putting Stripes at the top of 100 similar sized and focused funds, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. That number has since risen to closer to 90%, people with knowledge of the fund said.

The firm’s approach is that the best product will win, regardless of the market. Its portfolio, with stakes in businesses as unalike as Israeli cybersecurity firm Axonius Inc., underwear-maker Parade and iconic Manhattan cookie store Levain Bakery Inc., attests to that belief.

That any of them rose to the attention of SONAR, which trawls for information on every private company it can identify outside of China, is a feat in itself. Currently, around 500 of the 13 million companies that it tracks rate well enough for it to pass onto Stripes’ investment team.

The scoring formula is tightly held, but the robot pulls from a diverse universe of information, including credit-card scans, company filings, news reports, consumer-engagement numbers, employee-retention data and cohort performance. What’s clear from talking to those familiar with its development, however, is that much of SONAR’s time is concerned with a puzzle unique to investing in private companies.

Where algorithms that trade public securities have the luxury of accessible and standardized information, SONAR depends on glimpses. To the extent that private companies disclose anything, it is often incomplete, long after the fact and without useful comparisons. Overcoming this asymmetry is where the humans come in.

A Secretive Robot Is Helping Investment Firm Stripes Pick Winning Bets-Stripes has spent years teaching its robot to find what it thinks are the best private companies for its investment team to pursue.

By

Ed Hammond

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-11-30/a-secretive-robot-is-helping-investment-firm-stripes-pick-winning-bets?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L


8.Kelly ETFs Files for First Ethereum ETF

Kelly Files For ETH Futures ETF Dan Mika–ETF.COM

In the wake of three bitcoin futures ETFs launching in the last month and a half, a firm headed by Kevin Kelly is looking to launch the first-ever ethereum futures fund on a U.S. exchange.

Kelly ETFs filed for the Kelly Ethereum Ether Strategy ETF (EX) on Monday under the Investment Company Act of 1940, meaning it could become automatically effective on Feb. 12 next year barring delays from regulators.

The fund would aim to buy near-month ethereum contracts on the CME, similar to how the ProShares Bitcoin Strategy ETF (BITO), the Valkyrie Bitcoin Strategy ETF (BTF) and the VanEck Bitcoin Strategy ETF (XBTF) aim to closely track the spot price of bitcoin.

EX’s filing didn’t include an exchange or an expense ratio.

Ethereum is the second-largest cryptocurrency behind bitcoin, sporting a $522.6 billion market cap, according to CoinMetrics. Its futures also trail well behind bitcoin futures in size. A total of 9,975 ethereum futures contracts traded on the CME on Friday, compared to 16,000 bitcoin contracts.

The filing is the newest test from ETF issuers seeing just how much the SEC is willing to budge from its longtime stance against allowing cryptocurrencies to underlie registered investment vehicles. VanEck and ProShares both filed ethereum futures funds days after SEC Chairman Gary Gensler signaled his preference for futures-based funds over physical ETFs, but both were pulled in late August.

The EX filing is the only ethereum futures ETF in front of the SEC as of Monday.

BITO was the first ETF to launch in the U.S. with bitcoin as its underlying in mid-October, and crossed the $1 billion AUM mark within two days in what was seen as a watershed moment for widespread crypto adoption. But the SEC denied VanEck’s latest effort to launch a physically backed bitcoin ETF two weeks ago.

Contact Dan Mika at dan.mika@etf.com, and follow him on Twitter

https://www.etf.com/sections/bitcoin-crypto/kelly-files-eth-futures-etf


9.Hockey Stick World Population Growth…Now in Downtrend.

The Hockey Stick Curve

For even more context, let’s zoom way out by using a timeline that goes back to when woolly mammoths still roamed the Earth:

The Growth Rate is Shrinking

Because of demographics and falling fertility rates, the growth rate of the global population has actually been on a downward trend for some time.

As this growth rate gets closer to zero, the population curve has become less exponential like we saw in the first graphs. Population growth is leveling out, and it may even go negative at some point in the future.

https://www.visualcapitalist.com/cp/populaton-boom-charting-nearly-8-billion-people/


10. 10 Bad Habits You Really Need to Break

By Travis Bradberry | February 19, 2019 | 0 

 

@criene via Twenty20

You are the sum of your habits. When you allow bad habits to take over, they dramatically impede your path to success. The challenge is bad habits are insidious, creeping up on you slowly until you don’t even notice the damage they’re causing.

“Chains of habit are too light to be felt until they are too heavy to be broken.” –Warren Buffett

Breaking bad habits requires self-control—and lots of it. Research indicates that it’s worth the effort, as self-control has huge implications for success.

Related: Why Self-Control Is So Important

University of Pennsylvania psychologists Angela Duckworth and Martin Seligman conducted a study where they measured college students’ IQ scores and levels of self-control upon entering university. Four years later, they looked at the students’ grade point averages (GPA) and found that self-control was twice as important as IQ in earning a high GPA.

The self-control required to develop good habits (and stop bad ones) also serves as the foundation for a strong work ethic and high productivity. Self-control is like a muscle—to build it up you need to exercise it. Practice flexing your self-control muscle by breaking the following bad habits:

1. Using your phone, tablet or computer in bed.

This is a big one that most people don’t even realize harms their sleep and productivity. Short-wavelength blue light plays an important role in your mood, energy level and sleep quality. In the morning, sunlight contains high concentrations of this blue light. When your eyes are exposed to it directly, the blue light halts production of the sleep-inducing hormone melatonin and makes you feel more alert. In the afternoon, the sun’s rays lose their blue light, which allows your body to produce melatonin and start making you sleepy. By the evening, your brain doesn’t expect any blue light exposure and is very sensitive to it.

Most of our favorite evening devices—laptops, tablets and mobile phones—emit short-wavelength blue light brightly and right in your face. This exposure impairs melatonin production and interferes with your ability to fall asleep as well as with the quality of your sleep once you do nod off. As we’ve all experienced, a poor night’s sleep has disastrous effects. The best thing you can do is to avoid these devices after dinner (television is OK for most people as long as they sit far enough away from the set).

2. Impulsively surfing the internet.

It takes you 15 consecutive minutes of focus before you can fully engage in a task. Once you do, you fall into a euphoric state of increased productivity called flow. Research shows that people in a flow state are five times more productive than they otherwise would be. When you click out of your work because you get an itch to check the news, Facebook, a sport’s score, or what have you, this pulls you out of flow. This means you have to go through another 15 minutes of continuous focus to reenter the flow state. Click in and out of your work enough times, and you can go through an entire day without experiencing flow.

3. Checking your phone during a conversation.

Nothing turns people off like a mid-conversation text message or even a quick glance at your phone. When you commit to a conversation, focus all your energy on the conversation. You will find that conversations are more enjoyable and effective when you immerse yourself in them.

4. Using multiple notifications.

Multiple notifications are a productivity nightmare. Studies have shown that hopping on your phone and email every time they ping for your attention causes your productivity to plummet. Getting notified every time a message drops onto your phone or an email arrives in your inbox might feel productive, but it isn’t. Instead of working at the whim of your notifications, pool all your emails and texts and check them at designated times (e.g., respond to your emails every hour). This is a proven, productive way to work.

5. Saying “yes” when you should say “no.”

Research conducted at the University of California in San Francisco shows that the more difficulty that you have saying no, the more likely you are to experience stress, burnout, and even depression, all of which erode self-control. Saying no is indeed a major self-control challenge for many people. “No” is a powerful word that you should not be afraid to wield. When it’s time to say no, emotionally intelligent people avoid phrases like “I don’t think I can” or “I’m not certain.” Saying no to a new commitment honors your existing commitments and gives you the opportunity to successfully fulfill them. Just remind yourself that saying no is an act of self-control now that will increase your future self-control by preventing the negative effects of over commitment.

6. Thinking about toxic people.

There are always going to be toxic people who have a way of getting under your skin and staying there. Each time you find yourself thinking about a co-worker or person who makes your blood boil, practice being grateful for someone else in your life instead. There are plenty of people out there who deserve your attention, and the last thing you want to do is think about the people who don’t matter when there are people who do.

7. Multitasking during meetings.

You should never give anything half of your attention, especially meetings. If a meeting isn’t worth your full attention, then you shouldn’t be attending it in the first place; and if the meeting is worth your full attention, then you need to get everything you can out of it. Multitasking during meetings hurts you by creating the impression that you believe you are more important than everyone else.

8. Gossiping.

Gossipers derive pleasure from other people’s misfortunes. It might be fun to peer into somebody else’s personal or professional faux pas at first, but over time, it gets tiring, makes you feel gross and hurts other people. There are too many positives out there and too much to learn from interesting people to waste your time talking about the misfortune of others.

“Great minds discuss ideas, average ones discuss events, and small minds discuss people.” –Eleanor Roosevelt

9. Waiting to act until you know you’ll succeed.

Most writers spend countless hours brainstorming their characters and plots, and they even write page after page that they know they’ll never include in the books. They do this because they know that ideas need time to develop. We tend to freeze up when it’s time to get started because we know that our ideas aren’t perfect and that what we produce might not be any good. But how can you ever produce something great if you don’t get started and give your ideas time to evolve? Author Jodi Picoult summarized the importance of avoiding perfectionism perfectly: “You can edit a bad page, but you can’t edit a blank page.”

10. Comparing yourself to other people.

When your sense of pleasure and satisfaction are derived from comparing yourself to others, you are no longer the master of your own happiness. When you feel good about something that you’ve done, don’t allow anyone’s opinions or accomplishments take that away from you. While it’s impossible to turn off your reactions to what others think of you, you don’t have to compare yourself to others, and you can always take people’s opinions with a grain of salt. That way, no matter what other people are thinking or doing, your self-worth comes from within. Regardless of what people think of you at any particular moment, one thing is certain—you’re never as good or bad as they say you are.

By practicing self-control to break these bad habits, you can simultaneously strengthen your self-control muscle and abolish nasty habits that have the power to bring your career to a grinding halt.

This article was originally published on LinkedIn Pulse.

https://www.success.com/10-bad-habits-to-break/

Topley’s Top 10 – November 8, 2021

1.S&P 500 has only been Down 2 of the Last 18 Days….It’s Never Happened in 20 Years.

ZeroHedge Blog -Currently, the bulls control the market as we are in the middle of a “buying stampede.” Historically, buying stampedes last on average between 7 and 12 days. Logically, buying stampedes always get followed by selling stampedes of similar lengths. However, there are times these stampedes can last much longer than expected.

We are currently in one of those longer-term periods. As shown below, the S&P 500 has only been down in 2 of the last 18 days. How unusual is that? In the previous 20-years of the S&P 500, the number of times the market accomplished such a feat was precisely ZERO.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/did-fed-just-set-stock-market-crash

2.Best and Worst Performers Since the COVID Crash Low

Bespoke Investment Group-The major indices have consistently been hitting new record highs over the past few days with the S&P 500 having now more than doubled off the COVID Crash low on March 23, 2020. As for individual stocks, there are currently only nine S&P 500 stocks that are below their levels from March 23, 2020, and expanding the universe to the S&P 1500 which includes small and mid-caps, there are currently 41 stocks that are below their levels from that date. Obviously, March 23, 2020 may not coincide with a particular high or low point on these individual stocks’ charts, but declines since then would be quite painful to handle given that the broad market has more than doubled over the same time frame.

As shown below, eHealth (EHTH) currently is the biggest decliner versus March 23, 2020 levels having fallen over 60% with a large share of that decline occurring this year. The only other stock that has been more than cut in half since the bear market low is Tabula Rasa HealthCare (STRA). TRHC has been declining since the spring, but a large share of that decline is actually occurring today after it reported an EPS and sales miss in addition to lowered guidance on earnings last night. Today, the stock has fallen nearly 50% in reaction to those weak earnings. There are a handful of stocks on this list that are up on a year-to-date basis with Fresh Del Monte Produce (FDP), Tootsie Roll Industries (TR), and Gilead Sciences (GILD) the only ones that are up double digits. While below their levels from the bear market low, TR and FDP are also two of the only stocks that are simultaneously above levels from February 19, 2020 which marked the last high prior to the start of COVID Crash bear market.

As for the stocks that have gained the most since the COVID Crash low on 3/23/20, meme mania darling GameStop (GME) still tops the list having rallied 5,492%. That is twice the rally of the next best performer, SM Energy (SM). As for the rest of the top performers since the bear market low, there are another 15 that have gained over 1,000%. One of those is a member of the trillion-dollar market cap club: Tesla (TSLA). Another one of these top performers, Tupperware Brands (TUP), is also one of the only stocks that is actually lower on a year-to-date basis, and those declines are significant at a 43.81% loss. TUP got below $2/share at its lows during the COVID Crash, but then surged back into the mid-$30s in late 2020. It has since moved back down into the teens. Click here to view Bespoke’s premium membership options.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/best-and-worst-performers-since-the-covid-crash-low

3.The S&P 500 is at Near Record High Forward P/E and P/S Levels…Breakdown of Returns Since 2011…21% of Returns from Multiple Expansion

Steve Blumenthal CMG Weath–The chart below via Pavilion Global Markets shows the impact stock buybacks have had on the market over the last decade. The decomposition of returns for the S&P 500 breaks down as follows:

  • 21% from multiple expansion,
  • 4% from earnings,
  • 1% from dividends, and
  • 5% from share buybacks.

In other words, in the absence of share repurchases, the stock market would not be pushing record highs of 4600 but instead levels closer to 2700.

To put that into context, the high-water mark for the S&P 500 in October 2007 was 1556. In October 2021, after 14 years, the market would be 2700 without share buybacks. Such would mean that stocks returned a total of about 3% annually or 42% in total over those 14 years.

https://www.cmgwealth.com

4.Buffett Can’t Find Whale Takeover so Spending on Buybacks.

(Bloomberg) — Warren Buffett has spent more money buying back Berkshire Hathaway Inc.’s stock in recent years than he did amassing his biggest equity bet on Apple Inc.

Berkshire spent nearly $20 billion more repurchasing its own stock since the middle of 2018 than it deployed accumulating its Apple stake through the end of last year. In total, Buffett poured about $51 billion into buybacks since a change to its policy more than three years ago, and appears to have continued snapping up at least $1.7 billion of stock since the end of September.

Buffett, Berkshire’s chairman and chief executive officer, has built Berkshire into a sprawling conglomerate valued at more than $650 billion, but that immense size has heaped pressure on his need for what he deemed an “elephant-sized” acquisition to ramp up Berkshire’s growth. Buffett has been foiled on his recent deal hunt, outbid at times by aggressive private equity firms. That’s left him increasingly relying on buybacks, with more than $20 billion of repurchases so far this year, as a way to put some of Berkshire’s record cash pile to work.

“The bull case would say they bought back $20 billion worth of their stock because they’re confident in their future outlook and that should be a catalyst for the stock, and my sense is it probably will,” Cathy Seifert, an analyst at CFRA Research, said. “The bear case, which is also relevant to point out, is this is a company that has had, as a stated desire, the need to make additional acquisitions and they haven’t been able to do that.”

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/buffett-berkshire-appetite-surpasses-cash-173252893.html

5.The Beginning of the End of Easy Money…Feds Balance Sheet Increased by Over 1000% During Covid

Charlie Bilello-As expected by everyone, the Fed finally announced a tapering of asset purchases at this week’s FOMC meeting. The plan: reduce purchases of Treasuries by $10 billion per month and purchases of mortgage-backed securities by $5 billion (from current totals of $80 billion in Treasuries and $40 billion in MBS).

But a slowdown in the purchases is still an increase, and the Fed’s balance sheet hit another new high this week at $8.575 trillion.

Incredibly, this is an increase of $1.2 trillion in a year (2021) that has featured the highest US inflation rates in 30 years and the highest US growth rates in 40 years.

6.Bakkt will allow customers to trade ether on its platform in the ‘next few weeks’

Isabelle Lee

Gavin Michael, CEO of Bakkt, rings a ceremonial bell at the NYSE on October 18.

REUTERS/Brendan McDermid

Users of digital asset platform Bakkt Holdings will be able to buy, hold, and sell ether directly through its app by the end of the year, a spokesperson told Insider.

“We have received all required approvals and have already built the necessary technology to begin offering ethereum on the Bakkt platform. These capabilities will be live on the platform in the next few weeks,” the spokesperson said via email.

The Alpharetta, Georgia-based firm, which went public on October 18, also said institutional clients can choose the Bakkt Warehouse for custody of ether, according to a statement.

“At Bakkt, providing flexible opportunities for users to enjoy their digital assets is a top consideration, and adding Ethereum brings a popular and growing cryptocurrency to our roster,” Bakkt CEO Gavin Michael said in the statement.

Bakkt’s addition of the second-largest digital asset by market cap to its suite of offerings, which already include bitcoin trading, is a nod to its rapid growth.

Ether has notched a 509.7% year-to-date gain compared to bitcoin’s 110.4% surge. The two assets command more than half of crypto’s $2.8 trillion market cap, according to CoinGecko.

As ether and bitcoin scale record highs, analysts have been anxiously awaiting “the flippening,” a hypothetical point at which ether overtakes bitcoin in market valuation to become the largest cryptocurrency. For now, bitcoin remains dominant with a market cap of $1.16 trillion compared to $534.5 billion for ether.

https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/currencies/bakkt-ether-trading-ethereum-bitcoin-digital-assets-crypto-custody-investors-2021-11

An ethereum futures ETF will be available before one that holds bitcoin directly – and approval could come in the 1st quarter of 2022, Bloomberg analysts say

Matthew Fox

  • The approval of a bitcoin futures-based ETF means a similar offering for ether is imminent.
  • Bloomberg analysts believe the first ether futures-based ETF could launch in the first quarter of 2022.
  • And while a spot bitcoin ETF is possible, continued opposition from the SEC makes it less likely.

An ether futures-based ETF may launch as early as the first quarter of 2022, beating out the anticipated launch of a bitcoin spot ETF that directly holds the cryptocurrency, according to a Tuesday note from Bloomberg analysts.

Last month, the SEC approved the launch of a bitcoin futures-based ETF, which utilizes monthly futures contracts to gain exposure to the price movements of bitcoin.

Ether futures-based ETF applications were filed with the SEC earlier this summer. But VanEck and ProShares both withdrew their applications on August 20, suggesting the SEC is not yet ready to greenlight them.

However, that approval could come next year, according to the Bloomberg note. Ether futures currently have open interest of about $1.2 billion, according to data from the CME. That’s about the same amount bitcoin futures had when SEC Chairman Gary Gensler outlined requirements for futures-based ETFs in early August, the analysts pointed out.

To be sure, a futures-based method is more costly and less reliable in matching price movements than holding a cryptocurrency directly, similar to gold and silver ETFs. Still, the ProShares Bitcoin Strategy ETF was the fastest ETF launch to hit more than $1 billion in assets under management.

But while investor demand remains strong amid an ongoing bull market in crypto, don’t expect the SEC to take the next step soon with bitcoin.

“Though a spot Bitcoin ETF is possible in 2022, SEC approval may take longer due to concerns about regulation in the underlying bitcoin market,” the Bloomberg note said.

And a recent application for a leveraged bitcoin futures ETF has little chance of approval from the SEC, signalling that the agency still has a tough stance towards cryptocurrency regulation as it seeks to protect investors.

https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/currencies/ethereum-futures-etf-available-before-bitcoin-spot-fund-crypto-btc-2021-11

7.Meat Prices not Coming Down Soon?

Food for Thought: US meat prices:

With the pandemic igniting a collective reassessment of work, imagine posting openings for low-wage jobs that could require standing for 12-hour shifts, working six-day weeks and repeatedly lifting 70-pound objects in conditions that range from steaming hot to bloody and ice cold. And on top of all that, your industry recently made headlines for Covid-19 outbreaks that killed workers.

This is precisely what meatpackers are facing. Of all the industries experiencing crunches for hourly labor, it’s hard to find one with a greater recruiting challenge. Companies have tried all the usual tricks to lure applicants, including offering signing bonuses of as much as $3,000, but they’re still short workers and, as a result, there are an increasing number of sparse shelves.

By

Leslie Pattonand

Michael Hirtzer

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-11-04/meat-prices-higher-in-u-s-as-3-000-bonuses-fail-to-end-worker-shortage?sref=GGda9y2L

8.Daylight Savings Time Stats

@AdamMGrant

It’s time to stop changing clocks 2x a year. It costs us far more than sleep: -8% more car accidents -5% more heart attacks -More injuries at work -Lower SAT scores -5% harsher sentences in court 19 states support year-round Daylight Saving Time. 31 to go https://theconversation.com/the-dark-side-of-daylight-saving-time-91958

Adam Grant

9.Covid: Pfizer says antiviral pill 89% effective in high-risk cases

By Jim Reed and Philippa Roxby
BBC News

A pill to treat Covid developed by the US company Pfizer cuts the risk of hospitalisation or death by 89% in vulnerable adults, clinical trial results suggest.

The drug – Paxlovid – is intended for use soon after symptoms develop in people at high risk of severe disease.

It comes a day after the UK medicines regulator approved a similar treatment from Merck Sharp and Dohme (MSD).

Pfizer says it stopped trials early as the initial results were so positive.

The UK has already ordered 250,000 courses of the new Pfizer treatment, which has not yet been approved, along with another 480,000 courses of MSD’s molnupiravir pill.

Health and Social Care Secretary Sajid Javid called the results “incredible”, and said the UK’s medicines regulator would now assess its safety and effectiveness.

“If approved, this could be another significant weapon in our armoury to fight the virus alongside our vaccines and other treatments,” he said.

The Pfizer drug, known as a protease inhibitor, is designed to block an enzyme the virus needs in order to multiply. When taken alongside a low dose of another antiviral pill called ritonavir, it stays in the body for longer.

Three pills are taken twice a day for five days.

The combination treatment, which is still experimental because trials haven’t finished, works slightly differently to the Merck pill which introduces errors into the genetic code of the virus.

Pfizer said it plans to submit interim trial results for its pill to US medicines regulator the FDA as part of the emergency use application it started last month. Full trial data has not yet been published by either company.

The US has already secured millions of doses of the pill, according to President Joe Biden.

The company’s chairman and chief executive Albert Bourla said the pill had “the potential to save patients’ lives, reduce the severity of Covid-19 infections, and eliminate up to nine out of 10 hospitalisations”.

Trial results

Vaccines against Covid-19 are seen as the best way of controlling the pandemic but there is also demand for treatments that can be taken at home, particularly for vulnerable people who become infected.

Interim data from trials of the treatment in 1,219 high-risk patients who had recently been infected with Covid found that 0.8% of those given Paxlovid were hospitalised, compared with 7% of patients who were given a placebo or dummy pill.

They were treated within three days of Covid symptoms starting.

Seven patients given the placebo died compared to none in the group given the pill.

When treated within five days of symptoms appearing, 1% given Paxlovid ended up in hospital and none died. This compared to 6.7% of the placebo group being hospitalised and 10 of them dying.

Patients in the trial, which has not yet been published or verified, were elderly or had an underlying health condition which put them at higher risk of serious illness from Covid. They all had mild to moderate symptoms of coronavirus.

Dr Stephen Griffin, associate professor in the School of Medicine at the University of Leeds, said: “The success of these antivirals potentially marks a new era in our ability to prevent the severe consequences of Sars-CoV2 [coronavirus] infection, and is also a vital element for the care of clinically vulnerable people who may be unable to either receive or respond to vaccines.”

Pfizer is also studying the treatment’s impact on people at low risk of Covid illness and on those who have already been exposed to the virus by someone in their household.

2px presentational grey line

Developing truly effective antiviral drugs is notoriously difficult, so having two that look highly potent against Covid is a remarkable feat.

Viruses are much simpler beasts than bacteria or parasites.

That sounds like they should be easier to defeat, but in reality it means there are far fewer weak spots for drugs to exploit.

There is also a wide variety of different types of virus that exploit our bodies in different ways, which means scientists often have to go back to the drawing board for each one.

Then they hide inside our body’s own cells, which means drugs that seem potent in the lab may not work as well in the body.

There have been successes, notably in HIV, but reports concluded one antiviral for flu ended up being about as effective as paracetamol.

The question now is whether the success of these pills in clinical trials can be repeated in the real world, as people with Covid will have to be identified and treated within a matter of days of their symptoms developing.

https://www.bbc.com/news/health-59178291

10. Humility is simple to understand but hard to practice.

Farnam Street Blog

Tiny Thought

“It is impossible for a man to learn what he thinks he already knows.” — Epictetus

Humility is the anecdote to arrogance. Humility is a recognition that we don’t know, that we were wrong, that we’re not better than anyone else.

Humility is simple to understand but hard to practice.

Humility isn’t a lack of confidence but an earned confidence. The confidence to say that you might not be right, but you’ve done the diligence, and you’ve put in the work.

Humility keeps you wondering what you’re missing or if someone is working harder than you. And yet when pride and arrogance take over, humility flees and so does our ability to learn, adapt, and build lasting relationships with others.

Humility won’t let you take credit for luck. And humility is the voice in your mind that doesn’t let small victories seem larger than they are. Humility is the voice inside your head that says, ‘anyone can do it once, that’s luck. Can you do it consistently?’

More than knowing yourself, humility is accepting yourself.

Farnam Street Blog

Topley’s Top 10 – November 4, 2021

1.Shiller P/E Ratio Update.

Irrational exuberance

Answering that question is a bit like answering how long is a piece of string. Just limiting the question to US stock markets helps to narrow the focus, as does getting some help from Nobel laureate Robert Shiller.

Shiller is the creator of the Cyclically-Adjusted Price-to-Earnings Ratio (CAPE).

A simple price-to-earnings ratio compares how much one share costs with how much it earns. A share that costs $100, and earns $5 a year, has a P/E of 20x. It’s a rough but simple way to compare valuations between different companies, or history.

Shiller took that simple metric and… made it more complicated (but also probably better). Instead of just looking at one year of earnings, Shiller compares the price with the average from the last 10 years (adjusted for inflation). Doing that helps to smooth things out, as any company can have one good or bad year.

Lucky for us, Shiller has been calculating this CAPE ratio for the US stock market as a whole, for decades and decades.

So where are we now?

The latest CAPE ratio for the S&P 500 Index is 38x. That’s pretty close to the all-time record, which was 44x back in 2000. For those with a short memory, that was just before the dotcom bubble burst and markets (particularly tech) crashed hard.

www.chartr.com

2.ARKK ETF Update…Still $30 Below Highs.

ARKK had a +10% week but still well below highs.

www.stockcharts.com

3.Apple’s 8 Years of Buybacks=Greater than Market Cap of 490 S&P Companies

Charlie Bilello

Apple has bought back $435 billion in stock over the past 8 years, which is greater than the market cap of 490 companies in the S&P 500.

4.DeFi — the ‘Wild West’ of crypto — is next on regulators’ hit list

Ryan Browne@RYAN_BROWNE_

KEY POINTS

  • After a crackdown on Binance and other cryptocurrency firms, regulators are now turning attention to the world of decentralized finance.
  • Decentralized finance, or “DeFi,” lets users take part in traditional financial activities like lending but with no middle men involved.
  • Regulators are concerned about DeFi services marketing themselves as decentralized when that may not be the case.

The fast-growing decentralized finance industry could be about to get a rude awakening.

Decentralized finance, or “DeFi” as it’s commonly referred to, is a trend in cryptocurrencies that first started gaining traction in 2020.

It’s been called the “Wild West” of crypto — hoards of computer programmers trying to bring traditional financial products such as loans to the blockchain.

The idea sounds promising. In theory, anyone could lend and borrow digital money at competitive interest rates, with no middle men involved. Investors are lured by the promise of earning up to double-digit percentage yields on savings in certain digital tokens.

But with major hacks and scams plaguing the space this year, regulators are becoming increasingly worried about the risk of crime as well as harm to consumers.

“I think they’re going to pay more attention to the space,” Sid Powell, co-founder of DeFi lending platform Maple Finance, told CNBC.

Almost $90 billion has been deposited into Ethereum-based DeFi protocols so far, according to data from The Block.

“It’s probably inconceivable that you have meaningful growth of DeFi which does not need to complement existing regulation in future,” Powell said.

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/11/04/defi-the-wild-west-of-crypto-is-set-to-face-regulatory-crackdown.html

5.Where the Dow Would Be Without Change in Components Since 1997

Fascinating look at where Dow would be if the components hadn’t changed since 1997. (-65%) Chart:

@EconguyRosie

https://twitter.com/cullenroche

6.Update on Mortgage Rates.

30 Year Fixed Rates

15 Year Mortgage Rates

7.History of American Home Equity Loans….No Big Spike with Drop in Rates

Mark Riepe

8.We are Short Units in All Housing

There is not enough housing for sale or rent in communities across the country

From Barry Ritholtz The Big Picture Blog https://ritholtz.com/2021/11/10-tuesday-am-reads-355/

9.Government Debt 1965-2021

Ben Carlson A Wealth of Common Sense…It’s also interesting to see how government debt has evolved over time. Brian Riedl put together a bunch of charts that show the main reason for higher government debt and it may surprise you.

Mandatory vs. discretionary spending is vastly different than it was back in the 1960s:

There’s a reason for this.

The baby boomers are the biggest generation of all-time to live as long as they are. When Social Security and Medicare were first introduced no one really planned on those programs taking care of 70+ million people for multiple decades.

Now look at how these programs are taking up a bigger piece of the pie over time:

The United States Has Been Going Broke For Decadesby Ben Carlson

https://awealthofcommonsense.com/2021/10/the-united-states-has-been-going-broke-for-decades/

10.Dark Personality Factors

Arash Emamzadeh-Psychology Today

What’s at the Root of Narcissism and Other Dark Traits

The Dark Factor of Personality (D) seems to be at the heart of dark personalities and socially offensive psychopathology.

What these unpleasant traits and dark personalities appear to have in common include the following:

  1. Overvaluing oneself.
  2. Devaluing others.
  3. Subjective justifications for the above.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/finding-new-home/202106/whats-the-root-narcissism-and-other-dark-traits?collection=1168095

 

Topley’s Top 10 – November 2, 2021

1.Rates Move Higher Globally.

Two Year Government Bond Charts-from Dave Lutz at Jones Trading

2.Short-Term Technicals

3.But Next 2 Months Favor Bulls

Ryan Detrick LPL-When the S&P 500 is up >20% for the yr heading in November did you know that stocks have never been lower in Nov or the final two months? 8 for 8 higher in Nov, up 3.7% vs. avg Nov up 1.7%. Final 2 months up 6.2% on avg vs. avg year up 3.2%.

https://twitter.com/RyanDetrick

4.Capitalism vs. Communism Part II –Stoxx 600 Europe Trailing S&P 500 by a Whopping 1300 Percentage Points Since Launch

Holger Zschaepitz-Just to put things into perspective: The Stoxx 600 may have marked a record today. But Europe’s benchmark index has lagged the US’s S&P 500 index by a whopping 1300 percentage points since the Stoxx 600 was launched in 1987.

https://twitter.com/Schuldensuehner

5.Wage Inflation Not Transitory

Reuters-Aspects of the job market, particularly the labor force participation rate, are unlikely to have recovered to pre-pandemic levels, and would seemingly still be short of the “maximum employment” the Fed has promised to restore before raising interest rates. But at that point, the Goldman team wrote, Fed officials would “conclude that most if not all of the remaining weakness in labor force participation is structural or voluntary,” and proceed with rate hikes to be sure inflation remains controlled.

Inflation, wage data, challenge Fed ‘transitory’ narrativeBy Howard Schneider

https://www.reuters.com/business/inflation-wage-data-challenge-fed-transitory-narrative-2021-11-01/

6.Price Index for Trucking Transportation into the Holidays.

7.Old Fashion Ha Freight Delivery Beating Space Travel 2021..S&P Kensho Space Index vs. S&P 500® Air Freight & Logistics Index

Richard Bernstein-Just as investors ignored the opportunities in the energy sector during the Technology Bubble, today’s investors continue to flood space-related companies with capital regardless of the significant need for capital in boring earth-bound logistical infrastructure. As the basic rules of investment suggest, too much capital is indeed hindering returns. Despite all the hoopla about Star Trek-like ventures into space, earth-bound logistics companies have been significantly outperforming space stocks during the recovery from the pandemic (See Chart 4).

Source: Bloomberg Finance L.P. For Index descriptors, see “Index Descriptions” at end of document.

https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2021/10/30/a-world-of-opportunity-1

8. 80% of Venture Marked Up or Exited Last Quarter….Another Record

The State of Venture Capital-by Michael Batnick
The U.S. public stock market closed at an all-time high in October. Private markets are enjoying the same up only type of activity.

In a new report from AngelList, they shared that:

In 4Q20, 80% of startups that changed valuations were marked up or had a positive exit—a new record for startups on AngelList at the time. That record was broken in 1Q21 (85%) and then again in 2Q21 (90%).3Q21 fell just short of setting a new record for positive activity. Instead, it’ll be the second-best quarter ever for early-stage venture (Series A or prior): roughly 87% of events that happened to startups in the AngelList portfolio in 3Q21 were positive ones (i.e., markups and positive exits)

Private companies are growing bigger, faster, and stronger. The median pre-seed round is $8 million. Series B valuations are up 31% to $375 million. For context, and I know this a million years ago, but when Amazon went public in 1997, they were valued at $438 million.

The fastest-growing area in private markets are crypto and blockchain companies. Interestingly, one of the biggest players in the space is not a traditional venture capital fund. It’s a corporation, Coinbase. In Q3, they made a record 49 investments, averaging a new deal every 1.8 days.

On AngelList, blockchain/crypto investments made up 5% of all deals but garnered 16.6% of all deployed capital.

https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2021/10/30/the-state-of-venture-capital/

9.Fortress Technologies Buys 4,500 Bitcoin Mining Machines From Bitmain

The purchase will more than triple Fortress’ hashrate.

By Jamie Crawley

Crypto mining machines (Shutterstock)

Bitcoin mining company Fortress Technologies has ordered 4,500 Bitmain Antminer S19j Pro machines as it seeks to capture a greater share of mining revenue.

  • The purchase will more than triple Fortress’ hashrate from 195 petahash per second to 645 PH/s, the company announced Monday. A petahash is a measure of computational power.
  • The machines are scheduled for delivery in monthly instalments from April to September 2022.
  • Financial terms weren’t disclosed, and Fortress didn’t immediately respond to CoinDesk’s request for details.
  • The purchase follows two weeks after Fortress bought 180 Whatsminers M30S machines, which are expected to be installed by the middle of this month.
  • Fortress, which is listed on the Toronto Venture Exchange (TSX-V: FORT), underwent a shake-up of its leadership team in September following the departure of CEO Aydin Kilic, who joined publicly traded crypto mining firm Hive Blockchain as president and chief operations officer.
  • At the time, Fortress named Antonin Scalia CEO and Drew Armstrong chief operating officer. Both executives came from Galaxy Digital.

Read more: Hive Blockchain Orders Another 6,500 Bitcoin Mining Machines From Canaan

https://www.coindesk.com/business/2021/11/01/fortress-purchases-4500-bitcoin-mining-machines-from-bitmain/

10.Carli Lloyd 5 Rules

Topley’s Top 10 – October 29, 2021

1.Money Managers Have Almost 5% Cash.

LPL Research Blog https://i0.wp.com/lplresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/10.20.21-blog-chart-2.png?ssl=1

2.S&P 600 Small Cap Outperformance Vs. Peers.

Joseph Carr• 1stDirector at S&P Dow Jones Indices53m • 53 minutes ago

Join us at 11 ET for the S&P DJI Weekly Index Strategy Update. Happy 27th birthday to the S&P SmallCap 600! Hamish Preston, CFA will look at performance, what makes this index different, how it has held up against active, the small cap space, and how it relates to

https://www.linkedin.com/in/joseph-carr-5416907/

3.Short Interest Hits New Lows.

Emily Graffeo

(Bloomberg) — Bets against the stock market are hard to come by these days, but that’s not necessarily good news to Wells Fargo.

Short interest in the S&P 500 has remained near historic lows for a large portion of 2021 as the U.S. equity benchmark has climbed to new heights. That’s concerning in the longer term, as higher short interest levels tend to help minimize price gapping when the market is faced with unexpected risks or shocks, said a team of strategists including Christopher Harvey in a Thursday note to clients.

“Current levels of SI indicate significant scope for shorting, which we view as a risk,” the strategists said.

On the other hand, the continued trend of low short interest suggests that investors who brushed off fears of shrinking large cap margins prior to the third quarter earnings season have largely been correct. So far, 200 companies in the S&P 500 have beat earnings per share estimates, outpacing the 33 companies that have missed, according to data compiled by Bloomberg.

While the current low levels remain a risk, the strategists also said short interest may pick back up after the earnings season ends and investors begin to focus on the macroeconomic calendar.

“To me it feels more like complacency than euphoria — just the idea that equities are the default asset class of choice. Cash and bonds are so unattractive. That, over time, can lead to a degree of complacency or perhaps inattenton to risk factors,” David Donabedian, chief investment officer of CIBC Private Wealth Management, said by phone.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/p-500-short-bets-worryingly-145225507.html

4.Amazon Miss…See What Happens to this 18 Month Range.

Amazon sideways range since June 2020

5.U.S.Power Plants Import 90% of their Uranium.

ETF.Com Currently, U.S. power plants import more than 90% of their uranium from foreign sources, including Kazakhstan and Russia, which some feel is a national security risk.

Jessica Ferringer Uranium ETFs Explode https://www.etf.com/sections/features-and-news/uranium-etfs-explode

6.Incredible Chart of Undervalued Sector Returns when the Internet Bubble Burst.

Never Too Early to Sell a Bubbleby Richard Bernstein of Richard Bernstein Advisors, 10/28/21 https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2021/10/28/never-too-early-to-sell-a-bubble

7.Here’s how Biden’s Build Back Better framework would tax

Greg Iacurci@GREGIACURCI

KEY POINTS

  • President Joe Biden issued a $1.75 trillion social and climate spending plan on Thursday. About $1 trillion would be financed by higher taxes on wealthy Americans.
  • The Build Back Better proposal would levy a tax surcharge on Americans who earn more than $10 million, invest in more IRS enforcement and raise taxes for some business owners.
  • It’s unclear whether the plan has the full backing of Democrats in the House and Senate.

The White House issued a framework for a $1.75 trillion social and climate spending bill on Thursday — and would finance more than half of it from tax reforms aimed at wealthy Americans.

The plan would raise revenue by levying a tax surcharge on those making more than $10 million a year, raising taxes for some high-income business owners and strengthening IRS tax enforcement, according to the outline.

The framework was the product of several months of negotiations between moderate and progressive Democrats. Together, proposals targeting wealthy taxpayers would raise about $1 trillion of the nearly $2 trillion of total revenue being raised. (The rest would come from new taxes on corporations and stock buybacks, for example.)

President Joe Biden said the legislation was fully paid for and would help reduce the federal budget deficit.

“I don’t want to punish anyone’s success; I’m a capitalist,” President Biden said in a speech Thursday. “All I’m asking is, pay your fair share.”

Biden reiterated that households earning less than $400,000 a year wouldn’t “pay a penny more” in federal taxes and would likely get a tax cut from the proposal, via elements like the enhanced child tax credit, and reduced costs on child care and health care.

The framework omits specifics beyond high-level detail. But it seems to abandon many tax proposals issued last month by the House Ways and Means Committee, even while the overarching policy goal of targeting the wealthy is the same.

For example, the framework doesn’t raise the current top 37% income tax rate or 20% top rate on investment income (with the exception of multimillionaires subject to the proposed surtax). It also wouldn’t impose new required distributions from big retirement accounts or alter rules around estate taxes and trusts, for example.

“It’s far slimmed down,” said Kyle Pomerleau, a senior fellow at the American Enterprise Institute, a right-leaning think tank. “It forgoes a lot of things they’d proposed in the House bill.”

Of course, the proposal needs near-unanimous backing from Democrats in the House and Senate, given their razor-thin majorities, and it’s unclear whether it has the party’s full support.

Here are some of the major provisions in the Build Back Better framework.

Millionaire and billionaire surtax

The plan would impose a new surtax on the top 0.02% of Americans, according to the White House.

There would be a 5% surtax on adjusted gross income of more than $10 million, and an additional 3% (or, a total 8% surtax) on income of more than $25 million.

The surtax is estimated to raise $230 billion over 10 years.

“This is one of the main provisions in here that directly taxes the wealthy,” said Garrett Watson, senior policy analyst at the Tax Foundation.

It would affect a much larger number of people than another tax floated by Senate Democrats earlier this week on the wealth of billionaires. That tax would have affected about 700 people, whereas the millionaire surtax would perhaps affect hundreds of thousands of people, according to Watson’s rough estimate.

Essentially, an 8% surtax would mean the highest earners pay a top 45% federal marginal income tax rate on wages and business income. (They currently pay 37%.)

They’d also pay a top 28% top federal rate on long-term capital gains and dividends, plus the existing 3.8% net investment income tax on high earners. (Taxes on long-term capital gains apply to growth on stocks and other assets sold after one year of ownership. The top tax rate is currently 20%.)

That the tax seems to apply to “adjusted gross income” and not “taxable income” is significant, Watson said.

That’s because the AGI measure reflects income before it’s reduced by charitable contributions and other tax breaks — meaning the surtax would encompass more taxpayers.

IRS enforcement

Democrats’ plan would make investments in IRS enforcement to help close the so-called tax gap.

The top 1% evade more than $160 billion per year in taxes, according to the White House.

Relative to other taxpayers, they get a bigger share of income from opaque sources, such as certain business arrangements that aren’t as readily subject to tax reporting or withholding, according to Watson.

The IRS would hire enforcement agents trained to pursue wealthy tax evaders, overhaul 1960s-era technology and invest in taxpayer services to help ordinary Americans, according to the White House.

It estimates these measures would raise $400 billion over 10 years — the single-biggest revenue raiser in the proposal.

However, some question how lawmakers arrived at that revenue figure. The Treasury Department estimated last month that an $80 billion IRS investment would generate $320 billion in revenue over a decade.

Business income

There are two provisions in the Build Back Better framework related to business income.

One would apply a 3.8% Medicare surtax to all income from pass-through businesses and another would limit a tax break on business losses for the wealthy.

The reforms would raise $250 billion and $170 billion, respectively, over a decade, according to estimates.

Currently, the owners of most pass-through businesses are subject to a 3.8% self-employment tax or net investment income tax. (Such businesses, like sole proprietorships and partnerships, pass their earnings to owners’ individual tax returns.)

However, some profits (namely, those of S corporations) aren’t subject to the 3.8% net investment income tax, which was created by the Affordable Care Act to fund Medicare expansion. The proposal would close this loophole for wealthy business owners.

The second proposal is also somewhat vague on business losses. But the House tax proposal last month, which contained a similar measure, may offer a clue; it would permanently disallow excess business losses (meaning, net tax deductions that exceed their business income).

This applies to businesses that aren’t structured as a corporation.

This is a developing story. Check back for updates.

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/10/28/heres-how-bidens-build-back-better-framework-would-tax-the-rich.html

8.US Pending Home Sales Unexpectedly Tumble In September

BY TYLER DURDEN

After surging an unexpected 8.1% MoM in August, and on the heels of rebounds in new- and existing-home sales, Pending Home Sales in September were expected to scrape out a modest 0.5% MoM rise, but that was a long way off as Pending Home Sales tumbled 2.3% MoM…

That is the 3rd monthly drop in the last 4 months and leaves pending home sales down over 7% year-over-year.

“Contract transactions slowed a bit in September and are showing signs of a calmer home price trend, as the market is running comfortably ahead of pre-pandemic activity,” said Lawrence Yun, NAR’s chief economist.

“It’s worth noting that there will be less inventory until the end of the year compared to the summer months, which happens nearly every year.

“Rents have been mounting solidly of late, with falling rental vacancy rates,” Yun said.

“This could lead to more renters seeking homeownership in order to avoid the rising inflation,”

Because if you can’t afford to rent, you can afford a million-dollar starter-home?

Signings declined in all four U.S. regions from the prior month, led by a 3.5% drop in the Midwest

“Some potential buyers have momentarily paused their home search with intentions to resume in 2022.”

Pending sales are a forward-looking indicator of closed sales in 1-2 months so this decline suggests trouble ahead for the rebounding sentiment among homebuilders.

https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/us-pending-home-sales-unexpectedly-tumble-september

9.Holiday Sales Set for Record.

Retail trade group: holiday sales could set new record

By ANNE D’INNOCENZIOyesterday

NEW YORK (AP) — The National Retail Federation, the nation’s largest retail trade group, expects that holiday sales gain could shatter last year’s record-breaking season even as a snarled global supply chain slows the flow of goods and results in higher prices for a broad range of items.

The trade group said Wednesday that it predicts that sales for the November and December period will grow between 8.5% and 10.5% to $843.4 billion and $859 billion. Holiday sales increased 8.2% in 2020 compared with the previous year when shoppers, locked down during the early part of the pandemic, splurged on pajamas and home goods, mostly online.

The group expects that online and other non-store sales, which are included in the total, will increase between 11% and 15% to a total of between $218.3 billion and $226.2 billion driven by online purchases.

The numbers exclude automobile dealers, gasoline stations and restaurants billion. Holiday sales have averaged gains of 4.4% over the past five years, according to the group.

The forecast considers a variety of indicators including employment, wages, consumer confidence, disposable income, consumer credit, previous retail sales and weather.

“There is considerable momentum heading into the holiday shopping season,” NRF President and CEO Matthew Shay said. “Consumers are in a very favorable position going into the last few months of the year as income is rising and household balance sheets have never been stronger.”

Shay also noted during a call with the media on Wednesday that the lifting of U.S. restrictions on international visitors from more than 30 countries early next next month should also give a jolt to retailers this holiday season.

NRF’s rosy forecast is similar to other predictions, which call for holiday sales to increase by at least 7%, according to Deloitte, MastercardSpending Pulse and KPMG.

Still, NRF executives acknowledged on the call that there are plenty of headwinds facing consumers who are dealing with the ripple effects of a clogged supply chain that has meant higher prices, less generous discounts and shortages of items.

For example, online prices are up 3% heading into the holidays; in contrast, that number, on average, has been down 5% in past years, according to the Adobe Digital Economy Index, which tracks more than one trillion visits to U.S. retail sites. Adobe predicts that discounts will be in the 5% to 25% range across categories this season, compared to a historical average of 10% to 30%.

Just like last year, shoppers are shopping early for the holiday season for fear of not getting what they want. But Shay said that retailers are doing a good job in making sure inventory is on the shelves though there will be some gaps in some categories. Still, he has seen shoppers learn to adjust by switching to other brands and items if they can’t find their top choice. That happened in the early days of the pandemic when customers were looking for alternative consumer packaged brands when they couldn’t find their top choice.

“Consumer will not be deterred,” said Shay. ”They will be out shopping for the holidays, and they won’t go home empty-handed.”

Follow Anne D’Innocenzio: http://twitter.com/ADInnocenzio

10.A Stoic Response to Power

A Stoic Response, Wisdom, and More

“To recognize the malice, cunning, and hypocrisy that power produces, and the peculiar ruthlessness often shown by people from ‘good families.’” Marcus Aurelius

At a young age, Marcus Aurelius is chosen to one day ‘assume the purple’—to become emperor—by Hadrian. Perhaps Hadrian saw something in him, perhaps since he lacked a son of his own, he thought he might be able to cultivate the traits needed to successfully rule the Roman empire.

Hadrian set in line a succession plan that involved Hadrian adopting the elderly Antoninus Pius who in turn adopted Marcus Aurelius. All the while, Marcus studied philosophy—he read and thought about what it meant to be a good person.

In 161 AD, after the death of Antoninus, Marcus becomes emperor. We’re told that absolute power corrupts absolutely. Well, Marcus was given that power. And what did he with it? What was the first thing he did upon ascending the throne?

He appointed his step-brother Lucius Verus co-emperor. Marcus Aurelius was given unlimited, executive power and the first thing he did was share it with someone he was not even technically related to. In fact, he essentially refused in front of the Senate to be made emperor unless Lucius would also rule with him. Marcus simply did it because he thought it was fair. Because it was the right thing to do.

That’s magnanimity. That’s what biographer Robert Caro, who has deeply studied some of the most powerful people in history, means when he says that power doesn’t corrupt, it reveals.

Marcus’s magnanimity didn’t stop there. Throughout his reign the power he held never seemed to go to his head—neither did the stress or burden. He rarely rose to excess or anger, and never to hatred or bitterness. What’s more impressive about his composure is all the challenges and obstacles Marcus faced during this period: Nearly constant war, a horrific plague, possible infidelity, an attempt at the throne by one of his closest allies, repeated and arduous travel across the empire—from Asia Minor to Syria, Egypt, Greece, and Austria—a rapidly depleting treasury, Lucius turning out to be an incompetent and greedy step-brother as co-emperor, and on and on and on. Despite all this, he adhered to philosophy as a guide.

It would be Machiavelli who would consider Marcus as one of the “Five Good Emperors” and say this about the respect he had earned through his virtuous rule: “Titus, Nerva, Trajan, Hadrian, Antoninus, and Marcus had no need of praetorian cohorts, or of countless legions to guard them, but were defended by their own good lives, the good-will of their subjects, and the attachment of the senate.”

Part of the reason Marcus was able to do this was practicing Stoicism and reminding himself of the important tenets of the philosophy. He was actively working to not let power go to his head. In his writings, we see him speak over and over again about the other emperors who had come before him and who would come after him. How many people even remember their names, he said? He reminded himself that his military successes paled in comparison to Alexander the Great’s. He reminded himself that all of Rome, which was his kingdom, was just a tiny piece of the earth—that it looked pathetic if you flew up in the clouds and looked down upon it. All of this was designed to escape what he called “imperialization”—the stain of power and popularity.

We can confidently conclude that it worked. As Matthew Arnold, the essayist, remarked in 1863, in Marcus we find a man who held the highest and most powerful station in the world—and the universal verdict of the people around him was that he proved himself worthy of it.

As he would write,

“But the great record for the outward life of a man who has left such a record of his lofty inward aspirations as that which Marcus Aurelius has left, is the clear consenting voice of all his contemporaries,—high and low, friend and enemy, pagan and Christian,—in praise of his sincerity, justice, and goodness. The world’s charity does not err on the side of excess, and here was a man occupying the most conspicuous station in the world, and professing the highest possible standard of conduct;—yet the world was obliged to declare that he walked worthily of his profession.”

Seneca’s fate, another prominent Stoic figure, eventually one of the most influential power brokers in the empire, was different. Like Marcus, he almost ascended through luck to the highest position in Rome. It would be a conspiracy’s plans—at the height of Seneca’s career—to murder the then-Emperor Nero and have Seneca take the throne, “being a man who seemed to be marked out for supreme power by the good qualities for which he was so famous.” But unlike Marcus, one can argue that Seneca was almost corrupted by power after becoming Nero’s tutor years earlier, a ruthless tyrant by most historical standards, and remaining by his side for years, amassing vast amounts of wealth and power in the process.

As the Roman proverb went, Amici vitia si feras, facias tua. If you put up with the crimes of a friend, you make them your own.

Seneca of course was deeply familiar with power’s corrupting effect, observing of Caligula, that “Nature produced him as an experiment, to show what absolute vice could accomplish when paired with absolute power.” He would eventually write to Nero, in the years after he became Emperor, how one should act when in a position to wield power. He would tell him that “great power is glorious and admirable only when it is beneficent; since to be powerful only for mischief is the power of a pestilence.” Seneca would also say that “cruel punishments do a king no honour: for who doubts that he is able to inflict them? But, on the other hand, it does him great honour to restrain his powers, to save many from the wrath of others, and sacrifice no one to his own.”

It was a letter that urged self-restraint, mercy and compassion and the beneficial exercise of power. Using a popular rhetorical device from the time, Seneca would write as if he was Nero, writing how a ruler, and particularly one with unlimited power, should behave,

“In this position of enormous power I am not tempted to punish men unjustly by anger, by youthful impulse, by the recklessness and insolence of men, which often overcomes the patience even of the best regulated minds, not even that terrible vanity, so common among great sovereigns, of displaying my power by inspiring terror.”

As Seneca’s biographer James Romm would observe, Seneca’s message was to show why power needs to be restrained. As Romm would say, the point was that “kindness from rulers wins adoration from subjects and results in a long, secure reign; severity breeds fear, and from fear springs conspiracy.”

And it would be Romm who would pose the timeless question in regards to Seneca’s life: “How could this sage, who constantly exhorted his readers toward virtue and reason, have served as the right-hand man of a despot notorious for madness, repression and family murder?”

We can never know. Seneca might as easily have told himself that he was the only one who could’ve controlled Nero. Without him, it might have been much worse. Or the answer is vastly simpler—he coveted to be close to power and wield influence as most of us would do given the chance. It may simply be that power corrupted Seneca and rendered all his Stoic training moot.

This tension between Stoicism and power seems to have always been there. Thrasea, a Stoic peer of Seneca’s would conspire against Nero rather than collaborate with him. Cato opposed Julius Caesar, and refusing to live under his rule, committed suicide. Musonius Rufus would be exiled by Vespasian and only returning to Rome after the emperor’s death. Epictetus has also observed power firsthand—as a slave, his own leg was broken by his master, was banished to Greece by Domitian, and his advice would be sought by Hadrian, the emperor who early on saw the potential in Marcus Aurelius.

And what we saw in Marcus was the true Stoic response to power—proving yourself worthy of it. He was a ruler that was universally acknowledged. Upon Marcus’s death, the renowned historian Cassius Dio would describe how things would turn for the worse: “My history now descends from a kingdom of gold to a kingdom of iron and rust, as affairs did for the Romans at that time.”

So for all the brilliance of Marcus, we can also look at Seneca as kind of a cautionary tale, a tragic figure that allows us to debate both the morality of his choices and the efficacy of what he claimed to believe. And through this complicated pairing of opposites, we have a set of important guideposts to orient ourselves against and be wary of.

Explore Our Daily Stoic Store

Topley’s Top 10 – October 28, 2021

1.Facebook Closes Below 200 Day Moving Average.

FB below 200 day and 50 day rolling over ….-19% from highs

www.stockcharts.com

2.Follow Up to my Coal Charts Earlier in the Week……Coal Inventory at 25 Year Low.

Dave Lutz Jones Trading–Coal stockpiles at U.S. power plants plunged to the lowest in at least 24 years as electricity generators burn the fuel faster than miners can dig it out of the ground. – Inventories fell to 84.3 million tons in August. That’s the lowest in records going back to 1997, when Bill Clinton was beginning his second term as U.S. president.

3.Two-Year Yield Rise…Bond Traders Betting FED will Raise Rates.

@lisaabramowicz1

4.October Volatility Drop…..VIX -30% in October to 52 Week Low

5.Microsoft (MSFT) Closes in on Apple (AAPL) as World’s Largest

With a gain of more than 4% today in reaction to earnings, Microsoft (MSFT) is suddenly challenging Apple (AAPL) for the title of world’s largest company. Coming into today, Apple had a market cap of $2.468 trillion versus Microsoft’s market cap of $2.328 trillion. That spread of $140 billion has shrunk all the way down to just $27 billion after Microsoft’s gain of $117 billion in market cap today alone.

As shown below, Microsoft (MSFT) had a market cap of $615 billion versus Apple’s (AAPL) market cap of just $15.9 billion back in late December 1999 near the peak of the Dot Com Bubble. From there, Apple began to gain ground with its iPod and iPhone releases in the early and mid-aughts. On May 26th, 2010, Apple’s market cap finally crossed above that of Microsoft and didn’t look back for quite some time. Remember, before shifting focus on the cloud, Microsoft’s business was struggling mightily. The company’s market cap essentially went sideways for 15 years before exploding higher again in the second half of the 2010s as Office 365 took hold.

While MSFT was actually bigger than AAPL at various points between 2018 and 2020, Apple’s widest market cap margin versus Microsoft actually came in January of this year when Apple was at $2.4 trillion versus MSFT at $1.74 trillion. Since that peak on January 25th, though, MSFT has been rapidly gaining ground. It will only take another small move higher on a relative basis for MSFT to eclipse AAPL’s market cap at this point. AAPL reports earnings on Thursday, so how the stock responds to that report will have a big impact on how this relationship stands heading into the month of November.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/msft-vs-aapl

6.Central Banks Are Getting Serious About Digital Money

By Carolynn Look

The rise of Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies has prompted a major push among central banks to develop their own digital currencies. This week, Nigeria’s central bank joined those of the Bahamas and the Eastern Caribbean region in launching the world’s first digital versions of cash. China is likely to be among the countries to follow next as it prepares a digital yuan trial in time for the Beijing Winter Olympics in 2022.

Follow @crypto Twitter for the latest news.

Found at Crossing Wall Street https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-10-26/central-banks-are-getting-serious-about-digital-money-map?sref=GGda9y2L

7.Inflation Sensitive Names Outperforming.

The stock market is also betting on higher inflation. The Horizon Kinetics Inflation Beneficiaries ETF has been outperforming.

www.etf.com

8.Tesla Becomes Lowest-Revenue Company to Hit $1 Trillion Market Value

Vehicles at a Tesla dealership in Vallejo, Calif. (David Paul Morris/Bloomberg News)

[Stay on top of transportation news: Get TTNews in your inbox.]

Tesla Inc. has joined the trillion-dollar-valuation club as the member with the lowest revenue.

The electric vehicle maker’s shares have run past several milestones over the past couple of weeks amid a rush of positive news. That helped bolster sentiment among investors, who are betting on Tesla’s potential for rapid future growth as EVs become mainstream and eventually replace gas-driven cars. Their focus means Tesla’s market valuation touched a trillion dollars even before its revenue could reach the $50 billion mark.

See more transportation stock listings

This unique feat came as car-rental company Hertz Global Holdings Inc. placed an order for 100,000 Tesla cars, a move that signals EVs are here to stay and gives bulls confidence that Tesla’s sky-high valuation is sustainable, too.

“Wall Street is starting to believe the skyrocketing move with Tesla’s stock price is nowhere near over since Tesla has a massive lead in the EV space and improving growth potential as the U.S., European and Asian markets for electric cars grows,” Oanda analyst Edward Moya wrote in a note Oct. 25.

— With assistance from Thyagaraju Adinarayan.

Want more news? Listen to today’s daily briefing below or go here for more info:

https://www.ttnews.com/articles/tesla-becomes-lowest-revenue-company-hit-1-trillion-market-value

9.News Sites Lower Traffic 2021

Big tech might be thriving, but news websites are having a slightly more modest year.

Data from SimilarWeb, via Press Gazette, reveals that the majority of English-speaking news websites have seen their web traffic fall in September, relative to this time last year, continuing a trend seen in recent months for some of the biggest publishers.

The “Trump Bump” was a well-documented boost in ratings for a number of news sites, that now seems to be somewhat reversing, with sites from both sides of the political spectrum struggling for traffic (particularly in a non-election year). Washington Post’s traffic fell 24% year-on-year in September. Fox News saw a 22% decline. The New York Times, Daily Mail, Buzzfeed and Business Insider are all down double-digits.

chartr.co must have just slipped off the rankings somehow.

10. 50 Things I Know at 50: Reflections on a Half-Century of Life

By Matt Crossman

I’m turning 50 this month. As in 50 years old. As in I have finished five decades and am starting my sixth. It’s just like every other birthday except it’s halfway to 100, so it’s not like any other birthday. At all.

I thought by now I would be a) creakier b) balder c) grayer and most of all d) smarter. I thought for sure I would know what life was about at this age, but ha, no, I have only marginally more of a clue now than I did 20 years ago. Young people, don’t tell anybody I said this, but all us geezers are winging it nearly as much as you are.

My parents, teachers, professors, mentors, bosses—all the “old” people I looked up to because I thought they had life figured out—had me completely snowed. I believed they knew what they were doing, why they were doing it, what they were talking about. I thought with age came wisdom.

Nope… unless you think these 50 lessons from a 50-year-old contain wisdom.

  1. Everyone wants to know if 50 feels different. Physically, no. Mentally, yes, not least because everybody and their brother keeps asking me. This is a big number, so of course I’m thinking big thoughts. What have I done with my life so far is healthy only as long as it turns into, what can I do with the rest of my life.
  2. I struggle with regret. I know it’s a waste of time to look back and wish I had/had not done this or that, but sometimes I can’t help it. On my better days, I try instead to pre-engineer a lack of regret. I try to imagine future me. What kind of life does he want to look back on? That’s the kind of life I want to lead. Twenty-year-old me did nothing intentionally to create 30-year-old me. Thirty-year-old me did marginally better, and 40-year-old me did better still. Forty-five-year-old me started to figure it out, and now 50-year-old me is going to try to fill 60-, 70-, 80-, 90-, 100-year-old me with joy, wisdom, strength and perseverance. I’m trying to create a me in the future who will look back at the me of now and say, “Thanks, brother. I’m worn out, but it was worth it. Thanks for occasionally having pie for breakfast, especially.”
  3. I know more now than I used to, but I am also more aware of how much I don’t know. The more questions I ask, the more I realize there are even more questions to ask that I don’t even know of yet. When I think about it that way, I come to the incongruent conclusion that my knowledge related to available knowledge is actually decreasing and will continue doing so forever.
  4. Related: I am never as right as I think I am.
  5. This is not to say I’m regressing. I suppose because of experience I won’t stick my honey-covered face into a nest full of murder hornets again. That’s not so much progress as it is stopping screwing up, and thank heaven for small victories. But I also know there’s always a chance my face will be covered with the equivalent of honey while I stick it into a metaphorical nest full of murder hornets and I’ll be whatever that version of stung is 100 times before I even know I’m in there.
  6. Life would be boring if it was easy.
  7. When I die and give my body back to God, I want Him to say, what did you do to this thing?
  8. I want to bring to Him a soul full to overflowing because of the relationships and experiences I have had. I want joy to be spilling over the side of my soul bucket like ice cream melting over the side of a cone.
  9. There are a million things I wish I knew when I was younger. Maybe No. 1 is that pursuing hard things brings joy. No. 26: Shrimp and grits should be eaten as frequently as possible.
  10. If you tell me you’re not ready for Hard Thing X I say do it anyway because if you wait until you’re ready you’ll never do it.
  11. I spent far too much of my life chasing easy and avoiding hard. No more.
  12. This I know to be true: Enduring one trial gives me more strength and perseverance when the next one arises.
  13. Please don’t interpret this as an unhealthy obsession with never quitting. It’s not that. It’s about enduring. There’s a difference. “Never quit” as an unyielding life motto is unsustainable.
  14. I wrestle with my ambition because it can be dangerous. If I slavishly follow my heart, it will take me places I’ll regret. But I can say this: my midlife crisis is ambitious as can be. I want to be a better and nicer version of me. That’s a never-ending cycle, too, but it’s not vicious.
  15. I don’t want better and/or nicer things. They’ll break, or get worn out, or my neighbor will get something even better or nicer and I’ll long for that instead. That’s a never-ending and vicious cycle.
  16. I love my friend Andy for many reasons. Among them is the fact he doesn’t think like I do. Twice on the morning of long hikes we took together, we went out to breakfast before hitting the trail, and he ordered pie. PIE FOR BREAKFAST. I was jealous both times.
  17. Next time we go out to breakfast before a hike, I’m ordering pie.
  18. It’s going to be chocolate, because if I’m going to eat pie for breakfast I need to love it.
  19. Corollary: Cherry pie for breakfast would completely miss the point of having pie for breakfast. (Don’t @ me, I just don’t like cherry pie.)
  20. Drive to a state you’ve never been to, find a small-town diner and tell the server, “bring me the most (name of state) item on your menu.” Eat it no matter what it is.
  21. Better yet, do that in a country you’ve never been to.
  22. Anyone who tells you age is just a number is either young, lying, or so old they forgot how old they are.
  23. Sandals paired with socks will never become cool, neither will what passes for your hairstyle, or really your overall aesthetic. You will just stop caring, or at least care less. Age is not an excuse to dress like a dork, but it often explains it.
  24. Just because not caring about your aesthetic is you being authentically you, you not caring what the world thinks, you not succumbing to the changing vagaries of style and culture, your spouse will not find it attractive.
  25. Everything in moderation.
  26. Except love.
  27. And generosity.
  28. And laughter.
  29. And especially practice moderation in having pie for breakfast.
  30. You have better things to do with your life than learning how to fold fitted sheets.
  31. Call your parents, not because they’ll be gone one day and you’ll wish you had more time with them. Well, not JUST because of that. Call them because they are your parents and they love you and want to hear from you. Hold up, calling my dad now.
  32. Get sweaty outside as often as you can, bare minimum once a week.
  33. There’s no such thing as work-life balance. There is just life, and work is part of it.
  34. Nobody looks back from the end of their life and wishes they worked more. Smarter, maybe, or more efficiently. But not more.
  35. Embrace hard conversations. You will be stronger for it, and so will the people you have the conversations with.
  36. I am not going to get bigger, faster, stronger, more flexible. In fact, to whatever extent I have any abilities in those areas, they are deteriorating even as I type this. But I can become kinder, more empathetic and more helpful.
  37. Be vulnerable.
  38. Be the kind of person other people feel comfortable being vulnerable with. Eventually one of you will say, “you too?!? I thought I was the only one!” and that’s when relationship magic happens.
  39. I love the song “Time Stand Still,” by Rush. The lyricist laments he’s moving so fast he’s not enjoying what’s important in life. The line that sticks with me, now more than ever, is “freeze this moment a little bit longer.” I want my life to be full of moments worth freezing. C.S. Lewis called those moments joy, elusive glimpses that show there is more going on in the world than what our five senses tell us.
  40. Those moments almost never happen when I’m alone, and they sure as hell never happen when I’m alone in front of a screen.
  41. This is universal. Everyone wants their lives to be full of meaningful and freezable moments, transcendent experiences. Others might catch those moments through art or music or food or animals. My vehicle happens to be adventure. I feel most alive when my heart is racing, my body is covered in sweat, and my mind is wondering what I’ve gotten myself into.
  42. I can hear objections now—I’m talking about slowing down and using adventure to illustrate my point. That’s a fair critique. But if I’m hiking, biking, canoeing, running, I’m never alone, and I never go faster than 15 miles per hour. We spend most of our time in conversation or absorbing the beauty of creation or, in the best of times, both.
  43. I sometimes worry that in chasing adventure I’m running away from my problems, that I’m going out into the woods and hiding under the guise of pursuing a vibrant life. Maybe I’m fooling myself, but I prefer to think that I’m preparing for whatever problems life throws at me. I’m going to keep telling myself that, at least.
  44. Work less, so you can sleep more, so you can play more.
  45. Be careful about the false masks you wear. Eventually you’re going to get confused about which one you wear in what setting. Try leaving them at home.
  46. Eight years ago I concluded I needed to be tougher. When life got difficult, I got scared and curled up into a little ball afraid of what the world would throw at me next. I needed to improve my perseverance. One way I have done that is continuously walking right up to the edge my comfort zone, taking a deep breath, and taking a few more steps. As my friends have taught me to do that, so do I try to pass that along to others—my kids especially.
  47. Being a journalist has been a tremendous blessing on my life. I get paid to ask people questions about their lives, listen to their answers, and then write the story. The most important skill—the one all of us need, without exception—is listening.
  48. Never be afraid to ask for help.
  49. Carry someone who needs it.
  50. Let someone carry you when you need it.

 

 

 

 

Matt Crossman

Articles

Matt Crossman is a writer based in St. Louis. He writes about sports, travel, adventure and professional development. Email him at mcrossman98@gmail.com.

https://www.success.com/50-things-i-know-at-50-reflections-on-a-half-century-of-life/

Topley’s Top 10 – October 27, 2021

1.Money Flows Remain At Historic Highs

Of course, it is not just corporate share buybacks supporting asset prices currently, but record global inflows of capital at a pace never before seen in history. Now at $982 billion, and counting, the flood of liquidity globally into equities is unprecedented.

“Global equity inflows surpassed $774.5 billion on a year-to date basis. It is the best year on record by a mile. In the 190 trading days ending on October 6th. This will be roughly $1 Trillion worth of inflows for 2021. That is approximately +$4.1 billion worth of [retail] demand every single day of 2021.” – Goldman Sachs

https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2021/10/25/the-bullish-bearish-market-case-1

2.Three Markets Sitting Right at Highs

QQQ..No breakout yet.

Transports-No breakout yet

IWM Small Cap…No break out yet.

www.stockcharts.com

3.S&P and Dow New Highs

S&P new high

Dow Jones new high

www.stockcharts.com

4.Average Returns Versus Inflation Stocks and Bonds

Capital Group

Pramod Atluri and Ritchie Tuazon

https://www.capitalgroup.com/advisor/insights/articles/inflation-transitory-troublesome.html?sfid=1988901890&cid=80557084&et_cid=80557084&cgsrc=SFMC&alias=E-btn-LP-12-A2cta-Advisor

5. Bonds Are Set to Reap $5 Billion in Pension-Rebalance Shift

-Move from equities into debt likely by month-end: Wells Fargo

-Most of flows expected into long-term bonds, flattening curve

The flattening of the U.S. yield curve is set to get a bit more fuel as U.S. pension funds will need to rebalance this month by moving $5 billion into fixed income and out of equities.

Wells Fargo & Co. strategists reckon that shift will take place because the pensions’ funding ratios have improved given rising equities as well as higher yields — which reduce the discounted value of the systems’ liabilities. By the bank’s calculation it will be the biggest such wave since a $23 billion flow in March.

By Liz McCormick and Lu Wang https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-10-25/bonds-are-about-to-reap-5-billion-from-a-pension-rebalance-wave?sref=GGda9y2L

6.Private Debt No Slowdown–Credit managers race to fundraise ever-larger funds

Despite lower expected returns, belief is funds will best fixed income

ARLEEN JACOBIUS

Private credit managers are moving fast, raising larger funds than ever, but the question for investors is whether these behemoths will break anything, chiefly the yield and illiquidity premium to public debt that makes the asset class attractive.

In the past, a maxim of alternative investment investing has been that the more capital pours into a sector, the lower the performance. Private credit returns already are muted compared with other alternative investment asset classes because they are tied to interest rates, which many expect to continue to remain low.

“Multiple factors impact returns for a given vintage, including the general level of interest rates, which is independent of fund flows,” said Mary Bates, Portland-based managing principal and private markets consultant at Meketa Investment Group.

Private credit is popular among investors as a fixed-income alternative. Asset owners now think about private credit as a separate asset class rather than a one-off investment, Ms. Bates said. What’s more, since the pandemic started, more investors are expanding their view of private credit beyond traditional loans to companies to include real estate and infrastructure credit, she said.

Managers are capitalizing on investor interest by raising funds sometimes 50% to 100% larger than their predecessor offerings and ex- panding into new types of private credit.

Burgeoning private funds

The average size of global private debt and direct lending fundraising has skyrocketed in 2021. Dollars are in U.S. millions.

https://www.pionline.com/alternatives/credit-managers-race-fundraise-ever-larger-funds

7.Robinhood Earnings…Revenues Down and Expenses Skyrocket.

From Michael Batnick Twitter https://twitter.com/michaelbatnick

Full Earnings Deck Presentation

https://s28.q4cdn.com/948876185/files/doc_financials/2021/q3/Q3-2021-Investor-Presentation.pdf

8.Top 10% of Americans Own 89% of Stocks.

Ben Carlson A Wealth of Common Sense–The top 1% now owns nearly $22 trillion in stocks and funds which represents almost 54% of the total ownership. The top 10% owns 89% of the stocks in this country, meaning the bottom 90% owns just 11% of the stocks.

Ownership Inequality in the Stock Market by Ben Carlson https://awealthofcommonsense.com/2021/10/ownership-inequality-in-the-stock-market/

9.The new Fear and Greed

by Joshua M Brown “All through time, people have basically acted and reacted the same way in the market as a result of: greed, fear, ignorance, and hope. That is why the numerical formations and patterns recur on a constant basis.”

Jesse Livermore said this a hundred years ago. It’s still true. But I want to modify it somewhat to account for the things I am seeing on a daily basis out there. I used to think of Fear and Greed as being the fear of losing money and the greed for making more money, but I have come to understand that it is not that simple.

The Fear I see these days is a fear of becoming a relic of the past. A fear of seeing your peers catapult themselves ahead of you. A fear of missing out, which has been well documented and has become the spirit of the times we live in. This has come to be as a result of the Nasdaq having gained an average annual 25% since the end of the last real bear market in 2009 – a 1500% return. Add on the hundreds of billions of dollars that have been flooding the private markets, creating a new class of mega wealthy while regular folks do not even get to see a ticker symbol or a price quote. Then add on the overnight billion-dollar fortunes for the crypto people as we watch the largest mass wealth creation event in the history of mankind taking place right before our very eyes.

The type of fear that now drives most market activity (because it drives most market participants) is something different than the fear we’ve been accustomed to from reading about history. I would label this type of fear Insecurity. The fear of being left behind and looking like a fool. It’s no surprise that Have Fun Staying Poor or #HFSP has become one of the most enduring memes of the moment we’re in now. It’s the anti-Keep Calm and Carry On. Whenever you see people doing inexplicable things with their capital in the markets these days (public or private), the explanation is not as far from your grasp as you might think. Insecurity is probably the answer.

The other driving force in the markets, traditionally, has been Greed. I think we’re witnessing a variation on Greed that I would label Envy. I spent 15 minutes on Financial Twitter yesterday for the first time since the spring of 2020. It’s everywhere. Almost every interaction I saw on my timeline was tinged with it. Just skirmishes and drive-by eggings and curb stompings.

Even the people winning – that’s not enough for them. The money is beside the point. They also need others to feel the pain of not having been right. I told you so, should’ve listened to me. The public victory laps and displays of haughtiness seem almost purposely staged to provoke hostile reactions from the crowd. Like it’s a sport. And fortunately for the engagement metrics, there is no supply chain shortage of bitterness to bring about this desired reaction. We have an infinite well of it from which to draw. If you’re looking for problems in your life, tweeting about your wins is a really convenient way to produce them. It has never been easier to get a thousand strangers to viscerally hate you and wish for your demise. Other than that, it’s a lot of fun.

Envy will make you take wild risks with a portfolio. Especially when all you see around you are so many people you have such little regard for profiting off of things you know they themselves barely understand. The more exposure we have to the way others are investing, the more we begin to look at their returns as though that’s the appropriate benchmark. All sense of reason and perspective is left behind. If that asshole is doing it, I can do it better. We have an entire class of stocks today that are invested in under the premise that the other people involved in them are bad people who don’t deserve to make money on either the long or the short side. It’s a Massively Multiplayer Online Role Playing Game (MMORPG) like World of Warcraft. That’s not investing anymore. It’s something else. On the Reddit boards, you can see how much of the emphasis is on those people losing as opposed to our side winning. It makes no sense until you start thinking about it in video game terms.

Livermore also said “There is nothing new in Wall Street. There can’t be because speculation is as old as the hills. Whatever happens in the stock market today has happened before and will happen again.” And I think that’s still true, but with a twist. Livermore had a few dozen men playing alongside him in the bucket shops of Boston, or a few hundred men on the stock or commodities exchange, where everyone knew each other and saw each other in person each morning. You had rivals, and counterparties you saw as the enemy, but it was small and it was close quarters. A knife fight. This thing today is nuclear war. No survivors. It’s a Squid Game event on a global scale. Millions of nameless, faceless strangers in an online environment that literally knows no spatial or geographic limitations. It’s an environment in which the wealthiest, most successful players like Chamath and Steve Cohen can be publicly – daily – accosted by the mob throwing fistfuls of horseshit at them from the alleyways. I don’t know if the heuristics Livermore played the game by would be so easily applied now.

Bloomberg has an index that calculates the rising and falling wealth of the world’s billionaires in real-time. Imagine sitting in your truck in the parking lot of a Walmart looking at that on your phone while your wife runs in to get detergent. While Nathan Mayer Rothschild was racking up his fortunes on the bourses of London and Paris in the early 1800’s, 99.99% of all people living on earth were wholly unaware of his existence, let alone the hourly exploits of his market speculations. Today we learn about rappers making reaping ten-figure profits on IPOs via text alerts from TMZ.

And in the midst of this miasma, with trillions of dollars being accumulated in full view of everyone, it’s no surprise that two feelings consistently bubble up to the surface – Insecurity and Envy – over and over again. Why am I falling behind? Why is that son of bitch not?

You can practically feel it in the air.

***

In The Divine Comedy, Dante and Virgil arrive at the Fourth Circle of Hell and come across the souls who are being punished for their greed. They are broken up into two distinct groups – those who hoarded their fortunes and those who ostentatiously spent too much and lived lavishly. The two sides are engaged in an eternal jousting match. They attack each other with giant weights pushed from their chests, a metaphor for their relentless drive toward wealth while they were alive. These tormented souls are so busy with this activity that the poet and his underworld guide do not even bother attempting to speak with them.

For disclosure information please visit: https://ritholtzwealth.com/blog-disclosures/

The new Fear and Greed

10.How to Speak Well… and Listen Better

By Nido Qubein | August 30, 2017 | 2

There are two sides to every conversation, and both are essential to the art of communication.

So, how are your conversation skills? Think about it: Are you a smooth talker, or do you ramble? Are you an attentive listener, or do you tend to interrupt?

Here’s how to master the art of conversation—both sides of it:

When it’s your turn to talk…

1. Get your thinking straight.

The most common source of confusing messages is muddled thinking. We have an idea we haven’t thought through. Or we have so much we want to say that we can’t possibly say it. Or we have an opinion that is so strong we can’t keep it in. As a result, we are ill-prepared when we speak, and we confuse everyone. The first rule of plain talk, then, is to think before you say anything. Organize your thoughts.

2. Say what you mean.

Say exactly what you mean.

3. Get to the point.

Effective communicators don’t beat around the bush. If you want something, ask for it. If you want someone to do something, say exactly what you want done.

4. Be concise.

Don’t waste words. Confusion grows in direct proportion to the number of words used. Speak plainly and briefly, using the shortest, most familiar words.

5. Be real.

Each of us has a personality—a blending of traits, thought patterns and mannerisms—which can aid us in communicating clearly. For maximum clarity, be natural and let the real you come through. You’ll be more convincing and much more comfortable.

6. Speak in images.

The cliché that “a picture is worth a thousand words” isn’t always true. But words that help people visualize concepts can be tremendous aids in communicating a message.

But talking, or sending messages, is only half the process. To be a truly accomplished communicator, you must also know how to listen, or receive messages.

If you’re approaching a railroad crossing around a blind curve, you can send a message with your car horn. But that’s not the most important part of your communication task. The communication that counts takes place when you stop, look and listen—a useful admonition for conversation, too.

So, when it’s your turn to listen…

1. Do it with thought and care.

Listening, like speaking and writing, requires genuine interest and attention. If you don’t concentrate on listening, you won’t learn much, and you won’t remember much of what you do learn. Most of us retain only 25 percent of what we hear—so if you can increase your retention and your comprehension, you can increase your effectiveness.

A sign on the wall of Lyndon Johnson’s Senate office put it in a down-to-earth way: “When you’re talking, you ain’t learning.”

2. Use your eyes.

If you listen only with your ears, you’re missing out on much of the message. Good listeners keep their eyes open while listening. Look for feelings. The face is an eloquent communication medium—learn to read its messages. While the speaker is delivering a verbal message, the face can be saying, “I’m serious,” “Just kidding,” “It pains me to be telling you this,” or “This gives me great pleasure.”

3. Observe these nonverbal signals when listening to people:

  • Rubbing one eye. When you hear “I guess you’re right,” and the speaker is rubbing one eye, guess again. Rubbing one eye often is a signal that the speaker is having trouble inwardly accepting something.
  • Tapping feet. When a statement is accompanied by foot-tapping, it usually indicates a lack of confidence in what is being said.
  • Rubbing fingers. When you see the thumb and forefinger rubbing together, it often means that the speaker is holding something back.
  • Staring and blinking. When you see the other person staring at the ceiling and blinking rapidly, the topic at hand is under consideration.
  • Crooked smiles. Most genuine smiles are symmetrical. And most facial expressions are fleeting. If a smile is noticeably crooked, you’re probably looking at a fake one.
  • Eyes that avoid contact. Poor eye contact can be a sign of low self-esteem, but it can also indicate that the speaker is not being truthful.

It would be unwise to make a decision based solely on these visible signals. But they can give you valuable tips on the kind of questions to ask and the kind of answers to be alert for.

4. Make things easy.

People who are poor listeners will find few who are willing to come to them with useful information. Good listeners make it easy on those to whom they want to listen. They make it clear that they’re interested in what the other person has to say.

This post was originally published in May 2015 and has been updated for freshness and comprehensiveness.
Image by nchlsft/Shutterstock.com

Nido Qubein

Topley’s Top 10 – October 26, 2021

1.U.S. Five Year Inflation Expectations Hit 20 Year High.

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading

2.Public Companies with Bitcoin Reserves.

www.dorseywright.com

3.Musk Blasts Past Bezos

Joe Weisenthal (@TheStalwart) / Twitter

4.Biggest cryptocurrency exchanges based on 24hour volume in the world

https://www.statista.com/statistics/864738/leading-cryptocurrency-exchanges-traders/

Regulation ? Close to $3B in Fines

The crypto industry has racked up $2.5 billion in fines since bitcoin was launched in 2009—Isabelle Lee

https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/currencies/crypto-industry-bitcoin-racked-up-25-billion-fines-penalty-sec-2021-6

5.Bulk of Earnings Coming in the Next Week.

Heavy Hitters on Deck for Earnings

Earnings season is now off to the races and the week ahead is one of the busiest of the season. Of the S&P 1500 index members, 472 are scheduled to report over the coming week, and another 557 are scheduled to report the following week. In terms of market cap, that is more than $20 trillion this week and $7 trillion the next. Obviously, there is a huge divergence in the number of companies reporting and the size of those companies over the next couple of weeks. As we noted in today’s Chart of the Day and as shown in the chart below, one big reason for that is the fact that the FAAMG cohort is reporting this week. Today, Facebook (FB) is the first of those stocks with its $900+ billion market cap. Similarly, Tuesday will see Alphabet (GOOG) and Microsoft (MSFT) report, and their combined market cap is over a trillion dollars more than the 86 other S&P 1500 members reporting that day. Even more impressive, on Thursday, Amazon (AMZN) and Apple’s (AAPL) combined $4 trillion market cap outweighs the entire market cap of every other S&P 1500 stock reporting that day. In other words, this week has a huge number of stocks reporting, but the overall market’s direction will likely be dictated by the results of a small handful of names.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/heavy-hitters-on-deck-for-earnings

6.Energy High Yield Spreads Fall to 2013 Levels.

https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-october-22nd-2021/

7.Tesla Gained More than the Market Cap of GM and Ford in One Day.

Here Is The Gamma Bomb That Just Sparked Tesla’s Insane Meltup BY TYLER DURDEN-ZEROHEDGE If you, like us, are watching the insane meltup in TSLA which not only topped $1 trillion in market cap today, but has gained more than $140 billion since opening, a value that is almost as big as the market cap of GM and Ford, and is now rising by $1 billion every 5 seconds…

… the last thing you care about is what is behind this move (clearly it is not fundamentals). Still, some may ask just what is the driving force in this market that allows a $1 trillion company to trade like a pennystock, and gain over $100 billion in market cap the answer – to no one’s surprise – is gamma, and specifically $900 call shorts who were trapped by today’s jerk higher and who have been unable to exit their positions in time, creating a gamma vacuum above $900…

… that sparked a covering feedback scenario which has sent the stock surging and forcing yet another Volkswagen-like squeeze.

The full explanation in the clip below courtesy of our friends at Spot Gamma.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/here-gamma-bomb-just-sparked-teslas-insane-meltup

8. Remote work is bringing the city to the suburbs….The number of net new households that moved to the suburbs grew 43 percent last year

VOX–By Rani Molla@ranimolla In the spring of 2020, many of the typical draws to cities — plays, nightclubs, restaurants — shut down. Space took on a premium, as small apartments close to others felt particularly claustrophobic. All of a sudden, a big home in the suburbs for the same monthly price as a tiny apartment in the city got a whole lot more attractive. The lifestyle also seemed safer, as you could travel in the isolation of your own vehicle and play in personal green spaces with less fear of infection. More companies than ever are allowing employees to work from home, and studies say that between 13 and 45 percent of the workforce is now remote some or all of the time.

As a result, a new rush to the suburbs is well underway. The number of net new households that moved to the suburbs grew 43 percent last year, according to data from the Wall Street Journal, compared to 2019. While that naturally slowed in the first half of 2021, urban areas are still losing people as they relocate to suburban and rural areas.

People who left their city apartments for houses in the suburbs aren’t just living in the suburbs, they’re working there now, too. In turn, the people and services these workers may have relied on in city centers are moving to the suburbs as well. All of this will affect which businesses thrive and what real estate develops in the suburbs. It could also change traffic patterns, exacerbate urban sprawl, and heighten inequality.

New suburban businesses and improved real estate trends could lead to revitalized communities, less travel, and better quality of living for some. But not everyone will benefit. Sprawl is bad for the environment and can make life worse for the poorest Americans

Housing in the suburbs is changing, too. It’s getting more expensive. Due to high demand and limited supply, housing prices in the suburbs and exurbs have skyrocketed, while prices in major city centers have stagnated. For example, central Boston saw its home value grow 9 percent in the last two years, while prices for places within commuting distance of the city like Worcester and Providence grew about 30 percent, according to data from Zillow and HERE Technologies.

The difference is even more apparent in New York City — a city with a high concentration of remote workers — where the median home price in urban areas of Manhattan, Brooklyn, and Queens actually declined while prices for homes 90 minutes away went up about 25 percent in the past two years.

“Small, expensive homes close to the office that previously benefited from a short commute as well as proximity to urban amenities — those homes saw a lot of their appeal decline,” Jeff Tucker, senior economist at Zillow, said. That’s because many of the city amenities were curtailed during the pandemic. Meanwhile, the home office became the new office.

“The relative value of space definitely went up,” he said.

https://www.vox.com/recode/22714777/remote-work-from-home-city-suburbs-housing-traffic

9.Opinion: These are 5 promising ways to live healthier for longer – and it’s more than diet and exercise

By Richard Faragherand Lynne Cox

However fit you are and well you eat, your immune system will get less effective as you age — how to fight back

Most people want to live a long and happy life – or at least avoid a short and miserable one. If you’re in that majority, then you’re in luck. Over the last decade, a quiet research revolution has occurred in our understanding of the biology of aging.

The challenge is to turn this knowledge into advice and treatments we can benefit from. Here we bust the myth that lengthening healthy life expectancy is science fiction, and show that it is instead scientific fact.

1. Nutrition and lifestyle

There’s plenty of evidence for the benefits of doing the boring stuff, such as eating right. A study of large groups of ordinary people show that keeping the weight off, not smoking, restricting alcohol to moderate amounts and eating at least five servings of fruit and vegetable a day can increase your life expectancy by seven to 14 years compared with someone who smokes, drinks too much and is overweight.

Cutting down calories even more – by about a third, so-called dietary restriction – improves health and extends life in mice and monkeys, as long as they eat the right stuff, though that’s a tough ask for people constantly exposed to food temptation. The less extreme versions of time-restricted or intermittent fasting – only eating during an eight-hour window each day, or fasting for two days every week – is thought to reduce the risk of middle-aged people getting age-related diseases.

2. Physical activity

You can’t outrun a bad diet, but that doesn’t mean that exercise does not do good things. Globally, inactivity directly causes roughly 10% of all premature deaths from chronic diseases, such as coronary heart disease, Type 2 diabetes and various cancers. If everyone on Earth got enough exercise tomorrow, the effect would probably be to increase healthy human life expectancy by almost a year.

But how much exercise is optimal? Very high levels are actually bad for you, not simply in terms of torn muscles or sprained ligaments. It can suppress the immune system and increase the risk of upper respiratory illness. Just over 30 minutes a day of moderate to vigorous physical activity is enough for most people. Not only does that make you stronger and fitter, it has been shown to reduce harmful inflammation and even improve mood.

3. Boosting the immune system

However fit you are and well you eat, your immune system will, unfortunately, get less effective as you get older. Poor responses to vaccination and an inability to fight infection are consequences of this “immunosenescence”. It all starts to go downhill in early adulthood when the thymus – a bowtie-shaped organ in your throat – starts to wither.

That sounds bad, but it’s even more alarming when you realize that the thymus is where immune agents called T cells learn to fight infections. Closing such a major education center for T cells means that they can’t learn to recognize new infections or fight off cancer effectively in older people.

You can help – a bit – by making sure you have enough key vitamins, especially A and D. A promising area of research is looking at signals that the body sends to help make more immune cells, particularly a molecule called IL-7. We may soon be able to produce drugs that contain this molecule, potentially boosting the immune system in older people.

Another approach is to use the food supplement spermidine to trigger immune cells to clear out their internal garbage, such as damaged proteins, which improves the elderly immune system so much that it’s now being tested as a way of getting better responses to COVID vaccines in older people.

4. Rejuvenating cells

Senescence is a toxic state that cells enter into as we get older, wreaking havoc across the body and generating chronic low-grade inflammation and disease – essentially causing biological aging. In 2009, scientists showed that middle-aged mice lived longer and stayed healthier if they were given small amounts of a drug called rapamycin, which inhibits a key protein called mTOR that helps regulate cells’ response to nutrients, stress, hormones and damage.

In the lab, drugs like rapamycin (called mTOR inhibitors) make senescent (aged) human cells look and behave like their younger selves. Though it’s too early to prescribe these drugs for general use, a new clinical trial has just been set up to test whether low-dose rapamycin can really slow down aging in people.

Discovered in the soil of Easter Island, Chile, rapamycin carries with it significant mystique and [has been hailed] in the popular press as a possible “elixir of youth”. It can even improve the memory of mice with dementia-like disease.

But all drugs come with pros and cons – and as too much rapamycin suppresses the immune system, many doctors are averse to even consider it to stave off age-related diseases. However, the dose is critical and newer drugs such as RTB101 that work in a similar way to rapamycin support the immune system in older people, and can even reduce COVID infection rates and severity.

5. Clearing out old cells

Completely getting rid of senescent cells is another promising way forward. A growing number of lab studies in mice using drugs to kill senescent cells – so-called “senolytics” – show overall improvements in health, and as the mice aren’t dying of disease, they end up living longer too.

Removing senescent cells also helps people. In a small clinical trial, people with severe lung fibrosis reported better overall function, including how far and fast they could walk, after they had been treated with senolytic drugs.

But this is only the tip of the iceberg. Diabetes and obesity, as well as infection with some bacteria and viruses, can lead to more senescent cells forming. Senescent cells also make the lungs more susceptible to COVID infection, and COVID makes more cells become senescent. Importantly, getting rid of senescent cells in old mice helps them to survive COVID infection.

Aging and infection are a two-way street. Older people get more infectious diseases as their immune systems start to run out of steam, while infection drives faster aging through senescence. Since aging and senescence are inextricably linked with both chronic and infectious diseases in older people, treating senescence is likely to improve health across the board.

It is exciting that some of these new treatments are already looking good in clinical trials and may be available to us all soon.

Richard Faragher is a professor of biogerontology at the University of Brighton in England. Lynne Cox is an associate professor of biochemistry at the University of Oxford, also in England. This was first published by The Conversation — “Life extension: the five most promising methods – so far“.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/these-are-5-promising-ways-to-live-healthier-for-longer-and-its-more-than-diet-and-exercise-11634831792?mod=article_inline

10.A Stoic Response to Bad News

A Stoic Response, Wisdom, and More

“The art of living is more like wrestling than dancing, because an artful life requires being prepared to meet and withstand sudden and unexpected attacks.” Marcus Aurelius

Life can knock us on our ass, can’t it? Just out of nowhere, our legs are suddenly in the air and we’re on the ground. An email from your investors—they are pulling out. A phone call from your wife—your place has burned down. The specifics vary for each one of us but in a second, your whole life changes. How do you respond? How do you carry on?

Step 1) Get control of yourself.

We must steady our nerves and take hold of any extreme emotions (anger, fear, resentment). Replace them with grace. The modern day Stoic and philosopher Nassim Taleb would write that in some moments we are only left with one solution: dignity in the face of the unthinkable. As he would advise, “Start stressing personal elegance at your next misfortune. Try not to blame others for your fate, even if they deserve blame. Never exhibit self-pity. Do not complain. The only article Lady Fortuna has no control over is your behavior.”

“The first qualification of a general is a cool head,” Napoleon once said. So too for the Stoic.

Step 2) Focus on what you’re going to do about the bad news.

What happened, happened. Now the question is, what are you going to do about it? The great astronaut Chris Hadfield would say, “I know that this is dangerous, but there are six things that I could do right now, all of which will help make things better. And it’s worth remembering, too, there’s no problem so bad that you can’t make it worse also.”

The Greeks had a word for this: apatheia. It’s the kind of calm equanimity that comes with the absence of irrational or extreme emotions. Not the loss of feeling altogether, just the loss of the harmful, unhelpful kind. Don’t let the negativity in, don’t let those emotions even get started. Just say: No, thank you. I can’t afford to panic. I can’t afford to make it worse.

The student of Stoic philosophy learns many things but the first and the most important: Don’t make hard things harder by losing your cool.

Step 3) Look for some good in the situation.

Viktor Frankl, when he lost nearly everyone he loved in the Holocaust, was able to find solace in the fact that they were spared the pain that he felt. That they did not have to live through the horrors he faced.

This is only a small consolation of course, but small is better than nothing.

Think of Seneca here: “A good person dyes events with his own color . . . and turns whatever happens to his own benefit.”

The great philosopher Nietzsche’s recipe for greatness was the phrase amor fati. “That one,” he said, “wants nothing to be different, not forward, not backward, not in all eternity. Not merely bear what is necessary, still less conceal it…but love it.” What he meant was that since we cannot change what happened, we can at least embrace it. We can embrace it as something that was chosen for us. The bestselling author of 48 Laws of Power Robert Greene has talked about how amor fati is a kind of power, a power “so immense that it’s almost hard to fathom.” “With it,” he said, “you feel that everything happens for a purpose, and that it is up to you to make this purpose something positive and active.”

The Stoics were not only familiar with this attitude but they embraced it. Two thousand years ago, writing in his own personal journal which would become known as Meditations, Emperor Marcus Aurelius would say: “A blazing fire makes flame and brightness out of everything that is thrown into it.” Another Stoic, Epictetus, who as a crippled slave has faced adversity after adversity, echoed the same: “Do not seek for things to happen the way you want them to; rather, wish that what happens happen the way it happens: then you will be happy.”

It is why amor fati is the Stoic mindset that you take on for making the best out of anything that happens: Treating each and every moment—no matter how challenging—as something to be embraced, not avoided. To not only be okay with it, but love it and be better for it. So that like oxygen to a fire, obstacles and adversity become fuel for your potential.

Step 4) Remember that the Stoics actually practice mental preparation for future disasters so that bad news will not hurt so much in the future.

“Nothing happens to the wise man against his expectation,” Seneca wrote to a friend. Why? Because he engaged in the Stoic practice of premeditatio malorum (premeditation of evils). It is a simple exercise that asks you to visualize all the things that can and will go wrong. A writer like Seneca would begin by reviewing or rehearsing his plans, say, to take a trip. And then, in his head (or in writing), he would go over the things that could go wrong or prevent it from happening—a storm could arise, the captain could fall ill, the ship could be attacked by pirates.

Let us dig in and be prepared from this point forward. The specifics of the attacks might be unknowable, but that they are coming? Well, you’re on notice.

A Stoic Response to Bad News (dailystoic.com)

Topley’s Top 10 – October 21, 2021

1.Hockey Sticks Galore in Venture Capital.

Venture Investments in Tech Spike

Nontraditional investors are breaking into venture capital-Venture capital firms are no longer the only—or even the biggest—game in town when it comes to startup funding, according to Pitchbook’s analysis. The firm estimates that traditional venture funds have about $221 billion in cash on hand to invest, compared with the $350 billion that nontraditional startup backers like hedge fund Tiger Global and private-equity firm SoftBank are prepared to invest in startups.

2021 has already shattered yearly records for startup funding By Nicolás Rivero

2021 has already shattered yearly records for startup funding — Quartz (qz.com)

2.QE Ending, Rates Rising, Oil Prices Rising…VIX Falling.

Bloomberg-The global pandemic is still raging, U.S. policy makers are about to cut stimulus, energy prices are surging and bonds are being sold off. And yet, Wall Street’s fear gauge is near an 18-month low.

The Cboe volatility index or VIX, which measures expected fluctuations in the S&P 500 Index, has been on a downtrend for the past month and dropped to 15.7 on Tuesday, near the lowest since February last year. The gauge is now well below its lifetime average of about 19.5, according to data compiled by Bloomberg stating in 1990.

The divergence between what is happening in the stock and bond markets can be seen in the ratio of the VIX and the MOVE Index, which tracks implied volatility in Treasury options. That proportion surged this week to the highest level since February 2020.

There are four potential reasons why the VIX may be so subdued, according to Chris Murphy, a derivatives strategist at Susquehanna International Group.

  • U.S. earnings have been positive so far, and earnings season tends to reduce correlations and overall volatility
  • Investors may be getting more comfortable with the “inevitable” Federal Reserve tapering of asset purchases, and are focusing on historical tendencies for equities to perform well in the early stages of a rate-hike cycle
  • There may be expectations for investors to boost stock allocations due to a lack of appealing alternatives and high levels of cash
  • The S&P 500 was below its 50-day moving average for most of the past two weeks, the longest stretch since it emerged from its Covid lows

Joanna Ossinger

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-10-20/stock-fear-gauge-defies-bond-turmoil-here-are-four-reasons-why?sref=GGda9y2L

3.Tesla Deliveries Still Beat During Chip Shortage.

Reporting by Subrat Patnaik in Bengaluru and Hyunjoo Jin in San Francisco; Editing by Maju Samuel

https://www.reuters.com/business/autos-transportation/tesla-beats-quarterly-revenue-estimates-2021-10-20/

4.The Correlation Between Bond Yields and Total Returns Since 1984

Mark Hulbert Marketwatch-This chart plots the yields of intermediate-term corporate bonds for each month since 1984, along with what your total return would have been for each of those months had you bought and held for nine subsequent years. Notice how remarkably close is the correlation between the two.

 

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/you-can-beat-your-fear-of-losing-money-with-bonds-as-interest-rates-rise-if-you-understand-this-one-thing-11634742389?mod=home-page

5.BITO-Bitcoin Futures ETF $570m One Day vs. GLD $1B in 3 Days.

The fastest ETF to ever get to $1b (naturally) was $GLD in 2004. It did it in 3 days. No one has really come that close since. $BITO has $570m after one day a legit shot to at least tie this DiMaggio-esque feat. Here’s the fastest in a Missile Command-y looking chart from @JSeyff

 

@EricBalchunas

https://twitter.com/EricBalchunas/status/1450795276977987587/photo/1

6.Another bitcoin-futures ETF is slated to start trading in October

Carla Mozée

Bitcoin notched a new all-time high above $66,000 on Wednesday.

Edward Smith/Getty Images

  • VanEck looks ready to launch its bitcoin-futures ETF next week under the ticker “XBTF,” according to an SEC filing.
  • VanEck’s Bitcoin Strategy ETF will begin trading after October 23, suggesting the launch could be on Monday, October 25.
  • ProShares on Tuesday was the first to launch a bitcoin-futures ETF.

Asset management firm VanEck looks set next week to launch an exchange-traded fund tied to bitcoin futures, just days after ProShares debuted the first-ever such product in the public markets.

VanEck’s Bitcoin Strategy ETF will begin trading after October 23 on the Cboe BZX Exchange, according to a company filing Wednesday with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The fund will only invest in cash-settled bitcoin futures traded on exchanges registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, such as the CME Group.

The product will carry the ticker symbol “XBTF” and will begin trading “[as] soon as practicable after the effective date,” of the registration statement. Since October 23 is a Saturday, that points to a potential start date of Monday, October 25.

Investors would then have another choice in a futures-based product after Tuesday’s launch of the ProShares Bitcoin Strategy ETF. The “BITO” ETF invests in bitcoin futures contracts rather than the bitcoin, the world’s most-traded cryptocurrency.

Meanwhile, a filing on Monday by alternative asset management firm Valkyrieindicates it’s also set to soon launch its own bitcoin futures ETF.

The new ETFs will follow a blockbuster debut by ProShares, which reportedly said its ETF brought in $570 million in assets on its launch day. It was the second-most heavily traded fund, landing turnover of nearly $1 billion with more than 24 million shares exchanged, according to Bloomberg data.

Bitcoin on Wednesday soared to a new all-time record high of $66,930.39, according to CoinMarketCap.

https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/currencies/vaneck-launch-bitcoin-futures-etf-october-cryptocurrencies-xbtf-sec-markets-2021-10

7.Chicago Board Options Exchange to aquire cryptocurrency market Erisx…Adds to Institutionalizing Crypto Market

Kia Kokalitcheva-Axios

The Chicago Board Options Exchange (Cboe) has agreed to acquire ErisX, a crypto derivatives and spot market. Cboe invested in ErisX back in 2018.

Why it matters: The move underscores the increasing institutional interest in cryptocurrency investments.

Details: A group, including DRW, Fidelity Digital Assets, Galaxy Digital, Interactive Brokers, NYDIG, Paxos, Robinhood, Virtu Financial and Webull have agree to advise Cboe as part of a committee, and some participants also intend to acquire minority stakes in Cboe Digital (the ErisX rebrand).

The bottom line: “Cboe was among the first companies to try listing bitcoin futures in the U.S., taking its cash-settled futures product live at the end of 2017 just days before CME launched a similar product. … ‘That was an early entry and looking back at it, it was, it was a good entry … we tend to iterate on products and usually the first iteration of a product is not perfect,’ [Cboe COO Chris] Isaacson said.” — Nikhilesh De, Coindesk

https://www.axios.com/authors/kiakokalitcheva/

8.Manheim Used Vehicle Index Spike.

Jim Reid DB Bank–Yesterday we saw another spectacular increase in the Manheim used car index for the first half of October which could easily lead to this month seeing the largest increase in prices ever. The index was up +8.3% in the first 15 days of the month. The record is the +8.9% and +9% mom rate seen in May and June 2020 after a -11.3% monthly fall in April 2020 immediate after the pandemic hit.

Although used cars and trucks make up only about 4% of the core US CPI index, they have added nearly 1pp to YoY core CPI inflation recently. You can see this graphically on pages 13 and 14 of DB’s US economists’ latest chart book (link here) on the current more persistent price pressures.

The YoY rate is currently at +37% for the Manheim index with used cars at +24.4% YoY in the last US CPI report. There has been a lag of 2-3 months between the two so as we enter 2022 used cars will still likely be a big upward influence on the CPI number.

Clearly this can’t last forever and at some point this will surely mean revert and take a chunk out of CPI. However, remember primary rents and owners’ equivalent rent (OER) make up around a third of the basket (40% for core), and while they are not going to grow at the same breakneck speed, the forward looking models suggest that they could be a big story in 2022 and the baton could be passed from cars to housing for CPI strength.

9.Zillow …How do they Make Money?

Off the market

For a long time, property website Zillow didn’t surprise anyone. The company listed houses for sale or rent, making money from sponsored listings, advertising and agent fees.

Then, in 2019, Zillow started ramping up its side hustle: house flipping.

Armed with a mountain of property data, Zillow was — in theory — in a unique position to find bargains in the home aisle. Since then the company has scaled “house flipping” into a sizeable business that accounted for almost 60% of its revenue last quarter.

Open door for OpenDoor

But this week Zillow slammed the brakes on buying homes, announcing that it would stop buying and renovating homes for the rest of 2021, as it grapples with labor shortages and a huge backlog of properties that it’s already bought. That news sent Zillow shares down more than 10% on Monday, while doing the opposite for shares of OpenDoor — Zillow’s biggest competitor in the space.

It will be interesting to see if Zillow returns to house flipping in the same way in 2022. Buying real houses, renovating and selling them is a much messier business than just listing properties on a website — and it’s a lot less profitable too. Zillow’s gross profit margin was around 9% in its Homes division. Its Internet, Media and Tech division? More than 90%.

www.chartr.com

10.3 Stoic Exercises That Will Help Create Your Best Month Yet

Stoic Exercises, Wisdom, and More

For more than two thousand years, wise men and women have relied on an ancient philosophy known as Stoicism to help them live their best lives. It’s been a source of guidance, wisdom and practical advice for millions. It’s been used by everyone from Marcus Aurelius and Seneca (one of the richest men in Rome), to Theodore Roosevelt, Frederick the Great and Michel de Montaigne and now coaches like Pete Carroll and athletes like Kerri Walsh Jennings to help them live better, more resiliently and more peacefully. Below are three Stoic exercises and strategies, pulled from The Daily Stoic, that will help you have your best month yet.

RISE AND SHINE
“On those mornings you struggle with getting up, keep this thought in mind—I am awakening to the work of a human being. Why then am I annoyed that I am going to do what I’m made for, the very things for which I was put into this world? Or was I made for this, to snuggle under the covers and keep warm? It’s so pleasurable. Were you then made for pleasure? In short, to be coddled or to exert yourself?”

—Marcus Aurelius, Meditations, 5.1

Nobody likes Mondays so it’s comforting to think that even two thousand years ago the emperor of Rome (who was reportedly a bit of an insomniac) was giving himself a pep talk in order to summon up the willpower to throw the blankets off each morning and get out of bed. From the time we’re first sent off to school until we retire, we’re faced with that same struggle. It’d be nicer to shut our eyes and hit the snooze button a few more times. But we can’t.

Because we have a job to do. Not only do we have the calling we’ve dedicated ourselves to, but we have the larger cause that the Stoics speak about: the greater good. We cannot be of service to ourselves, to other people, or to the world unless we get up and get working—the earlier the better. So c’mon. Get in the shower, have your coffee, and get going.

THE CHAIN METHOD
“If you don’t wish to be a hot-head, don’t feed your habit. Try as a first step to remain calm and count the days you haven’t been angry. I used to be angry every day, now every other day, then every third or fourth . . . if you make it as far as 30 days, thank God! For habit is first weakened and then obliterated. When you can say ‘I didn’t lose my temper today, or the next day, or for three or four months, but kept my cool under provocation,’ you will know you are in better health.”

—Epictetus, Discourses, 2.18.11b–14

The comedian Jerry Seinfeld once gave a young comic named Brad Isaac some advice about how to write and create material. Keep a calendar, he told him, and each day that you write jokes, put an X. Soon enough, you get a chain going—and then your job is to simply not break the chain. Success becomes a matter of momentum. Once you get a little, it’s easier to keep it going.

Whereas Seinfeld used the chain method to build a positive habit, Epictetus was saying that it can also be used to eliminate a negative one. It’s not all that different than taking sobriety “one day at a time.” Start with one day doing whatever it is, be it managing your temper or wandering eyes or procrastination. Then do the same the following day and the day after that. Build a chain and then work not to break it. Don’t ruin your streak.

HOW YOU DO ANYTHING IS HOW YOU DO EVERYTHING
“Pay attention to what’s in front of you—the principle, the task, or what’s being portrayed.”

—Marcus Aurelius, Meditations, 8.22

It’s fun to think about the future. It’s easy to ruminate on the past. It’s harder to put that energy into what’s in front of us right at this moment—especially if it’s something we don’t want to do. We think: This is just a job; it isn’t who I am. It doesn’t matter. But it does matter. Who knows—it might be the last thing you ever do. Here lies Dave, buried alive under a mountain of unfinished business.

There is an old saying: “How you do anything is how you do everything.” It’s true. How you handle today is how you’ll handle every day. How you handle this minute is how you’ll handle every minute.

A final trick for having a great month comes to us from the Stoic philosopher Seneca. In a letter to his older brother Novatus, Seneca describes a beneficial exercise he borrowed from another prominent philosopher. At the end of each day he would ask himself variations of the following questions: What bad habit did I curb today? How am I better? Were my actions just? How can I improve?

We shouldn’t just do this daily, but also monthly, quarterly and yearly. We should reflect on our lives and on our actions. What could we do better? How have we kept our chain of progress and good actions unbroken (or indeed, where have we failed?) And finally, have we done our proper job as people? Have we done the work we’ve needed to do? The more we think about this, the more we follow these habits, the better we will get at them.

3 Stoic Exercises That Will Help Create Your Best Month Yet (dailystoic.com)

Topley’s Top 10 – October 20, 2021

1.Bitcoin Correlation to other Asset Classes

WisdomTree

For definitions of terms in the chart, please visit the glossary.

We believe it could also further enhance portfolio diversification among commodity sectors.

The Story Behind Bitcoin Futures in an ETF–Jianing Wu https://www.wisdomtree.com/blog/2021-10-18/the-story-behind-bitcoin-futures-in-an-etf

2.Leveraged Long Equity ETF Strategies at All-Time Highs…Risk On in Place.

Dave Lutz at Jones Trading

3.Hedge Funds Exposure to Equities Highest Since June 20

BY TYLER DURDEN

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/historic-divergence-emerges-wall-street

4.More Than Half of U.S. Growth Stocks Have Negative Earnings

More than half of U.S. Growth stocks* have negative earnings, yet Growth stocks have dramatically outperformed in the past few years

Growth Bubble: Making Money On Companies That Make No Money

Today, 60% of the Growth stocks in the Russell 3000 Index make no money, and this was true even before the COVID-induced recession. Yet these very companies have been generating huge returns in price movement over the past few years, dramatically outperforming their Value counterparts. The Russell 3000 Growth Index was up 84% cumulatively over the last two years through August (more than double the return of its Value counterpart). So investors are making money on companies that make no money – never a good sign when it is done this pervasively and at these valuations. And while not common, it is also not unique. We all witnessed the same speculative behavior in the late 1990s and in the 2008 speculative bubble.
Source: GMO

Found at Barry Ritholtz The Big Picture https://ritholtz.com/2021/10/10-tuesday-am-reads-353/

5.Loans to Developers in China dropped for the First Time in a Decade.

https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-october-19th-2021/

6.Yields on Chinese Junk Bonds Hit 25%

Taking Another Look at the Chinese Real Estate Market

Market Blog

Tuesday, October 19, 2021

China’s debt levels have surged since the global financial crisis and now sit at over 300% of gross domestic product (GDP), as of December 2020. The majority of that new debt has come from households and non-financial companies, which is why the Chinese government has made deleveraging a priority. Moreover, to help rein in the very high debt levels in the US$60 trillion China real estate market—which is likely the largest asset class in the world—more than 400 new regulations have been announced this year. As such, these regulations have caused Chinese junk-rated property developer bonds to underperform this year—and in the case of Evergrande, stoke concerns about broader economic spillovers.

“Default risk has clearly risen within the Chinese real estate market,” noted LPL Financial Fixed Income Strategist Lawrence Gillum. “However, we still think policy makers in China will prevent broader systemic risks to spread due to the deleveraging efforts currently taking place.”

As seen in the LPL Research Chart of the Day, yields on Chinese junk-rated bonds nearly touched 25% before falling recently. So far, this month has been one of the worst months in decades for the Chinese high yield market as the selloff in the property developer markets continued—the real estate sector makes up 66% of the high yield index. Additionally, of the $142 billion of U.S. dollar-denominated bonds trading at distressed prices (generally defined as debt with yields over 10%), 48% were issued by Chinese real estate companies, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. However, that the China investment-grade corporate index hasn’t responded in-kind provides us comfort that the spillover effects are, at this time, limited to the junk-rated property developer issuers. Property developers make up over 11% of the investment-grade index and while these companies have seen their yields increase, they haven’t increased nearly has much as their junk-rated counterparts. In aggregate, yields on the investment-grade property developers are still less than 5%.

Interestingly, the most recent move higher in junk-rated yields wasn’t related to Evergrande, which has likely already been priced into markets. Rather, a much smaller property developer, Fantasia, told investors that it wasn’t going to make a bond payment when it was due despite having the necessary cash on hand to make the payment. Bond investors are generally concerned about an entity’s ability to pay its debts but also its willingness to pay its debt. That Fantasia decided not to pay its obligations caused investors to question the commitment of the property developer market broadly in servicing its financial obligations. That breach of financial responsibility caused the People’s Bank of China (PBOC) to finally break its silence on the ongoing selloff in the property developer market by urging real estate developers to pay its bills on time.

Additionally, the PBOC finally commented specifically on the potential spillover crisis at Evergrande and said the risk was “controllable”, which likely means there won’t be a bailout per se but we do expect the PBOC to ring-fence the risks and prevent them from spilling over into the broader financial system and the economy. Time is running out on Evergrande, though, as the company could officially be in default on October 23 after the payment grace period runs out.

Taking Another Look at the Chinese Real Estate Market | LPL Financial Research (lplresearch.com)

7.China Handed Bitcoin Mining Over to U.S. and Canada.

Marketwatch “Nearly 50% of the computing power (called hash rate) of the bitcoin blockchain, pulled the plug, packed up, and relocated to another country in a few months. And no one noticed! It signals an incredibly resilient system. I believe this realization is contributing to BTC above $60k again?” he said.

Bianco was referring to China, as this chart shows:

He credited the China pullout to a “catastrophic mistake,” saying that “when cryptos take hold as a legitimate medium of exchange, they will be left behind.” China last month declared all crypto-related transactions illegal.

“Combined with China’s regulatory crackdown in other industries, and why do we have a hard time believing that China is regressing? It seems to be the most plausible explanation,” said the strategist, who noted North America is dominating those hash rates.

“The Chinese handed an incredible opportunity to the U.S. and Canada to now dominate the digital currencies. Let’s not blow it,” added Bianco.

Here’s ‘one of the most bullish signals’ ever for bitcoin that many investors may have missed – MarketWatch

8.Covid Related Increases in Global Fiscal Burdens.

William Horobin(Bloomberg) —

The Covid-19 pandemic may have bloated public debt to levels already pushing some governments to consider consolidation, but that’s nothing compared to the fiscal difficulties brewing in the coming decades, the OECD said.

According to its long-term scenario, a deceleration in large emerging economies, demographic change and slowing productivity gains will drag trend economic growth among the OECD’s 38 members and the Group-of-20 nations to 1.5% in 2060 from around 3% currently. At the same time, states will face rising costs, particular from pensions and health care.

To maintain public services and benefits while stabilizing debt in that environment, governments would have to raise revenues by nearly 8% of gross domestic product, the OECD said. In some countries, including France and Japan, the size of the challenge would amount to more than 10% of output, and the economists didn’t even account for new expenditures such as climate change adaptation.

“Secular trends such as population aging and the rising relative price of services will keep adding pressure on government budgets,” the OECD said in the policy paper prepared by Yvan Guillemette and David Turner. “Fiscal pressure from these long-run trends dwarf that associated with servicing Covid-legacy public debt.”

Countries need not necessarily raise taxes to meet these challenges, the OECD said. Instead, it called for reforms to boost employment rates and raise retirement ages.

A combination of action in those two areas — including ensuring effective retirement ages rise by two thirds of future gains in life expectancy — could halve the projected increase in fiscal pressure by 2060 in the median country, according to the organization.

https://www.yahoo.com/finance/news/world-faces-fiscal-problems-much-090000541.html

9.These 7 habits will keep your mind sharp no matter how long you work

By
Paul Brandus Marketwatch

But you can turn these odds in your favor by practicing certain healthy habits, says William R. Klemm Ph.D., a senior professor of neuroscience at Texas A&M University. He offers these tips:

  • Get better organized. Keep your keys, for example, in one place all the time. “Life is simpler when you have a place for everything,” Klemm says. Habit relieves the memory.”
  • Challenge yourself mentally. “Seek out new experiences, stay active socially, make mental demands on yourself, such as learning a new language, playing chess, or getting an advanced college degree,” Klemm says.
  • Reduce stress. “Chronic stress(emotional pressure suffered for a prolonged period of time in which an individual perceives they have little or no control) clearly disrupts memory formation and recall,” he writes.
  • Eat foods with vitamins and antioxidants. Focus on vitamins C, D, and E. Like many experts on aging, he says you should eat blueberries, “especially on an empty stomach.” What about vitamin supplements? They won’t help, Klemm says, unless you have a nutritional deficiency. Focus on food.
  • Avoid obesity. Weight increases stress on the heart and arteries, which pump oxygenated blood to your brain, which helps you retain mental sharpness.
  • Exercise. Enough said. Keeps the blood flowing, and the pounds off. Talk to your doctor first.
  • Get plenty of sleep. “Many studies show the brain is processing the day’s events while you sleep and consolidating them in memory,” Klemm says. “Naps help too!” He adds.

Naps? Count me in.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/want-or-need-to-keep-working-in-old-age-heres-how-to-remain-sharp-11634658067?mod=home-page

10.Colin Powell’s 10 Simple Rules.

Topley’s Top 10 – October 19, 2021

1. Energy having a Big Run but Interesting to Run the 10 Year Charts.

XLE Energy ETF 10 Year

VDE Vanguard Energy ETF 10 Year

PSCE Invesco Small Cap Energy ETF 10 Year

https://www.google.com/finance/quote/PSCE:NASDAQ?sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwj5k9CgxdTzAhU2oXIEHWwuDVEQ3ecFegQIDBAS


2. Shanghai to LA Container Prices Topping Out??

From Morning Brew

In 2013, the Winklevoss twins filed the first application for a bitcoin exchange-traded fund (ETF). Eight years and countless rejections later, the first bitcoin-based ETF could begin trading as soon as today.

The ETF, launched by the fund manager ProShares, will give virtually any investor with a brokerage account the ability to gain exposure to the world’s largest crypto.

  • We didn’t say “buy the crypto,” because that’s not what’s happening. The bitcoin ETF is based on futures contracts, which allow investors to bet on the price swings of an underlying asset without owning it outright.

The SEC, Wall Street’s top sheriff, is much more comfortable allowing a futures-based bitcoin ETF to proceed than one that directly buys the tokens. Bitcoin futures have been trading on the regulated Chicago Mercantile Exchange since 2017. Bitcoin itself, meanwhile, is bought and sold on many different exchanges that are outside the gaze of the SEC.

It’s unclear whether the ETF will be a hit

The first mutual fund based on bitcoin futures, which launched in July, had only $15 million in assets under management two months later—basically negligible when put in the context of the $21.3 trillion US mutual fund industry.

And the ETF news was received by some crypto professionals with a big “meh.” A bitcoin futures ETF may not reliably track bitcoin prices, while many investors are comfortable with the current options available for buying bitcoin. When asked by CNBC whether he would be investing in the ETF, bitcoin bull Mark Cuban said, “No. I can buy BTC directly.”

Looking ahead…bitcoin’s price could be volatile in the next few weeks as four different bitcoin futures ETFs may begin trading this month.

https://www.morningbrew.com/daily

Current Bitcoin ETF Filings Etf.com

Fund

Issuer

Filing Date

SEC Filing

Bitwise Bitcoin Strategy ETF

Bitwise

9/14/21

Link

AdvisorShares Managed Bitcoin ETF 

AdvisorShares

8/20/21

Link

Galaxy Bitcoin Strategy ETF

Galaxy Digital

8/18/2021

Link

Valkyrie Bitcoin Strategy ETF

Valkyrie Funds

8/11/2021

Link

Bitcoin Strategy ETF

VanEck

8/9/2021

Link

ProShares Bitcoin Strategy ETF

ProShares Advisors

8/4/2021

Link

Invesco Bitcoin Strategy ETF

Invesco Capital Management

8/4/2021

Link

Global X Bitcoin Trust

Global X Digital Assets

7/21/2021

Link

ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF

21Shares

6/28/2021

Link

One River Carbon Neutral Bitcoin Trust

One River Digital Asset Management

5/24/2021

Link

Teucrium Bitcoin Futures Fund

Teucrium Trading

5/20/2021

Link

Galaxy Bitcoin ETF

Galaxy Digital Capital Management

4/12/2021

Link

Kryptoin Bitcoin ETF Trust

Kryptoin Investment Advisors

4/9/2021

Link

Wise Origin Bitcoin Trust

FD Funds Management 

3/24/2021

Link

First Trust SkyBridge Bitcoin ETF Trust

First Trust Advisors 

3/19/2021

Link

WisdomTree Bitcoin Trust

WisdomTree Digital Commodity Services

3/11/2021

Link

NYDIG Bitcoin ETF

NYDIG Asset Management

2/16/2021

Link

Valkyrie Bitcoin Fund

Valkyrie Digital Assets 

1/22/2021

Link

VanEck Bitcoin Trust

VanEck Digital Assets

12/30/2020

Link

https://www.etf.com/sections/blog/etfcom-live-blog-bitcoin-etf-launch-watch


3. Crypto Stock Charts not Following Bitcoin Rally.

RIOT Sideways -50%+ from highs

COIN -50% Correction…Sideways pattern for months.

MARA different story…..Breaking out to new highs.

www.stockcharts.com


4. Correlation Between S&P Tech Stocks and 10 Year Treasury Yield is -.69 This Year.

Barrons–The connection between yields and tech shares is no illusion. The correlation between the S&P 500 Technology Sector index’s performance, relative to that of the S&P 500, on the one hand, and the 10-year yield on the other has averaged -0.69 this year, and hit -0.78 for the 126 days ended Sept. 30. (A correlation of -1 means that two variables move in perfect opposition.)

https://www.barrons.com/articles/stock-market-tech-stocks-51634326247?mod=past_editions

www.yahoofinance.com


5. Positive for America….Entrepreneurs are Booming

Barrons-The peak was in July 2020, when close to 600,000 new business applications were filed, up 100% from the year prior. Monthly applications have since fallen but remain about 50% higher than before the virus took hold

The Workers Won’t Be Coming Back, Covid or Not. Here Are Theories on Where They Went.By Lisa Beilfuss

https://www.barrons.com/articles/the-workers-wont-be-coming-back-covid-or-not-here-are-theories-on-where-they-went-51634290204?mod=past_editions


6. Up to Date Hedge Fund Returns Since 2013

The digital economy accounts for about 10% of India’s gross domestic product, compared with 40% in today’s China. One in 10 Indians shopped online prepandemic; nearly half of all Chinese do. By Craig Mellow  https://www.barrons.com/articles/how-to-play-indias-stock-market-momentum-51634287500?mod=past_editions

www.yahoofinance.com


7. Number of +/- 1% Days Normalizing Vs. Historical for 2021

www.dorseywright.com


8. Stock Market Leader Domino’s Pizza …-15% Correction from highs

DPZ pulls back to June levels.

www.stockcharts.com


9. Surge in Conversions of Office, Factories, Retail into Apartments……..Philadelphia Leads the Pack.

‘Living at the Office’ Takes On a New Meaning During the Pandemic-The sudden increase in vacant commercial spaces has fueled a surge in conversions to rental homes, according to a new study.

NY Times By Michael Kolomatsky Creating rental apartments in former offices, factories and other nonresidential buildings is nothing new, but a recent increase in vacant commercial spaces as a result of the pandemic has fueled a surge in conversions, according to a new study by RentCafé.

https://www.nytimes.com/2021/10/14realestate/offices-hotrls-converted-to-rental-apartments.html


10. Steven Pinker on Rationality

Paul Thagard Ph.D.

Commentary: Pinker asks, “What’s wrong with people?” but his answer is narrow.

KEY POINTS

  • In a new book, Pinker provides clear and useful explanations of logic, probability, and other tools for critical thinking.
  • But his explanation of irrationality focuses on motivated reasoning and myside bias.
  • Overcoming irrationality could gain from motivational interviewing and political action, not just critical thinking.

The world seems awash with irrationality, evident in anti-vaxxers, climate change deniers, and political conspirators. What is to be done? Steven Pinker’s spirited, amusing, and lucid new book argues that the solution comes from increasing the amount of rationality in the world, accomplished by expanding people’s understanding of logic, probability, rational choice, and causal reasoning. But helping people to be more rational in their thoughts and actions needs improvements in empathy and politics as well as critical thinking.

Pinker provides clear and useful expositions of topics like the contribution of probability theory to producing better beliefs and actions, and the difference between correlation and causation. He then moves on to consideration of why humanity appears to be losing its mind, as shown in the “carnival of cockamamie conspiracy theories” about COVID-19, such as that vaccines implant microchips in people’s bodies.

Pinker discounts three popular explanations for why people succumb to such nonsense.

The first is that people fall prey to the systematic thinking errors that philosophers call fallacies and psychologists call biases. The second is that the “pandemic of poppycock” results from the prevalence of social media. The third is that people embrace false beliefs that give them comfort or help them make sense of the world. Instead, he thinks that irrationality arises largely from motivated reasoning and what he calls “myside bias.”

Motivated reasoning is the tendency to base conclusions on personal goals and emotions rather than on objective evidence (Kunda, 1990). We all want to believe that we are going to be happy, healthy, successful, and loved, so we distort evidence to help us think that these goals are being accomplished. I agree with Pinker that motivated reasoning is a major cause of false beliefs about COVID-19 (e.g., I’m not going to get sick, so I don’t need to be vaccinated), climate change (e.g., the weather just fluctuates, so I don’t need to change my energy habits), and politics (e.g., my wonderful leader will solve my economic problems).

Pinker’s second major source of irrationality is myside bias, which Pinker interprets as the tendency of people to reason to conclusions that enhance the correctness of their political, religious, ethnic, or cultural tribe. For example, conservatives want to support the beliefs of other conservatives, and liberals want to support the beliefs of other liberals. Pinker’s myside bias is narrower than the usual interpretation of myside bias that “occurs when we evaluate evidence, generate evidence, and test hypotheses in a manner favorable toward our prior opinions and attitudes” (Stanovich, 2021).

Here myside bias is equivalent to motivated reasoning, whereas Pinker applies it to cases where people reason to support their tribe’s interests even when they go against personal motivations. Usually, however, people’s need to belong to and identify with social groups provides a strong motivation to support their beliefs. So I think that Pinker’s narrow idea of myside bias is just a special case of motivated reasoning.

article continues after advertisement

Pinker does not address the question of why people are so prone to making motivated inferences that turn out to be false. In a recent article, “How Rationality is Bounded by the Brain,” I explain the tendency of people to succumb to motivated reasoning as the result of the tight integration of cognition and emotion in the brain. In general, this integration is beneficial because it keeps people’s thinking focused on what emotions indicate are important to their well-being. But integration causes problems when people’s motivations swamp their ability to draw conclusions based on good evidence. Other limitations of the brain that hinder rationality are its slowness and restricted size, along with imperfections in attention and consciousness.

Taking action against irrationality

These limitations raise the question of whether critical thinking is always the best way to overcome irrationality. Most of Pinker’s book concerns using good reasoning strategies such as logic and probability to overcome people’s tendencies to fall into inferential illusions. But another way to help people to overcome errors in thought and action is more like psychotherapy than logic. My blog post on motivational interviewing conjectures that a technique based on questioning and empathy might be better at overcoming motivated inference than more conventional applications of critical thinking. Experiments are needed to compare the two approaches.

Another strategy for overcoming the spread of irrationality is political action to limit the effects of irresponsible social media. Pinker dismisses social media as the main cause of the current prevalence of so many false beliefs but ignores the fact that most people today with false beliefs about COVID-19, climate change, and political conspiracies get them from social media such as Facebook, YouTube, Twitter, and Whatsapp. Explanation of rampant misinformation requires consideration of both psychological mechanisms, such as motivated reasoning, and social mechanisms that make the spread of false beliefs and evil attitudes far more rapid than by conversation and conventional news sources. Political action can help to reduce the social spread of irrationality by making social media more responsible for the nonsense they propagate and by eliminating monopolistic control by a few currently dominant companies.

I agree with Pinker that the world desperately needs more rationality, but critical thinking needs to combine with empathy and political action to combat the rampant spread of misinformation.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/hot-thought/202110/steven-pinker-rationality

Topley’s Top 10 – October 18, 2021

1. Options Traders Bearish on Tech Stocks…Contra Indicator?

Options traders are betting on tech trouble – The aggregated put/call ratio among Nasdaq 100 members is the highest it’s been in over a year says SentimentTrader Dave Lutz at Jones Trading.


2. Shanghai to LA Container Prices Topping Out??

Lastly, below are very recent updates on supply chains, order books, and consumer demand that keep us constructive on the “sequential supply chain improvement” narrative post-Q3 cuts, in the context of a “persistent demand” macro:

  • White House to announce LA port will operate 24/7 to help clear backlog.
  • Target sets up night operations to help cut key ports’ backlog (moving ~50% of its containers at night in LA and Long Beach).
  • White House to review expanding allowable driving hours for truckers.
  • Intel and Samsung finalizing plans for full capacity resumption at Ho Chi Minh manufacturing facility.
  • Shanghai to LA container rates have begun to decline from peak levels.
  • Russia says it will supply Europe with as much gas as it needs during current shortages.
  • US jobless claims hit 292K for the first week of October, well below consensus (320K) and hitting a post-pandemic low.
  • TSM strong earnings assuage concerns that the semi cycle is peaking/rolling over.
  • Jefferies semi supply chain expert call noted continued robust/broad-based demand with strong backlogs into Q4/Q1.
  • JPM noted T&E spend +8% vs. 3Q19, with acceleration in September as Delta cases declined.

Source: Jefferies Trading Desk

Percy Allison

Jefferies LLC


3. Frontier Markets Crushing Emerging YTD.

Frontier Market ETF FM…Breakout on volume

 

Frontier Markets +24% YTD vs. Emerging Markets Flat ….FM vs. EEM YTD Chart

www.yahoofinance.com

Sector and Regional Breakdown Frontier Markets


4. Investors Abandoned Dirty Energy Across the Board….Public markets, Private markets, Endowments, etc.….

XLE Old Energy ETF Crushing Clean Energy YTD

Energy crisis? What experts are saying as world faces historic energy-price crunchBy Mark DeCambre  https://www.marketwatch.com/story/energy-crisis-what-experts-are-saying-as-world-faces-historic-energy-price-crunch-11634161109?mod=home-page


5. Private Financial Assets as a % of GDP Hyperbolic Rise Since Late 90’s……….Quantitative Easing and 30+ Year Bond Bull Market Drove this Chart


6. Up to Date Hedge Fund Returns Since 2013

Raoul Pal Global Macro

https://twitter.com/RaoulGMI?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor


7. Number of Active Satellites 2020 More than Previous 50 Years

https://www.statista.com/statistics/897719/number-of-active-satellites-by-year/


8. Demograpics is Destiny….New American Household Makeup

An interesting analysis of census data from Pew Research Center reveals the changing makeup of American households.

The decline in marriage rates across the US — and many other countries — has been well documented. In 1990, 67% of the US population aged 25-54 were living with their spouse. Today that number is 53%.

But what’s interesting is that, although there are more people living with partners than before, they don’t explain the total drop in the married population. Indeed, the number of “unpartnered” adults — those not married nor living with a partner — has gone up, to almost 40% of the population of the 25-54 demographic

www.chartr.com


9. Natural Gas Demand by Sector and Region 2019-2021

IEA.ORG

https://www.iea.org/fuels-and-technologies/gas


10.4 Causes of Knee Pain and 6 Exercises to Help.4 Causes of Knee Pain and 6 Exercises to Help Reduce that Pain

on September 07, 2021

Pete McCall Acefitness.corg You know the feeling—you put off getting out of your seat or avoid walking downstairs because when you do, you experience a lot of pain or discomfort in your knees. The pain could be short-term, as a result of bumping it against a hard surface or long-term, caused by a significant or traumatic injury. Or it could be the result of a chronic condition such as arthritis, or specific movements that place a lot of stress on the structures of the joint.

Regardless of the cause of the pain, there are lower-body exercises that can strengthen the hip and glute muscles with minimal stress on the structures of the knee joint. However, if the pain continues for a period of 10 days, it’s probably time to schedule an appointment with your doctor to make sure there is not a significant injury. This article identifies four possible causes of knee pain and describes six exercises that could help to reduce knee pain.

Possible Causes of Knee Pain

Ligament Damage

A traumatic injury, such as tearing one of the ligaments that connects the femur bone of the thigh to the tibia bone of the lower leg, is a common cause of knee pain. The anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) can be injured as the result of making a rapid change of direction; if the upper body goes in one direction and the foot doesn’t move with it, it is often the ACL that is ruptured as a result. The medial-collateral and lateral-collateral ligaments run along the inside and outside of the knee, respectively, and could also be damaged or torn as the result of the lower and upper legs moving in opposite directions.

Injury to a Meniscus

Bones do not touch one another because joint capsules contain synovial fluid and cartilage, which act as a cushion between the bones. The knee joint contains two menisci, medial and lateral, which are C-shaped sections of connective tissue that cushion the forces between the condyles of the femur and the upper section of the tibia. A subluxation occurs when a joint does not track properly through its intended path of motion; think of a kitchen drawer that sticks and doesn’t work properly. If there is a subluxation in the knee and the joint doesn’t function properly, it could stress one of the ligaments or compress one of the menisci, causing damage to the structures that results in pain.

Often, the knee itself is not the cause of pain, but it is where pain occurs as the result of either the hip or the ankle not functioning to the best of their ability.

Weak Hip Muscles

The knee collapsing toward the midline of the body while walking or running could be due to a lack of lateral stability from the hip and is another possible source of pain. The gluteus medius muscle connects the pelvis to the lateral portion of the femur. It has fibers on both the anterior and posterior sections of the bone and can create the actions of abduction, moving the upper leg away from the midline of the body, as well as both internal and external rotation. While the gluteus medius can move the leg away from the body, its primary function is to create stability when the body is balanced on a single leg during the mid-stance phase of the gait cycle while walking or running. If the gluteus medius does not do an efficient job of stabilizing the femur, the knee could collapse to the midline of the body, which creates a subluxation,stresses the ligaments and menisci, and ultimately results in pain.

Lack of Ankle Mobility

Dorsiflexion is motion at the ankle joint, where the top of the foot moves closer to the tibia bone (commonly called the shin). Dorsiflexion occurs naturally when the body passes over the foot during the mid-stance phase of gait. If the ankle does not have the proper mobility to allow dorsiflexion as the body passes over the foot, it could cause the foot to turn out and the knee to collapse to allow this phase of the gait cycle to occur in the absence of adequate ankle mobility. In other words, if the ankle is lacking proper mobility it will cause other joints to be more mobile (the knee) to make up for the deficiency and allow movement such as walking to occur.

During squats or lunges, if the ankle does not have the proper mobility, these movements could cause the knee to move forward. If the knee moves too far forward during the downward phase of the squat or lunge, the femur bone of the thigh could push into the patella bone (kneecap) and create strain on the patellar ligament that connects the femur to the patella and tibia bones.

6 Exercises to Help Reduce Knee Pain

The following exercises can strengthen the hips and thighs, specifically the glutes, adductors, hamstrings and quadriceps muscles, which control the motion of the hips and knees. The focus of each exercise is to engage the hips while allowing only a limited amount of motion in the knee. In the case of the lunges, the fact that the body is moving backward causes most of the force of the exercise to move into the glutes, which strengthens those muscles, as opposed to  moving into the knees and causing strain on the patellar tendon. These links provide additional information about how the hamstrings and adductors function to control motion of the hips and knees.

Glute Bridges

Lie flat on your back with your hands by your sides so that your palms are turned up facing the ceiling. Position your feet away from your glutes with your toes pulled up toward your shins. Squeeze your glutes as you press your heels into the floor and push your hips up toward the ceiling. Perform 15-20 reps, rest for 45 seconds, and complete two to four sets.

To increase the intensity, perform hip thrusts by placing a weight over the top of the hips or place a mini-band just below the knees. For hip thrusts, the weight causes the glutes to work harder, which increases their strength; this article discusses the benefits of the hip thrust exercise. A mini-band placed just above the knees will pull the knees closer together, which means the gluteus medius on each leg has to work harder to keep this motion from happening.

Standing Hip Extensions With Mini-band

If it’s hard to get down on the floor, this is a great move for strengthening the glutes to create more stability at the knee. Place a mini-band around both ankles. Press your right foot into the floor to create stability while pushing your left heel straight back to extend your left hip. Perform 15-20 reps and then switch legs; complete two to four sets.

Standing Hip Thrust With Power Band

Connect a power band to a solid anchor. Step inside so that the band is positioned on the bony points of the pelvis and the anchor point is behind you. Place your hands on your head, behind your ears, and keep a slight bend in the knees. Maintain a long spine as you push your tailbone back while hinging at the hips. Perform 15-20 reps, rest for 45 seconds, and complete two to four sets. To increase the intensity, hold one dumbbell in each hand while completing the hip thrusts.

Reverse Lunge

Stand with your feet hip-width apart. Step backward with your left leg while sinking into your right hip. To increase the activation of the glute, lean forward slightly while maintaining a long spine. To return to the starting point, straighten your right knee while swinging the left leg forward to the starting point. Perform 10-12 repetitions on the right side before switching legs. Rest for 45-60 seconds and complete two to four sets. To increase the intensity, hold one dumbbell in each hand while completing the lunges.

Reverse Lunge to Balance

Follow the directions for the reverse lunge, but at the top of the movement press your right foot into the floor and squeeze your right glute while balancing on your right leg for 4-5 seconds. Complete 10-12 reps on the right hip before switching to the other leg. Rest for 45-60 seconds and complete two to four sets. To increase the intensity, hold one dumbbell in each hand while completing the lunges.

Lateral Step-up to Balance

Use a step or box that is approximately knee height or lower. Place the step or box to the right of your body, set your right foot on top of the box and press down to step up to the box. At the top of the step, balance on your right leg for 4-5 seconds before lowering lower the left leg to the floor and return to the starting position. Complete 10-12 repetitions on the right leg before switching to the other leg. Rest for 45-60 seconds and complete two to four sets. To increase the intensity, hold one dumbbell in each hand while completing the step-ups.

Unless you have experienced a traumatic injury that damaged the structures of the knee, it is nearly impossible to identify the exact causes of knee pain. However, knowing which exercises could help to reduce pain can make sure that having a sore knee doesn’t keep you from participating in your favorite activities. The good news is that common causes of knee pain could be mitigated by developing strong glute and hip muscles.

AUTHOR

Pete McCall

Health and Fitness Expert

Pete McCall, MS, CSCS, is an ACE Certified Personal Trainer and long-time player in the fitness industry. He has been featured as an expert in the Washington Post, The New York Times, Los Angeles Times, Runner’s World and Self. He holds a master’s degree in exercise science and health promotion, and several advanced certifications and specializations with NSCA and NASM.

Topley’s Top 10 – October 14, 2021

1. Sector Breakdown on Breadth….Above 50 day and 200 day.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/stocks-set-steady-start-earnings-232622899.html

2. Consumer Prices Return to 2008 Levels.

Barrons https://www.barrons.com/

3. Nobody Wants Cash Flow…Consumer Staples Sink to 6% of S&P

Posted October 12, 2021 by Michael Batnick

Nobody wants cash flow when money costs nothing.

This is playing out right now in consumer staples stocks, which, according to Sentimentrader, have shrunk below 6% of the S&P 500 for only the 2nd time in 30 years. I’ll give you one guess as to when that other time was. Yep, you nailed it.

There are 26 detergent and toilet paper stocks with a market cap north of $10 billion that have a higher yield than the 10-year treasury.

What would you rather own for the next ten years? A security that promises to pay your principal back with interest payments that are currently running behind inflation, or Walmart, a company that has raised its dividend for 48 straight years?

I know there are more than two things to invest in, but, and call me crazy, I do think that ultra-low interest rates impact the way people allocate their capital. Right now, money is free and cash flows are worthless.

Nobody Wants Cash Flow – The Irrelevant Investor

4. 70-80% of Chinese Household Assets Tied to Real Estate

Business Insider.–How much debt does an average borrower in China get exposed to in order to buy a home?

Household exposure to debt is lower in China than in many other developed countries, but it still forms a significant part of their portfolio.

“The debt level is lower in China than what you would see in other countries, for example, Thailand or Malaysia,” Bernard Aw, an economist overseeing Asia Pacific for Coface, told Insider. “Chinese citizens have high savings rates — about 40% of their money goes into savings.”

They also tend to employ personal lending networks in order to purchase homes. At least 40% of China’s millennial homeowners received money from their families to help pay for their houses, a 2017 HSBC survey on millennials found.

That said, the majority of debt in Chinese households is property-based, Aw said, and household debt has been on the rise since the financial crisis. In 2020, household debt rose to 128% of income, according to a report from China-focused researcher Rhodium Group. At the end of 2018, housing-related debt accounted for nearly two-thirds of the average household’s total debt, according to a 2019 report from the International Monetary Fund.

Individual wealth in China is also heavily tied to real estate.

According to Moody’s estimates, 70-80% of Chinese household assets are tied to real estate, CNBC reported in August.

That’s more individual wealth tied to real estate than in just about any other developed country, Sun said: “In the west, people diversify their investments and the majority goes to capital markets.” But in China, where the capital markets are less developed and highly volatile, people keep much more of their money invested in real estate.

Household spending on real estate is also high, Aw said: “Some 30-40% of household spending is going into the real estate sector, be that rental payment or mortgages, for example.” This percentage is similar to how much Americans spend on housing.

https://www.businessinsider.com/china-housing-market-explainer-cost-debt-wealth-evergrande-impact-2021-9

5. Competition in online sports betting is fierce — and not profitable-Axios

Kate Marino

The growth potential in the nascent market for American sports betting is huge. But for now, operators are still losing money — a lot of it.

The big picture: Sports betting is taking a page from the playbook of tech giants like Netflix, Amazon and Twitter, sacrificing profitability in the early days in the hope of engraining themselves in customers’ lives.

Even if you’re not a sports fan, you’ve probably seen or heard the deluge of ads from online sports betting companies offering major financial incentives to use their apps.

What we’re watching: This NFL season will go a long way in determining which companies live to fight another day in the ultra-competitive sports betting arena.

  • “This football season is crucial, as more states legalized sports betting going into this season, and football is really the culmination of the U.S. market,” Barry Jonas, equity research analyst at Truist, tells Axios.

Where it stands: The Supreme Court only opened the door to widespread legal, online sports betting in 2018, and the sector is still in its infancy.

  • So far, a total of 21 states, representing 40% of the population, allow online sports betting, according to a Wells Fargo research note. Another 8 states allow in-person betting.

State of play: The weekly fantasy sports operators — FanDuel and DraftKings — have taken the lead with market shares of 33% and 19% respectively, in the first half of 2021, the Wells report says.

  • DraftKings, which went public in 2019, is currently valued at $19 billion.
  • Legacy casino companies are also in the running, most notably MGM’s brand, BetMGM (13%), and Caesars Casino & Sportsbook (4%) which just formally launched in August.

Those companies are shoveling money into marketing and promotions, sometimes including hundreds of dollars of free bets.

  • “DraftKings and FanDuel are really customer acquisition platforms, operating as sports books,” Jed Kelly, equity research analyst at Oppenheimer, tells Axios.
  • “It’s going to be highly promotional right now … The beginning of football season is the peak in terms of customer acquisitions,” Daniel Politzer, senior equity analyst at Wells Fargo, tells Axios.

What’s next: The operators are chasing a market that has massive growth potential — Politzer estimates annual U.S. sports betting revenue could grow to $11.3 billion in 2025, compared to $3.8 billion estimated this year.

  • “At some point you have to start to show profit. But we’re so early that investors are willing to pay a decent multiple for revenue growth over profit. That’s where we’re at,” Kelly says.

Yes, but: Analysts think consolidation is ultimately the most likely endgame, with 3 to 4 players all but dominating the field.

  • Amy Howe, CEO of FanDuel, last week told the FT (perhaps self-servingly) that the level of marketing spending that’s happening right now is unsustainable, and that many companies won’t make it.

There’s a Catch-22 for sports books: Making too little money is obviously bad for business, but if they start making too much money — it may attract the attention of regulators.

  • “Certainly, states don’t want to see too much problem gaming and social consequences,” Jonas says.
  • And there are lots of regulators — a gaming commission in each state, as well as potentially the federal government.

The big question: Whether regulators become concerned about the gamification of the old in-person betting process — too easy, too fun, too instantaneous — similar to the scrutiny that Robinhood’s received for gamifying stock trading.

https://www.axios.com/competition-in-online-sports-betting-is-fierce-and-not-profitable-25adfa3c-f3dc-41f0-bcdc-92f05bbd54de.html

6. Price of Airline Fares Rolling Back Over

Profile / Twitter

7. KKR Public Market Assets Explode to Half of Book.

This week two titans of the finance world, Henry Kravis and George Roberts, called time on their 45 year run at the top of high finance.

Kravis and Roberts were the second “K” and the “R” in KKR — the private equity giant that originally made its name, and their respective fortunes, in aggressive leveraged buyouts during the 80s and 90s.

Most famous of their deals is probably still the $25bn hostile acquisition of RJR Nabisco, a sprawling conglomerate that sold cigarettes and food, in 1989. That deal was immortalized by book Barbarians at the Gate, and was a rare mis-step in the history of KKR, which has otherwise delivered solid returns and has ballooned into a behemoth managing more than $400bn in assets.

Bread & butter

For years KKR’s bread and butter was in private equity. Take money from investors, borrow some more from lenders and buy a private company. Try and make it more efficient (read: profitable), pay back the debt you borrowed and sell it on in 5-10 years, for more than you paid. That is a formula that’s worked for 45 years, and will probably work for another 45.

But in recent decades KKR has expanded. Into public credit markets, real estate, other alternatives, hedge funds — and most recently insurance with the acquisition of Global Atlantic. The other formula that hasn’t changed? Managing more assets = more fees.

www.chartr.com

8. More than half of Bay Area residents plan to leave permanently: poll

BY JORDAN WILLIAMS – 10/13/21 09:19 AM EDT 870

More than half of the residents living in the San Francisco Bay Area say they are considering moving out of the area permanently, according to a poll from Joint Venture Silicon Valley released Monday.

The survey of voters in five Bay Area Counties found that 56 percent of respondents said they were likely to leave the region within “the next few years,” a higher percentage than in any of the think tank’s previous polling.

A separate 44 percent said they were unlikely to leave, with 14 percent of these people saying they want to move but could not.

Russell Hancock, president and CEO of Joint Venture Silicon Valley, told The San Francisco Chronicle that the issue comes down to the costs of housing.

“It’s housing, stupid,” Hancock told the newspaper. “That is driving almost all of the results we see in this poll.”

Among those who were likely to leave, 84 percent cited the cost of living as a major reason, 77 percent specifically cited high housing costs and 62 percent cited the quality of life.

Forty-eight percent of respondents said the region was headed in the right direction, while 52 percent said it was on the wrong track. Seventy-one percent thought the quality of life is worse now than it was five years ago.

But despite the problems, 71 percent said the Bay Area was still a good place to pursue a career. Fifty-six percent rated the region as good or excellent to grow up, and 46 percent said it was a good or excellent place to raise a family.

The poll was conducted by Embold Research and surveyed 1,610 registered voters in Santa Clara, San Mateo, Alameda, San Francisco and Contra Costa counties from Sept. 21 to 26. It has a margin of error of plus or minus 2.8 percentage points.

https://thehill.com/homenews/state-watch/576496-more-than-half-of-bay-area-residents-plan-to-leave-permanently-poll

9. Master’s Degrees That Give You Greatest Pay Boost.

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/09/24/the-masters-degrees-that-give-the-biggest-salary-boostup-to-87percent.html?utm_term=Autofeed&utm_medium=Social&utm_content=Main&utm_source=Twitter#Echobox=1634127566

10. The Philosophy Of Stoicism: 4 Lessons From Antiquity On Self-Discipline

Stoic Exercises, Wisdom, and More

This is a guest post by Philip Ghezelbash.

***

Stoicism is an ancient Greco-Roman philosophy. The ideal for the Stoic, as with the Buddhist, is to show complete equanimity in the face of adversity.

The four virtues of Stoicism are wisdom, justice, courage and temperance. Temperance is subdivided into self-control, discipline and modesty.

I think that with discipline everything else falls into place.

Discipline is the fundamental action, mindset and philosophy which keeps one in a routine and making progress towards whatever one is pursuing.

Stoicism cultivates iron will in anyone who adheres to its teachings. Here are 4 lessons I’ve taken away which have helped me develop discipline in regards to my health and overall quality of life.

1. FIND WISE PEOPLE TO EMULATE

Seneca wrote that,

“Without a ruler to do it against, you can’t make crooked straight.”

We need to recognise the importance of having wise people in our lives which we look up to for inspiration.

These figures serve as models for ourselves to emulate.

Pick carefully and choose someone who is living a good life. By good life I mean someone who morally sound.

Envision the person you wish to become and find someone who is one step ahead of you.

Watch what they do, listen to what they say, learn from them and more importantly, pay attention to what they don’t do.

Humble yourself and embrace ignorance. Follow the words of Socrates and admit wholeheartedly to yourself then you know that you know nothing.

What is motivating this person’s actions, their ambitions, why are the consequences they experience happening to them.

Changing your mindset will build confidence and trust in yourself to stay on track and become more self-disciplined.

Apply this knowledge actively in your life and you will be rewarded.

2. REVIEW YOUR DAY

It’s not enough to go to sleep without considering the implications, lessons and knowledge you gained throughout the day. It’s a shame to forget to do this.

Thinking about thinking late at night were referred to as ‘evening retrospections.’ Today one may call this journalling.

Ask yourself,

What did I do well today?

Where were my discipline and self-control tested, where did I do good?

What did I do bad, why did this occur? Furthermore, how can I improve?

One of the best ways to become more disciplined is to scrutinize yourself, find your weak spots. Be brutally honest and use this time to connect with your subconscious.

Practicing evening retrospections on a consistent basis will allow you to become more self-aware through every step of your day because you will be actively gathering information to formulate and articulate constructive answers to the latter questions.

The moment you find something which derailed you from your pursuits, recognise it, don’t ignore it. Never regret your actions or words and most importantly strive to never make the same mistake moving forward.

3. YOUR DISTRACTIONS ARE YOUR OWN DOING

Marcus Aurelius said,

“If you are distressed by anything external, the pain is not due to the thing itself, but to your estimate of it; and this you have the power to revoke at any moment.”

Being distressed, being bothered by small things instantly is terrible for discipline. You have a goal, you’re working and then thoughts and distress about something external [meaning it’s out of your control] de-rails you.

The best thing you can do in these circumstances is to apply Epictetus’ dichotomy of control.

Reinforce to yourself what is within your control and what is out of your control; if you embrace what is out of your control and accept it, you will experience tranquillity.

Refer to the following wording next time you’re distressed and distracted:

Do you have a problem in your life?

No? ► Then don’t worry.

Yes? ► Can you do something about it?…

Yes? ► Then don’t worry.

No? ► Then don’t worry.

4. EVERY DAY IS A NEW LIFE

Seneca said,

“Begin at once to live, and count each separate day as a separate life.”

A bad day doesn’t have to become a bad week, a bad week doesn’t have to become a bad year.

The moment you wake up, remember that the new day is a new life. The past shouldn’t be forgotten, but it most definitely should not be something which holds you back.

All previous actions from previous days are now out of your control and if pondered on too much, serve no good other than to drag you down like an anchor.

Release the anchor and move forward by opening your eyes and focusing on what’s in front of you, which is life itself.

If you binged on your diet yesterday, it does not mean you’ve failed and now there’s no point in continuing.

If you didn’t exercise when you know you should have, this doesn’t define your character. Your ability to keep going is what moulds you into a disciplined and strong person.

Get back on the horse as the expression goes.

***

Philip is a health nut, writer and trainer. His mission is to close the gap between health and philosophy. He is the upcoming author of the book The Stoic Body. What he is striving to do is combine the seemingly unrelated fields of nutrition and health in with the philosophical world and in particular, Stoicism.

The Philosophy Of Stoicism: 4 Lessons From Antiquity On Self-Discipline (dailystoic.com)

Topley’s Top 10 – October 13, 2021

1. P/E Ratios vs. 5-10 Year Averages.

Today’s P/E Ratio Appears Elevated Compared With Historical Valuations
(S&P 500 Forward 12-Month P/E Ratios)

Source: Bloomberg. Data from 6/30/2011‒6/30/2021. The P/E ratio shows how much investors are paying for a dollar of a company’s earnings. Price-to-sales ratio shows how much investors are paying for a dollar of a company’s sales. Price-to-book ratio measures market value of a fund or index relative to the collective book values of its component stocks. Price-to-cash-flows ratio measures the value of a stock’s price relative to its operating cash flow per share.

(For a larger view, click on the image above) 

https://www.etf.com/sections/etf-industry-perspective/proshares-dividend-aristocrats-less

2. Inflation Surprise and Economic Surprises vs. Historical Returns.

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab

Surprise!

Commodities remain the lone major asset class continuing to extend an already-extreme bullish run. Since the low in March 2020, the Bloomberg Commodity Index is up 70%. This is in keeping with inflation, which continues to run hot; and has been a volatility-driver for the equity market. As shown below, although a bit off the boil, Citi’s Inflation Surprise Index (measuring how inflation data is coming in relative to expectations) remains in the stratosphere. As detailed in the accompanying table, historical returns for the stock market tend to be lower when inflation surprises are higher. Also shown though is the historical tendency for small cap stocks to perform significantly better in those high inflation surprise zones.

Inflation Surprises Easing?

Source: Charles Schwab, Bloomberg, 1/31/1998-9/30/2021. The Citi Inflation Surprise Indices measure price surprises relative to market expectations. A positive reading means that inflation has been higher than expected and a negative reading that inflation has been lower than expected. Indexes are unmanaged, do not incur management fees, costs and expenses and cannot be invested in directly. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

In contrast to inflation having been surprising on the upside, economic data has been surprising on the downside; albeit with a slight uptick recently as shown below. As with the Inflation Surprise Index above, Citi’s Economic Surprise Index is not a measure of the level of economic data readings; but a measure of how the data is coming in relative to expectations. Courtesy of some recent and notable economic data “misses,” including consumer confidence/sentiment and payroll growth, the index remains in negative territory. As detailed in the accompanying table, historical returns for the stock market tended to be lower when economic surprises are lower.

Economic Surprises Bottoming?

Source: Charles Schwab,  Bloomberg, ©Copyright 2021 Ned Davis Research, Inc. Further distribution prohibited without prior permission. All Rights Reserved. See NDR Disclaimer at www.ndr.com/copyright.html. For data vendor disclaimers refer to www.ndr.com/vendorinfo/, as of 9/30/2021.  Indexes are unmanaged, do not incur management fees, costs and expenses and cannot be invested in directly. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

https://www.schwab.com/resource-center/insights/content/flavor-weak-notable-end-to-some-key-winning-streaks

3. Change in Consumer Prices One Year…Energy Up 25%

Inflation: Persistently Transitoryby Jeffrey Kleintop of Charles Schwab

https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2021/10/12/inflation-persistently-transitory

4. Inflation Since 2000

https://www.advisorperspectives.com/dshort/updates/2021/10/12/weekly-gasoline-prices-gas-prices-highest-since-2014

5. Energy Production Fails to Match Demand

Source: TS Lombard

https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-october-12th-2021/

6. Renewed Inflationary Concerns Pushing Global Yields Higher

Posted by lplresearch–Market Blog

Tuesday, October 12, 2021

The week of September 20 was notable for monetary policy as there were eleven central bank meetings, including the U.S., E.U., U.K., Turkey, and Norway, to name a few. While many of these countries are in different phases of an economic recovery and some of these central banks are providing different levels of monetary accommodation, a central theme was present throughout: inflation. Inflationary pressures would likely be higher than originally thought and would likely take longer than had been expected to abate. Since those meetings, we’ve seen a general repricing of market-implied inflation expectations and that has pushed global bond yields higher.

“Inflation is the nemesis of bond investors,” noted LPL Financial Fixed Income Strategist Lawrence Gillum. “That we’re seeing signs of stickier inflation in the near term is causing bond prices to fall. We think these inflationary pressures will decline over time though.”

As seen in the LPL Research Chart of the Day, inflation expectations, globally, have increased since central bank week (shaded part). Now, 5-year market-implied inflation expectations are the highest they’ve been in years for some regions. Market participants in the U.S., for now think consumer prices will increase 2.9% each year for the next five years. Moreover, markets are expecting consumer prices in the U.K. to increase by 4.5% annually over the next five years. Even in the European Union, where inflation goals have been tough to meet, inflation expectations continue to rise.

https://lplresearch.com/2021/10/12/renewed-inflationary-concerns-pushing-global-yields-higher

7.  Binance to halt Chinese yuan-crypto trading and restrict mainland China customers to withdrawals only

Shalini Nagarajan

Zhao, CEO of Binance.

REUTERS/Darrin Zammit Lupi

  • Binance will discontinue Chinese yuan trading on December 31, it said on Wednesday.
  • The crypto exchange said it would run checks to ensure users in mainland China can only make withdrawals.
  • Binance says it has been blocked in China since 2017, and doesn’t engage in local exchange business.
  • Sign up here for our daily newsletter, 10 Things Before the Opening Bell.

Binance will end the use of the Chinese yuan on its peer-to-peer platform, in the crypto exchange’s latest move to cooperate with regulators in China.

The company, which is one of the world’s largest exchanges, is set to discontinue support for the Chinese currency on December 31 this year, it said in a statementWednesday.

Binance added that people in mainland China will be allowed to only make withdrawals, redeem, or close positions.

“At the same time, Binance will conduct an inventory of platform users,” the crypto exchange said. “If the platform finds users in mainland China, their corresponding accounts will be switched to the ‘withdrawal only’ mode.”

Relevant users will be notified of the restriction to withdrawals via email seven days before the transition.

In late September, Chinese authorities declared all crypto-related transactions illegal and banned foreign exchanges from providing services to the country’s residents. Almost immediately, Binance said it would no longer accept registrations linked to Chinese mobile phone numbers.

Chinese crypto exchange Huobi said too it would stop new user registrations by mainland customers, and retire existing accounts by the end of this year. Two other Asia-focused crypto exchanges, Matrixport and Mexc, are also following by cutting off existing users.

Beijing’s recent hostile stance against towards crypto didn’t come as a surprise, after authorities imposed their first related “ban” in 2013.

Since then, China has been attempting to choke off the digital asset sector via various restrictions that target a range of market segments. In 2017, local crypto exchanges were ordered to end operations.

A Binance spokesperson told Insider that the crypto exchange has been blocked in China since 2017 and local users haven’t been able to access its website.

“Binance does not currently hold exchange operations in China,” the spokesperson said, and added that the company takes its compliance obligations “very seriously.”

News of crypto-related bans from China has not impacted the adoption rate of cryptocurrencies, according to Freddie Williams, a sales trader at UK-based digital asset broker GlobalBlock.

“It has not prevented adoption of bitcoin and digital assets from continuing their upward trend,” Williams said.

https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/currencies/binance-chinese-yuan-crypto-trading-limit-mainland-users-withdrawals-2021-10

8. U.S. officially the top destination for bitcoin miners, beating out China for the first time

PUBLISHED WED, OCT 13 20213:10 AM EDT

MacKenzie Sigalos@KENZIESIGALOS

KEY POINTS

-The U.S. is now the top destination for bitcoin miners, eclipsing China for the first time ever.

-One-third of bitcoin’s hashrate is in the U.S., according to the Cambridge Centre for Alternative Finance, a 428% increase from September 2020.

The U.S. is now the number one destination for bitcoin miners, eclipsing China for the first time ever. While it was already trending in that direction, new data from Cambridge University released early Wednesday makes it official.

As of July, 35.4% of bitcoin’s hashrate – an industry term used to describe the collective computing power of miners – is in the United States, according to the Cambridge Centre for Alternative Finance. That’s a 428% increase from September 2020.

America partly has China to thank for its newfound dominance in the mining industry.

Twelve months ago, China was the market leader in terms of hashrate – by a long shot. But Beijing’s crypto crackdown in the spring took half the world’s bitcoin miners offline practically overnight.

Miners started fleeing China en masse, heading to the cheapest energy sources on the planet in what was dubbed “the great mining migration.” A whole lot of them ended up in America.

The newly-released Cambridge data zeroes out China’s average monthly share of the global hashrate in July – a major reversal from September 2020, when China captured about 67% of the market.

“The whole narrative of China controls bitcoin is now completely destroyed,” said Boaz Sobrado, a London-based fintech data analyst.

Heading to America

The U.S. ticks a lot of boxes for migrant bitcoin miners searching for a new home.

For one, states like Texas boast some of the world’s lowest energy prices, which is a major incentive to miners who compete in a low-margin industry, where their only variable cost is typically energy.

The U.S. is also flush with renewable power sources.

Washington state is a mecca for hydropowered mining farms. New York produces more hydroelectric power than any other state east of the Rocky Mountains, and it counts its nuclear power plants toward its 100% carbon-free electricity goal. Meanwhile, Texas’ share of renewables is growing over time, with 20% of its power coming from wind as of 2019. The Texas grid also continues to rapidly add more wind and solar power.

Miners across the country have also harnessed nuclear power. Some are latching their rigs to otherwise stranded energy, like natural gas going to waste in oil fields across Texas. This reduces greenhouse gas emissions and generates money for the gas providers and miners.

This shift toward zero-emission, clean energy sources has already begun to recast the narrative among skeptics that bitcoin is bad for the environment.

“Mining is price sensitive, so as to seek out the lowest-cost power and the lowest-cost power tends to be renewable because if you’re burning fossil fuels … it has extraction, refinement and transport costs,” Blockstream CEO Adam Back said.

Besides lower electricity costs, some U.S. states like Texas also have crypto-friendly policymakers and an adequate supply of hosting infrastructure.

The state has a deregulated power grid with real-time spot pricing that lets customers choose between power providers, and crucially, its political leaders are pro-crypto. Those are dream conditions for miners who want a kind welcome and cheap energy sources.

“If you’re looking to relocate hundreds of millions of dollars of miners out of China, you want to make sure you have geographic, political, and jurisdictional stability. You also want to make sure there are private property rights protections for the assets that you are relocating,” said Darin Feinstein, co-founder of Core Scientific.

Luck meets preparation

America’s rise to the top is also a case of luck meeting preparation. The U.S. has been quietly boosting its hosting capacity for years.

Before bitcoin miners started coming to America, companies across the country made a gamble that eventually, if adequate infrastructure were in place, they would set up shop in the U.S.

That gamble is paying off.

When bitcoin crashed in late 2017 and the wider market entered a multi-year crypto winter, there wasn’t much demand for big bitcoin farms. U.S. mining operators saw their opening and jumped at the chance to deploy cheap money to build up the mining ecosystem in the States.

“The large, publicly-traded miners were able to raise capital to go make big purchases,” said Mike Colyer, CEO of digital currency company Foundry, which helped bring over $300 million of mining equipment into North America.

Feinstein says that in the last 18 months, there has been a serious growth of mining infrastructure in America. “We’ve noticed a massive uptick in mining operations looking to relocate to North America, mostly in the U.S.,” continued Feinstein.

Companies like North American crypto mining operator Core Scientific kept building out hosting space all through the crypto winter to ensure the capacity to plug in new gear, according to Colyer. 

“A majority of the new equipment manufactured from May 2020 through December 2020 was shipped to the U.S. and Canada,” he said.

Alex Brammer of Luxor Mining, a cryptocurrency pool built for advanced miners, points out that maturing capital markets and financial instruments around the mining industry also played a big role in the industry’s quick ascent in the U.S. Brammer says many of these American operators were able to start rapidly expanding once they secured financing by leveraging a multi-year track record of profitability and existing capital as collateral.

Covid also played a role.

Though the global pandemic shut down large swaths of the economy, the ensuing stimulus payments proved a boon for U.S. mining companies.

“All the money printing during the pandemic meant that more capital needed to be deployed,” explained bitcoin mining engineer Brandon Arvanaghi.

“People were looking for places to park their cash. The appetite for large-scale investments had never been bigger. A lot of that likely found its way into bitcoin mining operations in places outside of China,” continued Arvanaghi.

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/10/13/us-beats-china-as-the-number-one-destination-for-bitcoin-miners.html

9. Tesla vs. All Automakers.

Updated Chart.

Might as well trot out this one today, because who doesn’t love this visual (whether $TSLA or $TSLAQ)? Oh, and the non-Tesla automakers also have about $200 billion in net industrial cash. Truly a sight to behold.

https://twitter.com/AlbertBridgeCap/status/1447985706513620994/photo/1

10. How to be remarkable

From this week’s Guardian:

1. 

Understand the urgency of the situation. Half-measures simply won’t do. The only way to grow is to abandon your strategy of doing what you did yesterday, but better. Commit.

2. 

Remarkable doesn’t mean remarkable to you. It means remarkable to me. Am I going to make a remark about it? If not, then you’re average, and average is for losers.

3. 

Being noticed is not the same as being remarkable. Running down the street naked will get you noticed, but it won’t accomplish much. It’s easy to pull off a stunt, but not useful.

4. 

Extremism in the pursuit of remarkability is no sin. In fact, it’s practically a requirement. People in first place, those considered the best in the world, these are the folks that get what they want. Rock stars have groupies because they’re stars, not because they’re good looking.

5. 

Remarkability lies in the edges. The biggest, fastest, slowest, richest, easiest, most difficult. It doesn’t always matter which edge, more that you’re at (or beyond) the edge.

6. 

Not everyone appreciates your efforts to be remarkable. In fact, most people don’t. So what? Most people are ostriches, heads in the sand, unable to help you anyway. Your goal isn’t to please everyone. Your goal is to please those that actually speak up, spread the word, buy new things or hire the talented.

7. 

If it’s in a manual, if it’s the accepted wisdom, if you can find it in a Dummies book, then guess what? It’s boring, not remarkable. Part of what it takes to do something remarkable is to do something first and best. Roger Bannister was remarkable. The next guy, the guy who broke Bannister’s record wasn’t. He was just faster … but it doesn’t matter.

8. 

It’s not really as frightening as it seems. They keep the masses in line by threatening them (us) with all manner of horrible outcomes if we dare to step out of line. But who loses their jobs at the mass layoffs? Who has trouble finding a new gig? Not the remarkable minority, that’s for sure.

9. 

If you put it on a T-shirt, would people wear it? No use being remarkable at something that people don’t care about. Not ALL people, mind you, just a few. A few people insanely focused on what you do is far far better than thousands of people who might be mildly interested, right?

10. 

What’s fashionable soon becomes unfashionable. While you might be remarkable for a time, if you don’t reinvest and reinvent, you won’t be for long. Instead of resting on your laurels, you must commit to being remarkable again quite soon.

https://seths.blog/2007/01/how_to_be_remar/

Topley’s Top 10 – October 12, 2021

1. Earnings Season—Big Downshift in Forecasts After Massive Covid Bounce.

Dave Lutz at Jones Trading….Third-quarter earnings season will kick off this week, and investors are awaiting insight into the impact of stickier-than-anticipated inflation, brought on by supply-chain disruptions, labor shortages and surging energy prices. Some are worried that higher costs for products and energy could crimp demand, while winter could lead to a resurgence in Covid-19 infections and hospitalizations. No major earnings are due Monday, WSJ reports.

Analysts see a 29.6% year-over-year increase in earnings for S&P 500 companies in the third quarter, according to IBES data from Refinitiv as of Friday, down from 96.3% growth in the second quarter. The third-quarter forecast is down a touch from several weeks ago, a reversal of the recent trend for estimates.

Reopening demand and marooned containers have caused bottlenecks across supply chains just as the holiday shopping season kicks off in North America, prompting downgrades across analysts estimates for the upcoming earnings season.  Few expect the supply snarls to end this year as an energy crisis stokes inflation fears. Caution abounds in the semiconductor, retail and raw material segments.


2. Coal 5 Year Chart ….$50 to $250 in One Year.

Trading Economics Blog—Coal futures rose slightly on Monday to trade around $240 per metric ton and getting closer to a record of $269.5 hit on October 5th as flooding put in question China’s efforts to address energy shortages. Heavy rains have forced the closures of 60 coal mines in Shanxi province, the largest coal mining hub in China. Last week, the coal prices eased to $230 after Beijing ordered coal miners to boost production in an effort to curb an ongoing energy crisis, while Russian President Vladimir Putin said Gazprom will send more gas to European countries via Ukraine.


3. Historical Profit Margins Chart…..Hit 10 Year High.  Higher taxes, labor costs, materials, and interest rates coming?

Callum Thomas Chart Storm US Profit Margins: following a disastrous global pandemic and widespread supply chain issues, US economy-wide profit margins are… at a 10-year high.

Specifically what the chart shows is US corporate profits before tax (with IVA and CCadj) as a percentage of GDP.

Clearly a lot has gone right for corporates: very easy and cheap financing, wage subsidies and other fiscal economic-life support measures, and a stimulus-fueled (and reopening-driven) economic rebound. Some of these things will be hard (won’t happen) to replicate going forward.

Indeed, most signs point to very tight labor markets and rising wage pressures as global supply chain blockages send prices skyward (and prompt many to rethink how they even arrange their supply chain e.g. reshoring, etc). Shorter-term energy costs are rising as well, and I think it’s likely we’ve already seen the low point in interest rates, and of course global tax rates.

So it seems likely this rebound in profit margins will be short-lived.

—

Best regards,

Callum Thomas

https://chartstorm.substack.com/p/weekly-s-and-p500-chartstorm-10-october


4. Massive Projected Spending in Clean Energy 2021-2050

Capital Group Blog-Trillions in global investments expected for clean energy

Green infrastructure investment set for big growth

Infrastructure investment (USD billions)

Source: International Energy Agency, Net Zero by 2050 (May 2021).

https://www.capitalgroup.com/advisor/insights/articles/clean-energy-tailwinds.html?sfid=1988901890&cid=80542750&et_cid=80542750&cgsrc=SFMC&alias=SEE+PREDICTIONS-Advisor


5. Chinese Military Spending Doubles in 10 Years


6. Office Buildings Conversion to Apartments

Wolf Street Blog–For 2021, a total of 20,122 apartments are expected to be completed, in 151 buildings of all types, with a surging share of office buildings, according to Yardi Matrix data cited by sister company RENTCafé. But it’s not huge: By comparison, new construction starts of multi-family buildings with five or more units averaged around 370,000 units per year over the past five years. The number of completed buildings in 2021, at 151, are over double the number in the prior two years.

Office conversions have been the leader since 2013, and they shot higher in 2020 and 2021 and have far outdistanced factory and hotel conversions. Hotel conversions are easier to accomplish because the existing floorplans, utilities, and other aspects are less costly to adapt for residential use. But the real volume going forward is in office buildings, given the vast amount of space available, though they’re more costly to convert than hotels:

Apartment Conversions from Old Office Buildings, Hotels, Factories: The Numbersby Wolf Richter • Oct 11, 2021 

https://wolfstreet.com/2021/10/11/redevelopment-of-vacant-office-buildings-old-hotels-factories-into-apartments-surges-but-the-number-of-buildings-that-make-isnt-huge/


7. Private Jet Sales and Bookings at Record Levels.

Private jet rage grows as a record number of fliers strain the system, causing plane shortages
Robert Frank@ROBTFRANK

  • The flood of new private jet customers — driven by health concerns during the pandemic and the rapid creation of wealth — is now taxing an industry geared for slower growth.
  • The problem has been made worse by a shortage of new and used planes, delays getting aircraft parts and crew and pilot shortages.
  • NetJets has halted sales of jet cards, fractional shares and leases for light cabin aircraft amid the challenges.

Record number of travelers are now flying on private jets

Private jet fliers are facing increasing delays, cancellations and lack of available flights as the industry struggles to serve a record number of new fliers, while facing supply chain troubles.

July was the busiest month ever for private jet flights, with more than 300,000 flights, according to Argus International. While business usually cools in the fall, September saw nearly 300,000 flights and Argus projects October’s pace will break the July record.

The flood of new private jet customers — driven by health concerns during the coronavirus pandemic and the rapid creation of wealth — is now taxing an industry geared for slower growth. A shortage of new and used planes, delays getting aircraft parts, crew and pilot shortages, catering snafus, and air traffic problems are combining to create a growing number of delays and cancellations, according to industry executives.

Customers who paid five or six figures for their dream flights are now learning that even private jets encounter delays and logistics problems.

“These are people who spent $200,000 and they want perfection,” said Doug Gollan, founder of Private Jet Card Comparisons, a website that reviews jet card programs.

A Private Jet Card Comparisons survey of private jet fliers found that more than 20% had experienced a service issue in recent months.

Industry executives say the main issue is a lack of aircraft. People who own private jets and usually hire them out for charter are using the planes more often themselves, leaving fewer available for the charter market.

Fractional owners are also using their planes more. The supply shortage is feeding through the entire private aviation system, from charter companies and jet management companies to brokers and operators. The inventory of used planes is at all-time lows, and private jet makers Bombardier, Textron and General Dynamics’ Gulfstream have all raised production to meet demand.

Pilots are in short supply as well. Many retired or dialed back during the Covid-19 pandemic, and with the commercial airlines aggressively hiring, private jet companies and owners are scrambling to find pilots. Finding cabin crew is also becoming difficult and costly.

Shortages and delays are also hurting the availability of aircraft parts, which means that repairs that should take a day or two are now stretching for a week or more, taking more planes out of circulation.

Wheels Up, which started trading as a public company this summer, just launched a new Pilot Employee Equity Grant to try to lure and retain more pilots. The program provides equity to full-time and part-time pilots on its seniority list as of Aug. 31, and new pilots hired after Sept. 1 will be eligible.

Even catering has become a source of customer complaints. Private jet customers typically call in their catering order a day or two before the flight. But many of the new fliers are calling it in the night before, which has created a mad scramble for the caterers trying to source and make the meals — and line up the right wine or spirits — that clients are requesting.

“Say you’ve got a client who ordered Belvedere vodka and the caterer couldn’t only get Grey Goose,” Gollan said. “So the customer gets on the plane and he’s ticked off that he’s paying all this money and saying “why didn’t I get my Belvedere vodka?’”

Turning away new business

The cascade of problems has led some companies to halt sales and new customers. Sentient Jet just stopped sales of jet cards as of midnight on Sept. 30, saying it wants to focus on its existing customers.

NetJets has halted sales of jet cards, fractional shares and leases for light cabin aircraft — like the Citation XLS and Phenom 300. The company said flight demand is the highest in its 57-year history, averaging 500 flights a day compared with under 400 in 2019.

“The vast number of flights is taxing the air travel infrastructure in ways we haven’t seen in years,” the company said. Pausing light jet sales, along with other restrictions on card buyers, “allows the company to continue prioritizing what is most important — delivering the best possible experience to all owners.”

Concerns about rising costs and lower margins are squeezing some private jet operators and companies. Wheels Up’s share price has fallen by more than 40% since its peak in July, in part because of analyst concerns over margins.

Wheels Up said it “is uniquely positioned to service our members and customers in the current environment with our fleet of owned, operated, managed and third-party partner aircraft.”

The big question is whether the more than 10,000 customers who started flying private for the first time during the pandemic will stick around if the problems continue to mount. Gollan said that while customers may complain about service issues, none of the 300 it surveyed said they planned to go back to commercial airlines. 

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/10/01/private-jet-rage-grows-as-a-record-number-of-fliers-strain-the-system.html?utm_source=morning_brew&utm_medium=newsletter&utm_campaign=mb


8. SpaceX $100 Billion Valuation


9. Israel a step closer to commercial drones with latest tests

By JACK JEFFERY

TEL AVIV, Israel (AP) — Dozens of drones floated through the skies of Tel Aviv on Monday, ferrying cartons of ice cream and sushi across the city in an experiment that officials hope provided a glimpse of the not-too-distant future.

Israel’s National Drone Initiative, a government program, carried out the drill to prepare for a world in which large quantities of commercial deliveries will be made by drones to take pressure off highly congested urban roads. The two-year program aims to apply the capabilities of Israeli drone companies to establish a nationwide network where customers can order goods and have them delivered to pick up spots.

The project, now in the third of eight stages, is still in its infancy and faces many questions about security and logistics.

“We had 700 test flights at the start of this year and now we are close to 9,000 flights,” said Daniella Partem, from Israel Innovation Authority, a partner in the drone initiative.

Israel is a global leader in drone technology, with much of its expertise rooted in the highly technologized military. Many of the 16 companies participating in the drone initiative have links to the military.

According to Partem, the initiative was inspired by the halting effect that COVID-19 had on the transportation of medical supplies in early 2020.

An early stage tested the transport of medicines and blood plasma by drones. The initiative has since carried out wider tests in three different urban districts in Israel and hopes to promote legislation that would allow drones to be widely used through an app that customers and clients can use.

Israel’s population of 9.3 million people is largely packed in in urban centers, with major cities like Tel Aviv and Jerusalem suffering from high levels of road congestion. Access to Israel airspace is highly regulated by security officials, and flying a drone requires a permit from the Israeli Civil Aviation Authority.

The initiative faces many obstacles. Officials will have to ensure that drones can handle flights through turbulent weather conditions and that the skies can be quickly cleared in case of war or emergency. There are also issues of privacy.

“Once you have a drone that actually takes photos or videos you create a totally new dimension of privacy invasion,” said Tehilla Shwartz Altshuler, digital technology expert and fellow at the Israel Democracy Institute, a think tank in Jerusalem. 

The drone initiative has already tried to address such concerns by using cameras that can help the machine land, but don’t have the resolution to take detailed photos.

The drone initiative has worked in cooperation with the aviation authority since its first flight tests in January. Five more tests are planned over the next 14 months. 

“One day, we will have drone-powered taxis in the sky,” said Yoely Or, co-founder of Cando Drones, one of the companies that participated in Monday’s experiment. 

https://apnews.com/article/technology-business-tel-aviv-middle-east-israel-9af02bf7a568a6da9ea4041089417933


10. 7 Ways to Retain More of Every Book You Read

written by JAMES CLEAR

PRODUCTIVITY SELF-IMPROVEMENT

There are many benefits to reading more books, but perhaps my favorite is this: A good book can give you a new way to interpret your past experiences.

Whenever you learn a new mental model or idea, it’s like the “software” in your brain gets updated. Suddenly, you can run all of your old data points through a new program. You can learn new lessons from old moments. As Patrick O’Shaughnessy says, “Reading changes the past.”

Of course, this is only true if you internalize and remember insights from the books you read. Knowledge will only compound if it is retained. In other words, what matters is not simply reading more books, but getting more out of each book you read.

Gaining knowledge is not the only reason to read, of course. Reading for pleasure or entertainment can be a wonderful use of time, but this article is about reading to learn. With that in mind, I’d like to share some of the best reading comprehension strategies I’ve found.

1. Quit More Books

It doesn’t take long to figure out if something is worth reading. Skilled writing and high-quality ideas stick out.

As a result, most people should probably start more books than they do. This doesn’t mean you need to read each book page-by-page. You can skim the table of contents, chapter titles, and subheadings. Pick an interesting section and dive in for a few pages. Maybe flip through the book and glance at any bolded points or tables. In ten minutes, you’ll have a reasonable idea of how good it is.

Then comes the crucial step: Quit books quickly and without guilt or shame.

Life is too short to waste it on average books. The opportunity cost is too high. There are so many amazing things to read. I think Patrick Collison, the founder of Stripe, put it nicely when he said, “Life is too short to not read the very best book you know of right now.”

Here’s my recommendation:

Start more books. Quit most of them. Read the great ones twice.

2. Choose Books You Can Use Instantly

One way to improve reading comprehension is to choose books you can immediately apply. Putting the ideas you read into action is one of the best ways to secure them in your mind. Practice is a very effective form of learning.

Choosing a book that you can use also provides a strong incentive to pay attention and remember the material. That’s particularly true when something important hangs in the balance. If you’re starting a business, for example, then you have a lot of motivation to get everything you can out of the sales book you’re reading. Similarly, someone who works in biology might read The Origin of Species more carefully than a random reader because it connects directly to their daily work. 

Of course, not every book is a practical, how-to guide that you can apply immediately, and that’s fine. You can find wisdom in many different books. But I do find that I’m more likely to remember books that are relevant to my daily life.

3. Create Searchable Notes

Keep notes on what you read. You can do this however you like. It doesn’t need to be a big production or a complicated system. Just do something to emphasize the important points and passages.

I do this in different ways depending on the format I’m consuming. I highlight passages when reading on Kindle. I type out interesting quotes as I listen to audiobooks. I dog-ear pages and transcribe notes when reading a print book.

But here’s the real key: store your notes in a searchable format.

There is no need to leave the task of reading comprehension solely up to your memory. I keep my notes in Evernote. I prefer Evernote over other options because 1) it is instantly searchable, 2) it is easy to use across multiple devices, and 3) you can create and save notes even when you’re not connected to the internet.

I get my notes into Evernote in three ways:

I. Audiobook: I create a new Evernote file for each book and then type my notes directly into that file as I listen.

II. Ebook: I highlight passages on my Kindle Paperwhite and use a program called Clippings to export all of my Kindle highlights directly into Evernote. Then, I add a summary of the book and any additional thoughts before posting it to my book summaries page.

III. Print: Similar to my audiobook strategy, I type my notes as I read. If I come across a longer passage I want to transcribe, I place the book on a book stand as I type. (Typing notes while reading a print book can be annoying because you are always putting the book down and picking it back up, but this is the best solution I’ve found.)

Of course, your notes don’t have to be digital to be “searchable.” For example, you can use Post-It Notes to tag certain pages for future reference. As another option, Ryan Holiday suggests storing each note on an index card and categorizing them by the topic or book.

The core idea is the same: Keeping searchable notes is essential for returning to ideas easily. An idea is only useful if you can find it when you need it.

4. Combine Knowledge Trees

One way to imagine a book is like a knowledge tree with a few fundamental concepts forming the trunk and the details forming the branches. You can learn more and improve reading comprehension by “linking branches” and integrating your current book with other knowledge trees.

For example:

  • While reading The Tell-Tale Brain by neuroscientist V.S. Ramachandran, I discovered that one of his key points connected to a previous idea I learned from social work researcher Brené Brown.
  • In my notes for The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck, I noted how Mark Manson’s idea of “killing yourself” overlaps with Paul Graham’s essay on keeping your identity small.
  • As I read Mastery by George Leonard, I realized that while this book was about the process of improvement, it also shed some light on the connection between genetics and performance.

I added each insight to my notes for that particular book.

Connections like these help you remember what you read by “hooking” new information onto concepts and ideas you already understand. As Charlie Munger says, “If you get into the mental habit of relating what you’re reading to the basic structure of the underlying ideas being demonstrated, you gradually accumulate some wisdom.”

When you read something that reminds you of another topic or immediately sparks a connection or idea, don’t allow that thought to come and go without notice. Write about what you’ve learned and how it connects to other ideas.

5. Write a Short Summary

As soon as I finish a book, I challenge myself to summarize the entire text in just three sentences. This constraint is just a game, of course, but it forces me to consider what was really important about the book.

Some questions I consider when summarizing a book include:

  • What are the main ideas?
  • If I implemented one idea from this book right now, which one would it be?
  • How would I describe the book to a friend?

In many cases, I find that I can usually get just as much useful information from reading my one-paragraph summary and reviewing my notes as I would if I read the entire book again. 

If you feel like you can’t squeeze the whole book into three sentences, consider using the Feynman Technique.

The Feynman Technique is a note-taking strategy named after the Nobel Prize-winning physicist Richard Feynman. It’s pretty simple: Write the name of the book at the top of a blank sheet of paper, then write down how you’d explain the book to someone who had never heard of it.

If you find yourself stuck or if you see that there are holes in your understanding, review your notes or go back to the text and try again. Keep writing it out until you have a good handle on the main ideas and feel confident in your explanation.

I’ve found that almost nothing reveals gaps in my thinking better than writing about an idea as if I am explaining it to a beginner. Ben Carlson, a financial analyst, says something similar, “I find the best way to figure out what I’ve learned from a book is to write something about it.” 

6. Surround the Topic

I often think of the quote by Thomas Aquinas, “Beware the man of a single book.”

If you only read one book on a topic and use that as the basis for your beliefs for an entire category of life, well, how sound are those beliefs? How accurate and complete is your knowledge?

Reading a book takes effort, but too often, people use one book or one article as the basis for an entire belief system. This is even more true (and more difficult to overcome) when it comes to using our one, individual experience as the basis for our beliefs. As Morgan Housel noted, “Your personal experiences make up maybe 0.00000001% of what’s happened in the world but maybe 80% of how you think the world works. We’re all biased to our own personal history.” 

One way to attack this problem is to read a variety of books on the same topic. Dig in from different angles, look at the same problem through the eyes of various authors, and try to transcend the boundary of your own experience.

7. Read It Twice

I’d like to finish by returning to an idea I mentioned near the beginning of this article: read the great books twice. The philosopher Karl Popper explained the benefits nicely, “Anything worth reading is not only worth reading twice, but worth reading again and again. If a book is worthwhile, then you will always be able to make new discoveries in it and find things in it that you didn’t notice before, even though you have read it many times.”

Additionally, revisiting great books is helpful because the problems you deal with change over time. Sure, when you read a book twice maybe you’ll catch some stuff you missed the first time around, but it’s more likely that new passages and ideas will be relevant to you. It’s only natural for different sentences to leap out at you depending on the point you are at in life.

You read the same book, but you never read it the same way. As Charles Chu noted, “I always return home to the same few authors. And, no matter how many times I return, I always find they have something new to say.” 

Of course, even if you didn’t get something new out of each reading, it would still be worthwhile to revisit great books because ideas need to be repeated to be remembered. The writer David Cain says, “When we only learn something once, we don’t really learn it—at least not well enough for it to change us much. It may inspire momentarily, but then becomes quickly overrun by the decades of habits and conditioning that preceded it.” Returning to great ideas cements them in your mind.

Nassim Taleb sums things up with a rule for all readers: “A good book gets better at the second reading. A great book at the third. Any book not worth rereading isn’t worth reading.”

Where to Go From Here

Knowledge compounds over time.

In Chapter 1 of Atomic Habits, I wrote: “Learning one new idea won’t make you a genius, but a commitment to lifelong learning can be transformative.”

One book will rarely change your life, even if it does deliver a lightbulb moment of insight. The key is to get a little wiser each day.

Now that you know how to get more out of each book you read, you might be looking for some reading recommendations. Feel free to check out my book summaries or my public reading list.

https://jamesclear.com/reading-comprehension-strategies

Topley’s Top 10 – October 11, 2021

1. Record Stock and Bond Flows…Mass Liquidity.

Wealth of Common Sense Blog For example, Bloomberg’s Eric Balchunas noted this week Vanguard’s S&P 500 ETF (VOO) just broke the all-time record for inflows in a single year:

Data from Yardeni Research shows inflows into bond mutual funds and ETFs are as high as they’ve been going back to 2003 by a wide margin:

 

Despite generationally low interest rates, investors continue plowing money into bond funds. According to Yardeni, there was a record $1.01 trillion of inflows into bond funds for the trailing 12 months through April. The 12 month numbers through July and August were close to that record as well.

A Wealth of Common Sense Blog

https://awealthofcommonsense.com/2021/10/this-market-makes-no-sense/


2.Best and Worst Performing S&P 500 Stocks in 2021-Bespoke

The fourth quarter is now off to the races and we thought it worthwhile to check in on the best and worst-performing S&P 500 stocks on a year-to-date basis.  As shown below, there are currently six members of the index that have rallied over 100% this year.  Apt for the year that its vaccine has rolled out, the biggest gainer of these has been Moderna (MRNA) with a 196.12% rally.  It now has a market cap of $124.87 billion versus a market cap of only $41 billion at the start of the year. Of the 20 best performers, MRNA is also the only one with a market cap above $100 billion. The next largest is ConocoPhillips (COP) with a $95.76 billion market cap.  COP is one of multiple Energy stocks on this list as well. Of the top 20 performers, Energy sector names dominate the list with 8 members.

 

Pivoting to the other end of the spectrum, Las Vegas Sands (LVS) is down the most this year having been cut by 36.18%.  IPG Photonics (IPGP), Lamb Weston Holdings (LW), Viatris (VTRS), MarketAxess (MKTX), and Global Payments (GPN) also have fallen by at least 25%.  Once again, there is only one member of this list with a market cap above $100 billion: Qualcomm (QCOM).  One other interesting factor to note of the worst performers is there are several stocks that were at some point plays on pandemic trends, whether those be reopening or stay at home. For example, in addition to LVS, another gaming/reopening name, Wynn Resorts (WYNN), ranks as the eighth-worst performer YTD.  Additionally, strong performers during the onset of the pandemic like Clorox (CLX), Activision Blizzard (ATVI), and Take-Two Interactive (TTWO) are all down double digits this year.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/best-and-worst-performing-sp-500-stocks-in-2021


3.Bank Stocks Kick Off Earnings Season This Week

Banks Outperforming this Year but Still Cheap vs. S&P

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/u-bank-stocks-may-too-113126241.html


4. Emerging Market Energy Sector Cheap vs. Broad Market.

Another Sector with good run but still fundamentally cheap

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/world-energy-chaos-turns-russia-160100835.html


5. Bitcoin +14% for the Week….Mystery Whale Buys $1.6B Wed. Trade.

Bitcoin One Month Chart

Who Bought $1.6B in Bitcoin Wednesday, and Why? Coindesk

 

Where? Trying to pin down the exchange that took on this trade offers some hints about the buyer’s motivation.

The price of bitcoin on Coinbase relative to other exchanges rose sharply as the trade was underway, leading some to speculate that the regulated U.S. exchange was the platform where the transaction happened. However, a little more digging into the data places the trade in Asia.

Three exchanges saw particularly large volumes in their perpetual futures contracts, according to Ki Young Ju, CEO of data provider CryptoQuant. Those three – Binance, Huobi and ByBit – while not technically based in China, have long had ties to the country, where yet another crackdown on crypto was recently announced.

Bitcoin perpetual futures trading volume, Oct. 6, 2021 (CryptoQuant)

“Whales bought up $BTC in the perpetual futures markets yesterday mostly at @binance, @HuobiGlobal and @Bybit_Official. Basis ratio says it was futures-driven, and they punted long positions as open interest skyrocketed at that time. These guys know something,” Ki tweeted Thursday.

Ki hypothesized that one possible explanation could be traders taking on huge positions ahead of a rumored approval by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission of a futures-based bitcoin exchange-traded fund (ETF). The buzz hit the market after the regulator’s chairman, Gary Gensler, merely reiterated his previously stated preference for a futures-based ETF should one ever get launched.

“If this move was the ETF front-running from US whales, they are likely to use non-US exchanges to avoid blame for insider trading IMO,” Ki tweeted, shooting down the idea that the trade came from an order on Coinbase. “Spot trading volume dominance for Coinbase is increasing lately, but not that high compared to early this year.”

Again, that doesn’t explain the trader’s willingness to accept slippage. After all, front-running a regulatory action a full week after speculation began by piling all in with one big order wouldn’t be prudent or rational. That doesn’t mean irrational exuberance doesn’t exist in crypto markets; for many participants it’s a feature, not a bug. But that’s not something usually characteristic of an entity with the resources to take on a billion-dollar trade.

Rather, the fact these three perpetual futures exchanges originated in China (though no longer based there) may be more significant than just their relative liquidity.

https://www.coindesk.com/markets/2021/10/10/who-bought-16b-in-bitcoin-wednesday-and-why/


6. Dividend Growers Vs. High Yield Bonds

Equities: Dividend growers tend to outperform high-yield bonds during times of stress.

The Daily Shot Blog https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-october-7th-2021/


7. NYC-Apartment Rents and Home Prices Booming but Retail 30% Occupancy ….Office Buildings Only Back to 29% Capacity.

Zerohedge–Some of the busiest streets in midtown Manhattan are plagued with vacant storefronts as a drop in tourism and office workers have severely punished the retail industry during the pandemic.

A new report released Thursday from the Real Estate Board of New York outlines how 30% of 311 storefronts in retail areas around Midtown East and Grand Central are vacant, which is more than double the historical rate. The report also said Madison Avenue had a retail vacancy rate of 28% among 289 stores.

Kastle Systems, whose electronic access systems secure thousands of office buildings across NYC, showed that only 29% of workers were back at their desks in late September.

 

8. The New Buzzword “Stagflation”

More than 4,000 stories mentioned the word “#stagflation” in September, 2X as many as in August, itself a record high going back to 2012

Barry Ritholtz The Big Picture

https://ritholtz.com/2021/10/10-friday-am-reads-337/


9. A Harvard nutritionist and brain expert shares the 5 foods she eats every day to sharpen her memory and focus

Published Fri, Oct 8 202112:07 PM EDTUpdated Fri, Oct 8 202112:30 PM EDT

Lauren Armstrong, Contributor

As a dietitian, I always tell people to think of the brain as the mastermind behind almost everything — our thoughts, memory, focus, movements, breathing, heartbeat — and that certain foods can help make it stronger, sharper and smarter.

Our brain and diet also play a key role in longevity. According to the National Institute on Aging, what we eat can directly impact inflammation and oxidative stress in our bodies — both of which can affect our risk of neurodegenerative diseases, including Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s.

I spoke with Dr. Uma Naidoo, a nutritional psychiatrist, faculty member at Harvard Medical School and author of “This Is Your Brain on Food,” about what she eats to sharpen her memory, focus and overall brain health:


1. Extra dark chocolate

Chopped dark chocolate

Julia Malynovska | Twenty20

“Extra dark chocolate is full of antioxidants and cacao flavanols that help preserve the health of brain cells,” Naidoo tells CNBC Make It. “It also contains fiber to help reduce brain inflammation and prevent cognitive decline.”

A 2020 study looked at how dark chocolate and white chocolate can affect the memory of healthy young adults. Participants who were given dark chocolate had better verbal memory performances two hours after consuming the chocolate, compared to the group that received white chocolate.

Researchers suggested this was due to the higher flavonoid content of the dark chocolate, “which can acutely improve cognitive function in humans.”

Extra dark chocolate should be at least 70% cacao or greater, according to Naidoo.

Just don’t go overboard with the serving sizes, she says: “One meta-analysis suggests that the optimal amount of dark chocolate consumption for the health of our blood vessels — including the ones that supply blood to the brain — is about 45 grams per week.”


2. Berries

Fresh berries

Viktoryia Vinnikava | Twenty20

“Berries are packed with antioxidants, phytonutrients, fiber, vitamins and minerals,” says Naidoo. “These nutrients help retain memory, and the fiber content helps feed microbes in the gut to reduce brain inflammation.”

She suggests choosing from an assortment of red, blue and black-colored berries. Strawberries, for example, are rich in flavonoids and may help slow down cognitive decline; blueberries contain different types of flavonoids linked with preventing oxidative stress; and blackberries are great sources of antioxidants, which help brain cell health.

“Eating a variety of colorful berries can also reduce symptoms of anxiety and help fend off neurodegenerative diseases like dementia,” says Naidoo.

She typically goes for a half or single cup in her daily serving.


3. Turmeric (with black pepper)

One of the major ingredients in curry powder, turmeric contains a compound called curcumin, which is the secret behind its brain-boosting benefits.

“Curcumin is a powerful anti-inflammatory substance,” says Naidoo. “Consuming it, studies have found, can help reduce symptoms of anxiety and lower cognitive decline with age.”

Turmeric is good solo, but the benefits can be stronger when combined with black pepper. Naidoo always adds “a pinch of black pepper in turmeric because piperine — the compound in black pepper — activates the curcumin and increases the bioavailability to the brain and the body.”

You can incorporate turmeric and black pepper into your diet by adding it to a hearty rice dish, a side of potatoes, a golden milk latte or some oatmeal.


4. Leafy Greens

Plate of spinach

Ekaterina Budinovskya | Twenty20

“Leafy greens are a staple in brain-healthy diets because they contain folate, which is a B vitamin that supports neurodevelopment and neurotransmitter function,” explains Naidoo. “Folate deficiency has been tied to increased symptoms of depression as well as cognitive aging.”

Naidoo says her favorite leafy greens include:

  • Arugula
  • Dandelion greens
  • Spinach
  • Swiss chard
  • Watercress

Not a salad fan? You can also enjoy them as creative ingredients in your favorite dishes, like pasta, burritos or as a pizza topping.


5. Fermented foods

Yogurt bowl

David Tanke | Twenty20

Fermentation involves adding foods to a culture of microorganisms that then feed on the sugars in the food. This creates other products, such as lactic acid, that can generate gut-friendly bacteria.

“We have what’s called a gut-brain connection,” says Naidoo. “So when we eat fermented foods and boost our gut health, we may also improve our cognitive function.”

She likes to eat homemade kimchi as a snack with celery sticks, or combine it with salads for extra texture and flavor. Some other fermented foods Naidoo recommends:

  • Sauerkraut
  • Miso
  • Kombucha
  • Kefir
  • Yogurt

However, large amounts of fermented foods can make you bloated. “If you feel uncomfortable, cut back on your intake until your gut and body adjust,” Naidoo advises.

You’ll also want to double-check the food labels to ensure that what you’re buying is actually fermented. Typically, you’ll see a label that mentions “live active cultures.”

Lauren Armstrong is a dietitian and nutrition coach. She was also a nutritionist for The Women, Infant and Children (WIC) program. Lauren received her bachelor’s degree in dietetics from Western Michigan University and has written for several publications, including Livestrong and HealthDay.

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/10/08/foods-that-sharpen-brain-health-memory-and-focus-according-to-harvard-nutritional-psychiatrist.html

10. Nothing Get in the Way of Success Like Avoidance

Tiny Thought

There is nothing that gets in the way of success more than avoidance. We avoid hard conversations. We avoid certain people. We avoid hard decisions. We avoid evidence that contradicts what we think. We avoid starting a project until we’re certain of the outcome.

To justify our avoidance, we lie to ourselves. We tell ourselves that we’re noble — we don’t want to hurt someone’s feelings. We tell ourselves we don’t want to offend others. We tell ourselves that things will get better. We tell ourselves that things will get easier. We tell ourselves that we can avoid the real issue without any impact. We tell ourselves we’ll start when the time is right.

Sometimes we muster up half the courage. We have half the conversation we wanted to have. We do half the hard thing. We acknowledge the evidence but convince ourselves this time is different. We see the person we’re avoiding but don’t really talk to them. We start but don’t commit to the project.

And here’s the interesting thing. Half-efforts tend to make things worse, not better. When things don’t get better, it only reinforces that we shouldn’t have said anything in the first place. Avoiding isn’t better, it’s just easier.

Not only does avoiding today make the future harder, but it also almost always makes the present harder. Avoiding puts you on a hair-trigger, anything will set you off. We all do this. Who hasn’t entirely avoided a hard conversation with their partner about something only to find themselves in an insignificant argument over something trivial? Of course, the petty fight isn’t about the trivial thing, it’s about avoidance of the hard thing.

Everything becomes harder until we stop avoiding what’s getting in the way. The longer you wait the higher the cost.

Farnum Street

Topley’s Top 10 – October 08, 2021

1.Quarterly and Year to Date ETF Winners and Losers.

www.dorseywright.com

2.10 Year Treasury Yield Still Below 2021 Highs.

U.S. Dollar Hits High for 2021….approaching late 2020 levels.

www.stockcharts.com

3.Stats for Q4 Based on 2021 So Far……….

LPL Research

https://lplresearch.com/2021/10/06/the-most-important-chart-in-the-world/

4. U.S. Cash Deposits Have Greatly Outstripped Loan Growth

Blackrock—Rick Reider Yet even with new liquidity injections becoming greatly diminished, the existing stock of liquidity, both domestically and globally, is historic, with investors who are sitting on cash salivating over any yield, or return potential, of reasonable quality that looks to be available. In fact, growth in cash has far outpaced growth in loan demand since the onset of the pandemic, leaving banks flush with deposits and starved for yield (see Figure 2). As a result, trillions of dollars in bank deposits continue to compete with traditional fixed income investors for relatively scarce high-quality assets.

Figure 2: U.S. Cash Deposits Have Greatly Outstripped Loan Growth

Sources: Federal Reserve and Bloomberg, data as of August 31, 2021

Indeed, there is so much cash (liquidity) in the world and such low yields that one might even forget that in an equilibrium state the “beach ball” floats on the surface of the water. Having posted roughly a 12% total return year-to-date, through September 14, the 60/40 balanced portfolio (60% S&P 500, 40% U.S. Aggregate Bond) is on pace to beat 2020’s handsome return of 14%. But unlike in 2019 and 2020, in which both the equity and fixed income sides of the portfolio contributed to total returns, in 2021 so far only the equity portion has made a positive contribution. The fact is that from these levels of yield, it is extremely difficult to preserve purchasing power in fixed income, revealing the difficulty in getting the “40%” of the balanced portfolio to contribute to price returns.

Follow Rick Rieder on Twitter

https://www.blackrock.com/us/individual/insights/beach-ball-investment-pool

5.Technology Stocks and Energy Stocks Performance Around Interest Rates….

Rising Rates Tech Underperforms 44% of Time.

Energy Rising Rates Outperforms 53% of Time

https://twitter.com/KennethLFisher

6.Bitcoin/Crypto ETFs Still Not Imminent….Invesco Rolls Out Two Funds….Crypto Flows $90m Last Week

Invesco ETFs Offer 2 Angles On Crypto

Heather Bell

While the U.S. still awaits the arrival of the first bitcoin ETF, Invesco has rolled out two funds that cover the cryptocurrency industry, but with one crucial difference. While the Invesco Alerian Galaxy Blockchain Users and Decentralized Commerce ETF (BLKC) takes a broader view and includes the category identified as blockchain users, the Invesco Alerian Galaxy Crypto Economy ETF (SATO), purely focuses on the cryptocurrency industry itself.

The indexes underlying the new ETFs were developed by cryptocurrency giant Galaxy Digital in partnership with Alerian.

Both funds come with expense ratios of 0.60% and list on Cboe Global Markets.

“Today’s launch opens up a new way for investors to access this fast-growing asset class, combining exposure to key companies in the cryptocurrency and blockchain ecosystem with an allocation to an  investment vehicle that directly holds digital assets, all within the ETF wrapper,” said John Hoffman, head of Americas, ETFs and indexed strategies at Invesco.

BLKC tracks the Alerian Galaxy Global Blockchain Equity, Trusts and ETPs Index, which includes cryptocurrency miners, providers of supporting technologies, crypto buyers and blockchain users that are researching and developing blockchain technologies for uses other than cryptocurrencies. That last category opens the fund up to a range of other types of companies like Accenture, Facebook, Citigroup and Walmart, according to Hoffman.

He notes that the fund offers broad exposure to blockchain as a technology.

SATO, on the other hand, covers all of those categories except for the blockchain users, offering a “more precise solution,” Hoffman says, describing the fund as more of a pure play around the miners, the technologies and the buyers of cryptocurrencies than its counterpart. It tracks the Alerian Galaxy Global Cryptocurrency-Focused Blockchain Equity, Trusts and ETPs Index.

SATO has 39 components in its underlying index compared to the 60 in BLKC’s index, a fairly material difference that results in very dissimilar returns when viewing the benchmarks’ performance histories. However, both funds’ indexes include a 15% weighting to the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (GBTC), so there is some direct exposure to bitcoin in both portfolios.

Contact Heather Bell at heather.bell@etf.com

https://www.etf.com/sections/daily-etf-watch/invesco-etfs-offer-2-angles-crypto

 

Takeaways

By James Butterfill

  • Digital asset investment products saw inflows of US$90m last week, marking the 7th consecutive week of inflows, totalling US$411m.
  • Bitcoin saw inflows of US$69m last week. We believe this decisive turnaround in sentiment is due to growing confidence in the asset class amongst investors.
  • Ethereum saw another week of inflows, totalling US$20m, although it has conceded market share to Bitcoin in recent weeks, having fallen from a peak of 28% to 25%.
  • Despite improving inflows across investment products, volumes remain low, at US$2.4bn last week, compared to US$8.4bn in May 2021.

Digital asset investment products saw inflows of US$70m last week, marking the 7th consecutive week of inflows, totalling US$390m.

https://www.etf.com/sections/bitcoin-crypto/69m-flows-bitcoin-funds-last-week

7. 4 Surprising Things That May Increase How Much Your Home Is Worth

BY WHITNEY RICKETTS ON 26 JAN 2018DATA

Does your home offer any of the perks some buyers will pay more for?

To understand how much your home is worth, you have to know what affects its value. The Zestimate home value is Zillow’s tool for extrapolating the real market value of your home, based on existing home-related data and actual sales prices in your area.

Thousands of data points correlate with home values and sale prices — some of which are obvious (like the condition of the home) and some that aren’t.

Here are several surprising things that can affect either the existing value of your home or the price someone is willing to pay for it, all based on data.

1. Proximity to a Starbucks

How far do you have to drive to get a Frappuccino? If the answer is “not that far,” you’re in luck.

A 2015 Zillow report found that, between 1997 and 2014, homes within a quarter-mile of a Starbucks increased in value by 96 percent, on average, compared to 65 percent for all U.S. homes, based on a comparison of Zillow Home Value Index data with a database of Starbucks locations.

To evaluate if this effect is isolated to Starbucks, the research team looked at another coffee hot spot (one with particular pull on the East Coast): Dunkin’ Donuts.

The data showed that homes near Dunkin’ Donuts locations appreciated 80 percent, on average, during the same 17-year period — not quite as high as homes near a Starbucks, but still significantly above the 65 percent increase in value for all U.S. homes.

2. Blue kitchens and blue bathrooms

Beyond America’s obsession with curb appeal, what’s inside your house counts a lot too — especially the colors you paint the rooms (particularly the kitchen).

According to Zillow’s 2017 Paint Color Analysis, which examined more than 32,000 photos from sold homes around the country, homes with blue kitchens sold for a $1,809 premium, compared to similar homes with white kitchens.

Blue is also a popular bathroom shade. The same analysis found that homes with pale blue to soft periwinkle-blue bathrooms sold for $5,440 more.

Walls painted in cool neutrals, like blue or gray, can signal that the home is well cared for or has other desirable features.

3. Trendy features

Joanna Gaines’ aesthetic is permeating more than just your YouTube search history. Zillow listings mentioning the shiplap queen’s favorite features — like barn doors and farmhouse sinks — sell faster and for a premium, according to a 2016 Zillow analysis of descriptions of more than 2 million homes sold nationwide.

Listings with “barn door” in the description sold for 13.4 percent more than expected — and 57 days faster than comparable homes without the keyword. Meanwhile, listings touting “farmhouse sink” led to a nearly 8 percent sales premium.

Sellers can use the listing descriptions to highlight trendy details and features that might not be noticeable in the photos.

4. How close you are to a city

If you own a home in a major American metropolitan area, you’re most likely sitting on a significant (and rapidly appreciating) financial asset. Case in point: Home values in the New York, NY, metro area are worth $2.6 trillion, per a recent Zillow analysis.

The average urban home is now worth 35 percent more than the average suburban home. Since 2012, the median home value in urban areas has increased by 54 percent, while the median home value in suburban areas is up just 38 percent.

https://www.zillow.com/blog/4-things-increase-home-value-224624/

8.Trust in Media Second Lowest Ever

  • 36% in U.S. have a “great deal” or “fair amount” of trust in mass media
  • 68% of Democrats, 31% of independents and 11% of Republicans trust media
  • Democrats’ and independents’ trust is down five points since 2020, GOP’s flat

Americans’ Trust in Media Dips to Second Lowest on RecordBY MEGAN BRENAN HTTPS://NEWS.GALLUP.COM/POLL/355526/AMERICANS-TRUST-MEDIA-DIPS-SECOND-LOWEST-RECORD.ASPX

9.Chicago Council Public Opinion Survey…..Strengthening Public Education #1

 

Emphasis on Domestic Renewal

A key feature of the  Foreign Policy for the Middle Class is the link between domestic investments and international influence. The factors seen by most Americans as very important for maintaining US international influence are domestically focused.

Majorities of Americans consider improving public education (73%), strengthening democracy at home (70%), and reducing both racial (53%) and economic (50%) inequality as very important to maintaining America’s global influence. Similarly, Americans are more concerned about threats within the United States (81%) than threats outside the country (19%).

2021 Chicago Council Survey–RESEARCHPUBLIC OPINION SURVEY BY DINA SMELTZ, IVO H. DAALDER, KARL FRIEDHOFF, CRAIG KAFURA, AND EMILY SULLIVAN

https://www.thechicagocouncil.org/research/public-opinion-survey/2021-chicago-council-survey

10.The Secret Formula for Real Financial Success

By

Alex King

What do you see?

That Money = Cost x Time ?

Or, that Time = Money/Cost ?

Most of us routinely push through the weekdays while we wait for the next weekend to roll around, giving us a moment to choose how we spend and enjoy our time. For those who are merely working to pay the bills, 71% of every week is a total write-off. It’s a sad statistic. What keeps us spending an entire life stuck in this funk?

Naturally, we approach life with the view that money comes first, and at a direct personal trade off, according to this standard work-life formula:

Money = Cost x Time

Whether it’s working extra weekend shifts or moving your way up the company ladder, with more money comes greater personal cost: more energy being drained, more opportunity costs being lost, more obligations to fulfill — in addition to more quality time being given up. Overall, a piece of our life must be sacrificed. But that’s the price we must pay for money, right?

We believe that to be “richer” we need more money. And if we need more money, we must expect to pay a higher cost and trade more of our precious time! What we often seek is a job promotion to raise our income by a few extra dollars a week. Oh… and let’s also raise those overtime hours, weekend call-ins, daily responsibilities, pressures and stresses along with it! More money? Yes. A richer life? Hardly.

Unfortunately, most of us never see otherwise. From our grandparents to our parents to us, this is all we have ever known about the experience of life. Could there be any other way to approach The Money Game?

Money vs Real Financial Success

There is clearly a connection between having more money and potentially gaining more value out of life. But as we all know, a richer life is never defined by money alone. Because what about the cost of money?

All money comes in context, and for every dollar of potential value that we gain there must be some personal cost involved. Obviously, not all money comes at an equal cost. Therefore, real financial success cannot simply be based on being a millionaire or a billionaire.

The millionaire who is stuck working a job he hates for 10 hours a day is clearly less successful that the millionaire who could stop working the job he hated 10 years ago. And, of course, the millionaire who made his fortune doing what he loves really hit life’s jackpot! Same money but all different levels of personal success.

Even if you manage to amass a BILLION dollars to your name, this money has little value if you must spend your entire life trapped in some airtight, corporate box. This big pile of money is little more than a big pile of stress and sacrifices! So, what is financial success, really? It is not defined by the number in your bank account or the car you drive, but ultimately by the effect that money has on the quality of your life.

Forget about the “big bucks” because real wealth and success are simply about experiencing a life with greater positives and fewer negatives. Therefore, money should have one purpose: to add positive value to our lives. So how can we start to view our finances in a way that reflects what we really want in life?

One Formula to Rule Them All

To experience real financial success, our aim for the future is not to simply focus on money, but to instead focus on time. Of course, when it comes to the value of our time, money plays a crucial role. So, what is the connection between money, time and real financial success?

Real financial success is having the money and lifestyle to spend more time doing what you truly want, while spending less time having to fuss and fight over money and be paying all the personal costs that often come with it. Yet, why do so many of us chase money without ever experiencing any greater sense of freedom and satisfaction? Because real financial success is only possible for those with a totally different perspective on life! What is this perspective?

To change our future finances and lifestyle for the better, it starts with taking life’s standard formula: Money = Cost x Time and flipping our natural view. It’s now time to see that: Time = Money/Cost

As you can see, the value of your time is equal to your money divided by your life costs – simply, all the negatives that revolve around getting money. With little money the value of your time clearly suffers. And when earning more money at a much higher personal cost, unfortunately life doesn’t get much better! However, when we approach life with the aim to increase our money AND decrease our cost, what do you get? More valuable time!

Forget about money alone, because the richer you really are, the greater the value of your time. This imbalance between money and cost is the key to experiencing real financial success.

“The rich invest in time. The poor invest in money” – Warren Buffet

Saving Yourself

The “Average Joe” may believe that frugal investors are boring cheapskates who don’t know how to enjoy their money. But what do they often fail to see? As Henry David Thoreau once said: “The price of anything is the amount of life you exchange for it”. The true cost of every purchase is not a number

on a price tag, but rather, a period of time spent working. Some might even say a period of time wasted.

Yes, time is money and money is time. Every expense equals an amount of our life being exchanged…or lost! After considering our endless living costs, taxes and even our unpaid overtime and daily commute, what remains is the real, take-home profit that we can freely use. We call this our “real pay rate”, which for the average earner may only equal a few measly dollars for each hour given up on the job. So what is that lazy, Friday night food delivery really costing you?

The Price of Life

In the wise and misquoted words of Benjamin Franklin: “a dollar saved is a dollar earned”. Every time you save a dollar you earn yourself a dollar (at your real pay rate), literally for doing nothing. And for the smart investor, this saved dollar is just the beginning! Through the nature of passive income and the power of compound growth, every dollar that is saved and invested has the potential to make more money across the future at a low personal cost. Thus, the imbalance of real wealth for the smart investor continues to shift as their money grows.

Consequently, by spending half of your disposable income this week, what you are really spending is half a week of time today and potentially MONTHS of your time in the future! Even small improvements in your daily routine can have a massive impact on your future money and life. By avoiding unnecessary spending you give yourself the opportunity to build more future wealth, and therefore, reduce the amount of your valuable life time that is lost on a routine basis.

Time is Of the Essence

Money is clearly what fuels the journey of life. But is your plan to spend the entire journey stuck at the gas station, refilling your tank? If you’re truly ambitious, life can often feel like a race against the clock. Like you, most frugal investors have a million and one things to tick off their bucket list. And of course, doing paperwork in an office cubicle is not one of them!

Our true aim for the future can only be to maximize the amount of our “life time” that we spend in a way that we consider most personally valuable. So why not fight for your financial freedom? Remember, Time = Money/Cost. The aim of real financial success is to boost the value of your time in life by carefully maximizing your money whilst minimizing your costs. And it takes a natural focus in life towards:

1.         Making money doing what you truly enjoy

2.         Creating passive income

Think about the lifestyle of someone who is truly financially successful. They are paid from their passions while their money is making money at little personal cost: thereby giving them much greater satisfaction, freedom and opportunity to gain more value out of life — the total sum of their time! All money has lifelong potential, and those who are on the path to real financial success recognize the value of every dollar…and every day.

This is the secret to real financial success!

https://addicted2success.com/success-advice/the-secret-formula-for-real-financial-success/

Topley’s Top 10 – October 07, 2021

1.Gallon of Regular Gas Hits 2014 Levels

Bespoke Blog-Regardless of seasonal patterns, the recent increases leave the national average for a gallon of regular at the highest level since October 2014 which hurts consumers where it matters most- the wallet

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/gas-prices-bucking-seasonal-trends-or-are-they

2.The Drop in Energy Capex as ESG Took Center Stage.

Energy Is Breaking Out: Is It For Real?by Chris Yates of Archeron, 10/6/21

3.New Vehicle Sales Drop for 5th Month in a Row

Wolf Street -The industry-standard Seasonally Adjusted Annual Rate (SAAR) of sales – which adjusts for the number of selling days per month and for seasonal factors, and converts the monthly sales into what sales would be for an entire year – plunged for the fifth month in a row, by 29% year-over-year, to 12.2 million units SAAR, the lowest, outside of the two lockdown months, since June 2011 ,according to data from the Bureau of Economic Analysis.

https://wolfstreet.com/2021/10/05/new-vehicle-sales-plunge-as-prices-soar-amid-supply-chain-chaos-chip-shortages-depleted-inventories/

4.FANG+ stocks are not all that expensive relative to the rest of the market.

www.abnormalreturns.com

Food for Thought: States with the highest and lowest business cost affordability:

5.Facebook -15% Correction

Holding 200 day but 50 day rolling over pointing downward

www.stockcharts.com

6.China Sumary-What are these Developments About?

What are these developments about?

Access to data and monopolistic practices: Data is the new gold. This year we have seen more regulations on anti-monopoly practices and data protection which are all meant to protect internet users and “national interests”. Action in these areas is common and largely in line with the global trend that governments around the world are trying to achieve particularly in North America and Europe. Implementation is easier said than done and the West has struggled. For example, we have seen Facebook, Google, Amazon being called to answer to the Congress or Parliaments in the US and Europe, many times, with limited change in the aftermath. This is not the case in China. It can be perceived as forceful to us in the West, when the Chinese Government makes a new regulation (as they have done in relation to data for example) and the rule is effectively implemented the next day. No consultations, no grace periods, just compliance.  Time will tell if they are effective.

Rise of the superstar entrepreneurs: While it was accepted that some will get richer before others, no one expected the super stars of the tech industry (which the government in some ways helped to create by restricting foreign competition) would gain such wealth and prominence. This “power” seemed to have been tolerated for several years but it is now clear that the Government is putting them back in check and should anyone fall out of line (Jack Ma), there will be repercussions.

The Government now wants more children but not its citizens: While the one child policy was removed, we have not seen a jump in the Chinese birth rate which indicates that citizens no longer want large families largely because of the high costs of housing, education and so on. This is the direct linkage to the reforms in the education and the real estate sector which were getting unaffordable for the common man.

Dual Circulation Strategy: This is China’s masterplan to become self-reliant in terms of resources and technology through its huge market as well as through third markets available through the Belt Road Initiative. This means the Government taking back control on how capital and resources are getting allocated as it was unhappy with excessive greed and money sloshing around in few sectors (technology) while the capital could be better allocated to infrastructure, semi-conductors, clean energy, healthcare services and its Belt and Road Initiative.

President Xi Jinping must project strength: While there are of course no actual elections in China, as President’s second term approaches its end, he would like to establish himself as the strong man to lead China further. This perhaps explains the coinage of “Common Prosperity”, to be perceived as someone who is working for everyone, especially the underprivileged. It is also the likely explanation for hardening of the foreign policy with territorial disputes with several of its neighbours and the use of strong-arm tactics in Hong Kong and then of course dialling up “One China Principle” rhetoric with Taiwan.

“Common prosperity” as the national goal. In the past few months, there has been a new buzz term coming out of China – “Common Prosperity,”. The market has been nervous about what it means, in simple terms, its about reducing income inequality and redistributing wealth. In the past 30 years China has lifted hundreds of millions of people out of poverty, however, the economic growth has also caused increasing inequality. Of course a wealth cap is not unique to China, but it has a much wider gap than many other places in the world. Like many other countries, the Covid-19 pandemic has made the situation even more acute. Income inequality or wealth gap is one of the key risks that could destabilise economies and challenge social stability, something the President and Government are keenly aware and simply cannot tolerate – they are determined to tackle the problem. Common Prosperity is about taking care of many rather than few (not surprising in a communist regime). For example, giving a fair share to the low-income worker and those in the supply chain, especially in the agricultural sector and other stakeholders in the community affected by the business development. This has the potential to be one of the largest redistributions of wealth ever seen and is ultimately key to social cohesion that the going forward. This does not mean an attack on profits or growth but a more equitable distribution across a larger portion of society.

https://www.bmogam.com/viewpoints/emerging-markets/why-did-china-go-after-its-own-what-to-expect-next/

7.Migration South Driven by Business Friendly Environment

8.Netflix Squid Game a Massive Hit.

South Korean show Squid Game has officially gone viral, as millions around the world have tuned in to watch the hunger-games-style drama, which sees hundreds of contestants battle it out in life-or-death games.

Google searches for the show, which was originally released on September 17th, have eclipsed relative search volume for other viral shows like The Crown, The Witcher, Tiger King and The Mandalorian. Netflix’s co-CEO, Ted Sarandos, even confirmed that it was on track to become Netflix’s most-watched show in any language in the company’s history.

K-POP
South Korea has had a stunning influence on global pop culture in the last decade, starting with Psy’s Gangnam Style in 2012. Since then K-pop sensations BTS and Blackpink have become two of the biggest bands in the world, thriller Parasite won the Oscar for Best Picture in 2019, and now Squid Game is breaking records in the age of streaming.

www.chartr.com

9.Rising Share of U.S. Adults Are Living Without a Spouse or Partner…4 in 10

Pew Research On key economic outcomes, single adults at prime working age increasingly lag behind those who are married or cohabiting

BY RICHARD FRY AND KIM PARKE

As relationships, living arrangements and family life continue to evolve for American adults, a rising share are not living with a romantic partner. A new Pew Research Center analysis of census data finds that in 2019, roughly four-in-ten adults ages 25 to 54 (38%) were unpartnered – that is, neither married nor living with a partner.1 This share is up sharply from 29% in 1990.2 Men are now more likely than women to be unpartnered, which wasn’t the case 30 years ago.

https://www.pewresearch.org/social-trends/2021/10/05/rising-share-of-u-s-adults-are-living-without-a-spouse-or-partner/

10.A Few(er) Good Me

Each of the following trends, in isolation, is perplexing. In concert, they are disturbing:

I’ve mentioned this topic before, highlighting an emerging crisis among young men, and it elicits a range of emotions and responses — especially in the reductionist world of social media.

 

Thanks, Roxane.

Neither the sex lives of young American men nor their relative rate of college attendance is that striking by itself. Except to the men involved. What should trouble all of us is what these statistics portend.

Family Matters

Families are the foundational element of society, and most successful families are the product of an intimate relationship between two adults. The most important decision most of us make in life is whether and whom to marry, and the most important person in our adult lives is our mate. Married people are 77% wealthier than single people, and their net worth typically increases 16% each year they’re together. Married people live longer and are happier than single people. Higher marriage rates are correlated with greater GDP per capita, greater economic mobility, and a reduction in child poverty of as much as 80%.

The path to forging these relationships typically involves sex. If a young adult hasn’t had sex in the past year, it’s unlikely that person is on the path toward a long-term bond with someone. To be clear, I’m not suggesting that it is any one group’s responsibility to sexually “service” another. What we need to be thoughtful about is how our policies and attitudes ensure that the most people have the opportunity and motivation to pursue long-term, productive relationships.

Topley’s Top 10 – October 06, 2021

1. Crude Oil Breakout.

Brent Crude Oil…50day thru 200day to upside on long-term weekly chart.


2. Investor Polls Favoring Energy and Financials.

RBC—What are Investors Favored Sectors Going into Next Year?


3. Nasdaq 100 -8% from Highs Before Rally Yesterday.

NDX broke thru 50day in blue.


4. Fund Managers Voting “Long Tech” as Most Crowded Trade

Dave Lutz at Jones Trading–40% of fund managers surveyed by BofA Global Research in September said buying U.S. technology stocks was the market’s most crowded trade, a designation tech stocks have received for three straight months.

Chart, waterfall chart Description automatically generated

5. NFT Sales Up 8x Quarter Over Quarter.

(Reuters) – Sales volumes of non-fungible tokens (NFTs) surged to $10.7 billion in the third quarter of 2021, up more than eightfold from the previous quarter, according to data from market tracker DappRadar, as the frenzy for crypto assets reached new highs.

NFT sales surge to $10.7 bln in Q3 as crypto asset frenzy hits new highs–By Elizabeth Howcroft  https://www.reuters.com/technology/nft-sales-surge-107-bln-q3-crypto-asset-frenzy-hits-new-highs-2021-10-04/?utm_source=morning_brew


6. No Panic From Volatility Measures.

VIX Volatility Index…Nowhere Near Panic Levels.

Put/Call Ratio …Sideways.

Image
From Liz Ann Sonders  Schwab https://twitter.com/LizAnnSonders

7. FAANG Hit 24% Weight of S&P 500

Mega-Cap Tech ETF…-5% Correction…Closes below 50 day…..pulls back to July low


8. Manhattan Homebuyers Send Sales Soaring to Best in Three Decades

Oshrat Carmiel  8 hrs ago

(Bloomberg) — Manhattan apartment sales surged to a record in the third quarter as buyers grabbed what they could while inventory remains high. 

Closed purchases totaled 4,523, the most for any quarter in data going back to 1989, according to a report Tuesday by appraiser Miller Samuel Inc. and brokerage Douglas Elliman Real Estate. The median price of all properties that changed hands climbed 1.4% from a year earlier to $1.12 million.

Home shoppers who held back in Covid-19’s early days have returned in force, sensing a chance to secure a deal while the city is still recovering. Employers are gradually summoning workers back to the office as the recent rise in cases flattens and Broadway returns — small measures of confidence that it’s a good time to invest. 

“There’s more optimism and a sense of safety in the market,” said Jonathan Miller, president of Miller Samuel. “And there’s a sense that Covid discounts are evaporating quickly. They’re not going to have a lot of life left in them.”

Manhattan Rising

Buyers moved fast: Homes that sold in the quarter spent an average of 152 days on the market, 10% less time than in the prior three months. 

And some were willing to enter bidding wars: The share of deals closing above the asking price was 8.3%, the highest in three years.

Read more: NYC’s Surging Real Estate Market Boosts Coffers With Tax Revenue

“People learned a decade ago that when you get a buying opportunity like this, you want to take advantage of it,” said Greg Heym, chief economist at brokerage Brown Harris Stevens, which released its own report on Manhattan home sales. 

The median price of resale apartments jumped 9% from a year earlier to a median of $999,250, Brown Harris said.

The deal surge helped whittle down Manhattan’s massive pile of listings from earlier in the pandemic. As of mid-September, there were 6,850 apartments for sale, 28% fewer than a year ago, according to a report by Corcoran Group. 

Still, inventory remained historically high — at 17% more than the decade average for a third quarter, according to Miller. 

“Buyers still have a significant amount of control over the transactions,” he said.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/money/other/manhattan-homebuyers-send-sales-soaring-to-best-in-three-decades/ar-AAP8WZX


9. Pandora Papers Leading Countries.

Infographic: Where Politicans Are Named in The Pandora Papers | Statista

10. 6 Creative Ways to Solve a Problem

By Bryan Lindenberger | September 26, 2021 | 0

Creative problem-solving strategies separate forward-moving solutions from quick fixes. Truly an art, creative strategies address challenges by guiding you to see challenges in a whole new light. Can crisis equal opportunity? With these 6 creative ways to solve a problem, the answer is often a resounding yes.

1. Six Step Problem-Solving Model

Some problems seem overwhelming in their complexity. You don’t know where to begin. And this lack of direction can leave you running in circles.

The six step problem-solving model aids you by creating a structured, coherent approach to problem solving. In a sense, it gives you the opportunity to step back, take a breath, and approach the issue methodically.

The six steps of this method are:

  1. Define the problem.
  2. Define the root cause or causes of the problem.
  3. Develop possible solutions.
  4. Choose the best-seeming solution from the list.
  5. Implement the solution.
  6. Evaluate the outcome of the solution.

Although the steps are sequential, any one of them can be repeated. For instance, deep thought about Step 4 might lead you to realize that you defined the root causes of the problem in step 2 incorrectly. And evaluation of outcomes at the final stage may be negative, calling upon you to repeat the process. In this sense, the model functions as a sort of algorithm, with feedback loops at each stage.

2. Drill-Down Technique

Defining root causes of a problem is often the most difficult part of problem solving. You know that something is wrong. You see something isn’t working. But the causes remain vague or elusive. The drill-down technique helps you resolve this issue by breaking the problem down into progressively smaller pieces. More accurately, you define a large problem and “drill down” closer and closer to the root causes.

To use the drill-down technique, you will draw a simple table. On the left side you write down the problem you face. To the right, in the middle, you list possible causes of that problem. And even further to the right, you will list potential causes of each of the middle issues. Although it sounds complicated, a graphic example shows how easy it is:




Sales are Down


Store Inventory is Low

Supplier is Unreliable

Some Items Discontinued

   


Outside Sales Team
Below Goals

High Team Turnover

 

Low Team Morale

   

In this simple example, you’ve drilled down from one large problem to its core issues. Once you know root causes, solutions present themselves more easily. In this case, you may consider looking at a new, more reliable supplier that has items similar to ones that have been discontinued. At the same time, you may want to meet with the outside sales team to show you care about their challenges and help to address them.

3. Reverse Brainstorming

You likely have some familiarity with brainstorming techniques. That is, a gathering of interested parties to throw out spontaneous solutions to a problem without judgment. Often, a team leader facilitates the brainstorming session by writing the team’s ideas on a white board. With practice, you can brainstorm on your own, too.

But what is reverse brainstorming?

The process may appear the same to an outsider. The difference lies in the fact that you don’t try to find solutions to the problem. You’re looking for ways to make the problem worse

With reverse brainstorming, everyone offers how to decreasesales, increaseemployee turnover, raiseexpenses—bring us your worst. It may seem silly at first, but people will get quite focused and creative as the brainstorming period evolves. Once you have a satisfactory number of negative solutions, work on reversing them to uncover the realsolutions. The method is highly effective at finding new angles to solve problems.

4. Reverse Engineer—Work Backwards Problem Solving Strategy

While we’re in reverse, let’s look at the “work backwards problem solving strategy.” With origins in mathematics and engineering, it’s not for everyone. But you hardly need a mathematics degree to try it out. It requires mostly patience with yourself as you learn to “walk backward.”

We usually approach problems from a starting point of the present. Then, we define the consecutive steps required to reach our goal. But any particular step may lead us off the best, most efficient path. But sometimes, plans in action go completely astray when implemented. Backwards problem solving serves as a sort of check against this possibility.

With the work backwards strategy to problem solving, you start with your goal. Then you work backward: what was the final stage prior to reaching that goal? And what came before that? Step by step, you work backward to the situation as it currently exists. When you are finished, compare the stages to your more standard, forward plan. Where are they the same, and how do they differ?

5. Make the Problem Bigger (aka 10X Problem Solving or the Eisenhower Principle

The 10X Rule teaches you to reach for 10X the success. What if you attempted to solve problems by making them—or at least, imagining them to be—10X bigger?

Any organization faces a multitude of problems. Managers or entrepreneurs race to resolve one mini “crisis” after another. In this rushed state, it’s easy to lose perspective of the issues that are truly critical. But not all problems deserve the same amount of attention. One way to manage task prioritization is to imagine that each issue is 10 times bigger.

Suppose you manage an office staff of 10. Three issues arise. An employee is consistently 10 minutes late, a company computer has gone missing, and your administrative assistant neglected to schedule your important lunch meeting. Each issue needs to be resolved. And at an emotional level, the late employee gets under your skin in particular.

But imagine the problems as 10 times bigger, and you may prioritize differently. One missing computer seems easy to put off. But the entire office would grind to a standstill if 10 of them were missing. Your first move may be to call security to help resolve the issue, thenaddress your administrative assistant’s lack of focus. After all, 10 missed lunch meetings could be disastrous when one of them is with the CEO. The tardy employee can wait until the end of the day.

This process, famously used by General Eisenhower on the battlefield, allows you to take a step back and see issues more holistically. You develop a big picture to assist you in prioritization.

6. Don’t Just Step Back—Sleep on It

Each of the above creative problem-solving strategies uses an entirely different method. And yet, they all share one thing in common: they help you step back and re-assess the problem in a new way. But if you find yourself embroiled in a single, complex problem—the sort of thing that consumes your days and weeks—you may need to do more than simply step back. You might want to sleep on it.

We sometimes over-emphasize the benefits of “sticking with it.” We admire the person who works hard, stays up late, and gets up early to attack the problem again. But lack of sleep not only takes a toll on your health. It can also prevent your brain from doing what it is designed to do during rest. That is, process and correlate the information of the day in ways our waking minds may have missed.

Abundant research makes clear that a proper night’s sleep aids in problem solving. That time you woke up refreshed and a solution seemed clear? That wasn’t a unique occurrence. The process has been widely documented across cultures. Historically, Thomas Edison, Albert Einstein, and others have resolved complex problems during sleep.

Yes, you might sometimes need to burn the midnight oil to catch up on routine tasks. Filing taxes, meeting payroll, and ordering inventory are valid reasons to miss a little sleep if they all hit at once. But for complex problem solving—and overall health and wellness—don’t deprive yourself of sleep for long periods. That night of quality sleep might provide unique, creative solutions your overworked conscious mind would have never imagined.

Photo by mavo/Shutterstock

Bryan Lindenberger

Articles

Bryan Lindenberger loves a challenge. He served as the first communications specialist for the Arrowhead Entrepreneurial Institute at the New Mexico State University business college with SBA funding. He has since worked in marketing, communications, and development for science, engineering, and business projects. His clients have included NASA, Disney, state education institutions, and multiple corporations and nonprofits. A former PC gamer, Bryan enjoys hiking, amateur photography, and delving into history books.

Topley’s Top 10 – October 5, 2021

1.The Correlation Between Stocks and Bonds Most Elevated Since 2013

Equities: The correlation between stocks and bonds remains elevated (nowhere to hide).

Source: The Daily Post

2.Add Up Net Outflows from Mutual Funds vs. Net Inflows from ETFs……Equities have Negative Flows 2020-2021

Little thing out today on how the equity ETF flow-a-thon gets a little less dramatic as a sentiment indicator when context provided, namely the $304b out of equity MFs and the $415b net outflows in 2020. Add it up and equity fund flows over past 20mo are negative $240b.

@EricBalchunas

https://twitter.com/EricBalchunas

3.Record Amount of ETF Launches….59% of New ETFS are Actively Managed.

ETF.COM This year has been just as dizzying, but in a different way. At the quarter’s close, we had a total of 332 launches, breaking 2021’s record-setting number in just nine months. Since that number averages out to roughly 110 launches per quarter, we could easily see 400 launches by the end of the year.

A lot of those launches have come from the active side of things. Consider that in 2018, before the ETF Rule and when defined outcome ETFs were just getting started, there were 67 active launches. That’s out of a total of 267 launches for the whole year. That represents a quarter of all launches in 2018.

Now consider that out of the 332 launches in the first three quarters of 2021, there were 197 active ETFs in the mix, or 59% of all launches year-to-date. That’s a huge difference in just a few years. And it shows that the shape of the ETF industry is changing before our eyes.

ETFs Up The Ante Again In 2021-Heather Bell https://www.etf.com/sections/features-and-news/etfs-ante-again-2021

4.Onshore Chinese Investors Calm During Evergrande Collapse

https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-september-30th-2021/

5.China Ring Fencing Evergrande.

Bloomberg -Beijing nudges banks to ease credit, support real estate firms

-Moves show China will put homebuyers ahead of bond creditors

The moves underscore that China will do everything it can to ring-fence Evergrande, while showing little interest in a direct bailout of the developer that has roiled global markets for weeks. That doesn’t bode well for bondholders — both onshore and abroad — looking for some kind of rescue from the Chinese government.

“The first obligation is going to make sure that homeowners who bought those homes take delivery and are made whole,” said Marathon Asset Management Chief Executive Officer Bruce Richards, who started buying Evergrande debt last week. “At the very end of the pecking order are offshore bondholders.”

Asia High Yield Index Not Collapsing

China Real Estate Index 5 Year Chart—No Collapse

China Steps Up Efforts to Ring-Fence Evergrande, Not Save It  https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-10-03/china-steps-up-efforts-to-ring-fence-evergrande-not-to-save-it?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L

6.Clear Picture of Chinese Worker Demographic Cliff…Inflationary?

Annual Change in China Working Age Population, Aged 20-59

From Liz Ann Sonders Schwab

https://twitter.com/LisAnnSonders

7.S&P -4.6% September vs. Commodities Up

Charlie Bilello-Hot Commodities–While US equities had their worst month of the year in September (S&P 500: -4.8%), Commodities continued their steady advance. In an interesting change of leadership, Commodities have bested equities over the past 18 months. The last time that happened was back in 2011.

The CRB Index ended the week at a 6-year high, up 128% from the lows last April.

Cotton is the latest commodity to spike, surging to levels we haven’t seen in over 10 years. This will likely mean higher prices to come for clothing.

https://twitter.com/charliebilello?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor

8.Seasonality….There has been Crashes in October…But Overall the Month is Positive for Stocks.

Keep in mind these are average numbers…no adjustment from valuation standpoint.

LPL Research

https://lplresearch.com/2021/09/30/could-there-be-an-october-crash/

9.Mid-Term Elections One Year Away

Capital Group-Midterm elections will produce a divided Congress–All these momentous events are happening against a backdrop of what could be one of the more consequential midterm elections in U.S. history. Make no mistake, every move in Washington right now is being carefully calculated with the midterms in mind. While the election is still more than a year away — and that’s a lifetime in politics — history suggests we will see a backlash against the party in power that will result in Republicans taking back control of the House and potentially the Senate.

Democrats are certainly worried about this outcome, which is why they feel the urgent need to pass their ambitious agenda now. Assuming history repeats itself, Republican control of the House or the Senate will end the affirmative phase of Joe Biden’s presidency and the Democratic Party’s lofty legislative ambitions.

https://www.capitalgroup.com/advisor/insights/articles/3-predictions-Congress-tax-budget-plans.html

10.Tasks or initiatives?

Seth’s Blog

For the longest time, just about all jobs were task jobs.

Factory work.

Inbox then outbox.

The assembly line, the ticket taker, the cook…

We learned how to hire for these jobs, measure them, manage the work to be done. Over time, we’ve figured out how to outsource them, mechanize them and pay as little as possible for them.

But in many pockets of our economy, the new jobs and the best jobs aren’t task jobs. They are jobs of initiative. Work that’s taken, not simply assigned. Work that can’t be easily forecast, and work that thrives with a different sort of teamwork.

These jobs often have a lot of task work mixed in, which is really confusing for everyone involved. Because reverting to task work feels safe and hiring for task work is easier. Apparently, people are supposed to learn how to do initiative work on their own and do it in their spare time.

Most organizations do an astonishingly bad job at creating, initiating and dancing with the next thing. And so they struggle and eventually become Yahoo.

First step: announce what the jobs around here are like. Hire for them and measure and reward appropriately.

https://seths.blog/2021/10/tasks-or-initiatives/

Found at Abnormal Returns www.abnormalreturns.com

 

Topley’s Top 10 – September 27, 2021

1. Hedge Funds Take Off Bullish Bets on Palladium.

WSJ By Hardika Singh  “If you can’t get chips to build the car, you don’t need as much palladium for the time being,” said Bob Haberkorn, senior market strategist at RJO Futures.

Price declines in the relatively small, volatile markets for palladium and platinum are being driven by an acute shortage of semiconductor chips, commonly used in cars for everything from engines to touch-screen displays. The shortage has dented global vehicle demand and production. Global auto makers in recent weeks have warned the chip shortage will extend production slowdowns.

https://www.wsj.com/articles/palladium-prices-hit-by-car-production-slowdown-11632348053?mod=itp_wsj&ru=yahoo

PALL—3 Lower highs over on chart…..still above 200 day


2. Lots of Talk About Hight Natural Gas Prices.

Natural Gas Sideways for 14 Years

www.stockcharts.com


3. Large Cap China ETF FXI Sideways for a Decade

FXI China Large Cap ETF in a 10 year range bound chart

www.stockcharts.com


4. KRE Regional Bank Index Held Rising Support Line for Second Time This Year.

Blue rising support line on banks in play during recent pullback

www.stockcharts.com


5. Top 20 Patent Recipients 2020

Here is a list of the top 20 patent recipients for 2020, including the number of patents they have received.

https://fortune.com/2021/01/12/ibm-most-patents-2020-full-rankings/


6. Netflix About to Break Previous Record for Content Spending.

 

Streaming wars, episode 317
This week’s episode of the streaming wars has been an eventful one. CNN announced a streaming service (?), Netflix paid almost $700m to acquire the works of Roald Dahl and Disney announced that its streaming subscriber growth was likely to slowdown this year.

A golden ticket

The most notable of those headlines is almost certainly the £500m ($680m) that Netflix spent to acquire the works of Roald Dahl — the author behind books such as Matilda, Charlie & The Chocolate Factory, Fantastic Mr. Fox and many others.

Spending the best part of $700m for creative control of Dahl’s works is a huge bet, even for a streaming giant like Netflix. That number doesn’t include any future production costs of actually making the shows, movies or merchandise — confirming that Netflix is looking to ramp its content spending back up, after a lull during the pandemic. In its most recent quarter Netflix spent more than $4bn in cash on content assets, close to its quarterly record from 2019.

Handing over the money is, of course, the easy bit. Getting good value for every dollar spent on content is the hard part — even if you have access to the viewing habit data of more than 200 million subscribers, as Netflix does.

If your family owns the rights to some popular characters or stories, you might want to give Netflix / Disney / Amazon / Apple a call.

www.chartr.com


7. Big 4 Airlines Looking at Baby Boomer Pilot Retirement Boom

https://iflycoast.com/aviation-industry-demand/cft_graphs_02/


8. Household net worth rises above $141 trillion, but debt up sharply as well

Jeff Cox@JEFF.COX.7528@JEFFCOXCNBCCOM

KEY POINTS

  • Household net worth at the end of the second quarter was $141.7 trillion, the Fed reported.
  • Household debt rose 7.9% as well, while the federal government’s red ink also ballooned.

American households saw another significant jump in net worth as well as hefty increases in debt and credit, the Federal Reserve reported Thursday.

Thanks in good part to a big surge in stock market earnings, total household net worth rose to $141.7 trillion through the second quarter of 2021, the central bank’s Financial Accounts of the United States report showed.

That was good for a $5.85 trillion increase, or 4.3% from the first quarter. Looking back to a year ago, when the nation was in the early days of the Covid-19 pandemic, the net worth total represents a 19.6% increase.

A large chunk of the new wealth came from stocks, which accounted for $3.5 trillion of the gain, while real estate appreciation was responsible for $1.2 trillion.

However, along with that increase came a big surge in debt.

Consumers debt totaled $17.3 trillion as of June 30, a quarterly gain of 7.9%. Consumer credit grew at an annual pace of 8.6%, while mortgage debt was up 8%.

Household debt mirrored that of the federal government, which ended the quarter owing $28.5 trillion after a 9.6% increase. That was the largest percentage gain since the second quarter of 2020 as the government launched an aggressive stimulus program to pull the economy out of the pandemic. State and local government debt increased 3.1%, a slowdown from the 3.5% pace in the first quarter.

Nonfinancial business debt grew much more slowly, rising just 1.4% to $18 trillion.

Total nonfinancial debt outstanding across all sectors was $63.3 trillion, a quarterly increase of 6.4%, down from the 6.7% rise in the first quarter.

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/09/23/household-net-worth-rises-above-141-trillion-but-debt-up-sharply-as-well.html?utm_source=chartr


9. Top 10 Poorest States in U.S.

https://www.fcnl.org/updates/2020-10/top-10-poorest-states-us


10. We unconsciously become what we are near

 

Farnam Street Brainfood.

“We have been fighting on this planet for ten thousand years; it would be idiotic and unethical to not take advantage of such accumulated experiences. If you haven’t read hundreds of books, you are functionally illiterate, and you will be incompetent, because your personal experiences alone aren’t broad enough to sustain you.” 

— General Jim Mattis

Tiny Thought

“It is inevitable if you enter into relations with people on a regular basis…that you will grow to be like them. Place an extinguished piece of coal next to a live one, and either it will cause the other one to die out, or the live one will make the other reignite. … If you consort with someone covered in dirt you can hardly avoid getting a little grimy yourself.” — Epictetus

We unconsciously become what we are near. If you work for a jerk, sooner or later you will become one yourself. If your colleagues are selfish, sooner or later you become selfish. If you hang around someone who is unkind, you will slowly become unkind.

Few things are more important in life than avoiding the wrong people. It’s tempting to think that we’re strong enough to avoid adopting the worst of others. But that’s not how it typically works. The changes are too gradual to notice until they are too large to address.

Over a long enough timeline, bad people eventually destroy themselves. They ignore relevant data because it doesn’t agree with them, they take unwarranted risks, they end up alone, without any friends. They might achieve external success, but they lack inner calmness and clarity.

Just as you watch what you put into your body or your mind, closely look at who you spend your time with. Are they kind? Are they honest? Are they thoughtful? Are they helping you or pulling you down? Are they reliable? Are they clear thinking? In short, are they the things you want to become? If not, don’t tempt fate, cut bate.

Distance yourself from the people you don’t want to become. Cultivate people in your life that make you better. People whose default behavior is your desired behavior. If circumstances make this difficult, choose among the eminent dead.

https://fs.blog/newsletter/

Topley’s Top 10 – September 24, 2021

1. China ADR ETF -50% Correction From Highs.

PGJ-China ADRs huge correction but held above Covid lows

www.stockcharts.com

2. Ten Year Treasury Yield Moving Higher Not Signaling China Global Panic.

10 Year yield chart…..trending up…

www.stockcharts.com

3. U.S. Investment Grade Companies Issued $1.1 Trillion in Debt this Year

LPL Blog

https://i2.wp.com/lplresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/9.16.21-Blog-Chart-1.png?ssl=1

4. 6 stats that put into perspective the sheer size of Evergrande, China’s embattled real-estate giant that has $300 billion in debt

Business Insider Evergrande is the second-largest property developer in China by sale

It’s also on the brink of defaulting on its loans.

The developer owes money to hundreds of banks and financial firms, and if it fails to pay its loans, those companies will also feel the crunch.

Analysts are worried that if the company collapses, it could shockwaves across China’s economy. Some experts are calling it China’s “Lehman Brothers moment.”

To help you understand the scale of China’s real-estate giant, we’ve pulled together some statistics and comparisons that put it into perspective.

1. Evergrande owns more than 1,300 real estate projects in China.

An Evergrande housing complex in China’s eastern Jiangsu province STR/ Getty images

Evergrande has constructed more than 1,300 projects across the country, its website states. Many of these are sprawling housing complexes like the one pictured above.

2. Evergrande is $300 billion in debt, the most out of any company in the world.

Evergrande is estimated to have $300 billion in liabilities.

That’s enough to cover the entire debts of Peru ($93.3 billion), the Philippines ($97 billion), Iceland ($20.3 billion), Bulgaria ($46.5 billion), and Panama ($31.7 billion) combined.

3. Around 12 million homeowners live in properties built by Evergrande.

y for over 12 million homeowners, its website states.

That means more people live in Evergrande properties than in any of the following countries: Greece (population 10.4 million); Portugal (10.1 million); Cuba (11.3 million); or Sweden (10.1 million).

4. Evergrande manages enough land to cover the entire area of Manhattan.

Construction underway for Guangzhou Evergrande football stadium in Guangzhou in China’s southern Guangdong province. STR/AFP via Getty Images

The developer has contracted 7.3 billion square feet of land, and is currently developing 1.4 billion square feet of it, according to an announcement it made in February.

In comparison, Manhattan has a total land area of 23 square miles, or 6.4 billion square feet.

5. Evergrande is indirectly responsible for 3.8 million jobs, which is enough to employ all of Los Angeles.

While Evergrande employs about 200,000 people, it is indirectly responsible for creating 3.8 million jobs a year, the company says.

That’s nearly enough jobs to employ every single person who lives in the city of Los Angeles (population 3.98 million as of 2019), or the entire population of the state of Connecticut (population 3.5 million).

6. Evergrande’s debt load is equivalent to 2% of China’s GDP.

Equivalent to 2% of China’s $14.7 trillion gross domestic product, Evergrande’s debt is bigger than the GDP of any of the following countries: Finland ($271.2 billion); New Zealand ($212.5 billion); Qatar ($146.4 billion); or Hungary ($155 billion).

https://www.businessinsider.com/what-is-evergrande-china-real-estate-giant-scale-perspective-2021-9

5. Wood, Arnott Debate Market’s Status

Dan Mika

Two prominent ETF players faced off in a  wide-ranging debate this week on the outlook for growth equities.

Cathie Wood of ARK Invest Management and Rob Arnott of Research Affiliates appeared during the Morningstar Investment Conference Wednesday evening. Following are a few of their key quotes from a wide-ranging, multitopic conversation.

Growth Vs. Value Spreads

Arnott: We always hear the observation that “It’s different this time.” And the thing that’s interesting about that is, it’s always true. Things are always different this time; they’re just not necessarily different enough to matter. Now, what we’ve observed over the course of decades is that the spread and valuation between growth and value stocks widens and narrows, widens and narrows.

One of the marvelous things is that when it widens, that’s a good predictor for subsequent performance of value relative to growth. Same holds true when it narrows; it was abnormally narrow in 2007. Well, that’s when we had the quantum crash, because everyone was piling into value, and value cratered. In fact, to the best of my recollection, the Goldman Sachs global alpha strategy, I think, lost 40% in three days. So yes, I do think they will mean-revert.

Wood: The seeds for [ARK’s main investment themes] were planted during the 20 years that ended in the tech and telecom bubble. As we know so well, too much capital chased too much/too few opportunities, and it all ended badly. But that does not change the fact that the seeds were planted, that they have been gestating for 20, 25 years.

Now we’re on the cusp of transformations to every sector, globally, the likes of which we have not seen since the early 1900s. The major technological platforms back then were the telephone, electricity and the automobile. Life as we knew back then certainly changed, and never reverted to the mean, we did not want to go backwards. And I think the same will be true this time as well.

Price Vs. Fundamentals

Arnott: We saw in the internet bubble that there were countless disruptors, and they were radically reshaping the way we communicate, the way we transact, the way we interact with our clients. And thank goodness for that internet revolution, because when COVID came along, all of those innovations turned out to be massively important to all of us.

But the market got ahead of what was likely to happen. Briefly, Cisco had the largest market-cap stock on the planet. Since that time, for 21 years, they’ve had 12% annual earnings growth, 13% annual sales growth, and their share price is lower than it was at the peak in 2000, with double digit growth for 21 years. So the market was expecting stupendous growth. It got impressive growth. But it was priced to reflect expectations of stupendous growth. And that’s where I’m inclined to push back.

Wood: We are looking at exponential growth opportunities that have evolved as these innovation platforms have started to mature and move into prime time. When I say “mature,” I mean from an innovation point of view. These seeds, as I mentioned earlier, were planted probably in the 20 years that ended in 2000. And I think the power of the growth rates, the exponential growth rates that we’re going to see, is a function of how long they have gestated. When I throw out a number like 88%, 89% compound annual growth in units, that sounds preposterous, but it is tracking Wright’s law, and gives us a very nice guide.

I think most of the world is used to looking at the world in linear growth opportunities. That’s the kind of growth that has dominated ever since the telephone, electricity and internal combustion engine has evolved. We got a glimpse of exponential growth during the internet [bubble], it turned many people off because it was so wrong, the costs were too high, the technologies weren’t ready, we’ve got now 20, 25, 30 years, and the costs are low enough that technologies are ready. And not only are we seeing these five innovation platforms evolve at the same time, we’re beginning to see them converge. And we’re beginning to see S-curves feeding S-curves feeding S-curves.

Hype From News, Social Media

Arnott: I was at a conference where the then-CEO of CNBC was one of the speakers, and this was in the early 2010s. Somebody in the audience asked, “Do you feel any remorse or guilt about being a cheerleader for the very industries or the various segments of the market that fit into the crash and the global financial crisis”? And to my surprise, he was very thoughtful. And his answer was not a glib answer. He said, “You’ve got to understand that we’re in the entertainment business. We entertain by producing news, we entertain by producing analysis that relates to that news. But it’s an entertainment business, and viewed from that perspective, of course it’s cheerleading something that has nosebleed valuations and has a great story.”

Things that are expensive are always expensive, are based on a narrative of everything going amazingly well, of pathbreaking disruption. And here’s the trick: narratives are true. The narratives that drive these companies to lofty valuations are, for the most, part true. But the important question to ask is not if this is an amazing narrative; the important thing to ask is, what about this narrative isn’t known to the broad market and isn’t already reflected in the share price.

Wood: I think what the market is missing is this convergence between and among platforms. I want to get back to this idea of bubble. Are we in a bubble? Well, the tech and telecom bust and the 2008 debacle put such fear into investors that many just became benchmark sensitive and very backward-looking and flight to safety. And that continued until and throughout the first four years of our evolution as a company. It was palpable. That muscle memory is still there, because the word “volatility” puts fear in investors’ hearts and heads. But volatility on the upside is a good thing, as we saw last year.

Did I think that performance or innovation was going to last? No. In fact, if you asked everyone in the firm, I said, “We’ve got to prepare for the other side of it.” Well, we got the other side of it. The entertainment side of media was all about, how is this ARK Invest up 150% last year? Is it a reenactment of the bubble? How fast is it going to blow up and we’ll be rid of it? The entertainment daily on CNBC, and perhaps other channels, was all about that. That does not happen in a bubble.

Contact Dan Mika at dan.mika@etf.com, and follow him on Twitter

6. S&P/Naz 100 Stocks that are in Bear Market -20% Mode.

By

Philip van Doorn

15

More than 100 large-cap stocks are at least 20% below their 52-week highs. But analysts love Micron Technology, Activision Blizzard and JD.com, among others

MarketwatchTo broaden a list of large-cap stocks, the following screen began with the S&P 500 and the components of the Nasdaq-100 Index, which is made up of the 100 largest Nasdaq-listed companies by market capitalization. After removing duplicates, this left a list of 523 stocks.

Among the 523 stocks, 107 are in a bear market — that is, they were down at  least 20% from their 52-week highs through Sept. 21, according to data provided by FactSet.

Among the 107, there are 35 with “buy” or equivalent ratings from at least two-thirds of analysts polled by FactSet. Here they are, sorted by the 12-month upside potential implied by the consensus price targets:

Company

Decline from 52-week high

Closing Price – Sept. 21

52-week high

Date of 52-week high

Share “buy” ratings

Consensus price target

Implied 12-month upside potential

Western Digital Corp. WDC,+1.61%

-29.1%

$55.47

$78.19

06/04/2021

70%

$93.39

68%

Baidu Inc. ADR Class A BIDU,+0.39%

-55.8%

$156.71

$354.82

02/22/2021

86%

$258.24

65%

Micron Technology Inc. MU,+0.09%

-25.6%

$72.14

$96.96

04/12/2021

88%

$114.03

58%

Activision Blizzard Inc. ATVI,+2.55%

-30.1%

$73.03

$104.53

02/16/2021

94%

$115.34

58%

NetEase Inc. ADR NTES,+0.32%

-40.5%

$79.95

$134.33

02/11/2021

94%

$125.11

56%

News Corp. Class A NWSA,+3.85%

-20.6%

$22.21

$27.97

05/10/2021

80%

$32.86

48%

General Motors Co. GM,+2.24%

-23.2%

$49.37

$64.30

06/07/2021

92%

$72.79

47%

Hess Corp. HES, +5.48%

-26.1%

$67.31

$91.09

06/23/2021

67%

$99.13

47%

Global Payments Inc. GPN,+1.77%

-29.1%

$156.58

$220.81

04/26/2021

81%

$227.15

45%

VF Corp. VFC, +1.98%

-27.0%

$66.25

$90.79

04/29/2021

67%

$95.95

45%

Pinduoduo Inc. ADR Class A PDD, +0.70%

-55.3%

$95.10

$212.60

02/16/2021

79%

$136.67

44%

Diamondback Energy Inc. FANG, +4.12%

-21.9%

$80.04

$102.53

07/01/2021

91%

$114.09

43%

Take-Two Interactive Software Inc. TTWO, +0.98%

-32.2%

$145.72

$214.91

02/08/2021

67%

$206.82

42%

Freeport-McMoRan Inc. FCX,+1.74%

-33.9%

$30.48

$46.10

05/10/2021

72%

$43.21

42%

Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc. VRTX, +0.44%

-33.9%

$185.80

$280.99

10/13/2020

74%

$260.67

40%

Alaska Air Group Inc. ALK,+4.09%

-24.4%

$56.11

$74.25

04/07/2021

93%

$78.71

40%

Lamb Weston Holdings Inc. LW, -1.07%

-29.1%

$61.26

$86.41

03/08/2021

78%

$85.43

39%

Eastman Chemical Co. EMN,+1.65%

-24.0%

$99.18

$130.47

06/01/2021

73%

$137.90

39%

PTC Inc. PTC, +2.27%

-22.0%

$119.93

$153.73

07/23/2021

76%

$165.23

38%

Fidelity National Information Services Inc. FIS, +0.20%

-22.2%

$121.38

$155.96

04/29/2021

72%

$165.93

37%

Halliburton Co. HAL, +5.37%

-22.1%

$19.48

$25.00

06/04/2021

69%

$26.47

36%

Stanley Black & Decker Inc. SWK, +1.45%

-20.0%

$179.89

$225.00

05/10/2021

67%

$241.71

34%

Schlumberger Ltd. SLB,+6.37%

-27.0%

$26.93

$36.87

06/04/2021

80%

$35.90

33%

Newmont Corp. NEM, -1.10%

-27.6%

$54.51

$75.31

05/19/2021

71%

$72.65

33%

Southwest Airlines Co. LUV,+3.30%

-24.1%

$49.15

$64.75

04/14/2021

82%

$65.00

32%

Valero Energy Corp. VLO,+2.83%

-25.5%

$63.32

$84.95

06/03/2021

86%

$83.41

32%

Zimmer Biomet Holdings Inc. ZBH, +3.23%

-20.8%

$142.76

$180.36

04/29/2021

77%

$187.58

31%

FMC Corp. FMC, +0.48%

-24.5%

$93.31

$123.66

01/13/2021

68%

$122.29

31%

Cigna Corp. CI, +0.23%

-25.8%

$202.39

$272.81

05/10/2021

83%

$264.73

31%

Corning Inc. GLW, +1.26%

-20.3%

$37.31

$46.82

04/26/2021

67%

$48.75

31%

Leidos Holdings Inc. LDOS,+0.89%

-20.1%

$90.90

$113.75

01/25/2021

83%

$117.78

30%

WestRock Co. WRK, +2.78%

-22.3%

$48.19

$62.03

05/17/2021

67%

$62.31

29%

Peloton Interactive Inc. Class A PTON, -0.18%

-41.0%

$100.92

$171.09

01/14/2021

74%

$129.67

28%

FedEx Corp. FDX, -0.07%

-21.2%

$252.07

$319.90

05/27/2021

75%

$321.15

27%

JD.com Inc. ADR Class A JD,+0.28%

-32.1%

$73.50

$108.29

02/17/2021

94%

$93.11

27%

Source: FactSet

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/these-stocks-are-in-bear-market-territory-but-wall-street-expects-them-to-soar-as-much-as-68-11632319597?mod=home-page

7. Housing Shortage has Increased 52% Since 2018….Entry Level Homes Went from 40% of Inventory to 7% Since 1980

Still facing a housing shortage

An underbuilt market is one of the factors helping sustain valuation in the hot housing market.

An analysis by housing giant Freddie Mac suggests that the housing shortage has increased 52% from 2.5 million in 2018 to 3.8 million in 2020.

Housing inventory

The decline in entry-level housing is even more pronounced than the overall shortage, it found. The share of entry-level homes in overall construction declined from 40% in the early 1980s to around 7% in 2019.

“A lack of supply rather than credit-driven speculation is driving house price growth,” says Leonard Kiefer, deputy chief economist at Freddie Mac. “House prices may be high, but there are some fundamental economic forces and not just speculation and very loose credit holding up the values.”

Even a price drop should not affect the housing market because of the pent-up demand and people who were priced out, says Lawrence Yun, chief economist for the National Association of Realtors.

“They’ll just jump back into the market, viewing it as a second opportunity,” he says. “We are still facing a housing shortage with inventory still down from one year ago and significantly down from two years ago.”

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/housing-crash-horizon-eight-experts-090018014.html

8. Housing Demand +27% Year Over Year with No Inventory

The Daily Shot Blog United States: Despite some recent talk of a pause in the housing market, high-frequency data from Redfin shows demand near multi-year highs.

9. Biggest Quarterly Increase Net Worth vs. Disposable Income in History

Zero Hedge

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/has-be-mistake

10. 8 benefits of journaling for your success

Keeping a journal was something that I had neglected for many years. However, when I started blogging, I asked myself why not journal again? This is indeed a great decision that I’ve taken! Read my blog post to see how journaling equips you in planning for success…

1. Achieve goals

I make use of daily journaling to achieve my set goals! It helps me to monitor my progress and see when I need to go back on track (so that I don’t derail from my milestones). Journaling will keep you focused on what you want to achieve with long-term benefits.

“Writing in a journal reminds you of your goals and of your learning in life. It offers a place where you can hold a deliberate, thoughtful conversation with yourself.” – Robin S. Sharma

2. Aspects of life

Journaling will bring you many benefits. You can use it as you want to, to see progress in any aspects of your life that you’re determined to improve and work on. Set and track your personal, professional or any other types of goals. You may even instead choose to record daily life events, thoughts of gratitude, ponder on ideas in your mind and more.

3. Life purpose

Knowing your ‘why’ or ‘raison d’être’ is key to achieving what you really want to. The life goals that you set for yourself, need to be reflected on. This way you put in hard work and precious time, only on the things that you truly want to accomplish!

4. Intentional living

When you journal about the right goals for yourself, you ensure that you’re moving in the right direction. Intentional living involves knowing/thinking about what you truly want to achieve.

“My job in space will be to observe and write a journal. I am also going to be teaching a class for students on earth about life in space and on the space shuttle and conducting experiments.” – Christa McAuliffe

5. Emotional Quotient (EQ)

When you spend time expressing yourself on paper, you’re aware of your thoughts, feelings, and emotions. You understand and accept them, thus, can take calculated actions! With better EQ, you can work on harnessing relationships that matter to you, both in your personal and professional life.

6. Be accountable

With the habit of daily journaling, you hold yourself accountable for how you’re progressing towards your set goals. Think of it as business reporting! You need to answer about your results and improve upon what’s not quite up to the level.

7. Analyze situations

You’ll be better equipped to analyze matters in a rational way. This, in turn, will help you to act in a wise and informed manner. You can then better avoid misunderstandings and future regrets. You’ll make the most of handling situations and avoid blunders!

8. Mindfulness

Reflecting upon your thoughts, feelings, and emotions before acting has mental health benefits. Meditation and journaling go hand in hand. Include both in your daily routine and live mindfully!

“Whether you’re keeping a journal or writing as a meditation, it’s the same thing. What’s important is you’re having a relationship with your mind.” – Natalie Goldberg

8 benefits of journaling for your success

Topley’s Top 10 – September 23, 2021

1. Sectors 10% Off Highs.

80% of Materials and 75% of Energy


2. Velocity of Money Making New Lows. Checking and Savings Accounts Record Highs…Velocity of Money Stuck.

What Is the Velocity of Money?–The velocity of money is a measurement of the rate at which money is exchanged in an economy. It is the number of times that money moves from one entity to another. It also refers to how much a unit of currency is used in a given period of time. Simply put, it’s the rate at which consumers and businesses in an economy collectively spend money.

https://www.investopedia.com/terms/v/velocity.asp


3. Deutsche Bank Poll…Only 8% of Institutional Money Managers Think Evergrande is Significant Market Impact Event.

Jim Reid DB Bank

As we await to see what the reopening of Chinese markets brings tomorrow post holiday, our flash poll asking your opinion of what Evergrande will mean for global markets in a month’s time had over 700 response in two hours. So many thanks.

Only 8% of you felt it would be significantly impacting global financial markets by then with a combined 68% expecting limited or no impact.

So for now markets are generally of the view that notable contagion is highly unlikely.

To read more my colleague Craig Nicol has just put out a note (link here) about the contagion risk to the broader HY market. He sums it up nicely as to why we should care one way or another. “Evergrande is the largest corporate in the largest sector of the second largest economy in the world.”


4. Why is Shorting so Hard? Citron had First Short Report on Evergrande in 2012…Forensic Accounting Shorts Timing Impossible.

Evergrande’s potential debt blowup is ‘not a contagion’ event for the stock market, says the man who said the firm was insolvent 10 years ago

By  Mark DeCambre  Citron Research founder Andrew Left was feeling a modicum of vindication on Monday, as China’s Evergrande looked to be on the brink of collapse, sending shock waves through financial markets.

“Yeah, I feel vindicated,” he told MarketWatch, in a phone interview on Monday.

Back in 2012, Left accused the prominent property developer of engaging in aggressive accounting practices and charged that it was actually insolvent, based on his research.

Left said that China’s second-largest property developer’s balance sheet hasn’t changed very much since his original analysis of its problems, aside from the scale of the issues.

“Nothing has changed in the 10 years since that research … I just identified when the problems started,” Left told MarketWatch.

Evergrande 6666, +2.94% is nursing more than $300 billion in debt and holders of Evergrande’s approximately $19 billion in dollar-denominated bonds are left to wonder what will become of their investments, while Wall Street attempts to gauge the potential spillover effects a collapse could have on China’s property sector and global financial markets.

Left, however, sees the problem as likely one that will be contained by dint of China’s nature of controlling its economy and propensity to bail out embattled companies.

“So, they are going to do whatever they have to do” to contain the harm to the broader economy and limit spillover, Left explained. He said that investors here, however, aren’t likely to observe the wheels within the Chinese machinery moving because of Beijing’s tendency to operate behind a veil when it comes to business matters.

As The Wall Street Journal described it in a Friday article, China’s Evergrande Group turned billions of dollars in borrowed money “into the dream of homeownership for millions of Chinese citizens.”

However, that dream was funded on outsize loans that are coming due soon.

Evergrande faces an $83.5 million interest payment Sept. 23 on its March 2022 bonds and a $42.5 million payment on Sept. 29 on its March 2024 notes, according to news reports. Failure to settle those payments within 30 days of their due date would put Evergrande in default.

S&P Global Ratings on Monday said a default by Evergrande would cause more than mere ripples in financial markets, but would be unlikely to lead to a tidal wave of defaults.

Left believes that a likely intervention by China in Evergrande will limit any spillover, preventing potentially harmful ripples throughout global markets, he speculated. “They’ll just take more control of it,” Left said of China’s government regarding Evergrande. “It’s not a contagion event,” he said.

Almost a decade ago, the Citron Research founder was banned from trading in Hong Kong markets after losing a civil case against regulators related to his allegations about Evergrande. The legal dispute lasted more than half a decade and cost him millions.

Left said that his ban from the Hong Kong market lifts next month but it isn’t clear that he will do much investing there in any event.

“I got a complete black mark on me for saying everything that’s already turned out to be true,” he was quoted as saying in Institutional Investor last month. “It’s Hong Kong’s attempt to stifle the truth. They knew it was going to happen, but they didn’t need a short seller to say anything about it.”

Left told MarketWatch that part of the reason he believes that Evergrande has been allowed to become so highly levered is because of the prominence of its Chief Executive, Hui Ka Yan, who founded the company in 1996 in Guangzhou as Hengda Group.

“Obviously, China is overbuilt,” Left said of China’s property market. “But I think it is a problem that they let this guy run wild,” he said of the Evergrande CEO.

Hui boasts a personal fortune of around $10.7 billion, according to Forbes. Hui took Evergrande public in 2009 and he owns the majority of the company, according to reports.

The South China Morning Post last month reported that Hui stepped down as chairman of the closely held Hengda Real Estate Group, in a reshuffling that “raised concerns about his grip on his flagship China Evergrande Group.”

Worries about Evergrande were being blamed for a broad selloff in the market that saw the Dow Jones Industrial Average on track for its worst daily fall since Oct. 28, 2020, according to data compiled by Dow Jones Market Data.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/evergrandes-potential-debt-blowup-is-not-a-contagion-event-for-the-stock-market-says-the-man-who-said-the-firm-was-insolvent-10-years-ago-11632165402?mod=home-page


5. Evergrande Default? Historically Largest Default.

Jim Reid -Deutsche Bank

As we wait to see how the Evergrande situation evolves it looks highly likely to be the largest global corporate bond default of 2021. It has just under $20bn of offshore bonds which rating agencies opine on.

For perspective today’s CoTD shows the largest global corporate bond default each year since 1994.

A near $20bn default would certainly be the largest globally so far this year. We can only find ones a fraction of this so far in 2021. However it’s not out of line with the scale of the post GFC largest defaults in each year.

However we would say that this will be a more complicated default in that Evergrande is a much more complicated structure than a typical corporate.

S&P and Bloomberg have cited total liabilities of up to $300bn covering trade payables, wealth management products, onshore bonds, bank loans etc.

From this list Enron and Lehman also had more complicated structures than a typical corporate bond default.

We would agree that the most likely scenario is that China controls the contagion. However it’s worth highlighting that this is likely to be the biggest global corporate bond default of the year and probably the most complicated structure of a global corporate default for at least a decade.


6. Dow Transports Close Below 200 day

Transports 13.6% Off Highs….breaks thru August lows.

www.stockcharts.com


7. Biggest Drop in Oil Supplies 3 Months.

Dave Lutz at Jones Trading Stockpiles at the Cushing storage hub declined 1.75 million barrels, the biggest drop in more than three months if confirmed by the EIA


8. IPO 2021…Number of IPOs and Proceeds Raised Already Above Previous Bull Market Yearly Highs.

Number of IPOs Above 2014 highs………….IPO Proceeds Above 2014 Highs

IPOs | 2021 Upcoming & Recently Priced IPOs – Renaissance Capital


9. International Markets Large Spreads in Returns Last 3 Months Due to China.

Frontier Markets (FM) +5.6%….Developed International Flat………Emerging Markets (EEM) -6.4%

www.yahoofinance.com


10. How to Be the Calmest Person in the Room

By Nick Papple | 04/8/2016 | 0 Comments

There are 13.5 seconds left on the clock in the NCAA Division I men’s basketball final. The North Carolina Tar Heels trail the Villanova Wild Cats by three points.

The Tar Heels inbound the ball to guard, Joel Berry, who dribbles up the court.

Just past half, senior, Marcus Paige cuts behind the three-point line. Berry fires a pass to Paige — just beating the hands of one Wild Cat defender.

Paige catches the ball, takes two dribbles, then shoots a contested off-balance three.

He makes it. The NRG Stadium erupts.

Now there are 4.7 seconds left on the clock and the score is tied, 74—74. Villanova inbounds the ball under pressure from the Tar Heels defense.

As the clock winds down, guard, Ryan Arcidiacono dribbles up the court, weaving past Tar Heel defenders.

Out of the corner of Arch’s eye, he sees teammate Kris Jenkins stepping into range behind the three-point line.

Arch makes a shovel pass to Jenkins, who without hesitation steps into the game-winning shot.

As the ball releases from Jenkins fingertips, time expires and the buzzer blares. The shot goes in and the Villanova Wild Cats are the 2016 Division I NCAA men’s basketball Champs.

Streamers and confetti pour down from the rafters, as fans scream and Charles Barkley jumps up and down.

Everyone loses it — except for one man. Head coach of the Villanova Wild Cats, Jay Wright.

Wright’s reaction is downright stoic. Ice — Cold.

Did people notice? You bet.

This Vine of Wright’s reaction has been viewed over 6,421,298 times as of writing this.

Today, we’re going to talk about something all great leaders possess.

John D. Rockefeller had it, Ulysses S. Grant had it, Jay Wright seems to have it, and former New York Mayor Rudy Giuliani has it too.

All great leaders have sangfroid: unflappable coolness under pressure.

I first heard this term used by Ryan Holiday in this article about John D. Rockefeller. When Rockefeller just started his career the financial panic of 1857 hit. While everyone was losing their chill, Rockefeller kept quiet, saved his money and watched what others did wrong. We all know how that turned out.

Another man who had sangfroid was Ulysses S. Grant. My favorite story is told again by Ryan Holiday in The Obstacle is the Way:

During the Overland Campaign, Grant was surveying the scene through field glasses when an enemy shell exploded, killing the horse immediately next to him. Grant’s eyes stayed fixed on the front, never leaving the glasses. 

Other than looking like the coolest guy in the room or battlefield, you might be wondering why you’d want to develop sangfroid?

The answer is simple: people who stay calm in high-pressure situations perform better than people who don’t.

Whether it’s sports, investing, debating, war — you name it. Research shows that in high-pressure situations the man who has sangfroid will have the advantage.

How Successful People Stay Calm

Dr. Travis Bradberry, author of the bestselling book Emotional Intelligence 2.0 and cofounder of TalentSmart an agency that studies human psychology found there are10 things anyone can do to steady their nerves in stressful situations.

To be honest, most of the things Bradberry recommends are uninspiring. Things like deep breathing, disconnecting from technology for 24 hours, using a support system, quashing negative self-talk. The kinds of things you know probably work, but will never actually do in a stressful situation.

I wanted to know why Ulysses S. Grant could stand next to a horse being blown up and not flinch. I doubt Grant was practicing deep breathing at the time, or pumping himself up with positive self-talk.

So I kept researching and found this interview with Simon Sinek (the Golden Circle guy). Sinek explains how most high-performers keep their cool and he uses a sports analogy — go figure. He says:

Performing under pressure, whether it’s me or anybody else, is the same. What I find fascinating is the interpretation of the stimuli. Let me explain. So I was watching the Olympics and I was amazed at how bad the questions were that the reporters were asking all the athletes. And almost always they would ask the same question. Whether they were about to compete or after they competed: Were you nervous? To a T, all the athletes went: No. What I realized is it’s not that they’re not nervous, it’s their interpretation of what’s happening in their bodies. What happens when you’re nervous? Your heart rate starts to go, your breathing shortens, you get a little tense, you get a little sweaty. You have expectations of what’s coming. You interpret that as I’m nervous.

Now what’s the interpretation of excited? Your heart rate starts to go, your breathing shortens, you get a little tense, you get a little sweaty. You have expectations of what’s coming. It’s all the same thing. It’s the same stimuli. Except these athletes have learned to interpret the stimuli that the rest of us would interpret as nervous, as excited. They all say the same thing: No, I’m not nervous. I’m excited.

One thing Dr. Bradberry does mention in his 10 things is reframing. He explains that people who manage their cool know how to reframe and put their problems into perspective. This is similar to what Sinek recommends, which ultimately is the key to automatic sangfroid.

After the game on Monday night, Villanova coach Jay Wright was asked about his cold reaction to the win. Here’s what he said:

You know when you’re a coach you’re just always thinking about the next play. I was really thinking is there going to be more time on the clock. And I’m the adult. And I’ve got all these 18-and 22-year olds around me. And they’re going to go crazy. And I’m going to have to get them gathered up here and we’re going to have to defend a play with 0.7 seconds. That’s what I was thinking.

Wright’s frame of mind was different than everyone else. When I heard this, it reminded me of what former Mayor of New York City Rudy Giuliani said in an interview right after 9/11. Giuliani had to lead 20 of his panicked co-workers out of an office building on 9/11. When asked by reporters how he kept his cool, Giuliani said:

My father taught me when I was very young, that if you’re ever in an emergency, become calm. Become the calmest person in the room and if you do, you have the best chance of surviving. I don’t know why he taught me that but he did.

Nick Papple
Managing Editor
The Daily Brief

https://www.earlytorise.com/calmest-person-room/

Topley’s Top 10 – September 21, 2021

1. China Sovereign 5 Yr CDS Blowout.

I may have jumped gun yesterday on calmness of China money market chart…..CDS Blowing Out.

BY TYLER DURDEN-ZEROHEDGE

One glance at global markets this morning suggests, at a minimum, that risk is being de-grossed across everything from European utilities to cryptos to US materials stocks.

However, the biggest – and ultimate-est – contagion is that of China’s sovereign risk itself… and that is starting to blow out…

This sudden surge in default risk on China’s sovereign debt is very significant in the context of China’s constant reassurance to the rest of the world that it is solid-as-a-rock (just as Larry fink, but don’t ask George Soros). However, we do note that China CDS spiked to around 90bps in March 2020 (as the COVID crisis hit) and around 150bps in early 2016 (accelerating after China devalued the yuan in late 2015).

The question is, of course, where will this stop this time? How much ‘risk’ is China willing to take with its sovereign risk?

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/ultimate-contagion-china-sovereign-risk-starting-blow-out


2.China Real Estate ETF -44% from Highs.

CHIR ETF trading at half of book value.

www.stockcharts.com


3.China Internet ETF Holding Previous Low

KWEB China Internet ETF held August low…..August low was above previous Covid low see March 2020 on chart

www.stockcharts.com

China Small Caps holding up relatively well…15% off highs…50day still well above 200day on chart

www.stockcharts.com


4.Money Market Funds 2021 vs. 2008 Great Financial Crisis.


5.Hedge Fund Bets on Higher Commodities Falls to 11 Month Low.

Speculators slashed wagers on further price gains for agricultural markets such as soybeans, corn and hogs, and turned actively bearish on wheat, amid an improved supply outlook. That more than offset an increase in bullish bets, particularly in energy markets, as disruptions in U.S. production following two hurricanes led to a surge in prices during the past few weeks, Bloomberg reports.

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading


6.Producer Price Index +8.8% vs. Consumer Price Index +5.5%…Something has to give, either producers have to pass on price increases or commodities have to come down in price.

Producer Prices +8.8%

Producer Prices +8.8%

https://fred.stlouisfed.org/series/PPIACO


7.2021-Share of Oil Reserves by Country….93.5% from 14 Countries.

https://www.visualcapitalist.com/ranking-the-countries-with-the-largest-proven-global-oil-reserves-in-the-world/


8.Cybersecurity Job Growth.

In the United States alone, jobs for Information Security Analysts are expected to grow by 15% by 2024.

https://www.franklin.edu/blog/is-a-masters-degree-in-cyber-security-worth-it

https://www.indeed.com/lead/cybersecurity-outlook-2019


9.College graduate starting salaries are at an all-time high—and these 10 majors earn the most

Abigail Johnson Hess@ABIGAILJHESS

Despite a global pandemic that caused massive unemployment and slashed earnings among working-class Americans, starting salaries for recent college graduates continue to rise.

According to a recent report from the National Association of Colleges and Employers, the average starting salary for the college Class of 2020 was $55,260 — 2.5% higher than that of the Class of 2019 ($53,889 ) and 8.5% higher than the Class of ’18 ($50,944).

Among graduates who majored in science, technology, engineering and mathematics fields, average earnings were even higher.

“In some cases, salary increases most likely reflect these unique times,” says Shawn VanDerziel, NACE executive director. “For example, the increased demand for nurses as front-line workers during the Covid-19 pandemic may have fueled the 2.1% increase in the average starting salary for registered nursing majors, from $57,416 for these graduates from the Class of 2019 to $58,626 for Class of 2020 registered nursing graduates.”

“Technical majors typically are the highest paid as they are usually the highest in-demand,” explains Andrea J. Koncz, NACE research manager. “Also, as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic and the greater need for technology in the new ‘virtual world’ that we live and work, the computer-related majors account for 4 of the top 10 paying bachelor’s degrees from the Class of 2020.”

This trend has also been observed by other researchers.

A recent analysis of Department of Education data of 2.2 million college students who graduated in 2015 and 2016 and their early career earnings by public policy group Third Way found that STEM degrees provide some of the highest return on investment for graduates.

STEM degrees “tend to have the strongest job prospects, so they can start earning a lot of money right after graduating,” Third Way senior fellow Michael Itzkowitz tells CNBC Make It.

Beyond highlighting the financial benefits of earning an advanced degree, the pandemic has also shed light on how educational opportunity impacts the physical health of Americans.

According to a March study published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, life expectancy for the two-thirds of Americans without a college degree is declining — creating a growing gap in life expectancy between those with and without a secondary education.

“When you look at the data, you see life expectancy rising until 2012, and then it starts going down for people without a B.A.,” Sir Angus Deaton, professor of economics at USC and Princeton University and one of the study’s co-authors, previously told CNBC Make It. “The decrease in life expectancy is happening not to everybody, but to Americans who do not have a four-year college degree. There is a huge educational divide.”

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/09/01/college-graduate-starting-salaries-are-at-an-all-time-high.html?utm_content=Main&utm_medium=Social&utm_source=Twitter#Echobox=1632137790


10.10 Surprising Things Successful Leaders Do Differently

Kevin Kruse

ContributorOver the last three years, I’ve interviewed over 200 highly successful CEO’s, military officers, entrepreneurs and leadership gurus including John C. Maxwell, Ken Blanchard, Stephen M.R. Covey, Liz Wiseman, Kim Scott, Patty McCord and others. I always get them to reveal their number one secret to leadership; what advice would they give to a younger version of themselves? After analyzing their answers 10 themes emerged.

#1 Great Leaders Close Their Open Door Policy

Open door policies are passive ways to facilitate communication and do more harm than good. They make deep work and strategic thinking virtually impossible for the manager. Worse, research shows that half of all employees won’t go through the open door with problems or ideas because they fear repercussions. It’s time to close your door and open your calendar. Recurring, weekly one-on-one meetings are a far better way to proactively facilitate communication, and pre-scheduled “office hours”—perhaps an hour each day—is the best way to facilitate time-sensitive communication. 

#2 Great Leaders Don’t Bring Smartphones Into Meetings

PROMOTED

If you use your smartphone in meetings, research from the University of Southern California’s Marshall School of Business suggests your colleagues probably think you’re being rude or unprofessional. Seventy-five percent of those surveyed thought it was inappropriate to read or write texts or emails in meetings, and 22% think it’s inappropriate to use the phone at all in any kind of meeting. And in a study titled “The Pen Is Mightier Than the Keyboard”, researchers discovered that when it comes to comprehension and memory, taking notes by hand was far superior to typing notes on a keyboard. To avoid distraction, to remain mindful and present, and to maximize recall, a leader should leave their smartphone in their desk and use good old fashioned pen and notebooks in meetings.

#3 Great Leaders Have No Rules

Every time we bump into a rule, it takes away a chance for us to make a choice or a decision. And it becomes “your” company, not mine.  Rules crowd out conversation. Managers become rule enforcers instead of leaders. Instead of rules, have standards or guardrails that are rooted in company values. Use these standards as topics of discussion starting with recruiting and onboarding, and continuing throughout the employee life cycle. And when someone deviates from the values–the standards–well that’s a time for some feedback, that’s a coachable moment. Strive to model the Netflix culture of freedom with accountability.

#4 Great Leaders Are Likable, Not Liked

Are you a people pleaser? It’s normal to want to be liked, but it’s a problem if you have a need to be liked. A need to be liked causes managers to withhold direct, constructive feedback. It can lead to delayed decision making in the hopeless quest to get universal agreement. You don’t need to act like a jerk at work, but realize that your team members don’t need another friend, they need a leader who will coach them and advance their career, who will make the sometimes tough decisions to protect the team or advance the company. Replace your need to be liked, with a need to lead right.  And replace your need to be liked by everyone, with the realization that if you are liked by your family and close friends, that’s enough.

#5 Great Leaders Lead With Love

Yes, I say leaders should love their team members. The Greeks called it agape; Professors Sigal Barsade and Olivia O’Neill call it companionate love. It’s the warmth, connection and caring we feel for humankind–absent the passionate kind of love. Leaders who care about their team members and show it achieve high employee engagement and business outcomes. Remember the words of the legendary basketball coach, John Wooden. He would tell his players, “I will not like you all the same, but I will love you all the same.”

#6 Great Leaders Crowd Their Calendar

Great leaders are obsessed with minutes. They know that every minute wasted or freely given away is another minute that can’t be spent coaching their team or on getting results. For best results, throw out your to-do list, and schedule everything. Identify your daily most important task and schedule it first thing in the morning (before interruptions and while you are cognitively at your best). Pre-schedule time to lead; schedule your recurring weekly one-on-one’s, your quarterly town-halls, your twice a year career path meetings. What about downtime? What about time to think? Yes, schedule that too. Great leaders, including LinkedIn CEO Jeff  Weiner, actually schedule “nothing” time.

#7 Great Leaders Play Favorites

In a misguided attempt to be impartial and fair, too many managers treat all their team members the same. But it turns out that’s the most unfair thing we can do to people. And it’s the fastest way for you to lose top talent. Instead of treating everyone alike, you need to learn to individualize your leadership approach. You need to take the time to understand each of our team members when it comes to their: talent, experience, attitudes, strengths and goals. Then you play favorites, not based on who you like better, but based on who’s earned it.

#8 Great Leaders Reveal Everything

In traditional organizations information flowed “up” and the decisions came “down,” but to compete now, we have to replace “knowledge is power” to “sharing is power.” In his book Team of Teams, U.S. Army general Stanley McChrystal explained that radical transparency was a key to defeating Al Qaeda in Iraq because it enabled decision making to be pushed to the very lowest levels. In business, radical transparency means sharing everything, including all the financials needed to understand what makes the business work.

#9 Great Leaders Show Weakness

“Will you tell me about a time you failed?” It’s the first question I ask all my guests on the LEADx Leadership podcast. From Dan Pink and Captain Sully Sullenberger to Alan Alda and John Maxwell, I ask them to start with failure. Too many old school leaders believe “leadership is acting” or we must always wear a mask to project confidence and optimism. The best leaders today realize that authenticity and vulnerability are the fastest ways to earn trust. And as Stephen M.R. Covey told me, “Trust is the one thing that changes everything.” I’m not talking about striving to shed tears and share fears. That’s an inauthentic way of being authentic. Share your past failures as learning experiences. Share the bad news with the good. Drop your mask and be your unique self.  

#10 Great Leaders Know: Leadership Is Not a Choice

The greats all agree that leadership in a word is: influence. And we know from behavioral psychology that we are always influencing those around us. You influence when you stand up to the bully, but also when you remain a bystander. You influence when you challenge the idea in the conference room, and also when you remain silent. Leadership isn’t a choice, because you are leading (i.e., influencing) all of the time. This means you are leading not just at work but also at the dinner table, and on the sidelines of the soccer field. But are you leading in a positive direction or a negative direction? Be mindful of your power as a leader. Remember, lead with intent.

Tying It All Together

Whether you are a front-line supervisor, middle manager, or senior executive, these 10 secrets will help you to become both the boss everyone wants to work for and the high achiever every CEO wants to hire–all without drama, stress, and endless hours in the office.

https://www.forbes.com/sites/kevinkruse/2019/04/02/10-surprising-things-successful-leaders-do-differently/?sh=3b458c901243

Topley’s Top 10 – September 20, 2021

1. Crypto Now $2.5 Trillion Market…6500 Total Cryptos.

Barrons

Inside the Coming War Over Digital Currencies—and What It Means for Your MoneyBy 

Daren Fonda

https://www.barrons.com/articles/coming-war-money-cryptos-51631845330?mod=past_editions


2. The CRB Commodity Index hit a 6-year high this week and is up 122% from its low in 2020.

@CharlieBilello


3. S&P Dividend and Treasury Yields Are Nearly Identical

Bespoke-On February 25th of this year, the 10-Year Treasury yield surpassed the dividend yield of the S&P 500 for the first time since January 17th, 2020.  Currently, the S&P 500’s dividend yield stands at 1.33% vs. the 10-Year’s yield of 1.31%, so they’re essentially right inline with each other at the moment.

Since 1971, the 10-Year yield has been higher than that of the S&P 90.7% of the time, and the median spread between the 10-Year yield and the S&P’s dividend yield has been +3.5 percentage points. Both yields are much lower than their typical level since 1970. The S&P’s dividend yield has been higher than its current level 94.62% of the time. As for the 10-Year Treasury, its yield has been higher 97.55% of the time.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/sp-dividend-and-treasury-yields-are-nearly-identical


4. Shanghai and Baltic Freight Index Unprecedented Increase in Shipping Costs.

“The supply chain challenges have only worsened of late,” BofA economists wrote.

BOFA GLOBAL RESEARCH REPORT FROM SEPT. 17 2021

 

Marketwatch

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/inflation-challenges-stock-market-underpinnings-as-investors-look-ahead-to-fed-meeting-11631971001?mod=home-page


5. But…..S&P Air Freight & Logistics Index Correcting

Supply Chain….-12% correction from highs…right on 200 day moving average

www.stockcharts.com


6. Door Dash Worth as Much as Uber

Chartr.com blog

 www.chartr.com


7. Another Trend Working Against Office Space….38% of Co2 Emissions are Buildings.

Buildings, not cars, are the biggest source of carbon emissions

Source: Global Alliance for Buildings and Construction, 2020 Global Status Report. Data includes all CO2 emissions in 2019.

Beyond the FAANGs: Tech savvy companies in non-tech sectors

https://www.capitalgroup.com/advisor/insights/articles/beyond-faangs-tech-savvy-companies.html


8. No Signs of Stress in Chinese Money Market Funds….With Recent Political Over Reach and Property Blow Up….No Systemic Stress.

LPL Research As shown in the LPL Chart of the Day, China’s money markets aren’t showing any signs of systemic risk. These tend to be the canary in the coal mine, and the fallout appears to be fairly contained as of now.

View enlarged chart.

Why Evergrande Isn’t The Next Lehman


9. United States: The Treasury curve has been flattening at the longer end, which may signify falling inflation expectations

The Daily Shot Blog

Source: Guggenheim

https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-september-17th-2021/


10. The 7 Keys to Real Success

Psychology Today Lawrence R. Samuel Ph.D.

The 7 Keys to Real Success

Adopting an alternative narrative of success can lead to greater happiness.

KEY POINTS

  • Society heavily defines achievement, acquisitions, and upward mobility as success.
  • Research has shown outer-directed measures of success to be less correlated with contentment and satisfaction in life than inner-directed ones. 
  • Adopting an alternative narrative of success may be more likely to lead to happiness.

By all the usual measures, I have a friend who might be considered an unsuccessful person. In her early 30s, she’s had no career and has never been in a serious relationship. Her professional and personal lives have never taken off, something of which she is keenly aware but doesn’t seem too bothered by.

By a different set of measures, however, I would say this woman is very successful. She’s intelligent and funny and is known in the neighborhood as a kind and generous person. She spends a lot of time caring for her mother, with whom she lives, and walks dogs and babysits to make some money. While she can’t afford luxuries, she’s well-liked, happy, and spends her time as she wishes.

My friend’s case nicely illustrates the complexities attached to the subject of success in America. Our classic narrative of success is heavily defined by achievement, acquisitions, and upward mobility. Those who don’t subscribe to those measures, whether by choice or otherwise, are often (and mistakenly) cast as losers. Those who’ve amassed the primary symbols of success—a well-paying job, a nice home, and traditional family life—are generally seen as the winners.

However, anecdotal and hard evidence shows that the so-called winners are no happier than the so-called losers. In fact, according to several research studies, outer-directed measures of success are less correlated with contentment and satisfaction in life than inner-directed ones. Still, recognized experts continue to prescribe the recipes of and for externally defined success, reinforcing the classic narrative.

I propose an alternative narrative of success that is more likely to lead to happiness than the one we have been taught to embrace. There are seven keys to real success, I believe, which are as follows:

1.   Rejecting the standard model predicated on money, power, and fame.In America, we equate money, power, and fame with success, making it no surprise that many are in hot pursuit of one or more of them. Besides the fact that most of us fail in this pursuit, realizing any of them rarely delivers the kind of happiness we expected them to.

2.   Avoiding comparisons to others. Stacking your achievements, no matter how significant, against those of others is an unwinnable proposition. There is always someone else who has accomplished bigger and/or better things, making it unwise to view success in relative terms.

3.   Taking a holistic view of yourself. Rather than focus on your career or personal life, it’s more productive to see yourself as a complete individual. Each of us is unique in our own way, leading to the unarguable truth that no one is more successful of being you than you.

4.   Celebrating your victories, no matter how big or small. Many of us are hesitant to declare victory when we achieve something worthy, always waiting for a bigger victory to happen. Instead of entering this purgatorial state of success, relish every victory that comes your way.

5.   Accepting failures. Failing to reach the desired goal is entirely normal, as it is the chase rather than the capture that offers more fulfillment. Take comfort in the fact that the average major league baseball getting paid millions of dollars a year gets a hit one in four times and will get into the Hall of Fame if he can do it one in three chances.

6.   Prioritizing relationships with other people. Our model of success is overwhelmingly me-centric, i.e., grounded in individualism and serving one’s self-interests. More than anything else, however, humans are social organisms, suggesting that success should be defined in how we relate to and ideally improve the lives of others.

7.   Leaving something behind. I’m a big believer in legacy, meaning what remains of us after our bodies are no more. In the big scheme of things, we’re here for a relatively short period of time, making it important that our lives continue to resonate for as long as possible.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/future-trends/202109/the-7-keys-real-success

Topley’s Top 10 – September 17, 2021

1. Tencent Holdings Market Cap Shrinks by Almost $400B

Tencent Holding 200 day moving average going back to 2019

Tencent Music $30 to $9

www.stockcharts.com


2. Index of Macau/China Casinos Hits 2016 Levels

These Charts Show Impact of China’s Casino Crackdown on Macau By Joanna Ossingerand David Ingles

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-09-16/these-charts-show-impact-of-china-s-casino-crackdown-on-macau?sref=GGda9y2L


3. Retail Sales Breakdown

https://doubleline.com/podcast/mmm-episode-32-sep-7-10-macro-market-recap-eviction-elucidation-janets-alarm-bells/


4. Household Appliance Prices Rise the Most in 10 Years …Rising Steel Costs.

WSJ-The higher costs are already hitting consumers, especially for products like cars and appliances. Household appliance prices rose by 6.8% in August, the highest year-over-year increase in a decade, according to Labor Department data.

https://www.wsj.com/articles/high-steel-prices-have-manufacturers-scrounging-for-supplies-11631698202?mod=itp_wsj&ru=yahoo

Steel ETF SLX sideways since March

www.stockcharts.com


5. Growth vs Value was Following 1998-2001 Market Exactly….But See Divergence as the Government Turned Up the Stimulus.

Ben Carlson Blog

https://awealthofcommonsense.com/2021/09/animal-spirits-the-crypto-gateway-drug/


6.18-34 Year Old’s Opinion on Sustainability and Work

Value Walk https://www.valuewalk.com/


7. Wall Street Whistleblowers Awarded $1B Since 2012

Wall Street’s newest millionaires are whistleblowers


  • The SEC announced awards ranging from $4 million to $110 million paid to Wall Street whistleblowers.
  • In total, the watchdog program has paid $1 billion, awarding 207 whistleblowers since 2012. 
  • But not all whistleblowers hit it big — and some never see a single dollar. 

The US Securities and Exchange Commission just paid two multi-million dollar awards to Wall Street whistleblowers, according to a statement released Wednesday. The payouts of $110 million and $4 million bring the agency’s whistle-blowing awards to a total of $1 billion. A record-breaking payment of $114 million was awarded last October. “The whistleblower program has been instrumental to the success of numerous enforcement actions since it was instituted a decade ago,” said Gurbir S. Grewal, the SEC’s Director of Division of Enforcement.”We hope that today’s announcement encourages whistleblowers to continue to come forward with credible information about potential violations of the securities laws.”A total of 207 whistleblowers have received payouts from the SEC since the program began in 2012. In order to qualify for an award, the information provided to the agency must be “original, timely, and credible” and result in “a successful enforcement action.” All watchdog payments are financed through sanctions paid to the SEC by securities law violators. The awards can be anywhere from 10% to 30% of the money collected from the guilty party if the sanctions exceed $1 million, according to the SEC. But not all whistleblowers hit it big — and some never see a single dollar. John McPherson, a whistleblower who aided the SEC’s investigation into an alleged $1.4 billion scam at Life Partners Holdings Inc., received zero compensation from the agency, The Wall Street Journal reported this June. The lack of payment was due to a controversial SEC rule that states whistleblowers cannot be paid if the guilty party declares bankruptcy, which is a common outcome for fraudulent companies. Effective December of last year, the SEC amended the whistleblower program rules to clarify that awards cannot be sourced from private actions such as bankruptcy. 

https://www.businessinsider.com/new-wall-street-millionaires-are-whistleblowers-sec-payouts-2021-9


8. Education Spending by Country

Statista


9. Top 10 Markets for Rent Growth

As rents skyrocket, here is where they’re rising the most. It’s NOT New York or San Francisco-By Jacob Passy 

 https://www.marketwatch.com/story/as-rents-skyrocket-here-is-where-theyre-increasing-the-most-hint-its-not-new-york-or-san-francisco-11631804785?mod=home-page

10. How Purpose Could Be Key to Work Wellness

Being happy at work may depend on it, says best-selling author Daniel Goleman. Daniel Goleman, author of the best seller Emotional Intelligence, and host of the podcast First Person Plural: Emotional Intelligence and Beyond, is a regular contributor to Korn Ferry. His latest book, Altered Traits: Science Reveals How Meditation Changes Your Mind, Brain, and Body, is available now. 

The new thinking about wellbeing goes beyond what we’ve traditionally considered “good for us.” I look to  Richard Davidson’s research on wellbeing for the definitive word. A neuroscientist and the founder of the Center for Healthy Minds at the University of Wisconsin, Davidson and his colleagues have developed a framework for wellbeing that has purpose as one of its four pillars.

Davidson’s work builds on decades of research. This research has shown that a sense of meaning in life has been associated with a range of positive physical and psychological outcomes, including, among many benefits, increased physical activity; decreased chances of a stroke; better cardiovascular health; reduced risk of death; better financial health; psychological resilience; and healthier psychological functioning.

Given the state of the world and the growing issue of burnout in the workplace, it’s worth taking a closer look at what Davidson means when talking about purpose. In particular, what kinds of purpose actually bolster our physical, mental and emotional health?

In the most simple terms, Davidson and his colleagues define purpose as the degree to which we understand our aims and values, and how well we are able to embody them in our daily lives.

Aims inform our goals and allow us to establish an overarching narrative that can help us make sense of our lives. Values guide our behaviors— they help us assess people and situations and assist us in persevering through challenges by keeping us oriented to what we feel is important.

Purpose can be either heightened or diminished. Take the example of an oncologist. An oncologist’s aim is to eliminate cancer, prevent it from returning, and help patients live longer, more fulfilling lives. To do this, they might be guided by values such as compassion, collaboration, or patient-centered care.

In a state of heightened purpose the oncologist not only understands these aims and values, but also has the opportunity to act on them. The combination of both knowing and acting allows the oncologist to feel their pursuit has meaning and significance. Whether or not they meet their aim, the oncologist feels a sense of meaning and wellbeing just by aligning with these values. In other words, even if the aim is too aspirational to accomplish in every circumstance, the very act of being compassionate, collaborative, and patient centered leaves the oncologist feeling fulfilled (and no doubt improves patient satisfaction, too).

In a state of diminished purpose, oncologists feels something different. Either they aren’t totally clear on their values and aims; or they are clear but lack the environment to express them.

In one way, this may seem simple. The more we know our aims and values and the more we can live them, the better off we are. But when it comes to wellbeing—to reaping the full benefits of purpose— not all aims and values are created equal.

A study of more than 25,000 young adults from 58 countries found that intrinsically meaningful values, things related to social connections and contributing to one’s community, more strongly correlated with wellbeing than outward-facing values, like those related to power and financial gain. Although the nature of these relationships varied across countries and cultures, the findings all point back to something very important. When it comes to feeling good in the world, money and status are not enough. If we are going to reap the full benefits of purpose, values have to be self-transcendent; they must involve others.

What does this mean for individuals and organizations?

In the simplest terms, it means thinking about our aims and values in the context of helping others. Health, joy, and happiness—in our lives and in our workplaces—may ultimately depend on finding ways to be of service to the world around us. 

Click here to learn more about Daniel Goleman’s Building Blocks of Emotional Intelligence.  

https://www.kornferry.com/insights/this-week-in-leadership/how-purpose-could-be-the-key-to-work-wellness

Topley’s Top 10 – September 16, 2021

1.Americans Net Worth Rose 19% Year Over Year…..A Record Increase


2. Why Rates Stay Low?Net Bond Inflows $572B in Jan. to $1.01Trillion in April….to $860B thru July.

YARDENI RESEARCH. There is actually a very simple explanation for why the 10-year Treasury bond yield peaked at 1.74% on March 31 of this year and fell to a recent low of 1.19% on August 4, closing at 1.29% on Tuesday. On a 12-month basis, net inflows into bond mutual funds and ETFs soared from $572 billion during January to peak at a record $1.01 trillion during April. It remained substantial at $861 billion through July. Contrary to TINA (“there is no alternative” to equities), bonds are still viewed by some investors as an alternative to stocks!
 
That’s on top of the $1.6 trillion of US Treasury and agency bonds purchased by the Fed and the commercial banks from the start of this year through late August.

* Dr. Ed’s LinkedIn Blog https://lnkd.in/gGzQqUF
* Try our research at https://lnkd.in/gXGeiFK


3. Follow Up to My Charts from Yesterday …Putting Low Yields in Perspective.

Standard Deviation (Risk) Triple 1995 for 7% Return.


4. Dow Jones Stocks Percentage from 2021 Peaks.

Nasdaq Dorsey Wright


5.UK gas futures

Jim Reid DB Bank

I must admit that in 26 years of having a Bloomberg terminal, I’ve never pulled up so many gas price graphs as I have over the last 24 hours. The rise is extraordinary, especially in Europe. Indeed Dutch futures are now up c.+25% this week (including today), c.+80% since the start of August, and a remarkable c.+550% over the last year. Today’s CoTD shows this and UK gas futures. So what’s causing the rise? Well amongst other things we have:

  • Tight supplies, after a cold winter, have not been replenished as much as expected over the summer and ahead of this coming winter.
  • Russia has sent less supplies to Europe than expected. Possibly because they are themselves replenishing supplies, possibly because they are raising the stakes ahead of Nord Stream 2 approval.
  • A lack of windy European weather limiting the use of wind power.
  • A lack of coal options as more and more plants get phased out.

Obviously a fair amount of this should be transitory (one of the words of the year!). Indeed, anyone that knows British weather will know that the wind will blow soon! However our European Gas analyst James Hubbard thinks there’s also a steady structural tightening of global gas markets that will persist for many years, and will be exaggerated by decarbonisation (more in this #dbSustainability Tracker piece yesterday).

On this topic, my colleague Francis Yared has been recently discussing how if governments are serious about addressing climate change then there will be a huge cost and taxing carbon will be regressive. As such they will have to spend even more to help out lower income households. The current gas issue might be a dress rehearsal as both the Spanish and Italian governments have put in place plans to reduce the impact on consumers this past week.

So there is a bigger story brewing here. In the “Fiat, fifty and frail” piece we discussed how fiat money may be stressed again to deal with climate change in the years ahead with more spending as a result. See the full report for this and much, much more.

Finally I was determined to write this today without writing the word “inflation” which you’re probably all now bored of from me. I’ve now failed.


6. Home Generators Crush the S&P

NY Times…Generac, a Wisconsin-based manufacturer that dominates the market for standby home generators, is an unlikely Wall Street darling.

Climate Change Calls for Backup Power, and One Company Cashes In https://www.nytimes.com/2021/09/15/business/generac-climate-change-generators.html

Found at Abnormal Returns blog www.abnormalreturns.com


7.How Inflation Hitting Online Prices.

CNBC-Here’s how inflation is hitting the online prices of everything from apparel to furniture

Lauren Thomas@LAURENTHOMAS

  • Prices of goods online have now risen for an unprecedented 15 consecutive months, following what was a historical period of declines, according to a report from Adobe Digital Insights.
  • Inflation is hitting categories including pet products, nonprescription drugs, apparel, furniture and flower arrangements.
  • The changes mean e-commerce transactions are on pace to account for roughly $1 of every $5 spent by Americans, up from $1 of every $6 in 2017, Adobe said.

8. Bullet Point Tax -Bloomberg

For businesses, the legislation approved by Ways and Means would:

  • Increase the top corporate tax rate to 26.5% from 21%, while offering a lower rate to smaller businesses
  • Extend tax rules on sales of equities to cryptocurrencies and commodities for the first time
  • Largely leave untouched breaks for oil and gas companies, in a move that angered environmental groups
  • Boost taxes on overseas earnings for U.S. multinational companies, by increasing a minimum levy enacted in 2017 during the Trump administration. It would also reduce an exemption for some of that income
  • Reinstates a key debt-refinancing tool for state and local governments and creates a Build America Bonds-style debt program 
     
  • For individuals:
  • Top marginal income tax rate is restored to the 39.6% that preceded the 2017 GOP tax overhaul signed by President Donald Trump
  • A 3% surtax is imposed on incomes of more than $5 million
  • Capital gains rate rises to 25% from 20% for transactions by high-income individuals made after Sept. 13, 2021
  • New limits are set for large individual retirement accounts
  • A boost to the net investment income tax will generate an estimate $252 billion
  • The doubling of the estate tax exemption enacted by Trump would come to an end in 2022
  • The up-to-$3,600 per year monthly child tax payment Democrats enacted this year will be extended through 2025

The bill on net is estimated to raise $871 billion, after the value of the tax breaks are taken into account. Democrats say they will be able to pay for additional social spending in the so-called reconciliation package by counting some $600 billion in savings from Medicare spending on drugs, along with funds from increased tax enforcement and added revenue stemming from the faster economic growth that’s anticipated as a result of the overall bill. The drug pricing proposal failed to pass another committee Wednesday because of opposition from Democratic moderates, raising questions about its viability.

Republicans are united in opposition to both the tax increases and the social spending they would help fund. GOP members of the House Ways and Means panel argued over four days of votes on amendments that the Democratic proposal would stymie the economic recovery and lead to a wave of companies leaving the U.S. They zeroed in on tax breaks like a $12,500 electric vehicle credit that can be claimed by the well-off, while blasting a doubling of tobacco taxes — which hits the poor.

“Never has our government wasted so much to kill so many American jobs, drive prices even higher, and hook a whole new generation of the poor on government dependency,” the committee’s top Republican, Kevin Brady, said ahead of the final vote.

Work Remains

The 24 to 19 committee vote reflected the “no” cast by moderate Democrat Stephanie Murphy of Florida, who is concerned over the planned $3.5 trillion price tag for the overall bill. Last week, the panel by a similar margin approved the largest expansion of Medicare in two decades — including dental, vision and hearing benefits for the first time — along with provisions allowing Medicare to negotiate on drug prices.

Pelosi can only afford to lose three votes when the legislation comes to the floor, so changes to satisfy Murphy and other moderates are likely. Modifications to the tax bill could come when it is sent to the House Rules Committee or through an amendment on the House floor.

Along with SALT changes, House Democrats are also still considering the Biden administration’s proposal to require banks and other financial institutions to report customers’ account flows to the Internal Revenue Service. 

Neal said that provision is still in play, with members working with the White House and Treasury to come up with a plan that Democrats can agree on. Biden’s proposal, which would kick in for accounts with gross flows of $600 or more, has faced backlash from banking and credit union trade associations, as well as consumer protection groups.


9.Box Office 2019 $947m Per Month vs. 2021 $252m Per Month

The box office in the US, and globally, is limping along.

On average the US box office has taken about ~$250m a month this year, way down on what would be considered “normal”. Back in 2019 an average month would routinely see takings of $900m-$1bn, if not more (data from Box Office Mojo).

Disney’s big bet

The 2021 numbers may not be stellar, but they clearly haven’t put off industry giant Disney, which recently announced its decision to release the rest of its 2021 schedule in theaters first, before sending them to its streaming platform Disney+.

The ScarJo effect?

Disney might just be confident that moviegoing is going to make a comeback, but they might also be wary of lawsuits, and the perils of releasing movies simultaneously on streaming services and in theaters. Earlier this year Disney found itself being sued by one of its top stars — Scarlett Johansson — who alleged that Disney had broken her contract by releasing Black Widow on Disney’s streaming service. That likely diminished the box office receipts for the movie — which were directly tied to her pay packet.

Disney’s announcement will turn heads at its competition too — as Disney has dominated the box office for much of the last 5 years, thanks to enormous hauls from its Marvel, Star Wars and animated franchises.

The chart above plots the US box office take for the top 10 movies in each of the last 5 years (and 2021 so far). Of those 60 movies, Disney made 25 of them, taking the top two spots in 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019. If Disney is betting on the box office, over streaming, others are likely to sit up and take note.

Elsewhere, Broadway is back. Tuesday saw Hamilton, The Lion King and Wicked all return to the stage for the first time since the start of the pandemic. That’s great news for live theater, which couldn’t exactly move online in the same way that the rest of the entertainment industry did.

www.chartr.com


10. 10 ‘Harmless’ Habits to Drop If You Want to Be Successful

By YEC | April 10, 2017 | 1 

1. Saying Yes When You Want to Say No

If a project, partnership or opportunity doesn’t resonate with you and does not feel aligned with your values and your goals, you need to be comfortable about setting boundaries. Learn how to say no with kindness right from the start because, as you become more successful, more people will compete for your time and attention. Not setting healthy boundaries will end up in overwhelm and burnout.

—Ajit Nawalkha, Mindvalley

2. Hanging Onto People Who Don’t Want to Grow

For business owners especially, the people who got your company to where you are today may not be the ones to get you to where you want to be tomorrow. If they can’t grow with you, it’s time to replace them with those who can.

—Brandon Dempsey, goBRANDgo!

3. Working Through Lunch

Working through lunch is a habit I find a lot of business owners take on. Most justify it with, “If I work through lunch, I’ll just leave a few minutes early” and that isn’t what ends up happening. It’s hard to disconnect midday, especially if you’re in a productive spurt, but it’s important to take a few minutes to recharge. Not doing so will lower your productivity and lead to burnout faster.

—Leila Lewis, Be Inspired PR

4. Failing to Exercise

If you fail to exercise, that lack of discipline will translate into other areas of your life, including your business. When you exercise, you are more alert and sharp, and you will operate at a higher level.

—Ryan Shank, PhoneWagon

5. Multitasking

It is technically impossible to multitask. When you try to do multiple things at once, you effectively take away full attention and concentration from anything, and you shortchange whatever it is you are doing.

—Adam Witty, Advantage Media Group

6. Pinging People

In a perfect world, everything you do would be working toward some goal (even if it is recharging on the couch). Sending emails that do not advance a relationship because you want to “ping” them or “touch base” is at best useless and could be harmful. There are definite exceptions where being on someone’s mind is valuable, but try to connect it with value creation or a mutual memory.

—Douglas Hutchings, Picasolar

7. Striving for Perfection

I often let the perfect become the enemy of the good. The result is that I have a lot of projects that are still in the “development” queue, while I continually refine them. The fact is, however, most defects that I see are not elements that others will see. I am working on letting go of the hesitation to perfect everything that I work on.

—Mark Daoust, Quiet Light Brokerage, Inc. 

8. Not Protecting Your Recharge Time

If you’re a workaholic, it can be easy to let your own time get taken over by work, over and over until you’re not taking any time for yourself. This may seem like it’s making you more efficient, but it will start quickly doing the opposite. There’s no faster way to burn out. Don’t fall into the habit of denying yourself the time you need to recharge.

—Matt Doyle, Excel Builders

9. Immediately Answering PMs and Emails

This is by far the largest problem with many people achieving success, especially on a day-to-day basis. If you answer an email or PM, you should be committed to it, or it’ll quickly take you away from whatever task you are completing at the moment, hindering success. Plan periods every hour or two to answer daily emails or PMs.

—Obinna Ekezie, Wakanow.com

10. Not Prioritizing Your Day

I recently started using The Productivity Planner and it’s changed everything for me. It forces you to actually sit down and only pick a few things you’re going to get done, especially the things that often end up getting punted from day to day. Before that, I was letting my calendar and to-do list run my day and never felt like I was getting the important stuff done.

—Mike Woitach, Confluence Coffee Co. 

Related:4 Things Successful People Don’t Do

Editor’s note: This post was originally published in April 2017 and has been updated.

https://www.success.com/10-harmless-habits-to-drop-if-you-want-to-be-successful/

Topley’s Top 10 – September 15, 2021

1.S&P 500 About to Make Its 6th Run at Breaking 50 day Moving Average Since April

6th Shot at breaking 50 day


2.Percentage of Small Caps and Large Caps 10% from Highs vs. History.

2021 Sector Pullbacks–The broad sector history dating back through 1995 shows that Technology has the highest number of 5% pullbacks, sitting at an average of almost seven per year. Energy and Financials show the next highest annual count at roughly six instances on average each year. The defensive sectors of Consumer Staples, Utilities, and Healthcare have shown the lowest average number of pullbacks annually throughout our testing timeframe.


3.Some Slides that Put Low Yields in Perspective.

Advisor Perspectives Blog-From Frank Holmes U.S. Global Investors

Where’s the Yield? Don’t Look to Crypto Lending, at Least Not Yet-by Frank Holmes of U.S. Global Investors, 

https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2021/09/14/wheres-the-yield-dont-look-to-crypto-lending-at-least-not-yet-1


4.Earnings Per Share Growth …2020 Expected to be 20-30% Above 2019

Schwab-Liz Ann Sonders Despite market anxiety about the rapid spread of the COVID-19 delta variant, analysts continue to revise upward their earnings forecasts for the coming year. In 2021, earnings per share for both U.S. and international stocks are estimated to be above those of 2019, before the pandemic took hold. In 2022, earnings for both the U.S. and international stocks are forecasted by analysts to be 20% to 30% above 2019, and about 55% above the pandemic year of 2020, as you can see in the chart below.

Earnings-per-share growth is expected to exceed pandemic levels

Source: Charles Schwab, FactSet data as of 8/5/2021. Indexes are unmanaged; do not incur management fees, costs and expenses; and cannot be invested in directly.

https://advisorservices.schwab.com/content/market-perspective


5.Global Funding to Startups Eye-Popping New Record.


6.Single Stock Option Volumes are Well Above Historical Levels.

From Zerohedge


7.ETF Industry Risks Losing Key Tax Edge as Democrat Whets Knife

By Sam Potter, Katherine Greifeldand Elaine Chen

  • Senate Finance chief proposes ending famed ETF tax advantage
  • Move could hit all ETF investors, alter U.S. fund landscape

Amid the deluge of headlines in the past few days about congressional proposals to boost taxes on companies and the wealthy is one that would affect regular investors — and potentially alter the entire U.S. fund landscape.

Draft legislation released by Senate Finance Committee Chairman Ron Wyden of Oregon on Friday featured a repeal of a key tax advantage for the $6.8 trillion U.S. exchange-traded fund industry. The move was tucked in along with a series of proposals to tighten tax reporting requirements around business partnerships, and wasn’t highlighted in Wyden’s accompanying press release.

The initiative would at a stroke end a system of deferred taxes on capital gains linked to ETFs, bringing forward the tax burden for investors of all stripes. That will make it all the tougher to win inclusion in the final version of tax hikes that Democrats are now assembling to help pay for a social-spending package that’s been penciled in at $3.5 trillion.

“The industry will push back hard” at the proposal, said Ben Johnson, director of global ETF research at Morningstar. “It’s hard for me to see this getting popular support — in large part because it’s a benefit that is universal, so all investors, large, small and in-between, that are investing taxable money benefit from ETFs’ tax efficiency.”

The measure would bring in $205 billion over a decade, according to preliminary figures from the Joint Committee on Taxation. It would take effect in tax years beginning after Dec. 31, 2022. Wyden said in a statement Tuesday that, “This proposal exempts retirement accounts entirely.

That’s a potential industry game-changer. While ETFs tend to have several advantages over mutual funds — like the ability to trade all day and generally lower fees — research has shown the tax loophole is a key driver in the long-term trend of cash flowing from mutual funds into ETFs. As that has gathered pace, U.S. issuers are this year for the first time directly converting mutual fund assets into ETFs.

The final package of tax hikes, including ones on corporations and wealthy individuals, may takes weeks to develop.

https://www.bloomberg.com/?sref=GGda9y2L


8.Texas is having no problems bringing housing supply to market.

John Burns •(29) John Burns | LinkedIn


9.Determinants of Health.

Frank Furey– Healthcare IT and Performance Management Innovator
https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/health-healthcare-under-siege-threats-obstacles-frank-furey/?trackingId=zQ8mupqNxDFbkm1WSQPEpQ%3D%3D


10.5 Key Decisions That Will Shape Your Career

What you decide at certain key points can change everything     

BY MINDA ZETLIN, CO-AUTHOR, THE GEEK GAP@MINDAZETLIN

Being a great leader takes more than smarts, hard work, and determination. According to management consultant Julia Tang Peters, all great leaders encounter certain decision points throughout their careers. The choices they make at those moments will shape the rest of their careers, she says, and this is as true for those who climb the career ladder at large companies as it is for those who go out on their own as entrepreneurs. “Everyone should look at it as a marathon, not a sprint,” says Peters, who explores these critical moments in her new book, Pivot Points: Five Decisions Every Successful Leader Must Make. “So many people in the digital economy hit a home run early with a new company. They want to max out that opportunity, so they get some investors, and they grow quickly. Then, five or six years into it, the investors say, ‘Thank you very much; we now need a real leader to get this to the next level.'” The reason this happens often, she says, is that “Leading is a hard thing to do. You have to have the experience to grow.” Understanding the five pivot points and making the right decisions when you reach them are what create effective leaders.

1. Launch

The first decision point often comes early in a leader’s career–but not always. It’s the moment you make a commitment to gain mastery of a skill you need. “Typically, when we start our careers, we all have to face this decision, ‘What do I really want to be best at?'” Peters says. “It’s not necessarily your first or second job, but it’s hopefully a decision all young people starting out reflect on.” Some people have later launch points. “You’ve tried out two or three jobs, and none of them lit your fire. Or perhaps you studied accounting, but now you’re in your 30s and don’t want to spend the next 30 years as an accountant. That is your first launch and hopefully, having learned about yourself, the next time you’ve made a more thoughtful decision, and that becomes your real launching point.”

2. Turning Point

The turning point comes when you decide to embrace a major opportunity or a major problem. “Not, let’s see about this opportunity, but really committing to it,” Peters says. Why is commitment at this moment so important? Because, inevitably, you’ll encounter roadblocks, especially as an entrepreneur, she says. “It is a tougher challenge. There are obstacles and fewer resources. You feel the setbacks more. That’s why it’s important to make the emotional commitment of being all in. ‘Comes a setback, I’m not giving up. I’m going to do whatever it takes to get through this.'” Just as important, if you really commit, other people will see that in you. “People respect that, and if your energy is out there in a committed way to do something specific that’s important to you, it’s very compelling,” Peters says. “People pick up on it and want to be around that energy and drive. It builds the platform for establishing your leadership in your field.”

3. Tipping Point

The tipping point occurs when you encounter a fundamental barrier and decide to break through it by taking a significant risk. “It can be an internal barrier; for instance, the fact that you’ve never done something before and you have to get through it,” Peters says. “Or it may be an environmental barrier, such as a significant competitive threat to your business, so that to stay competitive, you have to do something really bold or head in a completely new direction. You’re saying, ‘Yes, I can get past this, and by breaking through this barrier, I will take my leadership to the next level.'” One business owner Peters interviewed reached his tipping point during the economic downturn. He responded by building out his management team, hiring great executives when they needed jobs. It was a big risk with a big payoff: Once the economy recovered, his business more than doubled.

4. Recommitment

“Twenty or twenty-five years in, everyone faces this decision,” Peters says. You’ve had some accomplishments and successes. Things have gone well for a long time, but you don’t bring quite the same passion to the work that you used to. “When the decision is to recommit to the same company or job, it’s really based on recommitting to a more purposeful goal,” Peters says. “You’ve had business success, and now you want to create your legacy. It’s moving the goalposts further. That recommitment gives the decision maker the energy and drive to continue on.” Sometimes, Peters says, recommitment means making a change. “You think you’ve done everything you want to do here, and now you want to do this other thing. And you’re in your mid-50s–which is a typical age for this–so it’s now or never. It winds up being a recommitment to yourself.”

5. Letting Go

Letting go is a strategic business decision, especially for a company founder, Peters says. Whether you decide to move on when you reach your recommitment point or recommit to the same company and spend many more years in your role, there comes a time sooner or later when even the best leaders need to move on from their roles. “How gracefully you make that decision and handle the transition depends on succession planning,” Peters says. It can take as long as five years to choose, mentor, and train the person who will take over your role, and then step aside when he or she is ready to lead without you. “So many founders think, This is my baby; it all depends on me,” Peters says. “Part of being indispensable is taking on the responsibility of choosing the next leader and preparing that leader for success.”

Inc. helps entrepreneurs change the world. Get the advice you need to start, grow, and lead your business today. Subscribe here for unlimited access.

https://www.inc.com/minda-zetlin/5-key-decisions-that-will-shape-your-career.html

Topley’s Top 10 – September 14, 2021

1.History of Stocks Trading at 10x Sales

GMO Research

While there is no particular magic about 10x sales being the unique true sign of overvaluation, it has gained a certain amount of fame from a statement that Scott McNealy, co-founder and CEO of Sun Microsystems, made to Bloomberg in 2002:

…2 years ago we were selling at 10 times revenues when we were at $64. At 10 times revenues, to give you a 10-year payback, I have to pay you 100% of revenues for 10 straight years in dividends. That assumes I can get that by my shareholders. That assumes I have zero cost of goods sold, which is very hard for a computer company. That assumes zero expenses, which is really hard with 39,000 employees. That assumes I pay no taxes, which is very hard. And that assumes you pay no taxes on your dividends, which is kind of illegal. And that assumes with zero R&D for the next 10 years, I can maintain the current revenue run rate. Now, having done that, would any of you like to buy my stock at $64? Do you realize how ridiculous those basic assumptions are? You don’t need any transparency. You don’t need any footnotes. What were you thinking?9

It is not strictly impossible for a stock trading at 10x sales or more to give a good return. Amazon was trading at well over 10x sales in the fall of 1999, and the return from then has been a very healthy 18% annualized, or 38x total gain over 22 years.10 On the other hand, Amazon did fall by almost 93% from that peak to the low 2 years later, and an investor who had held off and only bought when its price/sales fell below 10 in late 2000 would have made 89x his initial investment and saved himself a good deal of initial pain.11

But the more important point is that the odds are strongly against companies trading at over 10x sales. Exhibit 8 shows the long-term real returns to a portfolio of stocks trading at 10x sales or more against the overall stock market.

From The Big Picture Blog https://ritholtz.com/2021/09/10-monday-am-reads-325/


2. U.S. Savings Deposits Take Another Gap Up….

Ben Carlson Twitter.


3. A Picture of How Massive and Global Covid QE is from Central BANKS

Wolf Street

The Bank of Canada started tapering its purchases of Government of Canada bonds last October, ended its purchases of mortgage-backed securities, and shed its repos and Canada Treasury bills, with the effect of cutting is total assets by 15% since the peak in March:

The Bank of England announced its decision to taper its asset purchases in May, and has since cut its weekly bond purchases, on net, from about £4 billion a week to close to £2 billion a week through the summer:

Reserve Bank of New Zealand ended its asset purchases cold turkey in May without tapering to pull the plug on the #1 housing bubble in the world:

The Reserve Bank of Australia announced in July that it would start tapering its asset purchases from A$5 billion a week to A$4 billion a week. Total assets on its balance sheet declined last week for the first time all year:


4. Europe Seeing Record High Gas and Electric Prices.

Europe’s record-high gas and electricity prices are a taste of what’s in store for global commodity markets, Goldman Sachs says

Harry Robertson

  • Europe’s soaring energy prices are a glimpse of what’s next for a range of commodities, Goldman Sachs said.
  • Benchmark gas and electricity prices in Europe have exploded as supply struggles to keep up with surging demand.
  • Goldman Sachs said the S&P GSCI commodities index is likely to rise 11% over the next 12 months.
  • See more stories on Insider’s business page.

The sky-high prices in Europe’s energy markets could well materialize in a range of commodities markets around the world as their inventories are depleted, Goldman Sachs has said.

Wholesale natural gas and electricity costs have surged to record highs in Europe, as a rise in demand from the reopening of pandemic-hit economies coincides with supply getting snarled up by a number of factors.

The price of European natural gas futures traded in the Netherlands has risen more than 450% over the last year, to stand at a record high of 60.63 euros ($71.39) per megawatt hour, according to Bloomberg data. UK gas prices have also soared to a record high, as have German and French electricity prices.

The price crunches could soon become more widespread, Goldman analysts said in a note Monday.

“European energy pricing dynamics offer a glimpse of what is in store for other commodity markets,” the analysts, including head of commodities research Jeffrey Currie, wrote.

They said the combination of falling inventories and the reopening of the global economy is likely to boost price volatility as “markets struggle to balance strong demand with sticky supply.”

Goldman said it expects the S&P GSCI commodities index to return 11% or more over the next 12 months. The index is dominated by oil, and it includes a heavy weighting of gold and agricultural products such as corn.

The US has also seen natural gas prices rise sharply, and the benchmark Henry Hub price is at its highest level since 2014. WTI crude oil breached $70 on Monday as supply struggled to rebound from Hurricane Ida.

Goldman’s analysts said inventories in nearly all physical goods, from US cars to Chinese copper cathodes, are declining sharply as pandemic restrictions lift, and people go out and spend.

“These markets are becoming increasingly exposed to any type of supply disruption (like Russian gas exports) or unexpected demand increase (like hot weather),” they wrote.

Limits to how much of a commodity can be supplied – due to labor shortages or bad weather, for instance – mean that demand will have to drop for markets to balance themselves out.

“As commodity markets are now unable to react to the first leg higher in prices through greater supply, once inventories are exhausted like in European gas, then demand destruction via sharply higher prices is the only option to rebalance markets,” they said.

https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/commodities/europe-gas-electricity-price-surge-commodities-markets-shortages-goldman-sachs-2021-9

COMT-Commodity ETF 50 day thru 200day on longer-term weekly chart


5. Metal Prices have Jumped on Demand Boom

“Physical goods demand has reached such high levels — above pre-pandemic trends in all but oil — that the system is becoming increasingly constrained in its ability to supply these goods,” Goldman analysts including Jeff Currie said in a note on Monday. “Markets are becoming increasingly exposed to any type of supply disruption or unexpected demand increase.”


6. The history of new technologies shows that apps beget infrastructure

Not Boring-Packy McCormick

The Interface Phase–First we shape our interfaces; thereafter, they shape us. The Apps-Infrastructure Cycle

A common narrative in the Web 3.0 community is that we are in an infrastructure phase and the right thing to be working on right now is building out that infrastructure: better base chains, better interchain interoperability, better clients, wallets and browsers. The rationale is: first we need tools that make it easy to build and use apps that run on blockchains, and once we have those tools, then we can get started building those apps.

– Dani Grant & Nick Grossman, The Myth of the Infrastructure Phase, USV, 2018

In 2018, Union Square Ventures’ Nick Grossman and Dani Grant wrote an essay called The Myth of the Infrastructure Phase. During 2018’s crypto winter, they kept hearing that crypto needed better infrastructure, and once that happened, then people would be able to build those killer apps. People building infrastructure, though, said that they were building the infrastructure, but that no one was building apps on top! Why the disconnect? 

Instead of the commonly-accepted “infrastructure phase,” Grossman and Grant argued, crypto was in another turn of the apps-infrastructure-cycle. “The history of new technologies shows that apps beget infrastructure,” they wrote, “not the other way around.”

Source: Nick Grossman and Dani Grant, Union Square Ventures

First, builders build apps, then other builders build the infrastructure to support those apps, then that infrastructure supports new apps, which in turn requires new supporting infrastructure, and so on. That’s how it worked historically, from the lightbulb to the airplane to the iPhone, and it’s exactly what was happening in web3. 

Source: Nick Grossman and Dani Grant, Union Square Ventures

Grant and Grossman’s 2018 classic has re-entered the conversation recently, as an explosion of new web3 apps has caused challenges: 

  • Gas prices are too high! 
  • DAOs coordinated across a mishmash of tools. 
  • Delayed Eth2 and L2 confusion. 
  • Scams abound. 
  • Speculation reigns and the rich get richer. 

Last week, Paxos Global and 6th Man Ventures’ Mike Dudas tweeted that the piece was very relevant to the current crypto environment. Blockchain Capital’s Kinjal Shah tweeted, “we’re in an app frenzy, about to enter a major infrastructure phase.” 

The apps-infrastructure cycle is playing out in real-time. For example, Grant and Grossman mentioned ERC721 as the last piece of infrastructure built when they wrote the piece. The 2018 invention of ERC721, the non-fungible token standard (infrastructure), has powered the 2021 NFT craze (app). From February to July, $950 million worth of NFTs changed hands on OpenSea. In August and the first 12 days of September alone, $4.8 billion has passed through OpenSea.


7. Walmart joins the green bond party with $2 billion deal

Hope King, Kate Marino

Illustration: Sarah Grillo/Axios

Walmart just raised the largest green bond ever in the U.S. corporate bond market.

Why it matters: The $2 billion bond deal illustrates that U.S. investors’ interest in green bonds is not going anywhere. Companies are tapping into that demand, and putting money behind efforts to battle climate change.

  • Funds raised from green bonds are meant to be used for environmental projects. But they can run the risk of “greenwashing” as there are no real penalties for not following through on commitments.

Driving the news: Walmart said it would put the funds toward projects including renewable energy, high-performance buildings, sustainable transportation and zero waste/circular economy initiatives.

State of play: Though the potential for greenwashing is always a concern, Walmart has a concrete sustainability plan, including being carbon neutral by 2040 and reducing emissions in its supply chain, Shawn Keegan, credit portfolio manager at AllianceBernstein, tells Axios.

  • “Walmart has a lot of influence and control over its supply chain. That’s important, and it gets other retailers to think about their supply chains,” Keegan says.

The intrigue: Walmart’s green capital didn’t come any cheaper than the rest of its bonds, based on their maturity and comparable Treasury benchmark.

  • Nowadays green bonds save investors an estimated 0.04% annually on average compared with their regular bonds, down from about 0.10% for green bonds placed at the beginning of the year, notes Matt Lawton, portfolio manager at T. Rowe Price. Some green bonds, like Walmart’s, don’t have a discernible pricing advantage.

Be smart: Besides the potential for savings, the rationale for issuing green bonds is just as much about companies signaling to the market and investors that they’re taking sustainability seriously, says Keegan.

The big picture: Walmart’s deal is important for the green bond sector because until now, most deals have largely been concentrated in just three industries: real estate, utilities and autos, Lawton says.

  • More sector representation means more diversification for investors.
  • “My hope is that others will follow their lead, and we’ll see a more diverse set of issuers coming to the market. I think that’s ultimately what we need to see for [the green bond market] to be successful,” Lawton adds.

Zoom out: Global issuance of sustainable debt, which includes green, social and sustainability bonds, reached $1.7 trillion as of the end of 2020, according to the Climate Bonds Initiative, which helps certify these types of bonds.

  • Green bonds specifically reached $1.1 trillion in 2020, which is a fraction of the overall fixed income market. 

What to watch: Walmart says this is just the beginning of its foray into green bonds.

Go deeper: Amazon’s climate goals take root in Brazil

https://www.axios.com/walmart-2-billion-green-bond-deal-d5eba2fc-5c5a-421a-ac14-bb8c5780361d.html


8. Top 10 Metro Areas with the Highest Year Over Year Increase Home Prices.

Barrons

Remote Workers Are on the Move. What It Means for the Housing Market.—by Shaina Mishkin https://www.barrons.com/articles/housing-market-remote-workers-outlook-51631239674?mod=past_editions


9. How U.S. Veterans View Afghan Withdrawal.

The Daily Shot Blog


10. Billionaire investor Howard Marks compares the current market to the mid-2000s bubble, touts bitcoin’s staying power, and offers several tips in a new interview. Here are the 12 best quotes.

Theron Mohamed

Howard Marks.

YouTube / Talks at Google

  • Oaktree’s Howard Marks discussed stocks and bitcoin, and shared several tips for investors.
  • The investor highlighted similarities between the current market and the mid-2000s bubble.
  • Marks underlined the importance of managing risks, not panic-selling, and staying skeptical.
  • See more stories on Insider’s business page.

Howard Marks drew parallels between the current market and the asset bubble that preceded the global financial crisis, highlighted bitcoin’s longevity, and argued rock-bottom interest rates may justify higher stock valuations, speaking during the latest episode of the “We Study Billionaires” podcast.

The billionaire cofounder and co-chairman of Oaktree Capital Management advised investors to carefully manage their portfolio risk, resist the urge to buy high and sell low, and be skeptical of grand claims.

Here are Marks’ 12 best quotes, lightly edited and condensed for clarity:

1. “The pandemic was like a meteor hitting the Earth from outer space. The market decline was not born out of excess optimism. The recovery was not merely a bounce back from excess pessimism, it was the result of the greatest economic rescue effort in history.” – arguing the past 18 months shouldn’t be viewed as a traditional market cycle.

2. “There certainly are similarities that cause Jeremy Grantham and others to say ‘bubble territory’ and to blow the whistle of caution.” – comparing the hype around several assets in 2006 to the current market boom.

3. “If investors can think of an asset class and say, ‘Oh, for that, there’s no price too high’ – that’s one of the greatest indications of a bubble.”

4. “We have the lowest interest rates in history. That would simplistically argue for the highest asset valuations in history.”

5. “I came out very strongly against bitcoin in 2017. I was extremely negative, I was extremely outspoken. I had a knee-jerk reaction to something new. Now I prefer to say, ‘I don’t know enough about it to have a strong opinion.’

6. “Bitcoin has been around now for a dozen years. If it’s a flash in the pan, it’s an awful long pan.”

Read more: ‘It’s begging to be destroyed’: A stock trader who says he made more than $100,000 shorting the market during the 2008 crash just bet against the S&P 500 – and warns there’s a ‘fair chance’ stocks are about to drop 25%

7. “One of the most important aspects of being a good investor is you try to set things up so that if things go your way, you do great. But if things don’t go your way, you still do okay.”

8. “Good investing is not a matter of buying good things but buying things well. And if you don’t know the difference, then you shouldn’t be doing much investing.”

9. “Don’t get in the way of the compounding machine. Just get out of the way. Don’t screw it up.”

10. “When you’re in an area which is beset with uncertainty, variability, unpredictability, randomness, things like that – it just strikes me as folly to be confident that you know the future.”

11. “Active investors are in this business to buy low and sell high. But everything in our nature conspires to make us buy high and sell low. It is essential to combat those instincts.”

12. “Somebody comes into your office and says, ‘I’ve been managing money for 30 years, I’ve made 11% a year, and I’ve never had a down month.” Your job is to say, ‘That’s too good to be true, Mr. Madoff.'” – urging investors to always be skeptical of fantastic claims and promises.

https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/stocks/howard-marks-oaktree-stock-market-housing-bubble-bitcoin-crypto-advice-2021-9